Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2011.

Registration Statement No. 333-169618

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  5400
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  20-8536244
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

300 Sixth Avenue
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222
(412) 288-4600
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr.
Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.
300 Sixth Avenue
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222
(412) 288-4600
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies of all communications to:

Philippa M. Bond, Esq.

 

Robert E. Buckholz, Jr., Esq.
Proskauer Rose LLP   Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
2049 Century Park East, Suite 3200   125 Broad Street
Los Angeles, California 90067   New York, New York 10004
(310) 557-2900/(310) 557-2193 (Facsimile)   (212) 558-4000/(212) 558-3588 (Facsimile)



             Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.



            If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

            If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer", and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



             The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated February 10, 2011

PROSPECTUS

                       Shares

GNC Holdings, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

          This is an initial public offering of Class A common stock of GNC Holdings, Inc. (formerly GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.).

          We are selling                          shares and                          shares are being sold by certain of our stockholders, some of whom are our affiliates. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

          No public market currently exists for our Class A common stock. We will apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GNC". We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be between $             and $             per share.

           Investing in our Class A common stock involves risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 of this prospectus.

 
Per Share
 
Total
 

Public offering price

  $   $  

Underwriting discount and commissions

  $   $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to GNC Holdings, Inc. 

  $   $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

  $   $  

          The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to                          additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. We will not receive any proceeds from the exercise of the option to purchase additional shares.

           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

          Delivery of the shares of Class A common stock will be made on or about                          , 2011.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan
Deutsche Bank Securities   Morgan Stanley

The date of this prospectus is                          , 2011.


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  14

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  35

Use of Proceeds

  37

Dividend Policy

  37

Capitalization

  38

Dilution

  39

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  40

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  43

Business

  69

Management

  99

Executive Compensation

  107

Principal and Selling Stockholders

  136

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

  140

Description of Capital Stock

  145

Description of Certain Debt

  151

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  154

Material United States Federal Tax Consequences to Non-United States Stockholders

  156

Underwriting

  159

Legal Matters

  165

Experts

  165

Where You Can Find More Information

  166

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1



i


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights the information contained in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of the information that you may consider important in making your investment decision, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the information under the heading "Risk Factors" and our consolidated financial statements and their notes in this prospectus. Prior to the consummation of this offering, GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. will be renamed GNC Holdings, Inc. Unless the context requires otherwise, "we", "us", "our", and "GNC" refer to GNC Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries and, for periods prior to March 16, 2007, our predecessor. See "Business — Corporate History". References to "our stores" refer to our company-owned stores and our franchise stores. References to "our locations" refer to our stores and our "store-within-a-store" locations at Rite Aid .

Our Company

          Based on our worldwide network of more than 7,100 locations and our GNC.com website, we believe we are the leading global specialty retailer of health and wellness products, including vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements ("VMHS") products, sports nutrition products and diet products. Our diversified, multi-channel business model derives revenue from product sales through domestic company-owned retail stores, domestic and international franchise activities, third-party contract manufacturing, e-commerce and corporate partnerships. We believe that the strength of our GNC brand, which is distinctively associated with health and wellness, combined with our stores and website, give us broad access to consumers and uniquely position us to benefit from the favorable trends driving growth in the nutritional supplements industry and the broader health and wellness sector. Our broad and deep product mix, which is focused on high-margin, premium, value-added nutritional products, is sold under our GNC proprietary brands, including Mega Men®, Ultra Mega®, GNC WELLbeING®, Pro Performance® and Pro Performance® AMP, and under nationally recognized third-party brands.

          Based on the information we compiled from the public securities filings of our primary competitors, our network of domestic retail locations is approximately twelve times larger than the next largest U.S. specialty retailer of nutritional supplements and provides a leading platform for our vendors to distribute their products to their target consumer. Our close relationship with our vendor partners has enabled us to negotiate first-to-market opportunities. In addition, our in-house product development capabilities enable us to offer our customers proprietary merchandise that can only be purchased through our locations or on our website. Since the nutritional supplement consumer often requires knowledgeable customer service, we also differentiate ourselves from mass and drug retailers with our well-trained sales associates who are aided by in-store technology. We believe that our expansive retail network, differentiated merchandise offering and quality customer service result in a unique shopping experience that is distinct from our competitors.

Recent Transformation of GNC

          Beginning in 2006, we executed a series of strategic initiatives to enhance our existing business and growth profile. Specifically, we:

1


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

          We operate within the large and growing U.S. nutritional supplements industry. According to Nutrition Business Journal's Supplement Business Report 2010, our industry generated $26.9 billion in sales in 2009 and an estimated $28.7 billion in 2010, and is projected to grow at an average annual rate of approximately 5.3% through 2015. Our industry is highly fragmented, and we believe this fragmentation provides large operators, like us, the ability to compete more effectively due to scale advantages.

          We expect several key demographic, healthcare and lifestyle trends to drive the continued growth of our industry. These trends include:

Competitive Strengths

          We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on favorable industry trends as a result of the following competitive strengths:

2


Table of Contents

          As a result of our competitive strengths, we have maintained consistent earnings growth through the recent economic cycle. The third quarter of 2010 marked the 21st consecutive quarter of positive domestic company-owned same store sales growth. This consistent growth in company-owned retail sales, the positive operating leverage generated by our retail operations, cost containment initiatives, as well as growth in our other channels of distribution, have allowed us to expand our EBITDA margin by 470 basis points since 2005.

3


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

          We plan to execute several strategies in the future to promote growth in revenue and operating income, and capture market share, including:

The Sponsors

          Currently, Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. ("Ares"), Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board ("OTPP") and members of management hold substantially all of our outstanding common stock. Ares and OTPP are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the "Sponsors". After giving effect to this offering, the Sponsors will hold              shares of our Class A common stock, representing approximately         % of our outstanding Class A common stock, and OTPP will hold              shares of our Class B common stock, representing 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock, and the Sponsors will have the power to control our affairs and policies, including

4


Table of Contents


with respect to the election of directors (and through the election of directors the appointment of management), the entering into of mergers, sales of substantially all of our assets and other significant transactions. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters and are substantially identical in all respects, including with respect to voting, dividends and conversion, except that the Class B common stock does not entitle its holder to vote for the election or removal of directors. In addition, a holder of Class B common stock may, at any time, elect to convert shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock or, under certain circumstances, convert shares of Class A common stock into an equal number of shares of Class B common stock.

          All of our current directors were designated by the Sponsors and elected pursuant to the existing amended and restated stockholders agreement, which requires each of Ares and OTPP to vote all the shares of Class A common stock held by them in favor of the directors designated by each of them. Under a new stockholders agreement to be entered into among the Sponsors and us (the "New Stockholders Agreement"), effective upon completion of this offering, the Sponsors will have the right to nominate to our board of directors, subject to their election by our stockholders, for so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, the greater of up to nine directors and the number of directors comprising a majority of our board and, subject to certain exceptions, for so long as the Sponsors collectively own 50% or less of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, that number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number or, if such rounding would cause the Sponsors to have the right to elect a majority of our board of directors, rounded to the nearest whole number) that is the same percentage of the total number of directors comprising our board as the collective percentage of common stock owned by the Sponsors. Under the New Stockholders Agreement, each Sponsor will also agree to vote in favor of the other Sponsor's nominees. Because our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes, the Sponsors may be able to influence or control our affairs and policies even after they cease to collectively own a majority of our then outstanding common stock during the period in which the Sponsors' designated directors finish their terms as members of our board. The New Stockholders Agreement will also provide that, so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than one-third of our outstanding common stock, certain significant corporate actions will require the approval of at least one of the Sponsors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Stockholders Agreements".

          Pursuant to the ACOF Management Services Agreement described under the heading "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — ACOF Management Services Agreement", upon consummation of this offering, we intend to terminate the agreement by paying ACOF Operating Manager II, L.P. (an affiliate of Ares) a fee equal to the net present value of the aggregate annual management fee that would have been payable to ACOF Operating Manager II during the remainder of the term of the fee agreement. Pursuant to the obligations under our Class B common stock, as described under the heading "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Special Dividend", OTPP will receive, in lieu of quarterly special dividend payments that would have been payable during the remainder of the Special Dividend Period (as defined below), an automatic payment in the amount equal to the net present value of the aggregate annual special dividend amount that would have been payable to OTPP. We estimate that our aggregate payment to ACOF Operating Manager II and OTPP would have been $            million and $            million, respectively, had the offering occurred on                      .

          In connection with the consummation of this offering, OTPP will convert                          shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock. As a result of such conversion and after giving effect to this offering, OTPP will hold                          shares of our Class A common stock representing approximately         % of our outstanding Class A common

5


Table of Contents


stock and will hold                          shares of our Class B common stock representing 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock.

          Together with our wholly owned subsidiary, GNC Acquisition Inc., we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") with GNC Parent Corporation on February 8, 2007. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and on March 16, 2007, GNC Acquisition Inc. was merged with and into GNC Parent Corporation, with GNC Parent Corporation as the surviving corporation and our wholly owned subsidiary (the "Merger"). In connection with the Merger, the Sponsors made equity contributions in GNC Parent Corporation in exchange for all of their shares of our common stock that they currently own.

Payments in Connection with This Offering

          The table below sets forth information concerning the payments that will be made to the Sponsors and our directors and executive officers in connection with this offering.

 
 
Payments in
connection with
redemption of
Series A
preferred stock
 
Payments in connection
with the ACOF
Management Services
Agreement and the
Special Dividend
 
Proceeds from
the sale of
Class A
common stock
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Directors and Executive Officers:

                   

Norman Axelrod

                 

Andrew Claerhout

                 

Thomas Dowd

                 

Carmen Fortino

                 

Joseph Fortunato

                 

Michael Hines

                 

Beth J. Kaplan

                 

David B. Kaplan

                 

Romeo Leemrijse

                 

Michael M. Nuzzo

                 

Brian Klos

                 

Gerald J. Stubenhofer

                 

Richard J. Wallace

                 

Sponsors:

                   

Ares

                   

OTPP

                   

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

          Despite the competitive strengths described above, our ability to successfully operate our business is subject to numerous risks, including those that are generally associated with operating in the nutritional supplements industry. Any of the factors set forth under "Risk Factors" may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, you should evaluate the specific factors set forth under "Risk Factors" in deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. Risks relating to our business and our ability to execute our business strategy include:

    we may not effectively manage our growth;

    we operate in a highly competitive industry and our failure to compete effectively could adversely affect our market share, revenues and growth prospects;

6


Table of Contents

    unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products could adversely affect our reputation and the demand for our products;

    if we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our products could become obsolete;

    our substantial debt could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or that have greater capacity to service or refinance their debt;

    we may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations and, as a result, may not meet our targets for opening new stores, remodeling or relocating stores or expanding profitably; and

    changes in our management team could adversely affect our business strategy and adversely impact our performance.

Corporate Information

          We are a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive office is located at 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222, and our telephone number is (412) 288-4600. We also maintain a website at GNC.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus. We own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. Our service marks and trademarks include the GNC® name. Each trademark, trade name, or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus belongs to its holder. Use or display by us of other parties' trademarks, trade names, or service marks is not intended to and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us of, the trademark, trade name, or service mark owner.



          We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than the information and representations in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus that we have authorized to be delivered to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy shares in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale of shares would be unlawful. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date on the front cover regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our Class A common stock.




Market & Industry Information

          Throughout this prospectus, we use market data and industry forecasts and projections that were obtained from surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including the Nutrition Business Journal, Beanstalk Marketing and LJS & Associates, and The Buxton Company, and from publicly available industry and general publications. Although we believe that the sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information contained therein. We note that estimates, in particular as they relate to general expectations concerning our industry, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors" in this prospectus.

7


Table of Contents


The Offering

Class A common stock offered by us

                            shares

  

   

Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders, some of whom are our affiliates

                            shares

  

   

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders in this offering

                            shares

  

   

Class A common stock outstanding after this offering

                            shares

  

   

Class B common stock outstanding after this offering

                            shares

  

   

Voting rights

  Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by our stockholders. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by our stockholders, except with respect to the election or removal of directors on which the holders of shares of our Class B common stock are not entitled to vote. As discussed above under "— The Sponsors", Ares and OTPP will be parties to the New Stockholders Agreement pursuant to which they will have the ability to initially appoint all of the directors to our board.

  

   

Conversion rights

  The shares of Class A common stock are convertible into shares of Class B common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder so long as such holder holds Class B common stock, on the basis of one share of Class B common stock for each share of Class A common stock that it wishes to convert. The shares of Class B common stock are convertible into shares of Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder, on the basis of one share of Class A common stock for each share of Class B common stock that it wishes to convert.

  

   

8


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

  We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $            million (based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds to us, together with cash on hand, to redeem all of our outstanding Series A preferred stock immediately following completion of this offering and to pay related expenses. Any remaining net proceeds to us will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds".

  

   

Dividend Policy

  Although the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our board of directors from legally available sources, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any, we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy." Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits.

  

   

Proposed New York Stock Exchange trading symbol

  "GNC"

  

   

Risk factors

  For a discussion of risks relating to our business and an investment in our Class A common stock, see "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14.

          The number of shares of Class A common stock to be outstanding after completion of this offering is based on                          shares of our Class A common stock to be sold in this offering and, except where we state otherwise, the Class A common stock information we present in this prospectus:

          Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus does not take into account the sale of up to                          shares of our Class A common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the selling stockholders.

9


Table of Contents


Summary Consolidated Financial Data

          The summary consolidated financial data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007 (collectively, the "Successor Periods"), and for the period January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 (the "Predecessor Period") are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 represents the period during which GNC Parent Corporation was owned by an investment fund managed by Apollo Management V, L.P. ("Apollo").

          The summary consolidated financial data presented below for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010.

          The summary consolidated financial data is presented on an actual basis for and as of the periods indicated and on an as adjusted basis giving effect to 1) the completion of this offering, 2) the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering, as described under "Use of Proceeds", including the redemption of all outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock immediately following completion of this offering, 3) prior to the consummation of this offering, the conversion of                    shares of Class B common stock into                     shares of Class A common stock, and 4) our use of cash on hand to satisfy our obligations under the ACOF Management Services Agreement and our Class B common stock (see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — ACOF Management Services Agreement" and "— Special Dividend").

          Our results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of our results for a full year of operations. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and footnotes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

10


Table of Contents

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  (dollars in millions, except share data and as noted)
   
   
 

Statement of Income Data:

                                         

Total revenues

  $ 1,386.4   $ 1,303.1   $ 1,707.0   $ 1,656.7   $ 1,223.0       $ 329.8  

Gross profit

    492.6     453.9     590.6     574.1     408.8         117.6  

Operating income (loss)

    172.3     143.3     181.0     169.6     106.9         (19.2 )

Interest expense, net

    49.2     53.0     69.9     83.0     75.5         72.8  

Net income (loss)

    77.7     56.9     69.5     54.6     18.8         (70.4 )

Earnings (loss) per share(1):

                                         
   

Basic

  $ 0.72   $ 0.49   $ 0.58   $ 0.43   $ 0.08       $ (1.39 )
   

Diluted

  $ 0.70   $ 0.49   $ 0.58   $ 0.43   $ 0.08       $ (1.39 )

Other Data:

                                         

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    97.6     77.8     114.0     77.4     92.0         (67.5 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (21.2 )   (22.0 )   (42.2 )   (60.4 )   (1,672.2 )       (6.2 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (1.1 )   (21.1 )   (26.4 )   (1.4 )   1,598.7         58.7  

EBITDA(2)

    206.1     177.9     227.7     212.1     136.9         (11.8 )

Capital expenditures(3)

    21.0     20.4     28.7     48.7     28.9         5.7  

Number of Stores (at end of period):

                                         
 

Company-owned stores(4)

    2,871     2,806     2,832     2,774     2,745         2,699  
 

Franchise stores(4)

    2,298     2,176     2,216     2,144     2,056         2,018  
 

Store-within-a-store franchise locations(4)

    1,983     1,814     1,869     1,712     1,358         1,266  

Same Store Sales Growth:(5)

                                         
 

Domestic company-owned, including web

    5.5 %   3.3 %   2.8 %   2.7 %   1.7 %       0.1 %
 

Domestic franchise

    3.2 %   1.0 %   0.9 %   0.7 %   (1.2 )%       (4.1 )%

Average revenue per domestic company-owned store (dollars in thousands)

  $ 341.2   $ 327.7   $ 422.4   $ 418.1   $ 316.9       $ 93.3  

 

 
  As Adjusted  
 
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Income (loss) Per Share — Basic & Diluted (in thousands):

                   

Net income (loss)

                   

Preferred stock dividends

                   
               

Net income available to common stockholders

                   
               

Earnings (loss) per share:

                   
 

Basic

                   
 

Diluted

                   

Weighted average common shares outstanding (in thousands):

                   
 

Basic

                   
 

Diluted

                   

11


Table of Contents

 

 
  As of September 30, 2010  
 
 
Actual
 
As Adjusted
 
 
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  (Dollars in millions)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 165.2        

Working capital(6)

    489.0        

Total assets

    2,407.2        

Total current and non-current long-term debt

    1,058.8        

Preferred stock

    213.0        

Total stockholders' equity

    815.2        

(1)
Includes impact of dividends on our Series A preferred stock.

(2)
We define EBITDA as net income before interest expense (net), income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. Management uses EBITDA as a tool to measure operating performance of the business. EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or as an alternative to U.S. GAAP cash flow from operating activities, as a measure of our profitability or liquidity.

The following table reconciles EBITDA to net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP for the periods indicated:

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  (dollars in millions)
   
   
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 77.7   $ 56.9   $ 69.5   $ 54.6   $ 18.8       $ (70.4 )

Interest expense, net

    49.2     53.0     69.9     83.0     75.5         72.8  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    45.4     33.4     41.6     32.0     12.6         (21.6 )

Depreciation and amortization

    33.8     34.6     46.7     42.5     30.0         7.4  
                               

EBITDA

  $ 206.1 (a) $ 177.9 (b) $ 227.7 (b) $ 212.1 (b) $ 136.9 (b)     $ (11.8) (c)
                               

(a)
For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, EBITDA includes the following expenses: $4.1 million of start-up costs related to our partnerships with PetSmart and PepsiCo and our operations in China and $1.1 million related to payments to the Sponsors under the management agreement and Class B common stock, which payments will cease following this offering.

(b)
For the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the 2007 Successor Period, EBITDA includes $1.1 million, $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related to payments to the Sponsors under the management agreement and Class B common stock, which payments will cease following this offering.

(c)
For the period January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, EBITDA includes $34.6 million of Merger related costs and $0.4 million related to payments to our prior sponsors for management fees.
(3)
Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes approximately $10.1 million incurred in conjunction with our store register upgrade program.

12


Table of Contents

(4)
The following table summarizes our locations for the periods indicated:

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Company-Owned Stores

                                         

Beginning of period

    2,832     2,774     2,774     2,745     2,699         2,688  

Store openings

    57     27     45     71     64         18  

Franchise conversions(a)

    16     37     53     33     44         17  

Store closings(b)

    (34 )   (32 )   (40 )   (75 )   (62 )       (24 )
                               

End of period balance

    2,871     2,806     2,832     2,774     2,745         2,699  
                               

Franchise Stores

                                         
 

Domestic

                                         

Beginning of period

    909     954     954     978     1,022         1,046  

Store openings(b)

    25     19     31     41     16         4  

Store closings(c)

    (37 )   (54 )   (76 )   (65 )   (60 )       (28 )
                               

End of period balance

    897     919     909     954     978         1,022  
                               

International

                                         

Beginning of period

    1,307     1,190     1,190     1,078     996         961  

Store openings

    165     104     187     198     115         44  

Store closings

    (71 )   (37 )   (70 )   (86 )   (33 )       (9 )
                               

End of period balance

    1,401     1,257     1,307     1,190     1,078         996  
                               

Store-within-a-Store (Rite Aid)

                                         

Beginning of period

    1,869     1,712     1,712     1,358     1,266         1,227  

Store openings

    127     122     177     401     101         39  

Store closings

    (13 )   (20 )   (20 )   (47 )   (9 )        
                               

End of period balance

    1,983     1,814     1,869     1,712     1,358         1,266  
                               

Total stores

    7,152     6,796     6,917     6,630     6,159         5,983  
                               

(a)
Stores that were acquired from franchisees and subsequently converted into company-owned stores.

(b)
Includes corporate store locations acquired by franchisees.

(c)
Includes franchise stores closed and acquired by us.
(5)
Same store sales growth reflects the percentage change in same store sales in the period presented compared to the prior year period. Same store sales are calculated on a daily basis for each store and exclude the net sales of a store for any period if the store was not open during the same period of the prior year. Beginning in the first quarter of 2006, we also included our internet sales, as generated through www.GNC.com and www.drugstore.com, in our domestic company-owned same store sales calculation. When a store's square footage has been changed as a result of reconfiguration or relocation in the same mall or shopping center, the store continues to be treated as a same store. If, during the period presented, a store was closed, relocated to a different mall or shopping center, or converted to a franchise store or a company-owned store, sales from that store up to and including the closing day or the day immediately preceding the relocation or conversion are included as same store sales as long as the store was open during the same period of the prior year. We exclude from the calculation sales during the period presented that occurred on or after the date of relocation to a different mall or shopping center or the date of a conversion.

(6)
Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.

13


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

We may not effectively manage our growth, which could materially harm our business.

          We expect that our business will continue to grow, which may place a significant strain on our management, personnel, systems and resources. We must continue to improve our operational and financial systems and managerial controls and procedures, and we will need to continue to expand, train and manage our technology and workforce. We must also maintain close coordination among our technology, compliance, accounting, finance, marketing and sales organizations. We cannot assure you that we will manage our growth effectively. If we fail to do so, our business could be materially harmed.

          Our continued growth will require an increased investment by us in technology, facilities, personnel, and financial and management systems and controls. It also will require expansion of our procedures for monitoring and assuring our compliance with applicable regulations, and we will need to integrate, train and manage a growing employee base. The expansion of our existing businesses, any expansion into new businesses and the resulting growth of our employee base will increase our need for internal audit and monitoring processes that are more extensive and broader in scope than those we have historically required. We may not be successful in identifying or implementing all of the processes that are necessary. Further, unless our growth results in an increase in our revenues that is proportionate to the increase in our costs associated with this growth, our operating margins and profitability will be adversely affected.

We operate in a highly competitive industry. Our failure to compete effectively could adversely affect our market share, revenues, and growth prospects.

          The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is large and highly fragmented. Participants include specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, on-line merchants, mail-order companies and a variety of other smaller participants. We believe that the market is also highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. In the United States, we also compete for sales with heavily advertised national brands manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies, as well as other retailers. In addition, as some products become more mainstream, we experience increased price competition for those products as more participants enter the market. Our international competitors include large international pharmacy chains, major international supermarket chains, and other large U.S.-based companies with international operations. Our wholesale and manufacturing operations compete with other wholesalers and manufacturers of third-party nutritional supplements. We may not be able to compete effectively and our attempt to do so may require us to reduce our prices, which may result in lower margins. Failure to effectively compete could adversely affect our market share, revenues, and growth prospects.

14


Table of Contents


Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by other companies could cause fluctuations in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our products, and our ability to generate revenues.

          We are highly dependent upon consumer perception of the safety and quality of our products, as well as similar products distributed by other companies. Consumer perception of products can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, national media attention, and other publicity about product use. A product may be received favorably, resulting in high sales associated with that product that may not be sustainable as consumer preferences change. Future scientific research or publicity could be unfavorable to our industry or any of our particular products and may not be consistent with earlier favorable research or publicity. A future research report or publicity that is perceived by our consumers as less favorable or that questions earlier research or publicity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenues. For example, sales of some of our products, such as those containing ephedra, were initially strong, but decreased as a result of negative publicity and an ultimate ban of such products by the Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA"). As such, period-to-period comparisons of our results should not be relied upon as a measure of our future performance. Adverse publicity in the form of published scientific research or otherwise, whether or not accurate, that associates consumption of our products or any other similar products with illness or other adverse effects, that questions the benefits of our or similar products, or that claims that such products are ineffective could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our products, and our ability to generate revenues.

Our failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new products could significantly harm our customer relationships and product sales.

          Our business is particularly subject to changing consumer trends and preferences. Our continued success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not be able to respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to these changes. If we are unable to do so, our customer relationships and product sales could be harmed significantly.

          Furthermore, the nutritional supplements industry is characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for products and new product introductions. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively impact consumer opinion of our stores as a source for the latest products. This could harm our customer relationships and cause losses to our market share. The success of our new product offerings depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to accurately anticipate customer needs; innovate and develop new products; successfully commercialize new products in a timely manner; price our products competitively; manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors.

          If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our products could become obsolete, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and operating results.

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and otherwise adversely impact our operating income and growth prospects.

          As of September 30, 2010, our total consolidated long-term debt (including current portion) was approximately $1,058.8 million, and we had an additional $44.7 million available under the $60.0 million senior revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility") of General Nutrition

15


Table of Contents


Centers, Inc. ("Centers") after giving effect to $9.0 million utilized to secure letters of credit and a $6.3 million commitment from subsidiaries of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (collectively, "Lehman"). In September 2008, Lehman filed for bankruptcy and we do not expect that Lehman will fund its pro rata share of the borrowing as required under the facility. If other financial institutions that have extended credit commitments to us are adversely affected by the condition of the U.S. and international capital markets, they may become unable to fund borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, which could have a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and our ability to borrow additional funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other corporate purposes.

          All of the debt under our senior credit facility, consisting of a $675.0 million term loan facility (the "Term Loan Facility") and the Revolving Credit Facility (together with the Term Loan Facility, the "Senior Credit Facility"), bears interest at variable rates. Our unhedged debt is subject to additional interest expense if these rates increase significantly, which could also reduce our ability to borrow additional funds.

          Our substantial debt could have material consequences on our financial condition. For example, it could:

          For additional information regarding the interest rates and maturity dates of our existing debt, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources".

          We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional debt in the future, including collateralized debt. Although the Senior Credit Facility and the indentures governing the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. If additional debt is added to our current level of debt, the risks described above would increase.

          Centers has announced that it intends to enter into, subject to market and other conditions, a financing transaction with certain lenders. Centers currently expects to use the proceeds from the transaction, if consummated, to, among other things, refinance its existing indebtedness. There can be no assurance that Centers will complete any such refinancing on terms acceptable to it or at all. Centers' inability to complete this refinancing or to complete it on terms that we find favorable could increase the risks described above.

16


Table of Contents


Our ability to continue to access credit on the terms previously obtained for the funding of our operations and capital projects may be limited due to changes in credit markets.

          In recent periods, the credit markets and the financial services industry have experienced disruption characterized by the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of various financial institutions, increased volatility in securities prices, diminished liquidity and credit availability and intervention from the United States and other governments. Continued concerns about the systemic impact of potential long-term or widespread downturn, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, the global commercial and residential real estate markets and related mortgage markets and reduced consumer confidence have contributed to increased market volatility. The cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by these conditions. We cannot be certain that funding for our capital needs will be available from our existing financial institutions and the credit markets if needed, and if available, to the extent required, and on acceptable terms. The Revolving Credit Facility matures in March 2012. If we cannot renew or refinance this facility upon its maturity or, more generally, obtain funding when needed, in each case on acceptable terms, we may be unable to continue our current rate of growth and store expansion, which may have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

          Centers has announced that it intends to enter into, subject to market and other conditions, a financing transaction with certain lenders. Centers currently expects to use the proceeds from the transaction, if consummated, to, among other things, refinance its existing indebtedness. There can be no assurance that Centers will complete any such refinancing on terms acceptable to it or at all.

We require a significant amount of cash to service our debt. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control and, as a result, we may not be able to make payments on our debt obligations.

          We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or to obtain future borrowings under our credit facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, because we conduct our operations through our operating subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including payments on our debt. Under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. If we do not have sufficient liquidity, we may need to refinance or restructure all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity, sell assets, or borrow more money, which we may not be able to do on terms satisfactory to us or at all. In addition, any refinancing could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants which could further restrict our business operations.

          If we are unable to meet our obligations with respect to our debt, we could be forced to restructure or refinance our debt, seek equity financing, or sell assets. A default on any of our debt obligations could trigger certain acceleration clauses and cause those and our other obligations to become immediately due and payable. Upon an acceleration of any of our debt, we may not be able to make payments under our other outstanding debt.

Restrictions in the agreements governing our existing and future indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business.

          The agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain and the agreements governing our future indebtedness will likely contain customary restrictions on us or our subsidiaries, including covenants that restrict us or our subsidiaries, as the case may be, from:

17


Table of Contents

          Our ability to comply with these covenants and other provisions of the Senior Credit Facility and the indentures governing the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes may be affected by changes in our operating and financial performance, changes in general business and economic conditions, adverse regulatory developments, or other events beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our debt, which could cause those and other obligations to become immediately due and payable. In addition, these restrictions may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted.

We depend on the services of key executives and changes in our management team could affect our business strategy and adversely impact our performance and results of operations.

          Our senior executives are important to our success because they have been instrumental in setting our strategic direction, operating our business, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying opportunities and arranging necessary financing. Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement is hired. We believe that our senior executives could not be replaced quickly with executives of equal experience and capabilities. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our executives.

If our risk management methods are not effective, our business, reputation and financial results may be adversely affected.

          We have methods to identify, monitor and manage our risks; however, these methods may not be fully effective. Some of our risk management methods may depend upon evaluation of information regarding markets, customers or other matters that are publicly available or otherwise accessible by us. That information may not in all cases be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. If our methods are not fully effective or we are not successful in monitoring or evaluating the risks to which we are or may be exposed, our business, reputation, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our insurance policies may not provide adequate coverage.

Compliance with new and existing governmental regulations could increase our costs significantly and adversely affect our results of operations.

          The processing, formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, and distribution of our products are subject to federal laws and regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"), the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the United States Department of Agriculture, and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various state, local, and international laws and agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. Government regulations may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of our products, which could result in

18


Table of Contents


lost revenues and increased costs to us. For instance, the FDA regulates, among other things, the composition, safety, labeling, and marketing of dietary supplements (including vitamins, minerals, herbs, and other dietary ingredients for human use). The FDA may not accept the evidence of safety for any new dietary ingredient that we may wish to market, may determine that a particular dietary supplement or ingredient presents an unacceptable health risk, and may determine that a particular claim or statement of nutritional value that we use to support the marketing of a dietary supplement is an impermissible drug claim, is not substantiated, or is an unauthorized version of a "health claim". See "Business — Government Regulation — Product Regulation" for additional information. Any of these actions could prevent us from marketing particular dietary supplement products or making certain claims or statements with respect to those products. The FDA could also require us to remove a particular product from the market. Any future recall or removal would result in additional costs to us, including lost revenues from any products that we are required to remove from the market, any of which could be material. Any product recalls or removals could also lead to liability, substantial costs, and reduced growth prospects.

          Additional or more stringent regulations of dietary supplements and other products have been considered from time to time. These developments could require reformulation of some products to meet new standards, recalls or discontinuance of some products not able to be reformulated, additional record-keeping requirements, increased documentation of the properties of some products, additional or different labeling, additional scientific substantiation, adverse event reporting, or other new requirements. Any of these developments could increase our costs significantly. The FDA has announced that it plans to publish a guidance governing the notification of new dietary ingredients. Although FDA guidance is not mandatory, it is a strong indication of the FDA's current views on the topic discussed in the guidance, including its position on enforcement. Depending on its recommendations, particularly those relating to animal or human testing, such guidance could also raise our costs and negatively impact our business in several ways, including the potential that the FDA might seek to enjoin the manufacturing of our products because of violation of the Good Manufacturing Practice ("GMP") regulations until the FDA determines that we are in compliance and can resume manufacturing. We may not be able to comply with the new rules without incurring additional expenses, which could be significant. For example, the Dietary Supplement Safety Act (S3002) was introduced in February 2010 and contains many restrictive provisions on the sale of dietary supplements, including, but not limited to, provisions that limit the dietary ingredients acceptable for use in dietary supplements, increased fines for violations of the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994 ("DSHEA"), and increased registration and reporting requirements with the FDA. If reintroduced and enacted, this bill could severely restrict the number of dietary supplements available for sale and increase our costs and potential penalties associated with selling dietary supplements.

Our failure to comply with FTC regulations and existing consent decrees imposed on us by the FTC could result in substantial monetary penalties and could adversely affect our operating results.

          The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements and has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies, including us, for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. As a result of these enforcement actions, we are currently subject to three consent decrees that limit our ability to make certain claims with respect to our products and required us in the past to pay civil penalties and other amounts in the aggregate amount of $3.0 million. See "Business — Government Regulation — Product Regulation" for more information. Failure by us or our franchisees to comply with the consent decrees and applicable regulations could occur from time to time. Violations of these orders could result in substantial monetary

19


Table of Contents


penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues, and operating income.

          As a retailer, distributor, and manufacturer of products designed for human consumption, we are subject to product liability claims if the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury. Our products consist of vitamins, minerals, herbs and other ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur.

          In addition, third-party manufacturers produce many of the products we sell. As a distributor of products manufactured by third parties, we may also be liable for various product liability claims for products we do not manufacture. Although our purchase agreements with our third-party vendors typically require the vendor to indemnify us to the extent of any such claims, any such indemnification is limited by its terms. Moreover, as a practical matter, any such indemnification is dependent on the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. We may be unable to obtain full recovery from the insurer or any indemnifying third party in respect of any claims against us in connection with products manufactured by such third party.

          We have been and may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that our products include inadequate instructions for use or inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects and interactions with other substances. For example, as of December 31, 2010, there are 50 pending lawsuits related to Hydroxycut in which GNC has been named, including 44 individual, largely personal injury claims and six putative class action cases. See "Business — Legal Proceedings". Any product liability claim against us could result in increased costs and could adversely affect our reputation with our customers, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues and operating income.

We may experience product recalls, which could reduce our sales and margin and adversely affect our results of operations.

          We may be subject to product recalls, withdrawals or seizures if any of the products we formulate, manufacture or sell are believed to cause injury or illness or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations in the manufacturing, labeling, promotion, sale or distribution of such products. For example, in May 2009, the FDA warned consumers to stop using Hydroxycut diet products, which are produced by Iovate Health Sciences, Inc. ("Iovate") and were sold in our stores. Iovate issued a voluntary recall, with which we fully complied. Sales of the recalled Hydroxycut products amounted to approximately $57.8 million, or 4.7% of our retail sales in 2008, and $18.8 million, or 4.2% of our retail sales in the first four months of 2009. We provided refunds or gift cards to consumers who returned these products to our stores. In the second quarter of 2009, we experienced a reduction in sales and margin due to this recall as a result of accepting returns of products from customers and a loss of sales as a replacement product was not available. Through September 30, 2010, we estimate that we have refunded approximately $3.5 million to our retail customers and approximately $1.6 million to our wholesale customers for Hydroxycut product returns. Our results of operations may continue to be affected by the Hydroxycut recall. Any additional recall, withdrawal or seizure of any of the products we formulate, manufacture or sell would require significant management attention, would likely result in substantial and unexpected expenditures and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of

20


Table of Contents


operations. Furthermore, a recall, withdrawal or seizure of any of our products could materially and adversely affect consumer confidence in our brands and decrease demand for our products.

Our operations are subject to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations that may increase our cost of operations or expose us to environmental liabilities.

          Our operations are subject to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, and some of our operations require environmental permits and controls to prevent and limit pollution of the environment. We could incur significant costs as a result of violations of, or liabilities under, environmental laws and regulations, or to maintain compliance with such environmental laws, regulations, or permit requirements. For example, in March 2008, the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control ("DHEC") requested that we investigate contamination associated with historical activities at our South Carolina facility. These investigations have identified chlorinated solvent impacts in soils and groundwater that extend offsite from our facility. We are continuing these investigations in order to understand the extent of these impacts and develop appropriate remedial measures for DHEC approval. At this stage of the investigation, however, it is not possible to accurately estimate the timing and extent of any remedial action that may be required, the ultimate cost of remediation, or the amount of our potential liability.

          In addition to the foregoing, we are subject to numerous federal, state, local, and foreign environmental and health and safety laws and regulations governing our operations, including the handling, transportation, and disposal of our non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges from its operations into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water, and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for remedial actions, penalties, or the imposition of other liabilities. New laws, changes in existing laws or the interpretation thereof, or the development of new facts or changes in their processes could also cause us to incur additional capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. We also are subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties, or for properties to which substances or wastes that were sent in connection with current or former operations at its facilities. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect our ability to sell or lease our properties, or to use them as collateral for financing.

We are not insured for a significant portion of our claims exposure, which could materially and adversely affect our operating income and profitability.

          We have procured insurance independently for the following areas: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; (5) workers' compensation insurance; and (6) various other areas. In addition, although we believe that we will continue to be able to obtain insurance in these areas in the future, because of increased selectivity by insurance providers, we may only be able to obtain such insurance at increased rates and/or with reduced coverage levels. Furthermore, we are self-insured for other areas, including: (1) medical benefits; (2) physical damage to our tractors, trailers, and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (3) physical damages that may occur at company-owned stores. We are not insured for some property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance, and the overall risk analysis. In addition, we carry product liability insurance coverage that requires us to pay deductibles/retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the deductible/retention amount. Because of our deductibles and self-insured retention amounts, we have significant exposure to fluctuations in the number and severity of claims. We currently maintain product liability insurance with a retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on

21


Table of Contents


retained loss of $10.0 million. We could raise our deductibles/retentions, which would increase our already significant exposure to expense from claims. If any claim exceeds our coverage, we would bear the excess expense, in addition to our other self-insured amounts. If the frequency or severity of claims or our expenses increase, our operating income and profitability could be materially adversely affected. See "Business — Legal Proceedings".

Because we rely on our manufacturing operations to produce nearly all of the proprietary products we sell, disruptions in our manufacturing system or losses of manufacturing certifications could adversely affect our sales and customer relationships.

          Our manufacturing operations produced approximately 35% and 34% of the products we sold for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Other than powders and liquids, nearly all of our proprietary products are produced in our manufacturing facility located in Greenville, South Carolina. During 2009, no one vendor supplied more than 10% of our raw materials. In the event any of our third-party suppliers or vendors becomes unable or unwilling to continue to provide raw materials in the required volumes and quality levels or in a timely manner, we would be required to identify and obtain acceptable replacement supply sources. If we are unable to identify and obtain alternative supply sources, our business could be adversely affected. Any significant disruption in our operations at our Greenville, South Carolina facility for any reason, including regulatory requirements, an FDA determination that the facility is not in compliance with GMPs, the loss of certifications, power interruptions, fires, hurricanes, war or other force of nature, could disrupt our supply of products, adversely affecting our sales and customer relationships.

Increase in the price and shortage of supply of key raw materials could adversely affect our business.

          Our products are composed of certain key raw materials. If the prices of these raw materials were to increase significantly, it could result in a significant increase to us in the prices our contract manufacturers and third-party manufacturers charge us for our GNC-branded products and third-party products. Raw material prices may increase in the future and we may not be able to pass on such increases to our customers. A significant increase in the price of raw materials that cannot be passed on to customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we no longer are able to obtain products from one or more of our suppliers on terms reasonable to us or at all, our revenues could suffer. Events such as the threat of political or social unrest, or the perceived threat thereof, may also have a significant impact on raw material prices and transportation costs for our products. In addition, the interruption in supply of certain key raw materials essential to the manufacturing of our products may have an adverse impact on our suppliers' ability to provide us with the necessary products needed to maintain our customer relationships and an adequate level of sales.

A significant disruption to our distribution network or to the timely receipt of inventory could adversely impact sales or increase our transportation costs, which would decrease our profits.

          We rely on our ability to replenish depleted inventory in our stores through deliveries to our distribution centers from vendors and then from the distribution centers or direct ship vendors to our stores by various means of transportation, including shipments by sea and truck. Unexpected delays in those deliveries or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs) could significantly decrease our ability to make sales and earn profits. In addition, labor shortages in the transportation industry or long-term disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure that lead to delays or interruptions of deliveries could negatively affect our business.

22


Table of Contents


If we fail to protect our brand name, competitors may adopt trade names that dilute the value of our brand name, and prosecuting or defending infringement claims could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from manufacturing, selling, or using some aspect of our products, which could adversely affect our revenues and market share.

          We have invested significant resources to promote our GNC brand name in order to obtain the public recognition that we have today. Because of the differences in foreign trademark laws concerning proprietary rights, our trademark may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as it does in the United States. Also, we may not always be able to successfully enforce our trademark against competitors or against challenges by others. For example, third parties are challenging our "GNC Live Well" trademark in foreign jurisdictions. Our failure to successfully protect our trademark could diminish the value and effectiveness of our past and future marketing efforts and could cause customer confusion. This could in turn adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

          We are currently and may in the future be subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using some aspect of our products. Claims of intellectual property infringement also may require us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements. However, we may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Claims that our technology or products infringe on intellectual property rights could be costly and would divert the attention of management and key personnel, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

A substantial amount of our revenue is generated from our franchisees, and our revenues could decrease significantly if our franchisees do not conduct their operations profitably or if we fail to attract new franchisees.

          As of both December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, approximately 32% of our retail locations were operated by franchisees. Our franchise operations generated approximately 15.5% and 15.6% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our revenues from franchise stores depend on the franchisees' ability to operate their stores profitably and adhere to our franchise standards. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, a net 45 domestic franchise stores were closed. The closing of franchise stores or the failure of franchisees to comply with our policies could adversely affect our reputation and could reduce the amount of our franchise revenues. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and operating income.

          If we are unable to attract new franchisees or to convince existing franchisees to open additional stores, any growth in royalties from franchise stores will depend solely upon increases in revenues at existing franchise stores. In addition, our ability to open additional franchise locations is limited by the territorial restrictions in our existing franchise agreements as well as our ability to identify additional markets in the United States and other countries. If we are unable to open additional franchise locations, we will have to sustain additional growth internally by attracting new and repeat customers to our existing locations.

Franchisee support of our marketing and advertising programs is critical for our success.

          The support of our franchisees is critical for the success of our marketing programs and other strategic initiatives we seek to undertake, and the successful execution of these initiatives will depend on our ability to maintain alignment with our franchisees. While we can mandate certain strategic initiatives through enforcement of our franchise agreements, we need the active support of our franchisees if the implementation of these initiatives is to be successful. In addition, our efforts to build alignment with franchisees may result in a delay in the implementation of our marketing

23


Table of Contents


and advertising programs and other key initiatives. Although we believe that our current relationships with our franchisees are generally good, there can be no assurance that our franchisees will continue to support our marketing programs and strategic initiatives. The failure of our franchisees to support our marketing programs and strategic initiatives could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy and could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our franchisees are independent operators and we have limited influence over their operations.

          Our revenues substantially depend upon our franchisees' sales volumes, profitability, and financial viability. However, our franchisees are independent operators and we cannot control many factors that impact the profitability of their stores. Pursuant to the franchise agreements, we can, among other things, mandate signage, equipment and hours of operation, establish operating procedures and approve suppliers, distributors and products. However, the quality of franchise store operations may be diminished by any number of factors beyond our control. Consequently, franchisees may not successfully operate stores in a manner consistent with our standards and requirements or standards set by federal, state and local governmental laws and regulations. In addition, franchisees may not hire and train qualified managers and other personnel. While we ultimately can take action to terminate franchisees that do not comply with the standards contained in our franchise agreements, any delay in identifying and addressing problems could harm our image and reputation, and our franchise revenues and results of operations could decline.

Franchise regulations could limit our ability to terminate or replace under-performing franchises, which could adversely impact franchise revenues.

          Our franchise activities are subject to federal, state, and international laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises and the governance of our franchise relationships. These laws impose registration, extensive disclosure requirements, and bonding requirements on the offer and sale of franchises. In some jurisdictions, the laws relating to the governance of our franchise relationship impose fair dealing standards during the term of the franchise relationship and limitations on our ability to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise. We may, therefore, be required to retain an under-performing franchise and may be unable to replace the franchisee, which could adversely impact franchise revenues. In addition, we cannot predict the nature and effect of any future legislation or regulation on our franchise operations.

We have limited influence over the decision of franchisees to invest in other businesses or incur excessive indebtedness.

          Our franchisees are independent operators and, therefore, we have limited influence over their ability to invest in other businesses or incur excessive indebtedness. In some cases, these franchisees have used the cash generated by their stores to expand their other businesses or to subsidize losses incurred by such businesses. Additionally, as independent operators, franchisees do not require our consent to incur indebtedness. Consequently, our franchisees have in the past, and may in the future, experience financial distress as a result of over leveraging. To the extent that our franchisees use the cash from their stores to subsidize their other businesses or experience financial distress, due to over-leverage or otherwise, it could negatively affect (1) our operating results as a result of delayed or reduced payments of royalties, advertising fund contributions and rents for properties we lease to them, (2) our future revenue, earnings and cash flow growth and (3) our financial condition. In addition, lenders that are adversely affected by franchisees who default on their indebtedness may be less likely to provide current or prospective franchisees necessary financing on favorable terms or at all.

24


Table of Contents


If we cannot open new company-owned stores on schedule and profitably, or if our new store formats are not successful, our planned future growth will be impeded, which would adversely affect sales.

          Our growth is dependent on both increases in sales in existing stores and the ability to open profitable new stores. Increases in sales in existing stores are dependent on factors such as competition, store operations and other factors discussed in these Risk Factors. Our ability to timely open new stores and to expand into additional market areas depends in part on the following factors: the availability of attractive store locations; the absence of occupancy delays; the ability to negotiate acceptable lease terms; the ability to identify customer demand in different geographic areas; the hiring, training and retention of competent sales personnel; the effective management of inventory to meet the needs of new and existing stores on a timely basis; general economic conditions; and the availability of sufficient funds for expansion. Many of these factors are beyond our control. In addition, the costs associated with opening and operating our new store formats are higher than the costs associated with opening and operating our standard modern-design stores. Delays or failures in opening new stores, including our new store formats, or achieving lower than expected sales in new stores and new store formats, or drawing a greater than expected proportion of sales in new stores or new store formats from our existing stores, could materially adversely affect our growth and profitability. In addition, we may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations and, as a result, may not meet our targets for opening new stores, remodeling or relocating stores or expanding profitably.

          Some of our new stores may be located in areas where we have little or no meaningful experience or brand recognition. Those markets may have different competitive conditions, market conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, which may cause our new stores to be less successful than stores in our existing markets. Alternatively, many of our new stores will be located in areas where we have existing stores. Although we have experience in these markets, increasing the number of locations in these markets may result in inadvertent over-saturation of markets and temporarily or permanently divert customers and sales from our existing stores, thereby adversely affecting our overall financial performance.

Our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by the financial and operational performance of Rite Aid.

          As of December 31, 2009, Rite Aid operated 1,869 GNC franchise "store-within-a-store" locations and has committed to open additional franchise "store-within-a-store" locations. Revenue from sales to Rite Aid (including license fee revenue for new store openings) represented approximately 3.3% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009. Any liquidity and operational issues that Rite Aid may experience could impair its ability to fulfill its obligations and commitments to us, which would adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Economic, political, and other risks associated with our international operations could adversely affect our revenues and international growth prospects.

          As of December 31, 2009, we had 167 company-owned Canadian stores and 1,307 international franchise stores in 47 countries. We derived 10.2% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 10.1% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008 from our international operations. As part of our business strategy, we intend to expand our international franchise presence. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent to operating in foreign countries, and any expansion of our international operations will increase the effects of these risks. These risks include, among others:

25


Table of Contents

          Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our international operations and our growth strategy.

We may be unable to successfully expand our operations into China and other new markets.

          If the opportunity arises, we may expand our operations into new and high-growth markets including, but not limited to, China. For example, we have commenced the process of product registrations and wholesale sales in China. However, there is no assurance that we will expand our operations in China and other markets in our desired time frame. To expand our operations into new markets, we may enter into business combination transactions, make acquisitions or enter into strategic partnerships, joint ventures or alliances, any of which may be material. We may enter into these transactions to acquire other businesses or products to expand our products or take advantage of new developments and potential changes in the industry. Although we have entered into a non-binding term sheet with an affiliate of Bright Food (Group) Co., Ltd. ("BFG") to market and sell nutritional supplements in China through a joint venture, the definitive documentation for the joint venture was not executed on the timeframe that we had expected and there can be no assurances that we will enter into a joint venture with BFG or any other party. Our lack of experience operating in new markets and our lack of familiarity with local economic, political and regulatory systems could prevent us from achieving the results that we expect on our anticipated timeframe or at all. If we are unsuccessful in expanding into new or high growth markets, it could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our network and communications systems are dependent on third-party providers and are vulnerable to system interruption and damage, which could limit our ability to operate our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

          Our systems and operations and those of our third-party Internet service providers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fire, flood, earthquakes, power loss, server failure, telecommunications and Internet service failure, acts of war or terrorism, computer viruses and denial-of-service attacks, physical or electronic breaches, sabotage, human error and similar events. Any of these events could lead to system interruptions, processing and order fulfillment delays, and loss of critical data for us, our suppliers, or our Internet service providers, and could prevent us

26


Table of Contents


from processing customer purchases. Any significant interruption in the availability or functionality of our website or our customer processing, distribution, or communications systems, for any reason, could seriously harm our business, financial condition, and operating results. The occurrence of any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

          Because we are dependent on third-party service providers for the implementation and maintenance of certain aspects of our systems and operations and because some of the causes of system interruptions may be outside of our control, we may not be able to remedy such interruptions in a timely manner, if at all. As we rely on our third-party service providers, computer and communications systems and the Internet to conduct our business, any system disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Privacy protection is increasingly demanding, and the introduction of electronic payment exposes us to increased risk of privacy and/or security breaches as well as other risks.

          The protection of customer, employee, vendor, franchisee and other business data is critical to us. Federal, state, provincial and international laws and regulations govern the collection, retention, sharing and security of data that we receive from and about our employees, customers, vendors and franchisees. The regulatory environment surrounding information security and privacy has been increasingly demanding in recent years, and may see the imposition of new and additional requirements. Compliance with these requirements may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development of new processes to meet these requirements by us and our franchisees. In addition, customers and franchisees have a high expectation that we will adequately protect their personal information. If we or our service provider fail to comply with these laws and regulations or experience a significant breach of customer, employee, vendor, franchisee or other company data, our reputation could be damaged and result in an increase in service charges, suspension of service, lost sales, fines, or lawsuits.

          The use of credit payment systems makes us more susceptible to a risk of loss in connection with these issues, particularly with respect to an external security breach of customer information that we or third parties (including those with whom we have strategic alliances) under arrangements with us control. In the event of a security breach, theft, leakage, accidental release or other illegal activity with respect to employee, customer, vendor, franchisee third-party, with whom we have strategic alliances or other company data, we could become subject to various claims, including those arising out of thefts and fraudulent transactions, and may also result in the suspension of credit card services. This could harm our reputation as well as divert management attention and expose us to potentially unreserved claims and litigation. Any loss in connection with these types of claims could be substantial. In addition, if our electronic payment systems are damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make significant investments to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim. In addition, we are reliant on these systems, not only to protect the security of the information stored, but also to appropriately track and record data. Any failures or inadequacies in these systems could expose us to significant unreserved losses, which could result in an earnings and stock price decline. Our brand reputation would likely be damaged as well.

Complying with recently enacted healthcare reform legislation could increase our costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

          Recently enacted healthcare reform legislation could significantly increase our costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations by requiring us either to provide health insurance coverage to our employees or to pay certain penalties for electing not to provide such coverage. Because these new requirements are broad, complex, subject to certain phase-in rules and may be challenged by legal actions in the coming months and

27


Table of Contents


years, it is difficult to predict the ultimate impact that this legislation will have on our business and operating costs. We cannot assure you that this legislation or any alternative version that may ultimately be implemented will not materially increase our operating costs. This legislation could also adversely affect our employee relations and ability to compete for new employees if our response to this legislation is considered less favorable than the responses or health benefits offered by employers with whom we compete for talent.

Our holding company structure makes us dependent on our subsidiaries for our cash flow and subordinates the rights of our stockholders to the rights of creditors of our subsidiaries in the event of an insolvency or liquidation of any of our subsidiaries.

          We are a holding company and, accordingly, substantially all of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities. As a result, our cash flow depends upon the earnings of our subsidiaries. In addition, we depend on the distribution of earnings, loans, or other payments by our subsidiaries to us. Our subsidiaries have no obligation to provide us with funds for our payment obligations. If there is an insolvency, liquidation, or other reorganization of any of our subsidiaries, our stockholders will have no right to proceed against their assets. Creditors of those subsidiaries will be entitled to payment in full from the sale or other disposal of the assets of those subsidiaries before we, as a stockholder, would be entitled to receive any distribution from that sale or disposal.

General economic conditions, including a prolonged weakness in the economy, may affect consumer purchases, which could adversely affect our sales and the sales of our business partners.

          Our results, and those of our business partners to whom we sell, are dependent on a number of factors impacting consumer spending, including general economic and business conditions; consumer confidence; wages and employment levels; the housing market; consumer debt levels; availability of consumer credit; credit and interest rates; fuel and energy costs; energy shortages; taxes; general political conditions, both domestic and abroad; and the level of customer traffic within department stores, malls and other shopping and selling environments. Consumer product purchases, including purchases of our products, may decline during recessionary periods. A prolonged downturn or an uncertain outlook in the economy may materially adversely affect our business and our revenues and profits.

Natural disasters (whether or not caused by climate change), unusually adverse weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, and global political events could cause permanent or temporary distribution center or store closures, impair our ability to purchase, receive or replenish inventory, or cause customer traffic to decline, all of which could result in lost sales and otherwise adversely affect our financial performance.

          The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricanes, fires, floods, and earthquakes (whether or not caused by climate change), unusually adverse weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, such as civil unrest in countries in which our suppliers are located, or similar disruptions could adversely affect our operations and financial performance. To the extent these events result in the closure of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, a manufacturing facility or our corporate headquarters, or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially adversely affected through an inability to make deliveries to our stores and through lost sales. In addition, these events could result in increases in fuel (or other energy) prices or a fuel shortage, delays in opening new stores, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products from some local and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas,

28


Table of Contents


delay in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, the temporary reduction in the availability of products in our stores and disruption to our information systems. These events also could have indirect consequences, such as increases in the cost of insurance, if they were to result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage.

Risks Relating to an Investment in Our Class A Common Stock

There has been no public market, and it is possible that no trading market will develop or be maintained, for our Class A common stock, and you may not be able to resell shares of our Class A common stock for an amount equal to or more than your purchase price.

          Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. Therefore, stockholders should be aware that they cannot benefit from information about prior market history as to their decision to invest. Although it is anticipated that the Class A common stock will be approved for quotation on the NYSE, there can be no assurance that a trading market will develop or, if such a market does develop, how liquid that market might become or whether it will be maintained. The initial public offering price will be determined by our negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. If an active trading market fails to develop or be maintained, you may be unable to sell the shares of Class A common stock purchased in this offering at an acceptable price or at all.

Our principal stockholders may take actions that conflict with your interests. This control may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control or changes in management or limiting the ability of other stockholders to approve transactions they deem to be in their best interest.

          Even after giving effect to this offering, the Sponsors will beneficially own approximately         % of our Class A common stock, OTPP will beneficially own 100% of our Class B common stock, and the Sponsors will collectively own         % of our common stock. As a result, our Sponsors will have the power to control our affairs and policies including with respect to the election of directors (and through the election of directors the appointment of management), the entering into of mergers, sales of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary transactions. Under the New Stockholders Agreement, the Sponsors will have the right to nominate to our board of directors, subject to their election by our stockholders, so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, the greater of up to nine directors and the number of directors comprising a majority of our board and, subject to certain exceptions, so long as the Sponsors collectively own 50% or less of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, that number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number or, if such rounding would cause the Sponsors to have the right to elect a majority of our board of directors, rounded to the nearest whole number) that is the same percentage of the total number of directors comprising our board as the collective percentage of common stock owned by the Sponsors. Under the New Stockholders Agreement, each Sponsor will also agree to vote in favor of the other Sponsor's nominees. Because our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes, the Sponsors may be able to influence or control our affairs and policies even after they cease to own a majority of our outstanding Class A common stock during the period in which the Sponsors' nominees finish their terms as members of our board, but in any event no longer than would be permitted under applicable law and the NYSE listing requirements. The directors nominated by the Sponsors will have the authority, subject to the terms of our debt, to issue additional stock, implement stock repurchase programs, declare dividends, pay advisory fees and make other decisions, and they may have an interest in our doing so. The New Stockholders Agreement will also provide that, so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than one-third of our then outstanding common stock, certain significant corporate actions will require the approval of at least one of the Sponsors.

29


Table of Contents

          The interests of the Sponsors could conflict with our public stockholders' interests in material respects. For example, the Sponsors could cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or sell revenue-generating assets. Moreover, the Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Furthermore, due to the concentration of voting power among the Sponsors, they could influence or prevent a change of control or other business combination or any other transaction that requires the approval of stockholders, regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that such transaction is in their best interests. In addition, our governance documents do not contain any provisions applicable to deadlocks among the members of our board, and as a result we may be precluded from taking advantage of opportunities due to disagreements among the Sponsors and their respective board designees. So long as the Sponsors continue to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, they will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Stockholders Agreements".

We will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.

          After the completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to own more than 50% of our outstanding Class A common stock (the only class of common stock entitled to vote for the election and removal of our directors), and the Sponsors will hold more than 50% of the total voting power of our Class A common stock, and, therefore, we will be a "controlled company" under the NYSE corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, we intend to utilize certain exemptions under the NYSE standards that free us from the obligation to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. Although we will have adopted charters for our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees and intend to conduct annual performance evaluations for these committees, none of these committees will be composed entirely of independent directors immediately following the completion of this offering. In addition, we will rely on the phase-in rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and the NYSE with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules permit us to have an audit committee that has one member that is independent upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days thereafter and all members that are independent within one year thereafter. Accordingly, you will not have the same protection afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. See "Management — Board of Directors" for more information.

30


Table of Contents


Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as amended, will contain anti-takeover protections, which may discourage or prevent a takeover of our company, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders.

          Upon completion of this offering, provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as amended, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), could delay or make it more difficult to remove incumbent directors or for a third party to acquire us, even if a takeover would benefit our stockholders. These provisions will include:

          Our issuance of shares of preferred stock could delay or prevent a change of control of our company. Our board of directors has the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by our stockholders, up to                          shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting any series, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption price or prices and liquidation preferences of such series. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by our stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a premium for their shares.

          In addition, the issuance of shares of preferred stock with voting rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our other classes of voting stock either by diluting the voting power of our other classes of voting stock if they vote together as a single class, or by giving the holders of any such preferred stock the right to block an action on which they have a separate class vote even if the action were approved by the holders of our other classes of voting stock.

          Our incorporation under Delaware law, the ability of our board of directors to create and issue a new series of preferred stock or a stockholder rights plan and certain other provisions that will be contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could impede a merger, takeover or other business combination involving us or the replacement of our management or discourage a potential investor from making a tender offer for our common stock, which, under certain circumstances, could reduce the market value of our common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock".

Our issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the market value of our Class A common stock.

          The issuance of shares of preferred stock with dividend or conversion rights, liquidation preferences or other economic terms favorable to the holders of preferred stock could adversely

31


Table of Contents


affect the market price for our Class A common stock by making an investment in the Class A common stock less attractive. For example, a conversion feature could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline to the conversion price of the preferred stock.

The price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate substantially.

          The initial public offering price for the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our Class A common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

          In addition, the stock market in general, the NYSE and the market for health and nutritional supplements companies in particular have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. If any of these factors causes us to fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, or if adverse conditions prevail or are perceived to prevail with respect to our business, the price of our Class A common stock would likely drop significantly.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock after this offering. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our Class A common stock appreciates.

          We currently do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock after this offering and for the foreseeable future. Further, Centers is currently restricted from declaring or paying cash dividends to us pursuant to the terms of the Senior Credit Facility, its Senior Subordinated Notes, and its Senior Notes, which effectively restricts us from declaring or paying any cash dividends. Centers has already used exceptions to these restrictions to make permitted restricted payments to us in August 2009 and March 2010 totaling approximately $42.0 million. See "Dividend Policy" for more information. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company will be if the market price of our Class A common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our Class A common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay.

32


Table of Contents


Future sales of our Class A common stock could cause the market price for our Class A common stock to decline.

          Upon consummation of this offering, there will be                          shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. All shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Of the remaining shares of Class A common stock outstanding,                          will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject to applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales will occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline. After giving effect to this offering, the Sponsors will hold                          shares of our Class A common stock and                          shares of our Class B common stock, each of which is convertible into one share of Class A common stock, all of which constitute "restricted securities" under the Securities Act. Provided the holders comply with the applicable volume limits and other conditions prescribed in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, all of these restricted securities are currently freely tradable.

          Additionally, as of the consummation of this offering, approximately                          shares of our Class A common stock will be issuable upon exercise of stock options that vest and are exercisable at various dates through                          , with an average weighted exercise price of $             . Of such options,                           will be immediately exercisable. As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan. Accordingly, shares of our Class A common stock registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market upon exercise by the holders, subject to vesting restrictions, Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and the contractual lock-up provisions described below.

          We and certain of our stockholders, directors and officers have agreed to a "lock-up", pursuant to which neither we nor they will sell any shares without the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and extensions under certain circumstances. Following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, all these shares of our Class A common stock will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. In addition, the Sponsors have certain demand and "piggy-back" registration rights with respect to the Class A common stock that they will retain following this offering. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of the shares of Class A common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future, including Class A common stock held by the Sponsors.

As a new investor, you will experience substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of your shares.

          The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be considerably more than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A common stock. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering will:

33


Table of Contents

Our dual-class capitalization structure and the conversion features of our Class B common stock may dilute the voting power of the holders of our Class A common stock.

          We have a dual-class capitalization structure, which may pose a significant risk of dilution to our Class A common stockholders. Each share of our Class B common stock, which is not entitled to vote for the election and removal of our directors, is convertible at any time at the option of the Class B holder into one share of Class A common stock, which is entitled to vote for the election and removal of our directors. Conversion of our Class B common stock into Class A common stock would dilute holders of Class A common stock, including holders of shares purchased in this offering, in terms of voting power in connection with the election and removal of our directors.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about us, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, then our stock price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our industry and our market. If no analyst elects to cover us and publish research or reports about us, the market for our Class A common stock could be severely limited and our stock price could be adversely affected. In addition, if one or more analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. If one or more analysts who elect to cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our unrestricted Class A common stock, our stock price could decline.

34


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements include statements that may relate to our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, and other information that is not historical information. Many of these statements appear, in particular, under the headings "Prospectus Summary", "Risk Factors", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", and "Business". Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the use of terminology such as "subject to", "believe", "anticipate", "plan", "expect", "intend", "estimate", "project", "may", "will", "should", "would", "could", "can", the negatives thereof, variations thereon, and similar expressions, or by discussions of strategy.

          All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our examination of historical operating trends, are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. We believe there is a reasonable basis for our expectations and beliefs, but they are inherently uncertain. We may not realize our expectations, and our beliefs may not prove correct. Actual results could differ materially from those described or implied by such forward-looking statements. The following uncertainties and factors, among others (including those set forth under "Risk Factors"), could affect future performance and cause actual results to differ materially from those matters expressed in or implied by forward-looking statements:

35


Table of Contents

          Consequently, forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as our current plans, estimates, and beliefs. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. We cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update, republish, or revise forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrences of unanticipated events.

36


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $              million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

          We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering, together with cash on hand, to redeem all of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock immediately following completion of this offering at a redemption price per share of $ 5.00, plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the redemption date and related expenses. The per share accrued and unpaid dividends on a share of Series A preferred stock was $2.27 as of December 31, 2010.

          Ares, OTPP and members of management hold substantially all of our outstanding Series A preferred stock and, therefore, will receive substantially all of the cash paid to redeem such stock. For a description of the shares of our Series A preferred stock held by our affiliates that will be redeemed immediately following the completion of this offering, see "Principal and Selling Stockholders".

          Any net proceeds remaining after payment for the redemption of the Series A preferred stock will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares being offered by the selling stockholders.


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering and for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings on our common stock, in the foreseeable future will be used to repay debt, for working capital, to support our operations, and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits.

          Currently, Centers is restricted from declaring or paying cash dividends to us pursuant to the terms of the Senior Credit Facility, the Senior Notes, and the Senior Subordinated Notes, which restricts our ability to declare or pay any cash dividends. Centers has already used exceptions to these restrictions to make permitted restricted payments to us in August 2009 and March 2010 totaling approximately $42.0 million. These payments were determined to be in compliance with Centers' debt covenants.

          OTPP, as the holder of our Class B common stock, is entitled to receive ratably an annual special dividend payment equal to an aggregate amount of $750,000 when, as and if declared by the board of directors, for a period of ten years commencing on March 16, 2007 (the "Special Dividend Period"). The special dividend payment is payable in equal quarterly installments on the first day of each quarter commencing on April 1, 2007.

          Upon the consummation of a change in control transaction or a bona fide initial public offering, OTPP will receive, in lieu of the quarterly special dividend payments, an automatic payment equal to the net present value of the aggregate amount of the special dividend payments that would have been payable to OTPP during the remainder of the Special Dividend Period, calculated in good faith by our board of directors. We estimate this amount would have been $              million had the offering occurred on                          . Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to use cash on hand to satisfy this obligation.

37


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2010 on:

          The table below should be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds", "Selected Consolidated Financial Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "Description of Capital Stock", "Description of Certain Debt", and our consolidated financial statements and their notes included in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2010  
 
 
Actual
 
As Adjusted
 
 
  (Unaudited)
(In millions,
except share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 165.2   $    
           

Long-term debt (including current maturities):

             
 

Senior credit facility(2)

  $ 644.4   $    
 

Mortgage and capital leases

    6.1        
 

Senior notes

    298.3        
 

Senior subordinated notes

    110.0        
           
   

Total long-term debt

    1,058.8        
           

Stockholders' equity:

             

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized:

             
 

Series A, 30,500,005 shares designated, 30,133,615 shares issued, 29,867,046 shares outstanding and 266,569 shares held in treasury, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted(3)

    213.0        

Common stock, $0.001 par value(4):

             
 

Class A, 59,967,949 shares issued, 59,198,688 shares outstanding and 769,261 shares held in treasury, actual;             shares authorized,             shares issued,              shares outstanding and             shares held in treasury, as adjusted

    0.1        
 

Class B, 28,168,561 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized             shares issued and             shares outstanding, as adjusted

    0.0        
 

Paid-in-capital

    450.9        
 

Retained earnings

    157.7        
 

Treasury stock

    (2.2 )      
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (4.3 )      
           
   

Total stockholders' equity

    815.2        
           
     

Total capitalization

  $ 1,874.0   $    
           

(1)
Satisfaction of our obligations under the ACOF Management Services Agreement and the Class B common stock will have the effect of decreasing cash and cash equivalents by approximately $          million, based on the assumption that this offering occurred on                          .

(2)
The Senior Credit Facility consists of our $60 million Revolving Credit Facility and a $675.0 million Term Loan Facility. As of September 30, 2010, no amounts had been drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility. Total availability under the Revolving Credit Facility was $44.7 million, after giving effect to $9.0 million of outstanding letters of credit and a $6.3 million commitment from Lehman that we do not expect Lehman will fund.

(3)
We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering to redeem all of our outstanding Series A preferred stock.

(4)
With respect to our Class A and Class B common stock, we are authorized to issue 150,000,000 shares collectively, at September 30, 2010.

38


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          Purchasers of our Class A common stock in this offering will experience an immediate dilution of net tangible book value per share from the initial public offering price. Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

          At September 30, 2010, the net tangible book deficit of our common stock was approximately $(404.3) million, or approximately $(4.63) per share of our common stock. After giving effect to (1) the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses of this offering, and (2) the use of cash on hand immediately prior to this offering to satisfy our obligations under the ACOF Management Services Agreement and our Class B common stock totaling $              million, the as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2010 attributable to common stockholders would have been approximately $              million, or approximately $             per share of our common stock. This represents a net increase in net tangible book value of $             per existing share and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $             per share to new stockholders. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new stockholders:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    
 

Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2010

  $          
 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

  $          

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

        $    

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new stockholders

        $    

          The table below summarizes, as of September 30, 2010, the differences for (1) our existing stockholders, and (2) investors in this offering, with respect to the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid before deducting fees and expenses.

 
  Shares Issued   Total Consideration  
Average
Price per
Share
 
 
 
Number
 
Percentage
 
Amount
 
Percentage
 

Existing stockholders

            %           %      

New stockholders in this offering

            %           %      
 

Total

                               

          The foregoing discussion and tables assumes no exercise of stock options to purchase           shares of our Class A common stock subject to outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $           per share as of September 30, 2010 and excludes                          shares of our Class A common stock available for future grant or issuance under our stock plans. To the extent that any options having an exercise price that is less than the offering price of this offering are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

39


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The selected consolidated financial data presented below as of and for the Successor Periods and the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and their notes included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data presented below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and their notes, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2006, and 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 represent the period during which GNC Parent Corporation was owned by an investment fund managed by Apollo.

          The consolidated financial data presented below for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010. Our results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of our results for a full year of operations.

          Together with our wholly owned subsidiary GNC Acquisition Inc., we entered into the Merger Agreement with GNC Parent Corporation on February 8, 2007. On March 16, 2007, the Merger was consummated. As a result of the Merger, the consolidated statement of operations for the Successor Periods includes the following: interest and amortization expense resulting from the issuance of the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes; and amortization of intangible assets related to the Merger. Further, as a result of purchase accounting, the fair values of our assets on the date of the Merger became their new cost basis.

40


Table of Contents

          You should read the following financial information together with the information under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and their related notes.

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2006
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  (Dollars in millions,
except share data)

 

   
   
   
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                     

Revenue:

                                                     
 

Retail

  $ 1,031.9   $ 962.6   $ 1,256.3   $ 1,219.3   $ 909.3       $ 259.3   $ 1,122.7   $ 989.4  
 

Franchising

    222.4     201.1     264.2     258.0     193.9         47.2     232.3     212.8  
 

Manufacturing/Wholesale

    132.1     139.4     186.5     179.4     119.8         23.3     132.1     115.5  
                                       

Total revenue

  $ 1,386.4   $ 1,303.1   $ 1,707.0   $ 1,656.7   $ 1,223.0       $ 329.8   $ 1,487.1   $ 1,317.7  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing and distribution, and occupancy

    893.8     849.2     1,116.4     1,082.6     814.2         212.2     983.5     898.7  
                                       

Gross profit

    492.6     453.9     590.6     574.1     408.8         117.6     503.6     419.0  

Compensation and related benefits

    204.7     196.3     263.0     249.8     195.8         64.3     260.8     228.6  

Advertising and promotion

    40.4     40.2     50.0     55.1     35.0         20.5     50.7     44.7  

Other selling, general, and administrative

    75.3     74.1     96.7     98.9     71.5         17.6     94.9     76.6  

Other (income) expense(1)

    (0.1 )       (0.1 )   0.7     (0.4 )       (0.2 )   0.5     (3.1 )

Merger related costs

                            34.6          
                                       

Operating income (loss)

    172.3     143.3     181.0     169.6     106.9         (19.2 )   96.7     72.2  

Interest expense, net

    49.2     53.0     69.9     83.0     75.5         72.8     45.6     43.1  
                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    123.1     90.3     111.1     86.6     31.4         (92.0 )   51.1     29.1  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    45.4     33.4     41.6     32.0     12.6         (21.6 )   19.3     10.7  
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 77.7   $ 56.9   $ 69.5   $ 54.6   $ 18.8       $ (70.4 ) $ 31.8   $ 18.4  
                                       

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                                                     
 

Basic

    87,350     87,448     87,421     87,761     87,784         50,607     50,532     50,606  
 

Diluted

    88,644     87,730     87,859     87,787     87,784         50,607     52,176     51,595  

Net income (loss) per share(2):

                                                     
 

Basic

  $ 0.72   $ 0.49   $ 0.58   $ 0.43   $ 0.08       $ (1.39 ) $ 0.34   $ 0.07  
 

Diluted

  $ 0.70   $ 0.49   $ 0.58   $ 0.43   $ 0.08       $ (1.39 ) $ 0.32   $ 0.07  
                                       

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

                                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 165.2   $ 79.4   $ 89.9   $ 44.3   $ 28.9             $ 25.6   $ 86.0  

Working capital(3)

    489.0     376.6     397.0     306.8     258.1               250.0     296.9  

Total assets

    2,407.2     2,313.0     2,319.6     2,293.8     2,239.6               981.7     1,023.8  

Total current and non-current long-term debt

    1,058.8     1,065.1     1,059.8     1,084.7     1,087.0               857.9     473.4  

Preferred stock

    213.0     192.9     197.7     179.3     162.2                   127.1  

Total stockholders' equity

    815.2     716.4     732.0     653.8     608.4               (99.0 )   212.1  

Statement of Cash Flows:

                                                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 97.6   $ 77.8   $ 114.0   $ 77.4   $ 92.0       $ (51.0 ) $ 73.9   $ 64.2  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (21.2 )   (22.0 )   (42.2 )   (60.4 )   (1,672.2 )       (6.2 )   (23.4 )   (21.5 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (1.1 )   (21.1 )   (26.4 )   (1.4 )   1,598.7         42.2     (111.0 )   (41.7 )

Other Data:

                                                     

EBITDA(4)

  $ 206.1   $ 177.9   $ 227.7   $ 212.1   $ 136.9       $ (11.8 ) $ 135.9   $ 113.2  

Capital expenditures(5)

    21.0     20.4     28.7     48.7     28.9         5.7     23.8     20.8  

(1)
Other (income) expense includes foreign currency (gain) loss for all periods presented. Other (income) expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes a $1.2 million loss on the sale of our Australian manufacturing facility. Other (income) expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes $2.5 million of transaction fee income related to the transfer of our GNC Australian franchise rights to an existing franchisee.

(2)
Includes impact of dividends on our Series A preferred stock.

(3)
Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.

(4)
We define EBITDA as net income before interest expense (net), income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. Management uses EBITDA as a tool to measure operating performance of the business. EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to GAAP cash flow from operating activities, as a measure of our profitability or liquidity.

41


Table of Contents

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
 
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2006
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  (dollars in millions)
   
   
   
   
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 77.7   $ 56.9   $ 69.5   $ 54.6   $ 18.8       $ (70.4 ) $ 31.8   $ 18.4  

Interest expense, net

    49.2     53.0     69.9     83.0     75.5         72.8     45.6     43.1  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    45.4     33.4     41.6     32.0     12.6         (21.6 )   19.3     10.7  

Depreciation and amortization

    33.8     34.6     46.7     42.5     30.0         7.4     39.2     41.0  
                                       

EBITDA

  $ 206.1 (a) $ 177.9 (b) $ 227.7 (b) $ 212.1 (b) $ 136.9 (b)     $ (11.8 )(c) $ 135.9 (d) $ 113.2 (d)
                                       

(5)
Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2008 include approximately $10.1 million incurred in conjunction with our store register upgrade program.

42


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          You should read the following discussion in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto. The discussion in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See "Risk Factors" included in this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. We urge you to review the information set forth in "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" included in this prospectus.

Business Overview

          We are a global specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which include VMHS, sports nutrition products, diet products, and other wellness products. We derive our revenues principally from product sales through our company-owned stores and online through GNC.com, franchise activities, and sales of products manufactured in our facilities to third parties. We sell products through a worldwide network of more than 7,100 locations operating under the GNC brand name.

Revenues and Operating Performance from our Business Segments

          We measure our operating performance primarily through revenues and operating income from our three business segments, Retail, Franchise, and Manufacturing/Wholesale, and through the management of unallocated costs from our warehousing, distribution and corporate segments, as follows:

          As described above, our industry is expected to grow at an annual average rate of approximately 5.3% through 2015. Although we do not anticipate the number of our domestic franchise stores to grow substantially, we expect to achieve domestic franchise store revenue growth consistent with projected industry growth, which will be generated by royalties on franchise retail sales and product sales to our existing franchisees. As a result of our efforts to expand our international presence and provisions in our international franchising agreements requiring franchisees to open additional stores, we have increased our international store base in recent periods and expect to continue to increase the number of our international franchise stores over the next five years. We believe this will result in additional franchise fees associated with new store openings and increased revenues from product sales to, and royalties from, new franchisees. As our existing international franchisees continue to open additional stores, we also anticipate that franchise revenue from international operations will be driven by increased product sales to, and

43


Table of Contents


royalties from, our franchisees. Since our international franchisees pay royalties to us in U.S. dollars, any strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to our franchisees' local currency may offset some of the growth in royalty revenue.

          A significant portion of our business infrastructure is comprised of fixed operating costs. Our vertically-integrated distribution network and manufacturing capacity can support higher sales volume without significant incremental costs. We therefore expect our operating expenses to grow at a lesser rate than our revenues, resulting in positive operating leverage.

          The following trends and uncertainties in our industry could affect our operating performance as follows:

Executive Overview

          Our recent results of operations reflect steady growth, including through a difficult economic environment and despite a short-term reduction in revenue that we experienced in 2009 due to the Hydroxycut recall. In the first nine months of 2010, we achieved revenue growth of 6.4%, operating income growth of 20.3% and net income growth of 36.7% compared to the same period in 2009. Operating income growth resulted from higher sales and margins in our retail and franchise segments and effective cost controls on unallocated expenses. Net income growth resulted primarily from higher operating income and lower interest expense.

          Recent revenue growth in our domestic retail segment has been driven primarily by increases in the sports nutrition category resulting from new product introductions. In addition, we have experienced significant growth in our GNC.com business primarily as a result of our redesigned website. In recent periods, our domestic franchise business has achieved increased product sales despite a lower store base. Sales in the international franchise business have grown steadily as a result of an increased store base and strong organic sales growth.

          Our manufacturing strategy is designed to provide our stores with proprietary products at the lowest possible cost, and utilize additional capacity to promote production efficiencies and enhance

44


Table of Contents


our position in the third-party contract business. Under this strategy, our third-party manufacturing sales increased by 38.7% and 3.8% in 2008 and 2009, respectively, over the prior year periods. In the first nine months of 2010, our manufacturing segment experienced reduced sales in contract manufacturing compared with the first nine months of 2009, partially offset by higher product sales to Rite Aid, drugstore.com and PetSmart. The reduction in the contract manufacturing business reflects a transition period during which we are moving from low margin commodity contracts to higher margin, specialty product contracts.

          We also continue to invest in opportunities to expand our brand beyond our existing domestic company-owned footprint and partner with companies like PepsiCo and PetSmart to develop new and innovative products. We believe that these ventures, together with our direct investments in international markets like China, represent attractive growth opportunities. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we incurred $4.1 million of start-up expenses related to our operations in China and joint ventures with PepsiCo, in connection with the development of a new brand of fortified coconut water called Phenom, and with PetSmart, in connection with the development, manufacture and distribution of nutritional supplements for pets. Additionally, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we made payments in an aggregate amount of $1.1 million to the Sponsors related to the management fee and the special dividend payments on our Class B common stock, which payments will cease following the completion of this offering. Subsequent to completion of the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we also incurred non-recurring expenses related to the exploration of strategic alternatives.

Basis of Presentation

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared by us in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") and with the instructions to Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X. Our normal reporting period is based on a calendar year.

          The financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 reflect periods subsequent to the Merger and include the accounts of us and our wholly owned subsidiaries. Included for the years ended 2009 and 2008 and for the period from March 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007 are fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities, including inventory, goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements for the periods prior to the Merger are labeled as "Predecessor" and the periods subsequent to the Merger are labeled as "Successor".

Results of Operations

          The following information presented as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, for the period March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes which are included in this prospectus.

          The following information may contain financial measures other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for our historical consolidated financial statements. In addition, the adjusted combined operating results may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved absent the adjustments and may not be predictive of future results of operations. We present this information because we use it to monitor and evaluate our ongoing operating results and trends, and believe it provides investors with an understanding of our operating performance over comparative periods.

          As discussed in the "Segment" note to our consolidated financial statements, we evaluate segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are revenues and operating income or loss for each segment. Revenues and operating income or loss, as evaluated by management, exclude certain items that are managed at the consolidated level,

45


Table of Contents


such as warehousing and transportation costs, impairments, and other corporate costs. The following discussion compares the revenues and the operating income or loss by segment, as well as those items excluded from the segment totals.

          Same store sales growth reflects the percentage change in same store sales in the period presented compared to the prior year period. Same store sales are calculated on a daily basis for each store and exclude the net sales of a store for any period if the store was not open during the same period of the prior year. We also include our internet sales, as generated through GNC.com and www.drugstore.com, in our domestic company-owned same store sales calculation. When a store's square footage has been changed as a result of reconfiguration or relocation in the same mall or shopping center, the store continues to be treated as a same store. If, during the period presented, a store was closed, relocated to a different mall or shopping center, or converted to a franchise store or a company-owned store, sales from that store up to and including the closing day or the day immediately preceding the relocation or conversion are included as same store sales as long as the store was open during the same period of the prior year. We exclude from the calculation sales during the period presented that occurred on or after the date of relocation to a different mall or shopping center or the date of a conversion.

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Nine Months Ended
  Nine Months Ended
  Year Ended
  Year Ended
  March 16-
   
  January 1-
 
 
 
September 30, 2010
 
September 30, 2009
 
December 31, 2009
 
December 31, 2008
 
December 31, 2007
   
 
March 15, 2007
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  (Dollars in millions)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Statement of Operations data:

                                                                             

Revenue:

                                                                             
 

Retail

  $ 1,031.9     74.4 % $ 962.6     73.9 % $ 1,256.3     73.6 % $ 1,219.3     73.6 % $ 909.3     74.3 %     $ 259.3     78.6 %
 

Franchising

    222.4     16.0 %   201.1     15.4 %   264.2     15.5 %   258.0     15.6 %   193.9     15.9 %       47.2     14.3 %
 

Manufacturing/Wholesale

    132.1     9.6 %   139.4     10.7 %   186.5     10.9 %   179.4     10.8 %   119.8     9.8 %       23.3     7.1 %
                                                       

Total net revenue

  $ 1,386.4     100.0 % $ 1,303.1     100.0 % $ 1,707.0     100.0 % $ 1,656.7     100.0 % $ 1,223.0     100.0 %     $ 329.8     100.0 %

Operating expenses:

                                                                             

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing and distribution, and occupancy

    893.8     64.5 %   849.2     65.2 %   1,116.4     65.4 %   1,082.6     65.3 %   814.2     66.6 %       212.2     64.3 %

Compensation and related benefits

    204.7     14.8 %   196.3     15.1 %   263.0     15.4 %   249.8     15.1 %   195.8     16.0 %       64.3     19.5 %

Advertising and promotion

    40.4     2.9 %   40.2     3.1 %   50.0     2.9 %   55.1     3.3 %   35.0     2.9 %       20.5     6.2 %

Other selling, general, and administrative

    69.4     5.0 %   66.8     5.1 %   86.9     5.1 %   88.0     5.3 %   62.3     5.1 %       16.7     5.1 %

Amortization expense

    5.9     0.4 %   7.3     0.5 %   9.8     0.6 %   10.9     0.7 %   9.2     0.8 %       0.9     0.3 %

Foreign currency (gain) loss

    (0.1 )   0.0 %       0.0 %   (0.1 )   0.0 %   0.7     0.0 %   (0.4 )   0.0 %       (0.2 )   -0.1 %

Merger related costs

        0.0 %       0.0 %       0.0 %       0.0 %       0.0 %       34.6     10.5 %
                                                       

Total operating expenses

    1,214.1     87.6 %   1,159.8     89.0 %   1,526.0     89.4 %   1,487.1     89.8 %   1,116.1     91.3 %       349.0     105.8 %
                                                       

Operating income (loss):

                                                                             
 

Retail

    147.2     10.6 %   123.3     9.5 %   153.1     9.0 %   140.9     8.5 %   106.5     8.7 %       28.2     8.6 %
 

Franchising

    71.3     5.1 %   61.2     4.7 %   80.8     4.7 %   80.8     4.9 %   55.0     4.5 %       14.5     4.4 %
 

Manufacturing/Wholesale

    51.2     3.7 %   54.1     4.2 %   73.5     4.3 %   67.4     4.1 %   38.9     3.2 %       10.3     3.1 %
 

Unallocated corporate and other costs:

                                                                             
   

Warehousing and distribution costs

    (41.5 )   -3.0 %   (40.4 )   -3.1 %   (53.6 )   -3.1 %   (54.2 )   -3.3 %   (40.7 )   -3.3 %       (10.7 )   -3.2 %
   

Corporate costs

    (55.9 )   -4.0 %   (54.9 )   -4.2 %   (72.8 )   -4.3 %   (65.3 )   -3.9 %   (52.8 )   -4.3 %       (26.9 )   -8.2 %
   

Merger related costs

        0.0 %       0.0 %       0.0 %       0.0 %       0.0 %       (34.6 )   -10.5 %
                                                       
 

Subtotal unallocated corporate and other costs, net

    (97.4 )   -7.0 %   (95.3 )   -7.3 %   (126.4 )   -7.4 %   (119.5 )   -7.2 %   (93.5 )   -7.6 %       (72.2 )   -21.9 %

Total Operating income (loss)

    172.3     12.4 %   143.3     11.0 %   181.0     10.6 %   169.6     10.2 %   106.9     8.7 %       (19.2 )   -5.8 %

Interest expense, net

    49.2           53.0           69.9           83.0           75.5               72.8        
                                                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    123.1           90.3           111.1           86.6           31.4               (92.0 )      

Income tax expense (benefit)

    45.4           33.4           41.6           32.0           12.6               (21.6 )      
                                                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 77.7         $ 56.9         $ 69.5         $ 54.6         $ 18.8             $ (70.4 )      
                                                                   

          Note:     The numbers in the above table have been rounded to millions. All calculations related to the Results of Operations for the year-over-year comparisons below were derived from unrounded data and could occasionally differ immaterially if you were to use the table above for these calculations.

46


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

          Our consolidated net revenues increased $83.3 million, or 6.4%, to $1,386.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $1,303.1 million for the same period in 2009. The increase was the result of increased sales in our Retail and Franchise segments, partially offset by a decline in sales in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment.

          Retail.     Revenues in our Retail segment increased $69.3 million, or 7.2%, to $1,031.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $962.6 million for the same period in 2009. Domestic retail revenue increased $49.2 million as a result of an increase in our same store sales and $13.2 million from our non-same store sales. Included in the increase from 2009 to 2010 was an increase in sales of $8.5 million through GNC.com. Sales increases occurred primarily in the sports nutrition and vitamin categories. Our domestic company-owned same store sales, including our internet sales, improved by 5.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009. Canadian retail revenue increased by $6.9 million in U.S. dollars, primarily due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar from 2009 to 2010. In local currency, Canadian retail revenue declined by CAD $1.5 million. This decline was primarily a result of a CAD $3.8 million, or 5%, decline in company-owned same store sales, partially offset by an increase of CAD $2.3 million from our non-same store sales. Our company-owned store base increased by 62 domestic stores to 2,702 at September 30, 2010 compared to 2,640 at September 30, 2009, primarily due to new store openings and franchise store acquisitions, and by three Canadian stores to 169 at September 30, 2010 compared to 166 at September 30, 2009 primarily due to new store openings.

          Franchise.     Revenues in our Franchise segment increased $21.3 million, or 10.6%, to $222.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $201.1 million for the same period in 2009. Domestic franchise revenue increased by $5.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009 due to increased product sales and franchise fee revenues. Domestic royalty income increased $0.2 million despite operating 22 fewer stores in the first nine months of 2010 compared to the same period in 2009. There were 897 stores at September 30, 2010 compared to 919 stores at September 30, 2009. International franchise revenue increased by $16.2 million for the first nine months of 2010 compared to the same period in 2009 primarily as a result of increases in product sales. International royalty income increased $2.2 million for the first nine months of 2010 as sales increases in our franchisees' respective local currencies were impacted by the weakening of the U.S. dollar from 2009 to 2010. Our international franchise store base increased by 144 stores to 1,401 at September 30, 2010 compared to 1,257 at September 30, 2009.

          Manufacturing/Wholesale.     Revenues in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, which includes third-party sales from our manufacturing facility in South Carolina, as well as wholesale sales to Rite Aid, www.drugstore.com and PetSmart, decreased $7.3 million, or 5.2%, to $132.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $139.4 million for the same period in 2009. Third party sales decreased in the South Carolina manufacturing plant by $16.8 million. This was partially offset by an increase in wholesale revenue of $9.5 million.

          Consolidated cost of sales, which includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs, increased $44.6 million, or 5.3%, to $893.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $849.2 million for the same period in 2009. Consolidated cost of sales, as a percentage of net revenue, was 64.5% and 65.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Increase in cost of sales was primarily due to higher sales volumes and store counts.

47


Table of Contents

          Our consolidated SG&A expenses, including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other selling, general and administrative expenses, and amortization expense, increased $9.8 million, or 3.2%, to $320.4 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $310.6 million for the same period in 2009. These expenses, as a percentage of net revenue, were 23.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to 23.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

          Compensation and related benefits.     Compensation and related benefits increased $8.4 million, or 4.3%, to $204.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $196.3 million for the same period in 2009. Increases occurred in (1) base wages of $6.2 million to support our increased store base and sales volume; (2) health insurance expenses of $1.0 million; (3) incentives, non-cash compensation and severance of $0.9 million; and (4) other compensation expense of $0.3 million.

          Advertising and promotion.     Advertising and promotion expenses increased $0.2 million, or 1.5%, to $40.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $40.2 million during the same period in 2009. Advertising expense increased primarily as a result of increases in media costs of $1.0 million and other advertising expenses of $0.6 million, partially offset by decreases in print advertising costs of $2.1 million, and a reduction of vendor marketing income of $0.7 million.

          Other SG&A.     Other SG&A expenses, including amortization expense, increased by $1.2 million, or 1.6%, to $75.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $74.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Increases in other SG&A included third-party sales commissions of $2.0 million and credit card fees of $1.1 million and other selling expenses of $0.7 million. These were partially offset by decreases in amortization and depreciation expense of $2.0 million and bad debt expense of $0.6 million.

          Foreign currency (gain) loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 resulted primarily from accounts payable activity with our Canadian subsidiary. We incurred a gain of $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and an immaterial gain for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated operating income increased $29.0 million or 20.2% to $172.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $143.3 million for the same period in 2009. Operating income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 12.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 11.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

          Retail.     Retail operating income increased $23.9 million, or 19.4%, to $147.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $123.3 million for the same period in 2009. The increase was primarily the result of higher dollar margins on increased sales volumes partially offset by increases in occupancy costs, compensation costs and other SG&A expenses.

          Franchise.     Franchise operating income increased $10.1 million, or 16.5%, to $71.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $61.2 million for the same period in 2009. This increase was due to increases in royalty income, higher dollar margins on increased product sales to franchisees and reductions in bad debt expenses and amortization expenses, partially offset by approximately $1.1 million of start-up expenses related to our operations in China.

          Manufacturing/Wholesale.     Manufacturing/Wholesale operating income decreased $2.9 million, or 5.4%, to $51.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $54.1 million

48


Table of Contents


for the same period in 2009. This decrease was primarily the result of lower margins from our South Carolina manufacturing facility.

          Warehousing and Distribution Costs.     Unallocated warehousing and distribution costs increased $1.1 million, or 2.4%, to $41.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $40.4 million for the same period in 2009. The increase in costs was primarily due to increases in fuel costs.

          Corporate Costs.     Corporate overhead costs increased $1.0 million, or 1.8%, to $55.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $54.9 million for the same period in 2009. This decrease was due to decreases in other SG&A expenses partially offset by increases in compensation expenses.

          Interest expense decreased $3.8 million, or 7.2%, to $49.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $53.0 million for the same period in 2009. This decrease was primarily attributable to decreases in interest rates on our variable rate debt in 2010 as compared to 2009.

          We recognized $45.4 million (or 36.9% of pre-tax income) of consolidated income tax expense during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $33.4 million (or 37.0% of pre-tax income) for the same period of 2009.

          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated net income increased $20.8 million to $77.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $56.9 million for the same period in 2009.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

          Our consolidated net revenues increased $50.3 million, or 3.0%, to $1,707.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1,656.7 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was the result of increased sales in all of our segments.

          Retail.     Revenues in our Retail segment increased $37.0 million, or 3.0%, to $1,256.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1,219.3 million for the same period in 2008. The increase from 2008 to 2009 included an increase of $31.6 million in our same store sales and an increase of $5.9 million from our non-same store sales. Included in the same store sales increase is an increase of $10.8 million for sales through GNC.com. Sales increases occurred in the major product categories of VMHS and sports nutrition. Sales in the diet category were negatively impacted by the Hydroxycut recall that occurred in May 2009. Our domestic company-owned same store sales, including our internet sales, improved by 2.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2009, Canadian retail revenue decreased by $0.5 million in U.S. dollars, primarily due to the volatility of the U.S. dollar. In local currency, however, Canadian retail revenue increased by CAD $6.3 million. This increase was primarily a result of an increase of CAD $0.7 million, or 0.8%, in company-owned same store sales, and an increase of CAD $5.6 million from our non-same store sales. Our company-owned store base increased by 51 domestic stores to 2,665 compared to 2,614 at December 31, 2008, primarily due to new store openings and franchise store acquisitions, and by seven Canadian stores to 167 at December 31, 2009 compared to 160 at December 31, 2008, primarily due to new store openings.

49


Table of Contents

          Franchise.     Revenues in our Franchise segment increased $6.2 million, or 2.4%, to $264.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $258.0 million for the same period in 2008. Domestic franchise revenue decreased by $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as increased product sales were more than offset by lower franchise fee revenue. Domestic royalty income was flat despite operating 45 fewer stores during 2009 as compared to 2008. There were 909 stores at December 31, 2009 compared to 954 stores at December 31, 2008. International franchise revenue increased by $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as a result of increases in product sales, partially offset by lower franchise fee revenue. International royalty income increased $0.5 million for the 2009 period compared to the 2008 period as sales increases in our franchisees' respective local currencies were impacted by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar from 2008 to 2009. Our international franchise store base increased by 117 stores to 1,307 at December 31, 2009 compared to 1,190 at December 31, 2008.

          Manufacturing/Wholesale.     Revenues in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, which includes third-party sales from our manufacturing facility in South Carolina, as well as wholesale sales to Rite Aid and www.drugstore.com, increased $7.1 million, or 4.0%, to $186.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $179.4 million for 2008. Sales increased in the South Carolina plant by $4.4 million, and revenues associated with Rite Aid increased by $1.4 million. This increase was due to increases in wholesale and consignment sales to Rite Aid of $4.6 million, partially offset by lower initial and renewal license fee revenue of $3.2 million as a result of Rite Aid opening 197 fewer store-within-a-stores in 2009 as compared to 2008. In addition, sales to www.drugstore.com increased by $1.3 million in 2009 as compared to 2008.

          Consolidated cost of sales, which includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs, increased $33.8 million, or 3.1%, to $1,116.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1,082.6 million for the same period in 2008. Consolidated cost of sales, as a percentage of net revenue, was 65.4% for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 65.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in cost of sales was due primarily to increased products costs resulting from higher sales volumes and raw material costs and increased occupancy costs resulting from higher depreciation expense and lease-related costs.

          Our consolidated SG&A expenses, including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other selling, general and administrative expenses, and amortization expense, increased $5.9 million, or 1.5%, to $409.7 million, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $403.8 million for the same period in 2008. These expenses, as a percentage of net revenue, were 24.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 24.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008.

          Compensation and related benefits.     Compensation and related benefits increased $13.2 million, or 5.3%, to $263.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $249.8 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was due to increases of: (1) $8.5 million in base wages to support our increased store base and sales volume and to comply with the increases in minimum wage rates; (2) $1.4 million in health insurance; (3) $1.2 million in commissions and incentive expense; and (4) other wage related expenditures of $1.0 million. In addition, 2008 expenses included a $1.1 million reduction in base wages due to a change in our vacation policy effective March 31, 2008.

          Advertising and promotion.     Advertising and promotion expenses decreased $5.1 million, or 9.1%, to $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $55.1 million during the same period in 2008. Advertising expense decreased primarily as a result of decreases in media costs of $2.3 million and print advertising costs of $3.4 million, partially offset by increases in other advertising costs of $0.6 million.

50


Table of Contents

          Other SG&A.     Other SG&A expenses, including amortization expense, decreased $2.2 million or 2.3%, to $96.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $98.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Decreases in bad debt expense of $2.3 million, amortization expense of $1.2 million and other selling expenses of $0.3 million were partially offset by increases in telecommunications expenses of $1.9 million due to the installation of a new point of sale ("POS") register system in 2008 and professional fees of $0.8 million. In addition, 2009 other SG&A includes a $1.1 million gain from proceeds received from the Visa/Mastercard antitrust litigation settlement.

          Foreign currency loss/gain for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, resulted primarily from accounts payable activity with our Canadian subsidiary. We recognized income of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and a loss of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated operating income increased $11.4 million or 6.7% to $181.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $169.6 million for the same period in 2008. Operating income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 10.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008.

          Retail.     Retail operating income increased $12.2 million, or 8.7%, to $153.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $140.9 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was primarily the result of higher dollar margins on increased sales volumes and reduced advertising spending, partially offset by increases in occupancy costs, compensation costs and other SG&A expenses.

          Franchise.     Franchise operating income is unchanged at $80.8 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

          Manufacturing/Wholesale.     Manufacturing/Wholesale operating income increased $6.1 million, or 9.0%, to $73.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $67.4 million for the same period in 2008. This increase was primarily the result of increased margins from our South Carolina manufacturing facility, partially offset by decreases in Rite Aid license fee revenue.

          Warehousing and Distribution Costs.     Unallocated warehousing and distribution costs decreased $0.6 million, or 1.3%, to $53.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $54.2 million for the same period in 2008. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in fuel costs.

          Corporate Costs.     Corporate overhead costs increased $7.5 million, or 11.7%, to $72.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $65.3 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation expense and professional fees in 2009. In addition, 2008 compensation expense includes a $1.1 million reduction due to a change in our vacation policy effective March 31, 2008.

          Interest expense decreased $13.1 million, or 15.7%, to $69.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $83.0 million for the same period in 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable to decreases in interest rates on our variable rate debt in 2009 as compared to 2008 and $25.3 million in principal payments during 2009, as compared to $8.0 million in principal payments in 2008.

51


Table of Contents

          We recognized $41.6 million of income tax expense (or 37.4% of pre-tax income) during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $32.0 million (or 36.9% of pre-tax income) for the same period of 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2009, a $0.5 million discrete tax benefit was recorded while a $2.0 million discrete tax benefit was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008.

          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated net income increased $14.9 million to $69.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $54.6 million for the same period in 2008.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2008 and the 2007 Successor Period — March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007

          The following discussion compares the results of operations of the year ended December 31, 2008 to the successor period of March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 ("2007 Successor Period"). Our results of operations from period to period may not be comparable because the 2007 Successor Period was only 291 days.

          Our consolidated net revenues increased $433.7 million, or 35.5%, to $1,656.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $1,223.0 million for the 2007 Successor Period, due to increased sales in each of our segments, and a result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period.

          Retail.     Revenues in our Retail segment increased $310.0 million, or 34.1%, to $1,219.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $909.3 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Domestic retail revenue increased by $286.9 million, of which $14.7 million was the result of an increase in our same store sales, and $272.2 million was the result of an increase in our non-same store sales. Such increase is primarily due to the fact that we are comparing a full year to a 291 day period. Included in the increase from the 2007 Successor Period to the year ended December 31, 2008 included an increase of $14.4 million of sales through GNC.com. Sales increases occurred in each of the major product categories of VMHS and sports nutrition. Canadian retail revenue increased by $23.1 million in U.S. dollars, primarily due to the fact that we are comparing a full year to a 291 day period and, to a lesser extent, the volatility of the U.S. dollar. In local currency, Canadian retail revenue increased CAD $25.2 million. This increase was primarily a result of a CAD $4.9 million, or 8.0%, increase in company-owned same store sales, and an increase of CAD $20.3 million from our non-same store sales. Our company-owned store base increased by 16 domestic stores to 2,614 compared to 2,598 at December 31, 2007, primarily due to new store openings and franchise store acquisitions, and by 13 Canadian stores to 160 at December 31, 2008 compared to 147 at December 31, 2007, primarily due to new store openings.

          Franchise.     Revenues in our Franchise segment increased $64.1 million, or 33.1%, to $258.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $193.9 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Domestic franchise revenue increased $42.1 million as a result of increased product sales despite operating 24 fewer stores during 2008 compared to 2007. There were 954 stores at December 31, 2008 compared to 978 stores at December 31, 2007. International franchise revenue increased $22.0 million as a result of increased product sales and royalties. Our international franchise store base increased by 112 stores to 1,190 at December 31, 2008 compared to 1,078 at December 31, 2007.

52


Table of Contents

          Manufacturing/Wholesale.     Revenues in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, which includes third-party sales from our manufacturing facilities in South Carolina, as well as wholesale sales to Rite Aid and www.drugstore.com, increased $59.6 million, or 49.7%, to $179.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $119.8 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Sales increased in the South Carolina plant by $46.6 million, and revenues associated with Rite Aid increased by $11.4 million due primarily to increased license fees as a result of Rite Aid opening 401 stores for the year ended December 31, 2008 as opposed to 101 stores for the 2007 Successor Period.

          Consolidated cost of sales, which includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs, increased $268.4 million, or 33.0%, to $1,082.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $814.2 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Consolidated cost of sales, as a percent of net revenue, decreased to 65.3% in the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 66.6% for the 2007 Successor Period. Additionally, product costs in the 2007 Successor Period included $15.5 million in non-cash expense from amortization of inventory step up to fair value due to the Merger. Excluding this non-cash expense, consolidated cost of sales for the 2007 Successor Period was 65.3% of revenue.

          Our consolidated SG&A expenses, including compensation and related benefits, advertising and promotion expense, other selling, general and administrative expenses, and amortization expense increased $101.5 million, or 33.5%, to $403.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $302.3 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. These expenses, as a percentage of net revenues, were 24.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 24.7% for the 2007 Successor Period.

          Compensation and related benefits.     Compensation and related benefits increased $54.0 million, or 27.6%, to $249.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $195.8 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Secondarily, full-time and part-time wages increased to support an increased sales volume and store base. Compensation and related benefits, as a percentage of net revenues, was 15.1% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 16.0% for the 2007 Successor Period.

          Advertising and promotion.     Advertising and promotion expenses increased $20.1 million, or 57.3%, to $55.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $35.0 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is primarily due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Advertising and promotion costs, as a percentage of net revenues, were 3.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2.9% for the 2007 Successor Period. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in agency fees and media advertising.

          Other SG&A.     Other SG&A expenses, including amortization expense, increased $27.4 million, or 38.4%, to $98.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $71.5 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Other SG&A expenses, as a percentage of net revenues were 6.0% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 5.8% for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase is due to comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, the increase is attributable to additional third-party commission expense on higher commission sales, higher telecommunications expense due to the installation of a new POS register system, and higher bad debt expense.

53


Table of Contents

          Foreign currency loss/gain for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the 2007 Successor Period resulted primarily from accounts payable activity with our Canadian subsidiary. We incurred a loss of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to a gain of $0.4 million for the 2007 Successor Period.

          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated operating income increased $62.7 million, or 58.7%, to $169.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $106.9 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Operating income, as a percentage of net revenue, was 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 8.7% for the 2007 Successor Period.

          Retail.     Retail operating income increased $34.4 million, or 32.4%, to $140.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $106.5 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Included in the 2007 Successor Period was $9.6 million of amortization of inventory and lease step up adjustments as a result of the Merger. The increase in operating income was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, higher dollar margins on increased sales volumes and lower operating expenses, as a percentage of revenue, contributed to the increase in operating income.

          Franchise.     Franchise operating income increased $25.8 million, or 46.9%, to $80.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $55.0 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Included in the 2007 Successor Period was $0.1 million of amortization of inventory step up adjustments as a result of the Merger. The increase in operating income was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, the increase was due to an increase in margins related to higher wholesale sales to our international and domestic franchisees, offset by increases in intangible amortization as a result of the Merger, and higher bad debt expense.

          Manufacturing/Wholesale.     Manufacturing/Wholesale operating income increased $28.5 million, or 73.1%, to $67.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $38.9 million for the 2007 Successor Period. Included in the 2007 Successor Period was $5.7 million of amortization of inventory step up adjustments as a result of the Merger. The increase in operating income was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, the increase in operating income was the result of improved margins on our third-party contract sales and increases in Rite Aid license fee revenue.

          Warehousing and distribution costs.     Unallocated warehousing and distribution costs increased $13.5 million, or 33.3%, to $54.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $40.7 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase in costs was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period. Additionally, the increase in cost was due to increases in fuel and shipping costs, and an increase in wages incurred in fulfilling orders placed through our internet business.

          Corporate costs.     Corporate costs increased $12.5 million, or 23.7%, to $65.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $52.8 million for the 2007 Successor Period. The increase in costs was primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period.

          Interest expense increased $7.5 million, or 9.9%, to $83.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $75.5 million for the 2007 Successor Period. This increase is primarily the result of comparing a 366 day period to a 291 day period.

54


Table of Contents

          We recognized $32.0 million of consolidated income tax expense (or 36.9% of pre-tax income) during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $12.6 million (or 39.9% of pre-tax income) for the 2007 Successor Period. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately 36.9%, which includes discrete tax benefits of $2.0 million. The effective tax rate for the 2007 Successor Period was approximately 39.9%.

          As a result of the foregoing, consolidated net income increased $35.8 million, or 190.5%, to $54.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $18.8 million for the 2007 Successor Period.

2007 Predecessor Period — January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007

          Because the basic operations of our company did not change as a result of the Merger, there were no significant differences in our financial results of operations and operational trends for the predecessor period of January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 (the "2007 Predecessor Period"), except for the following:

          As a result of the additional Merger-related expenses described above, we recognized a $10.7 million tax benefit for the 2007 Predecessor Period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          At September 30, 2010, we had $165.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and $489.0 million in working capital, compared with $89.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and $397.0 million in working capital at December 31, 2009. The $92.0 million increase in our working capital was driven by increases in our inventory and cash and a decrease in our accrued interest. This was partially offset by an increase in our accounts payable, accrued payroll and other current liabilities, and a reduction in our prepaid income taxes.

          At December 31, 2009, we had $89.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and $397.0 million in working capital compared with $44.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and $306.8 million in working capital at December 31, 2008. The $90.2 million increase in our working capital was driven by increases in our inventory and cash and a decrease in our accrued interest, accounts payable and current portion of long-term debt. This was partially offset by a decrease in our deferred taxes.

          We expect to fund our operations through internally generated cash and, if necessary, from borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. At September 30, 2010, we had $44.7 million available under the Revolving Credit Facility, after giving effect to $9.0 million utilized to secure letters of credit and a $6.3 million commitment from Lehman that we do not expect Lehman will fund.

55


Table of Contents

          We expect our primary uses of cash in the near future will be for purposes of fulfilling debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. In July 2009, Centers' board of directors declared a $13.6 million dividend to our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, GNC Corporation, with a payment date of August 30, 2009. Those funds were then dividended to and are currently held by us. In March 2010, Centers' board of directors declared and paid a $28.4 million dividend to its direct parent company, GNC Corporation. Those funds were then dividended to and are currently held by us. Each dividend was paid with cash generated from operations.

          We currently anticipate that cash generated from operations, together with amounts available under the Revolving Credit Facility (excluding Lehman's commitment), will be sufficient for the term of the facility, which matures on March 15, 2012, to meet our operating expenses, capital expenditures and debt service obligations as they become due. However, our ability to make scheduled payments of principal on, to pay interest on, or to refinance our debt and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial and other factors beyond our control. We are currently in compliance with our debt covenant reporting and compliance obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility.

          Centers has announced that it intends to enter into, subject to market and other conditions, a financing transaction with certain lenders. Centers currently expects to use the proceeds from the transaction, if consummated, to, among other things, refinance its existing indebtedness.

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

          Cash provided by operating activities was $97.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and $77.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. A primary reason for the increase in cash provided by operating activities was the increase in net income of $20.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Our inventory increased by $26.1 million in support of the higher sales volumes and purchases for new product introductions. Accounts payable increased by $3.7 million due to the timing of disbursements and related inventory growth. The above were supplemented by an increase in our accrued liabilities and a reduction in our prepaid income taxes.

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, our inventory increased by $11.0 million in support of the higher sales volume at our stores. Accounts payable decreased by $21.0 million due to the timing of disbursements; in addition, accrued interest decreased by $9.5 million, a result of the semi-annual interest payments on our Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes. These were offset by increases in our accrued liabilities and accrued income taxes.

          Cash provided by operating activities was $114.0 million, $77.4 million, $92.0 million and ($50.9) million during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the 2007 Successor Period, and the 2007 Predecessor Period, respectively. The primary reason for the changes in each year was the change in net income between each of the periods and changes in working capital accounts. Net income increased $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared with the same period in 2008. Net income increased $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with the 2007 Successor Period; however, inventory increases during 2008 offset the increase in net income.

          For the year ended December 31, 2009, inventory increased $15.7 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods and a decrease in our reserves. Accounts payable decreased $28.1 million, primarily due to the timing of disbursements. Accrued liabilities increased by $2.1 million, primarily the result of increased deferred revenue.

          For the year ended December 31, 2008, inventory increased $48.2 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods and work in process inventories. Accounts payable increased $22.1 million, primarily the result of increases in inventory. Accrued liabilities decreased by

56


Table of Contents


$16.1 million, primarily the result of decreases in accrued payroll related to the timing of the pay with year end.

          For the 2007 Successor Period, inventory increased $6.4 million, as a result of increases in our finished goods and a decrease in our reserves. Franchise notes receivable decreased $2.6 million for the 2007 Successor Period, as a result of payments on existing notes, a reduction in our receivable portfolio, fewer company-financed franchise store openings and more store closings. Accrued liabilities increased by $10.9 million, primarily the result of increases in accrued interest on debt and increases in accrued payroll.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

          We used cash for investing activities of $21.2 million and $22.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Capital expenditures, which were primarily for new stores, and improvements to our retail stores and our South Carolina manufacturing facility, were $21.0 million and $20.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

          We used cash from investing activities of $42.2 million, $60.4 million, $1,672.2 million, and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the 2007 Successor Period, and the 2007 Predecessor Period, respectively. We used cash of $11.3 million, $10.8 million and $1,643.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the 2007 Successor Period, respectively, related to the Merger. Capital expenditures, which were primarily for improvements to our retail stores and our South Carolina manufacturing facility and which represent the majority of our remaining cash used in investing activities, were $28.7 million, $48.7 million, $28.8 million and $5.7 million, during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the 2007 Successor Period, and the 2007 Predecessor Period, respectively. In 2008, we invested $1.0 million in the purchase of certain intangible assets from a third party.

          Our capital expenditures typically consist of certain periodic updates in our company-owned stores and ongoing upgrades and improvements to our manufacturing facilities.

          Capital expenditures for the 2010 fiscal year are projected to be approximately $32 to $34 million. In each of 2011 and 2012, we expect our capital expenditures to range between $40 and $50 million, which includes costs associated with growing our domestic square footage. We anticipate funding our 2011 capital requirements with cash flows from operations and, if necessary, borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility.

Cash Used in Financing Activities

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we used cash of $1.1 million primarily for payments of $1.3 million on long-term debt, including $0.2 million for an excess cash payment on the Term Loan in March 2010 under the requirements of the Senior Credit Facility offset by cash we received of $0.2 million in payments for stock issuances.

          We used cash from financing activities of $21.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 primarily for long-term debt payments, as described below.

          We used cash of $20.0 million in 2009 for payments on long-term debt, including $3.8 million for an excess cash payment in March 2009 under the requirements of the Senior Credit Facility. In addition, we repaid the outstanding $5.4 million balance on the Revolving Credit Facility in May 2009 and made $14.0 million in optional repayments on the Term Loan Facility ($9.0 million in June 2009 and $5.0 million in December 2009).

          We used cash from financing activities of $8.0 million in 2008 for required payments on long term debt and received $5.4 million from borrowings on the Revolving Credit Facility.

57


Table of Contents

          We received cash from financing activities of $1,598.7 million in the 2007 Successor Period. The primary sources of this cash were: (1) proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes, (2) borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility, and (3) issuance of our preferred and common stock in connection with the Merger.

          The following is a summary of our debt:

          $735.0 Million Senior Credit Facility.     The Senior Credit Facility consists of the $675.0 million Term Loan Facility and the $60.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2010, $9.0 million of the Revolving Credit Facility were pledged to secure letters of credit. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $7.9 million and $6.2 million was pledged to secure letters of credit, respectively. The Term Loan Facility will mature in September 2013. The Revolving Credit Facility will mature in March 2012. The Senior Credit Facility permits us to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding balance without incurring penalties (except LIBOR breakage costs). Subject to certain exceptions, the Senior Credit Facility requires that 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty insurance, condemnations and debt issuances, and, commencing in fiscal 2008, a specified percentage (ranging from 50% to 0% based on a defined leverage ratio) of excess cash flow (as defined in the agreement) for each fiscal year must be used to pay down outstanding borrowings. GNC Corporation, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, and Centers' existing and future indirect domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed Centers' obligations under the Senior Credit Facility. In addition, the Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by first priority pledges (subject to permitted liens) of Centers' equity interests and the equity interests of Centers' domestic subsidiaries.

          All borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate (as publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect) and (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.50% per annum plus, at December 31, 2008, in each case, applicable margins of 1.25% per annum for the Term Loan Facility and 1.0% per annum for the Revolving Credit Facility or (ii) adjusted LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum for the term loan facility and 2.0% per annum for the revolving credit facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of unutilized revolving loan commitments at a rate of 0.50% per annum.

          The Senior Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including incurrence covenants and certain other limitations on the ability of GNC Corporation, Centers, and Centers' subsidiaries to incur additional debt, guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, dispose of assets, make optional payments or modifications of other debt instruments, pay dividends or other payments on capital stock, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, enter into arrangements that restrict our and our subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends or grant liens, engage in transactions with affiliates, and change the passive holding company status of GNC Corporation.

          The Senior Credit Facility contains events of default, including (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds) defaults based on (1) the failure to make payments under the Senior Credit Facility when due, (2) breaches of covenants, (3) inaccuracies of representations and warranties, (4) cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, (5) bankruptcy events, (6) material judgments, (7) certain matters arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (8) the actual or asserted invalidity of documents relating to any guarantee or security document, (9) the actual or asserted invalidity of any subordination terms supporting the Senior Credit Facility, and (10) the occurrence of a change in control. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders would be entitled to accelerate the facilities and take various other actions, including all actions permitted to be taken by a collateralized creditor. If certain bankruptcy events occur, the facilities will automatically accelerate.

58


Table of Contents

          Senior Toggle Notes.     In connection with the Merger, Centers completed a private offering of $300.0 million of its Senior Notes. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year. Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at a variable rate and was 5.8% at September 30, 2010. The Senior Notes are Centers' senior non-collateralized obligations and are effectively subordinated to all of Centers' existing and future collateralized debt, including the Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the assets securing such debt, rank equally with all of Centers' existing and future non-collateralized senior debt and rank senior to all Centers' existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior non-collateralized basis by each of Centers' existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Notes indenture). If Centers fails to make payments on the Senior Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead.

          Centers may elect in its sole discretion to pay interest on the Senior Notes in cash, entirely by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Notes or issuing Senior Notes ("PIK interest"), or on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes in cash and on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Notes or by issuing Senior Notes ("partial PIK interest"). Cash interest on the Senior Notes accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 4.5% per annum, and PIK interest, if any, accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 5.25% per annum. If Centers elects to pay PIK interest or partial PIK interest, it will increase the principal amount of the Senior Notes or issue Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK interest for the applicable interest payment period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000) to holders of the Senior Notes on the relevant record date. To date, Centers has elected to pay cash interest. The Senior Notes are treated as having been issued with original issue discount for United States federal income tax purposes.

          Centers may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time, at specified redemption prices. If Centers experiences certain kinds of changes in control, Centers must offer to purchase the Senior Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.

          The Senior Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on Centers' and its restricted subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase our stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict our ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Notes indenture restricts Centers' and certain of its subsidiaries' ability to declare or pay dividends to our or their stockholders.

          10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes.     In connection with the Merger, Centers completed a private offering of $110.0 million of Centers' Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Subordinated Notes are Centers' senior subordinated non-collateralized obligations and are subordinated to all its existing and future senior debt, including Centers' Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Notes and rank equally with all of Centers' existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all Centers' existing and future subordinated debt. The Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated non-collateralized basis by each of Centers' existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Notes indenture). If Centers fails to make payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes accrues at the rate of 10.75% per year from March 16, 2007 and is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2007.

          Centers may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Notes at any time, at specified redemption prices. If Centers experiences certain kinds of changes in control, Centers must offer to purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.

59


Table of Contents

          The Senior Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on Centers' and its restricted subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase our stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict Centers' ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Subordinated Notes indenture restricts Centers' and certain of its subsidiaries' ability to declare or pay dividends to our stockholders.

          Proposed Refinancing.     Centers has announced that it intends to enter into, subject to market and other conditions, a financing transaction with certain lenders. Centers currently expects to use the proceeds from the transaction, if consummated, to, among other things, refinance its existing indebtedness.

Contractual Obligations

          The following table summarizes our future minimum non-cancelable contractual obligations at December 31, 2009.

 
  Payments due by period  
 
 
Total
 
Less than
1 year
 
1-3 years
 
4-5 years
 
After 5 years
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Long-term debt obligations(1)

  $ 1,061.8   $ 1.5   $ 11.7   $ 938.6   $ 110.0  

Scheduled interest payments(2)

    221.4     61.3     101.4     56.3     2.4  

Operating lease obligations(3)

    426.7     106.5     154.6     85.0     80.6  

Purchase commitments(4)(5)

    20.6     9.0     5.1     3.1     3.4  
                       

  $ 1,730.5   $ 178.3   $ 272.8   $ 1,083.0   $ 196.4  
                       

(1)
These balances consist of the following debt obligations: (a) $644.6 million for the Senior Credit Facility based on a variable interest rate; (b) $300.0 million for Centers' Senior Notes based on a variable interest rate; (c) $110.0 million for Centers' Senior Subordinated Notes with a fixed interest rate; and (d) $7.2 million for Centers' mortgage with a fixed interest rate. Repayment of the Senior Credit Facility is based on the current amortization schedule and does not take into account any unscheduled payments that may occur due to our future cash positions.

(2)
The interest that will accrue on the long-term obligations includes variable rate payments, which are estimated using the associated LIBOR index as of December 31, 2009. The Senior Credit Facility uses the three month LIBOR index while Centers' Senior Notes uses the six month LIBOR index. Also included in the scheduled interest payments is the activity associated with our interest rate swap agreements which also use the three month LIBOR index and the six month LIBOR index.

(3)
These balances consist of the following operating leases: (a) $407.3 million for company-owned retail stores; (b) $62.4 million for franchise retail stores, which is offset by $62.4 million of sublease income from franchisees; and (c) $19.4 million relating to various leases for tractors/trailers, warehouses, automobiles, and various equipment at our facilities. Operating lease obligations exclude insurance, taxes, maintenance, percentage rent, and other costs. These amounts are subject to fluctuation from year to year. For each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, these amounts collectively represented approximately 36% of the aggregate costs associated with our company-owned retail store operating leases.

60


Table of Contents

(4)
These balances consist of $6.8 million of advertising, $0.5 million in inventory commitments, $2.5 million of required spending for website redesign and $10.8 million related to the ACOF Management Services Agreement and Class B common stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — ACOF Management Services Agreement" and "— Special Dividend".

(5)
We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate as to when cash settlement with taxing authorities may occur for our unrecognized tax benefits. Also, certain other long term liabilities, included in our consolidated balance sheet relate principally to the fair value of our interest rate swap agreement, and rent escalation liabilities, and we are unable to estimate the timing of these payments. Therefore, these long term liabilities are not included in the table above. See Note 5, "Income Taxes", and Note 13, "Other Long Term Liabilities", to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.

          Centers has announced that it intends to enter into, subject to market and other conditions, a financing transaction with certain lenders. Centers currently expects to use the proceeds from the transaction, if consummated, to, among other things, refinance its existing indebtedness.

          In addition to the obligations set forth in the table above, we have entered into employment agreements with certain executives that provide for compensation and certain other benefits. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control, some of these agreements provide for severance or other payments, if those circumstances would ever occur during the term of the employment agreement.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

          As of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements, or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are, therefore, not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market, or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

          We had a balance of unused barter credits on account with a third-party barter agency, which were generated by exchanging inventory with a third-party barter vendor. In exchange, the barter vendor supplied us with barter credits. We did not record a sale on the transaction as the inventory sold was for expiring products that were previously fully reserved for on our balance sheet. In accordance with the standard on nonmonetary transactions, a sale is recorded based on either the value given up or the value received, whichever is more easily determinable. The value of the inventory was determined to be zero, as the inventory was fully reserved. Therefore, these credits were not recognized on the balance sheet and would only have been realized if we purchased services or products through the bartering company. We did not use the barter credits, which expired as of March 31, 2009.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

          Market risk represents the risk of changes in the value of market risk sensitive instruments caused by fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in the results of our operations and cash flows. In the ordinary course of business, we are primarily exposed to foreign currency and interest rate risks. We do not use derivative financial instruments in connection with these commodity market risks.

          We are exposed to market risks from interest rate changes on Centers' variable rate debt. Although changes in interest rates do not impact our operating income, the changes could affect the fair value of our interest rate swaps and interest payments. As of December 31, 2009, Centers had fixed rate debt of $117.2 million and variable rate debt of $942.6 million. In conjunction with the

61


Table of Contents


Merger, Centers entered into interest rate swaps, effective April 2, 2007, which effectively convert a portion of the variable LIBOR component of the effective interest rate on two $150.0 million notional portions of Centers' debt under the Term Loan Facility to a fixed rate over a specified term. Each of these $150.0 million notional amounts has a three month LIBOR tranche conforming to the interest payment dates on the Term Loan Facility. During September 2008, Centers entered into two new forward agreements with start dates of the expiration dates of the pre-existing interest rate swap agreements (April 2009 and April 2010). In September 2008, Centers also entered into a new interest rate swap agreement with an effective date of September 30, 2008 that effectively converted an additional notional amount of $100.0 million of debt from a floating to a fixed interest rate. The $100.0 million notional amount has a three month LIBOR tranche conforming to the interest payment dates on the Term Loan Facility. In June 2009, Centers entered into a new swap agreement with an effective date of September 15, 2009. The $150.0 million notional amount has a six month LIBOR tranche conforming to the interest payment dates on the Senior Notes.

          These agreements are summarized in the following table:

Derivative
 
Total Notional Amount
 
Term
 
Counterparty Pays
 
Company Pays
 
 

Interest Rate Swap

  $150.0 million     April 2007-April 2010     3 month LIBOR     4.90 %
 

Interest Rate Swap

  $150.0 million     April 2009-April 2011     3 month LIBOR     3.07 %

Forward Interest Rate Swap

  $150.0 million     April 2010-April 2011     3 month LIBOR     3.41 %
 

Interest Rate Swap

  $100.0 million     September 2008-September 2011     3 month LIBOR     3.31 %
 

Interest Rate Swap

  $150.0 million     September 2009-September 2012     6 month LIBOR     2.68 %

          Based on Centers' variable rate debt balance as of December 31, 2009, a 1% change in interest rates would increase or decrease our annual interest cost by $3.9 million.

Foreign Exchange Rate Market Risk

          We are subject to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate changes in the conversion from local currencies to the U.S. dollar of the reported financial position and operating results of our non-U.S. based subsidiaries. We are also subject to foreign currency exchange rate changes for purchases of goods and services that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The primary currency to which we are exposed to fluctuations is the Canadian Dollar. The fair value of our net foreign investments and our foreign denominated payables would not be materially affected by a 10% adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates for the periods presented.

Interest Rate Market Risk

          A portion of Centers' debt is subject to changing interest rates. Although changes in interest rates do not impact our operating income, the changes could affect the fair value of such debt and related interest payments. As of September 30, 2010, we, through our subsidiaries, had fixed rate debt of $116.1 million and variable rate debt of $942.6 million. Based on our variable rate debt balance as of September 30, 2010, a 1.0% change in interest rates would increase or decrease our annual interest cost by $3.9 million.

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, there have been no material changes to our market risks disclosed above.

Effect of Inflation

          Inflation generally affects us by increasing costs of raw materials, labor, and equipment. We do not believe that inflation had any material effect on our results of operations in the periods presented in our consolidated financial statements.

62


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates

          You should review the significant accounting policies described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under the heading "Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" included in this prospectus.

Use of Estimates

          Certain amounts in our financial statements require management to use estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Our accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under the heading "Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our critical accounting policies and estimates are described in this section. An accounting estimate is considered critical if:

    the estimate requires management to make assumptions about matters that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made;

    different estimates reasonably could have been used; or

    changes in the estimate that would have a material impact on our financial condition or our results of operations are likely to occur from period to period.

Management believes that the accounting estimates used are appropriate and the resulting balances are reasonable. However, actual results could differ from the original estimates, requiring adjustments to these balances in future periods.

Revenue Recognition

          We operate primarily as a retailer, through company-owned stores, franchise stores, and to a lesser extent, as a wholesaler. On December 28, 2005, we started recognizing revenue through product sales on our website, GNC.com. We apply the provisions of the standard on revenue recognition, which requires the following:

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.

    Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.

    The price is fixed or determinable.

    Collectability is reasonably assured.

          We recognize revenues in our Retail segment at the moment a sale to a customer is recorded. Gross revenues are reduced by actual customer returns and a provision for estimated future customer returns, which is based on management's estimates after a review of historical customer returns. These estimates are based on historical sales return data, applied to current period sales subject to returns provisions per our company policy. Our customer returns allowance was $2.4 million and $2.6 million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The impact of customer returns on revenue was immaterial for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008, the 2007 Successor Period, and the 2007 Predecessor Period. We recognize revenues on product sales to franchisees and other third parties when the risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the franchisee or third-party. We recognize revenues from franchise fees at the time a franchise store opens or at the time of franchise renewal or transfer, as applicable.

63


Table of Contents

Inventories

          Where necessary, we provide estimated allowances to adjust the carrying value of our inventory to the lower of cost or net realizable value. These estimates require us to make approximations about the future demand for our products in order to categorize the status of such inventory items as slow moving, obsolete, or in excess of need. These future estimates are subject to the ongoing accuracy of management's forecasts of market conditions, industry trends, and competition. While we make estimates of future demand based on historical experience, current expectations and assumptions that we believe are reasonable, if actual demand or market conditions differ from these expectations and assumptions, actual results could differ from our estimates. We are also subject to volatile changes in specific product demand as a result of unfavorable publicity, government regulation, and rapid changes in demand for new and improved products or services. Our inventory allowance for obsolescence and shrinkage was $9.6 million and $10.4 million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. This allowance represented 2.5% and 2.8% of our gross inventory value at each period, respectively. The change in the allowance from period to period is primarily the result of gross inventory fluctuations and management of inventory movement throughout our systems. The impact on cost of goods sold as a result of these allowances was immaterial for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008, the 2007 Successor Period, and the 2007 Predecessor Period.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

          The majority of our retail revenues are received as cash or cash equivalents. The majority of our franchise revenues are billed to the franchisees with varying terms for payment. We offer financing to qualified domestic franchisees with the initial purchase of a franchise location. The notes are demand notes, payable monthly over periods of five to seven years. We generate a significant portion of our revenue from ongoing product sales to franchisees and third-party customers. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established based on regular evaluations of our franchisees' and third-party customers' financial health, the current status of trade receivables, and any historical write-off experience. We maintain both specific and general reserves for doubtful accounts. General reserves are based upon our historical bad debt experience, overall review of our aging of accounts receivable balances, general economic conditions of our industry, or the geographical regions and regulatory environments of our third-party customers and franchisees. Management's estimates of the franchisees' financial health include forecasts of the customers' and franchisees' future operating results and the collectability of receivables from them. While we believe that our business operations and communication with customers and franchisees allows us to make reasonable estimates of their financial health, actual results could differ from those predicted by management, and actual bad debt expense could differ from forecasted results. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $1.8 million and $4.1 million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Changes in the allowance from period to period are primarily a result of the composition of customers and their financial health. Bad debt expense was immaterial for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008, the 2007 Successor Period, and the 2007 Predecessor Period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

          Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets with finite useful lives, are evaluated periodically by us for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any such asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. These estimates of cash flow require significant management judgment and certain assumptions about future volume, revenue and expense growth rates, foreign exchange rates, devaluation and inflation. While we

64


Table of Contents


make estimates based on historical experience, current expectations and assumptions that we believe are reasonable, if actual results, including future cash flows, differ from our estimates, our estimates may differ from actual impairment recognized. There has been no impairment recorded in the years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008, the 2007 Successor Period and the 2007 Predecessor Period.

Self-Insurance

          We have procured insurance for such areas as: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; and (5) ocean marine insurance. We are self-insured for such areas as: (1) medical benefits; (2) workers' compensation coverage in the State of New York with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to our tractors, trailers and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at the corporate store locations. We are not insured for certain property and casualty risks due to the frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance and the overall risk analysis. Our associated liability for this self-insurance was not significant as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Prior to 2003, General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was included as an insured under several of its then ultimate parent's global insurance policies.

          We carry product liability insurance with a retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $10.0 million. We carry general liability insurance with retention of $110,000 per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $600,000. The majority of our workers' compensation and auto insurance are in a deductible/retrospective plan. We reimburse the insurance company for the workers' compensation and auto liability claims, subject to a $250,000 and $100,000 loss limit per claim, respectively.

          As part of the medical benefits program, we contract with national service providers to provide benefits to our employees for all medical, dental, vision and prescription drug services. We then reimburse these service providers as claims are processed from our employees. We maintain a specific stop loss provision of $250,000 per incident with a maximum limit up to $2.0 million per participant, per benefit year, respectively. We have no additional liability once a participant exceeds the $2.0 million ceiling. We utilize a review of historical claims, including the timing of claims reported versus payment of claims, to estimate future liabilities related to our medical benefit program. While we make these estimates based on historical experience, current expectations and assumptions that we believe are reasonable, actual results could differ from our estimates. Our liability for medical claims is included as a component of accrued benefits as described in Note 10, "Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities", to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and was $2.0 million and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

          On an annual basis, we perform a valuation of the goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets associated with our operating segments. To the extent that the fair value associated with the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the recorded value, we write down the value of the asset. The valuation of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is affected by, among other things, our business plan for the future, and estimated results of future operations. Changes in the business plan or operating results that are different than the estimates used to develop the valuation of the assets may result in an impact on their valuation. While we make these estimates based on historical experience, current expectations and assumptions that we believe are reasonable, if actual results, including future operating results, differ from our estimates, our estimates may differ from actual impairment recognized.

65


Table of Contents

          We conduct impairment testing annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter, using third quarter results. Historically, we have recognized impairments to our goodwill and intangible assets based on declining financial results and market conditions. The most recent valuation was performed at October 1, 2009, and no impairment was found. There was also no impairment found during 2009 or 2008. See Note 4, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets", to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We do not currently expect to incur additional impairment charges in the foreseeable future; however, the risks relating to our business, as described above under "Risk Factors", could have a negative effect on our business and operating results which could affect the valuation of our intangibles.

Leases

          We have various operating leases for company-owned and franchise store locations and equipment. Store leases generally include amounts relating to base rental, percent rent and other charges such as common area maintenance fees and real estate taxes. Periodically, we receive varying amounts of reimbursements from landlords to compensate us for costs incurred in the construction of stores. We amortize these reimbursements as an offset to rent expense over the life of the related lease. We determine the period used for the straight-line rent expense for leases with option periods and conform it to the term used for amortizing improvements.

Income Taxes

          We compute our annual tax rate based on the statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we earn income. Significant judgment is required in determining our annual tax rate and in evaluating uncertainty in our tax positions. We recognize a benefit for tax positions that we believe will more likely than not be sustained upon examination. The amount of benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that we believe has more than a 50% probability of being realized upon settlement. We regularly monitor our tax positions and adjust the amount of recognized tax benefit based on our evaluation of information that has become available since the end of our last financial reporting period. The annual tax rate includes the impact of these changes in recognized tax benefits. The difference between the amount of benefit taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the amount of benefit recognized for financial reporting represents unrecognized tax benefits. These unrecognized tax benefits are presented in the balance sheet principally within accrued income taxes.

          We record valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. When assessing the need for valuation allowances, we consider future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Should a change in circumstances lead to a change in judgment about the realizability of deferred tax assets in future years, we would adjust related valuation allowances in the period that the change in circumstances occurs, along with a corresponding increase or charge to income.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

          In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued a standard on Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. This standard establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the "Codification") as the single source of U.S. GAAP. The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on our financial statements.

          In June 2009, the SEC issued a staff accounting bulletin ("SAB") that revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the codification of SABs in order to make the interpretive guidance consistent with U.S. GAAP. The principal revisions include deletion of material no longer necessary or that has been superseded because of the issuance of new standards. We

66


Table of Contents


adopted this SAB during the second quarter of 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.

    Fair Value

          In September 2006, the FASB issued new standards on fair value measurements and disclosures. These new standards define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. The new standard applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements. The original standard was initially effective as of January 1, 2008, but in February 2008 the FASB delayed the effectiveness date for applying this standard to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are not currently recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. The standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, except for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis, for which application has been deferred for one year. We adopted this new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 for financial assets and liabilities. See Note 23, "Fair Value Measurements", to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We evaluated the impact of the standard on the valuation of all nonfinancial assets and liabilities, including those measured at fair value in goodwill, brands, and indefinite lived intangible asset impairment testing.

    Other

          In March 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on derivatives and hedging. The new standard requires companies with derivative instruments to disclose information that should enable financial statement users to understand how and why a company uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect a company's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The new standard was effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008. We adopted this new standard during the first quarter of 2009. See Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to our audited consolidated financial statements.

          In May 2009, the FASB issued a standard on subsequent events which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosing of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The intent of this standard is to incorporate accounting guidance that originated as auditing standards into the body of authoritative literature issued by the FASB which is consistent with the FASB's objective to codify all authoritative U.S. accounting guidance related to a particular topic in one place. We adopted this standard during the second quarter of 2009. See Note 27, "Subsequent Events", to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

          Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures specified in Rule 13a-15(f)(1)-(3) of the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.

67


Table of Contents

          Our management with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on that framework.

          Our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, as stated in their report, which is included within this prospectus.

68


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

          Based on our worldwide network of more than 7,100 locations and our GNC.com website, we believe we are the leading global specialty retailer of health and wellness products, including VMHS products, sports nutrition products, and diet products. Our diversified, multi-channel business model derives revenue from product sales through domestic company-owned retail stores, domestic and international franchise activities, third-party contract manufacturing, e-commerce and corporate partnerships. We believe that the strength of our GNC brand, which is distinctively associated with health and wellness, combined with our stores and website, give us broad access to consumers and uniquely position us to benefit from the favorable trends driving growth in the nutritional supplements industry and the broader health and wellness sector. Our broad and deep product mix, which is focused on high-margin, premium, value-added nutritional products, is sold under our GNC proprietary brands, including Mega Men®, Ultra Mega®, GNC WELLbeING®, Pro Performance® and Pro Performance® AMP, and under nationally recognized third-party brands.

          Our domestic retail network, which, based on information we compiled from the public securities filings of our primary competitors, is approximately twelve times larger than the next largest U.S. specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, provides a leading platform for our vendors to distribute their products to their target consumer. Our close relationship with our vendor partners often enables us to negotiate preferred distribution rights for our retail locations. In addition, our in-house product development capabilities enable us to offer our customers proprietary merchandise that can only be purchased through our locations or on our website. As the nutritional supplement consumer often requires knowledgeable customer service, we also differentiate ourselves from mass and drug retailers with our well-trained sales associates who are aided by in-store technology. We believe that our expansive retail network, differentiated merchandise offering and quality customer service result in a unique shopping experience that is distinct from our competitors.

          We have grown our consolidated revenues from $1,317.7 million in 2005 to $1,707.0 million in 2009, representing a compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 6.7%. We have achieved domestic company-owned retail same store sales growth for 21 consecutive quarters. EBITDA has grown from $113.2 million in 2005 to $227.7 million in 2009, representing a CAGR of 19.1%. EBITDA as a percentage of revenue has increased 470 basis points from 8.6% in 2005 to 13.3% in 2009. For a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income see "Selected Consolidated Financial Data".

Corporate History

          We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through our operating subsidiaries.

          Together with our wholly owned subsidiary GNC Acquisition Inc., we entered into the Merger Agreement with GNC Parent Corporation on February 8, 2007. On March 16, 2007, the Merger was consummated. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, as amended, GNC Acquisition Inc. was merged with and into GNC Parent Corporation, with GNC Parent Corporation as the surviving corporation. Subsequently on March 16, 2007, GNC Parent Corporation was converted into a Delaware limited liability company and renamed GNC Parent LLC.

          As a result of the Merger, we became the sole equity holder of GNC Parent LLC and the ultimate parent company of both GNC Corporation and Centers. Our outstanding capital stock is beneficially owned by Ares and OTPP, certain institutional investors, certain of our directors, and certain former stockholders of GNC Parent Corporation, including members of our management. Refer to "Principal and Selling Stockholders" included in this prospectus for additional information.

69


Table of Contents

          We and certain of our stockholders are party to a stockholders agreement which was restated and amended on February 12, 2008 (the "Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement"). Among other things, the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement contains certain restrictions on transfer of our capital stock, and provides that each of Ares and OTPP has the right to designate four members of our board of directors (or, at the option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates each own a certain percentage of our outstanding common stock. Under the New Stockholders Agreement to be entered into among the Sponsors and us, effective upon completion of the offering, the Sponsors will have the right to nominate to our board of directors, subject to their election by our stockholders, so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, the greater of up to nine directors and the number of directors comprising a majority of our board and, subject to certain exceptions, so long as the Sponsors collectively own 50% or less of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, that number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number or, if such rounding would cause the Sponsors to have the right to elect a majority of our board of directors, rounded to the nearest whole number) that is the same percentage of the total number of directors comprising our board as the collective percentage of common stock owned by the Sponsors. Under the New Stockholders Agreement, each Sponsor will also agree to vote all of the shares of Class A common stock held by it in favor of the other Sponsor's nominees. The New Stockholders Agreement will also provide that, so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than one-third of our outstanding common stock, certain significant corporate actions will require the approval of at least one of the Sponsors. For additional information, see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Director Independence" and "— Stockholders Agreements".

          GNC Parent Corporation was formed as a Delaware corporation in November 2006 to acquire all the outstanding common stock of GNC Corporation.

          Centers was formed in October 2003 and GNC Corporation was formed as a Delaware corporation in November 2003 by Apollo and members of our management to acquire General Nutrition Companies, Inc. from Numico USA, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Koninklijke (Royal) Numico N.V. (collectively, "Numico"). In December 2003, Centers purchased all of the outstanding equity interests of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. In connection with a corporate reorganization, General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was merged with and into Centers in December 2008, with Centers surviving the merger.

          General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was founded in 1935 by David Shakarian who opened its first health food store in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Since that time, the number of stores has continued to grow, and General Nutrition Companies, Inc. began producing its own vitamin and mineral supplements as well as foods, beverages, and cosmetics. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. was acquired in August 1999 by Numico Investment Corp. and, prior to its acquisition, was a publicly traded company listed on the Nasdaq National Market.

          As of                          , Ares and OTPP, each of which is a selling stockholder in this offering, held             shares and             shares, respectively, of our Class A common stock, representing approximately         % and         %, respectively, of our outstanding Class A common stock, and OTPP held 28,168,561 shares of our Class B common stock, representing 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock. After giving effect to this offering, Ares and OTPP will hold             shares and              shares, respectively, of our Class A common stock, representing approximately         % and         %, respectively, of our outstanding Class A common stock, and OTPP will hold             shares of our Class B common stock, representing 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock. If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares, Ares and OTPP will hold             shares and             shares, respectively, of our Class A common stock, representing approximately         % and         %, respectively, of our outstanding Class A common

70


Table of Contents


stock, and OTPP will hold             shares of our Class B common stock, representing 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

Corporate Structure

          The following diagram depicts our corporate structure.

GRAPHIC

Recent Transformation of GNC

          Beginning in 2006, we executed a series of strategic initiatives to enhance our existing business and growth profile. Specifically, we:

71


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

          We operate within the large and growing U.S. nutritional supplements industry. According to Nutrition Business Journal's Supplement Business Report 2010, our industry generated $26.9 billion in sales in 2009 and an estimated $28.7 billion in 2010, and is projected to grow at an average annual rate of approximately 5.3% through 2015. Our industry is highly fragmented, and we believe this fragmentation provides large operators, like us, the ability to compete more effectively due to scale advantages. We generate a significant portion of our sales revenue from strong performing sports nutrition and VMHS products.

          According to Nutrition Business Journal, sports nutrition products represented approximately 10.9% of the total U.S. nutritional supplements industry in 2009, and the category is expected to grow at a 7.2% CAGR from 2010 to 2015, representing the second-fastest growing product category in the nutritional supplements industry. By way of comparison, sports nutrition products, grouped in a manner consistent with Nutrition Business Journal's data, generated approximately 38% of our company-owned retail sales for 2009.

          According to Nutrition Business Journal, VMHS products represented approximately 60.8% of the total U.S. nutritional supplement industry in 2009, and the category is expected to grow at a 5.3% CAGR from 2010 to 2015. By way of comparison, VMHS products, grouped in a manner consistent with Nutrition Business Journal's data, generated approximately 43% of our company-owned retail sales for 2009.

          We expect several key demographic, healthcare, and lifestyle trends to drive the continued growth of our industry. These trends include:

72


Table of Contents

          Participants in our industry include specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, online retailers, mail-order companies and a variety of other smaller participants. The nutritional supplements sold through these channels are divided into four major product categories: VMHS; sports nutrition products; diet products; and other wellness products. Most supermarkets, drugstores, and mass merchants have narrow nutritional supplement product offerings limited primarily to simple vitamins and herbs, with less knowledgeable sales associates than specialty retailers. We believe that the market share of supermarkets, drugstores, and mass merchants over the last five years has remained relatively constant.

Competitive Strengths

          We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on favorable industry trends as a result of the following competitive strengths:

73


Table of Contents

74


Table of Contents

          As a result of our competitive strengths, we have maintained consistent revenue growth through the recent economic cycle. The third quarter of 2010 marked the 21st consecutive quarter of positive domestic company-owned same store sales growth. The strength and stability of our core business has resulted in part from industry growth in our key product categories, VMHS and sports nutrition, and from our efforts to increase market share across multiple distribution channels and geographies.

          Our consistent growth in company-owned retail sales, the positive operating leverage present in our retail operations, and cost containment initiatives, together with growth in our other channels of distribution, have enabled us to expand our EBITDA margin. EBITDA as a percentage of revenue has increased 470 basis points from 8.6% in 2005 to 13.3% in 2009. For a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income see "Selected Consolidated Financial Data".

          We expect that our existing store base and established distribution network can continue to be effectively leveraged to support higher sales volumes. We also believe the strength of our brand and our vertical integration will allow us to continue earning attractive product margins, particularly on proprietary products. GNC's franchise model enables us to maintain a global retail footprint, while minimizing the amount of required capital investment. Furthermore, our revenue mix from franchisee operations includes wholesale product sales, royalties, and fees, which we believe represent recurring, high-margin streams of income.

75


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

          We plan to execute several strategies in the future to promote growth in revenue and operating income, and capture market share, including:

76


Table of Contents

Business Overview

          The following charts illustrate the percentage of our net revenue generated by our three business segments and the percentage of our net U.S. retail nutritional supplements revenue generated by our product categories as of December 31, 2009:

Net Revenue by Segment

CHART

77


Table of Contents

US Retail Revenue by Product

CHART

          Throughout 2009, we did not have a material concentration of sales from any single product or product line.

Retail Locations

          As of September 30, 2010, there were 7,152 GNC store locations globally, including:

          Most of our company-owned and franchise U.S. stores are between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet and are primarily located in shopping malls and strip shopping centers. Based on the information we compiled from the public securities filings of our primary competitors, we have approximately twelve times the domestic store base of our nearest U.S. specialty retail competitor.

Website

          In December 2005, we started selling products through our website, GNC.com, and re-launched the platform in September 2009, with the overall objective of increasing traffic, conversion rates, and functionality. This additional sales channel has enabled us to market and sell our products in regions where we have limited or no retail operations. Some of the products offered on our website may not be available at our retail locations, enabling us to broaden the assortment of products available to our customers. The ability to purchase our products through the internet also offers a convenient method for repeat customers to evaluate and purchase new and existing products. Internet purchases are fulfilled and shipped directly from our distribution centers to our consumers using a third-party courier service. To date, we believe that most of the sales generated by our website are incremental to the revenues from our retail locations.

Franchise Activities

          We generate income from franchise activities primarily through product sales to franchisees, royalties on franchise retail sales, and franchise fees. To assist our franchisees in the successful operation of their stores and to protect our brand image, we offer a number of services to franchisees including training, site selection, construction assistance and accounting services. We believe that our franchise program enhances our brand awareness and market presence and will enable us to continue to expand our store base internationally with limited capital expenditures. Over the last several years, we realigned our domestic franchise system with our corporate

78


Table of Contents


strategies and re-acquired or closed unprofitable or non-compliant franchise stores in order to improve the financial performance of the franchise system.

Franchise Store-Within-a-Store Locations

          To increase brand awareness and promote access to customers who may not frequent specialty nutrition stores, we entered into a strategic alliance in December 1998 with Rite Aid to open our GNC franchise store-within-a-store locations. Through this strategic alliance, we generate revenues from fees paid by Rite Aid for new store-within-a-store openings, sales to Rite Aid of our products at wholesale prices, the manufacturing of Rite Aid private label products and retail sales of certain consigned inventory. In 2007, we extended our alliance with Rite Aid through 2014 with a five year option. At September 30, 2010, Rite Aid had opened 825 of an additional 1,125 stores that Rite Aid committed to open by December 31, 2014.

Marketing

          We market our proprietary brands of nutritional products through an integrated marketing program that includes internet, print, and radio media, storefront graphics, direct mailings to members of our Gold Card loyalty program, and point of purchase promotional materials.

Manufacturing and Distribution

          With our sophisticated manufacturing and distribution facilities supporting our retail stores, we are a vertically-integrated producer and supplier of high-quality nutritional supplements. By controlling the production and distribution of our proprietary products, we can control product quality, monitor delivery times and maintain appropriate inventory levels. In addition, our broad retail footprint provides a captive network for the introduction of new proprietary products. Our partnership with PetSmart will enable us to leverage our existing manufacturing and distribution capabilities and extend the GNC brand into the pet care market.

Products

          We offer a wide range of high-quality nutritional supplements sold under our GNC proprietary brand names, including Mega Men®, Ultra Mega®, GNC WELLbeING®, Pro Performance®, Pro Performance® AMP and Preventive Nutrition®, and under nationally recognized third-party brand names. We report our sales in four major nutritional supplement categories: VMHS; sports nutrition; diet; and other wellness. In addition, our retail stores offer an extensive mix of brands, including over 1,800 SKUs across multiple categories and products. This variety is designed to provide our customers with a vast selection of products to fit their specific needs. Sales of our proprietary brands at our company-owned stores represented approximately 56% of our net retail product revenues for 2009, 51% for 2008, and 48% for 2007. We have arrangements with our vendors to provide third-party products on an as needed basis. We are not dependent on any one vendor for a material amount of our third-party products.

          Consumers may purchase a GNC Gold Card in any U.S. GNC store or at GNC.com for $15.00. A Gold Card allows a consumer to save 20% on all store and online purchases on the day the card is purchased and during the first seven days of every month for a year. Gold Card members also receive personalized mailings and e-mails with product news, nutritional information, and exclusive offers.

          Products are delivered to our retail stores through our distribution centers located in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania; Anderson, South Carolina; and Phoenix, Arizona. Our distribution centers support our company-owned stores as well as franchise stores and Rite Aid locations. Our distribution fleet delivers our finished goods and third-party products through our distribution

79


Table of Contents


centers to our company-owned and domestic franchise stores on a weekly or biweekly basis depending on the sales volume of the store. Each of our distribution centers has a quality control department that monitors products received from our vendors to ensure they meet our quality standards.

          Based on data collected from our point-of-sale systems, excluding certain required accounting adjustments of $5.7 million for 2009, $4.7 million for 2008, $5.0 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $(0.6) million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007, below is a comparison of our company-owned domestic store retail product sales by major product category and the percentages of our company-owned domestic store retail product sales for the periods shown:

 
  Successor   Combined(1)  
 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2008
 
2007
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

U.S Retail Product Categories:

                                     
 

VMHS Products

  $ 496.4     42.7 % $ 465.2     41.3 % $ 441.2     40.7 %
 

Sports Nutrition Products

    443.4     38.2 %   410.1     36.4 %   387.0     35.7 %
 

Diet Products

    128.0     11.0 %   148.2     13.2 %   156.7     14.6 %
 

Other Wellness Products

    94.3     8.1 %   102.0     9.1 %   98.0     9.0 %
                           
 

Total U.S. Retail revenues

  $ 1,162.1     100.0 % $ 1,125.5     100.0 % $ 1,082.9     100.0 %
                           

(1)
Represents the combined results from the 2007 Predecessor Period and the 2007 Successor Period.

          The data above represents the majority of the revenue reported for the domestic portion of our retail segment. In addition to these sales, additional revenue and revenue adjustments are recorded to ensure conformity with U.S. GAAP. This includes wholesale sales revenue (to our military commissary locations), deferral of our Gold Card revenue to match the twelve month discount period of the card, and a reserve for customer returns. These items are recurring in nature, and we expect to record similar adjustments in the future.

          We sell vitamins and minerals in single vitamin and multi-vitamin form and in different potency levels. Our vitamin and mineral products are available in liquid, tablets, soft gelatin, hard-shell capsules, and powder forms, and are available in traditional bottle packaging form or in customized daily packet form ("Vitapak®"). Many of our special vitamin and mineral formulations, such as Mega Men®, Ultra Mega® and GNC WELLbeING® are available only at GNC locations and on GNC.com. In addition to our selection of VMHS products with unique formulations, we also offer the full range of standard "alphabet" vitamins. We sell herbal supplements in various solid dosage and soft gelatin capsules, tea, and liquid forms. We have consolidated our traditional herbal offerings under a single umbrella brand, Herbal Plus®. In addition to the Herbal Plus® line, we offer a full line of whole food-based supplements and top selling herb and natural remedy products.

          We also offer a variety of specialty products in our GNC and Preventive Nutrition® product lines. These products emphasize third-party research and literature regarding the positive benefits from certain ingredients. These offerings include products designed to provide nutritional support to specific areas of the body, such as joints, the heart and blood vessels, and the digestive system.

80


Table of Contents

          Sports nutrition products are designed to be taken in conjunction with an exercise and fitness regimen. We typically offer a broad selection of sports nutrition products, such as protein and weight gain powders, sports drinks, sports bars, and high potency vitamin formulations, including GNC brands such as Pro Performance®, Pro Performance® AMP and popular third-party products. Our Pro Performance® branded products, which represented 39% of our sports nutrition product sales in 2009, are available only at GNC locations and on GNC.com.

          Our wide variety of diet products consist of various formulas designed to supplement the diet and exercise plans of weight conscious consumers. We typically offer a variety of diet products, including pills, meal replacements, shakes, diet bars, energy tablets and cleansing products. Our retail stores offer our proprietary and third-party products suitable for different diet and weight management approaches, and products designed to increase thermogenesis (a change in the body's metabolic rate measured in terms of calories) and metabolism.

          The diet category is cyclical with new products generating short-term sales growth before generally declining over time, making sales trends within this category less predictable than in our other product categories. We derive the majority of our diet sales from third-party products. Our GNC proprietary line, Total Lean™, is more focused on meal replacement and represents a more stable line of business. Over time, we have reduced our exposure to the diet category. In 2009, company-owned retail sales from diet products accounted for 11% of sales, down significantly from 27% of sales in 2001.

          Other wellness products represent a comprehensive category that consists of sales of our Gold Card preferred membership and sales of other nonsupplement products, including cosmetics, food items, health management products, books, and DVD's.

          We strongly believe that introduction of innovative, high quality, clinically proven, superior performing products is a key driver of our business. Customers widely credit us as being a leader in offering premium health products and rate the availability of a wide variety of products as one of our biggest strengths. We identify shifting consumer trends through market research and through interactions with our customers and leading industry vendors to assist in the development, manufacturing and marketing of our new products. Our dedicated innovation team independently drives the development of proprietary products by collaborating with vendors to provide raw materials, clinical and product development support for proprietary GNC-branded products. We also work with our vendors to ensure a steady flow of third-party products with preferred distribution rights are made available to us for a limited period of time. During 2009, we targeted our product development efforts on specialty vitamins, women's nutrition, sports nutrition and condition specific products, resulting in the introduction of the GNC WELLbeING® and Pro Performance® AMP lines. In 2009, we believe GNC-branded products generated more than $800 million of retail sales across company-owned retail, domestic franchise locations, GNC.com and Rite Aid store-within-a-store locations.

          We have an internal research and development group that performs scientific research on potential new products and enhancements to existing products, in part to assist our product

81


Table of Contents

development team in creating new products, and in part to support claims that may be made as to the purpose and function of the product. See Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies", to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Business Segments

          We generate revenues from our three business segments, Retail, Franchise, and Manufacturing/Wholesale. The following chart outlines our business segments and the historical contribution to our consolidated revenues by those segments, after intercompany eliminations. For a description of operating income (loss) by business segment, our total assets by business segment, total revenues by geographic area, and total assets by geographic area (see Note 19, "Segments", to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus).

 
  Successor   Combined(1)  
 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2008
 
2007
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Retail. 

  $ 1,256.3     73.6 % $ 1,219.3     73.6 % $ 1,168.6     75.3 %

Franchise

    264.2     15.5 %   258.0     15.6 %   241.1     15.5 %

Manufacturing/Wholesale (Third Party)

    186.5     10.9 %   179.4     10.8 %   143.1     9.2 %
                           

Total

  $ 1,707.0     100.0 % $ 1,656.7     100.0 % $ 1,552.8     100.0 %
                           

(1)
Represents the combined results from the 2007 Predecessor Period and the 2007 Successor Period.

Retail

          Our Retail segment generates revenues primarily from sales of products to customers at our company-owned stores in the United States and Canada, and in the United States through our website, GNC.com.

          As of September 30, 2010, we operated 2,871 company-owned stores across all 50 states and in Canada, Puerto Rico, and Washington, D.C. Most of our U.S. company-owned stores are between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet and are located primarily in shopping malls and strip shopping centers. Traditional shopping mall and strip shopping center locations generate a large percentage of our total retail sales. With the exception of our downtown stores, virtually all of our company-owned stores follow one of two consistent formats, one for mall locations and one for strip shopping center locations. We are, however, developing and testing new store formats to (i) enhance the consumer's shopping experience with a larger and more modern, functional store layout and an enhanced assortment of merchandise, and (ii) secure major trade area market share with a high visibility, high traffic retail location that builds on the consumer's perception of the GNC brand as a destination for health and wellness. The new store formats will showcase the GNC brand and will range in size from approximately 2,000 square feet to 3,000 square feet depending on location. We believe the new store formats will complement our existing 1,500 square foot "modern-design" store locations in our traditional real estate locations, such as malls and in-line strip centers.

82


Table of Contents

          We periodically redesign our store graphics to better identify with our GNC customers and provide product information to allow the consumer to make educated decisions regarding product purchases and usage. Our product labeling is consistent within our product lines and the stores are designed to present a unified approach to packaging with emphasis on added information for the consumer. As an ongoing practice, we continue to reset and upgrade all of our company-owned stores to maintain a more modern and customer-friendly layout, while promoting our GNC Live Well® theme.

Franchise

          Our Franchise segment is comprised of our domestic and international franchise operations. Our Franchise segment generates revenues from franchise activities primarily through product sales to franchisees, royalties on franchise retail sales, and franchise fees.

          As a means of enhancing our operating performance and building our store base, we began opening franchise locations in 1988. As of September 30, 2010, there were 2,298 franchise stores operating, including 897 stores in the United States and 1,401 international franchise stores operating in 45 countries (including distribution centers where retail sales are made). Approximately 89% of our franchise stores in the United States are in strip shopping centers and are typically between 1,000 and 2,000 square feet. The international franchise stores are typically smaller and, depending upon the country and cultural preferences, are located in mall, strip center, street, or store-within-a-store locations. In addition, some international franchisees sell on the internet in their respective countries. Typically, our international stores have a store format and signage similar to our U.S. franchise stores. To assist our franchisees in the successful operation of their stores and to protect our brand image, we offer site selection, construction assistance, accounting services, and a three-part training program, which consists of classroom instruction and training in a company-owned location, both of which occur prior to the franchise store opening, and actual on-site training during the first week of operations of the franchise store. We believe we have good relationships with our franchisees, as evidenced by our franchisee renewal rate of 92% between 2004 and 2009. We do not rely heavily on any single franchise operator in the United States, since the largest franchisee owns and/or operates 13 store locations.

          All of our franchise stores in the United States offer both our proprietary products and third-party products, with a product selection similar to that of our company-owned stores. Our international franchise stores are offered a more limited product selection than our franchise stores in the United States with the product selection heavily weighted toward proprietary products. Products are distributed to our franchise stores in the United States through our distribution centers and transportation fleet in the same manner as our company-owned stores. Products distributed to our international franchise stores are delivered to the franchisee's freight forwarder at the United States port of deportation, at which point our responsibility for the delivery of the products ends.

          Revenues from our franchisees in the United States accounted for approximately 65% of our total franchise revenues for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010. In 2009, new franchisees in the United States were required to pay an initial fee of $40,000 for a franchise license. Existing GNC franchise operators may purchase an additional franchise license for a $30,000 fee. We typically offer limited financing to qualified franchisees in the United States for terms of up to five years. Once a store begins operations, franchisees are required to pay us a continuing royalty of 6% of sales and contribute 3% of sales to a national advertising fund. Our standard franchise agreements for the United States are effective for a ten-year period with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and each of the renewal periods, the renewal fee is generally 33% of the franchisee fee that is then in effect. The franchisee renewal option is at

83


Table of Contents

our election for all franchise agreements executed after December 1995. Franchisees must meet certain conditions in order to exercise the franchisee renewal option. Our franchisees in the United States receive limited geographical exclusivity and are required to follow the GNC store format.

          Franchisees must meet certain minimum standards and duties prescribed by our franchise operations manual and we conduct periodic field visit reports to ensure our minimum standards are maintained. Generally, we enter into a five-year lease with one five-year renewal option with landlords for our franchise locations in the United States. This allows us to secure space at cost-effective rates, which we sublease to our franchisees at cost. By subleasing to our franchisees, we have greater control over the location and have greater bargaining power for lease negotiations than an individual franchisee typically would have. In addition, we can elect not to renew subleases for underperforming locations. If a franchisee does not meet specified performance and appearance criteria, the franchise agreement outlines the procedures under which we are permitted to terminate the franchise agreement. In these situations, we may take possession of the location, inventory, and equipment, and operate the store as a company-owned store or re-franchise the location. In 2009, we terminated 48 franchise agreements, of which 32 were converted into company-owned stores. The offering and sale of our franchises in the United States are regulated by the FTC and various state authorities. See "— Government Regulation — Franchise Regulation".

          Revenues from our international franchisees accounted for approximately 35% of our total franchise revenues for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010. In 2009, new international franchisees were required to pay an initial fee of approximately $25,000 for a franchise license for each full size store and average continuing royalty fees of approximately 5% of retail sales, with fees and royalties varying depending on the country and the store type. Our franchise program has enabled us to expand into international markets with limited capital expenditures. We expanded our international presence from 746 international franchise locations at the end of 2004 to 1,401 international locations (including distribution centers where retail sales are made) as of September 30, 2010. We typically generate less revenue from franchises outside the United States due to lower international royalty rates and the franchisees purchasing a smaller percentage of products from us compared to our domestic franchisees.

          Franchisees in international locations enter into development agreements with us for either full-size stores, a store-within-a-store at a host location, wholesale distribution center operations or internet distribution rights. The development agreement grants the franchisee the right to develop a specific number of stores in a territory, often the entire country. The international franchisee then enters into a franchise agreement for each location. The full-size store franchise agreement has an initial ten-year term with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and renewal periods, the international franchisee has the option to renew the agreement at 33% of the franchise fee that is then in effect. Franchise agreements for international store-within-a-store locations have an initial term of five years, with two five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term and each of the renewal periods, the international franchisee of a store-within-a-store location has the option to renew the agreement for up to a maximum of 50% of the franchise fee that is then in effect. Our international franchisees often receive exclusive franchising rights to the entire country franchise, excluding U.S. military bases. Our international franchisees must meet minimum standards and duties similar to our U.S. franchisees. Our international franchise agreements and international operations may be regulated by various country, local and international laws. See "— Government Regulation — Franchise Regulation".

84


Table of Contents

Manufacturing/Wholesale

          Our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment is comprised of our manufacturing operations in South Carolina and our wholesale sales business. This segment supplies our Retail and Franchise segments as well as various third parties with finished products. Our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment generates revenues through sales of manufactured products to third parties, and the sale of our proprietary and third-party brand products to Rite Aid, PetSmart and www.drugstore.com. Our wholesale operations are supported primarily by our Anderson, South Carolina distribution center.

          Our sophisticated manufacturing and warehousing facilities support our Retail and Franchise segments and enable us to control the production and distribution of our proprietary products, to better control costs, protect product quality, monitor delivery times and maintain appropriate inventory levels. Our unique combination of in-house development of products, vertically-integrated infrastructure and innovation capabilities support our business strategy and enable the rapid development of proprietary products. We operate two main manufacturing facilities in the United States, one in Greenville, South Carolina and one in Anderson, South Carolina. We utilize our plants primarily for the production of proprietary products. Our manufacturing operations are designed to allow low-cost production of a variety of products of different quantities, sizes and packaging configurations while maintaining strict levels of quality control. Our manufacturing procedures are designed to promote consistency and quality in our finished goods. We conduct sample testing on raw materials and finished products, including weight, purity and micro-bacterial testing. Our manufacturing facilities also service our wholesale operations, including the manufacture and supply of Rite Aid private label products for distribution to Rite Aid locations and proprietary products for distribution to PetSmart locations. We use our available capacity at these facilities to produce products for sale to third-party customers.

          The principal raw materials used in the manufacturing process are natural and synthetic vitamins, herbs, minerals and gelatin. We maintain multiple sources for the majority of our raw materials, with the remaining being single-sourced due to the uniqueness of the material. During 2009, no one vendor supplied more than 10% of our raw materials. Our distribution fleet delivers raw materials and components to our manufacturing facilities and also delivers our finished goods and third-party products to our distribution centers.

          Franchise Store-within-a-Store Locations     To increase brand awareness and promote access to customers who may not frequent specialty nutrition stores, we entered into a strategic alliance with Rite Aid to open GNC franchise store-within-a-store locations. As of September 30, 2010, we had 1,983 store-within-a-store locations. Through this strategic alliance, we generate revenues from sales to Rite Aid of our products at wholesale prices, the manufacture of Rite Aid private label products, retail sales of certain consigned inventory and license fees. We are Rite Aid's sole supplier for the PharmAssure® vitamin brand and a number of Rite Aid private label supplements. In May 2007, we extended our alliance with Rite Aid through 2014 with a five year option. As of September 30, 2010, Rite Aid had opened 825 of an additional 1,125 stores that Rite Aid has committed to open by December 31, 2014.

          Distribution Agreement with drugstore.com     Our current internet distribution agreement with drugstore.com, inc., was recently renewed through June 2013. Through this strategic alliance, www.drugstore.com was the exclusive internet retailer of our proprietary products and certain other nutritional supplements until June 2005, when this exclusive relationship was terminated. This continued alliance allows us to access a larger base of customers, who may not otherwise live

85


Table of Contents


close to, or have the time to visit, a GNC store and provides an internet distribution channel in addition to GNC.com. We generate revenues from the distribution agreement with drugstore.com, inc. through sales of third-party products on a wholesale basis and through retail sales of our proprietary products on a consignment basis.

Employees

          As of September 30, 2010, we had a total of 5,265 full-time and 7,621 part-time employees, of whom approximately 10,282 were employed in the domestic portion of our Retail segment; 39 were employed in our Franchise segment; 1,341 were employed in our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment; 498 were employed in corporate support functions; and 726 were employed in Canada. None of our employees belongs to a union or is a party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.

Competition

          The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is a large, highly fragmented and growing industry, with no single industry participant accounting for a majority of total industry retail sales. Competition is based primarily on price, quality and assortment of products, customer service, marketing support and availability of new products. In addition, the market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products.

          We compete with publicly owned and privately owned companies, which are highly fragmented in terms of geographical market coverage and product categories. We compete with other specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, mail-order companies, other internet sites and a variety of other smaller participants. We believe that the market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products. In the United States, many of our competitors have national brands that are heavily advertised and are manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies and other retailers. Most supermarkets, drugstores and mass merchants have narrow product offerings limited primarily to simple vitamins, herbs and popular third-party diet products. Our international competitors also include large international pharmacy chains and major international supermarket chains as well as other large U.S.-based companies with international operations. Our wholesale and manufacturing operations also compete with other wholesalers and manufacturers of third-party nutritional supplements.

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

          We believe trademark protection is particularly important to the maintenance of the recognized brand names under which we market our products. We own or have rights to material trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the sale of our products, including the GNC brand name. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including trademark, patent and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who have access to our proprietary information. Protection of our intellectual property often affords us the opportunity to enhance our position in the marketplace by precluding our competitors from using or otherwise exploiting our technology and brands. We are also a party to several intellectual property license agreements relating to certain of our products. For example, we are a party to license agreements entered into in connection with the Numico acquisition pursuant to which we license certain patent rights to Numico and Numico licenses to us specific patent rights and proprietary information. These license agreements generally continue until the expiration of the licensed patent, if applicable, or we elect to terminate the agreement, or upon the mutual consent of the parties. The patents we own generally have a term of 20 years from their

86


Table of Contents


filing date, although none of our owned or licensed patents are currently associated with a material portion of our business. The duration of our trademark registrations is generally 10, 15, or 20 years, depending on the country in which the marks are registered, and the registrations can be renewed by us. The scope and duration of our intellectual property protection varies throughout the world by jurisdiction and by individual product.

Properties

          As of September 30, 2010, there were 7,152 GNC store locations globally (including distribution centers where retail sales are made). In our Retail segment, all but one of our company-owned stores are located on leased premises that typically range in size from 1,000 to 2,000 square feet. In our Franchise segment, primarily all of our franchise stores in the United States and Canada are located on premises we lease and then sublease to our respective franchisees. All of our franchise stores in the remaining international markets are owned or leased directly by our franchisees. No single store is material to our operations.

87


Table of Contents

          As of September 30, 2010, our company-owned and franchise stores in the United States and Canada (excluding store-within-a-store locations) and our other international franchise stores consisted of:

United States and Canada
 
Company-
Owned Retail
 
Franchise
 
International
 
Franchise*
 

Alabama

    34     10   Aruba     1  

Alaska

    7     5   Australia     38  

Arizona

    52     6   Azerbaijan     1  

Arkansas

    22     4   Bahamas     3  

California

    232     125   Bahrain     3  

Colorado

    66     9   Bolivia     7  

Connecticut

    40     4   Brunei     2  

Delaware

    14     4   Cayman Islands     2  

District of Columbia

    6     1   Chile     142  

Florida

    218     94   Costa Rica     16  

Georgia

    90     46   Cyprus     3  

Hawaii

    21     0   Dominican Republic     19  

Idaho

    6     5   El Salvador     10  

Illinois

    102     45   Ghana     1  

Indiana

    56     21   Guam     1  

Iowa

    26     4   Guatemala     33  

Kansas

    26     6   Honduras     4  

Kentucky

    39     7   Hong Kong     55  

Louisiana

    39     10   India     37  

Maine

    8     0   Indonesia     38  

Maryland

    54     20   Israel     2  

Massachusetts

    59     6   Kuwait     5  

Michigan

    77     34   Lebanon     7  

Minnesota

    61     10   Malaysia     55  

Mississippi

    22     10   Mexico     365  

Missouri

    41     21   Mongolia     4  

Montana

    4     3   Nigeria     2  

Nebraska

    11     11   Oman     2  

Nevada

    19     11   Pakistan     6  

New Hampshire

    15     5   Panama     6  

New Jersey

    81     34   Peru     52  

New Mexico

    20     2   Philippines     35  

New York

    164     39   Qatar     5  

North Carolina

    99     24   Saudi Arabia     50  

North Dakota

    7     0   Singapore     58  

Ohio

    108     40   South Korea     149  

Oklahoma

    27     12   Spain     9  

Oregon

    24     5   Taiwan     34  

Pennsylvania

    146     31   Thailand     28  

Puerto Rico

    24     0   Trinidad     2  

Rhode Island

    13     1   Turkey     61  

South Carolina

    29     22   Turks & Caicos     1  

South Dakota

    5     0   UAE     7  

Tennessee

    41     26   Venezuela     38  

Texas

    198     82            

Utah

    24     5            

Vermont

    4     0            

Virginia

    85     20            

Washington

    52     12            

West Virginia

    20     2            

Wisconsin

    58     3            

Wyoming

    6     0            

Canada

    169     2            
                   

Total

    2,871     899   Total     1,399  
                   

*
includes distribution centers where retail sales are made.

88


Table of Contents

          In our Manufacturing/Wholesale segment, we lease facilities for manufacturing, packaging, warehousing and distribution operations. We manufacture a majority of our proprietary products at an approximately 300,000 square-foot facility in Greenville, South Carolina. We also lease an approximately 630,000 square-foot complex located in Anderson, South Carolina, for packaging, materials receipt, lab testing, warehousing and distribution. Both the Greenville and Anderson facilities are leased on a long-term basis pursuant to "fee-in-lieu-of-taxes" arrangements with the counties in which the facilities are located, but we retain the right to purchase each of the facilities at any time during the lease for $1.00, subject to a loss of tax benefits. We lease an approximately 217,000 square-foot distribution center in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania and a 112,000 square-foot distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona. We also lease space at a distribution center in Canada.

          We lease three small regional sales offices in Fort Lauderdale, Florida; Tustin, California; and Mississauga, Ontario. None of the regional sales offices is larger than 6,500 square feet. Our 253,000 square-foot corporate headquarters in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, is owned by Gustine Sixth Avenue Associates, Ltd., a Pennsylvania limited partnership, of which we are a limited partner entitled to share in 75% of the partnership's profits or losses. The partnership's ownership of the land and buildings, and the partnership's interest in the ground lease to us, are all encumbered by a mortgage in the original principal amount of $17.9 million, with an outstanding balance of $6.1 million as of September 30, 2010. This partnership is included in our consolidated financial statements.

Insurance and Risk Management

          We purchase insurance to cover standard risks in the nutritional supplements industry, including policies to cover general products liability, workers' compensation, auto liability and other casualty and property risks. Our insurance rates are dependent upon our safety record as well as trends in the insurance industry. We also maintain workers' compensation insurance and auto insurance policies that are retrospective in that the cost per year will vary depending on the frequency and severity of claims in the policy year. Prior to the Numico acquisition, we were covered by some of Numico's insurance policies. Following the completion of the Numico acquisition, we obtained our own insurance policies to replace those Numico policies, including policies for general product liability. We currently maintain product liability insurance and general liability insurance.

          We face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that, among other things, the use of products sold by GNC results in injury. With respect to product liability coverage, we carry insurance coverage typical of our industry and product lines. Our coverage involves self-insured retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the retention amount. We have the ability to refer claims to most of our vendors and their insurers to pay the costs associated with any claims arising from such vendors' products. In most cases, our insurance covers such claims that are not adequately covered by a vendor's insurance and provides for excess secondary coverage above the limits provided by our product vendors.

          We self-insure certain property and casualty risks due to our analysis of the risk, the frequency and severity of a loss and the cost of insurance for the risk. We believe that the amount of self-insurance is not significant and will not have an adverse impact on our performance. In addition, we may from time to time self-insure liability with respect to specific ingredients in products that we may sell.

Legal Proceedings

          We are engaged in various legal actions, claims and proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including claims related to breach of contracts, products liabilities, intellectual property matters and employment-related matters resulting from our business activities. As with most actions

89


Table of Contents


such as these, an estimation of any possible and/or ultimate liability cannot always be determined. We continue to assess the requirement to account for additional contingencies in accordance with the standard on contingencies. If we are required to make a payment in connection with an adverse outcome in these matters, it could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.

          As a manufacturer and retailer of nutritional supplements and other consumer products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various product liability claims. Although the effects of these claims to date have not been material to us, it is possible that current and future product liability claims could have a material adverse impact on our business or financial condition. We currently maintain product liability insurance with a deductible/retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. We typically seek and have obtained contractual indemnification from most parties that supply raw materials for our products or that manufacture or market products we sell. We also typically seek to be added, and have been added, as an additional insured under most of such parties' insurance policies. We are also entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra or Kava Kava sold prior to December 5, 2003. However, any such indemnification or insurance is limited by its terms and any such indemnification, as a practical matter, is limited to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. We may incur material products liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our reputation, revenues and operating income.

          Hydroxycut Claims.     On May 1, 2009, the FDA issued a warning on several Hydroxycut-branded products manufactured by Iovate. The FDA warning was based on 23 reports of liver injuries from consumers who claimed to have used the products between 2002 and 2009. As a result, Iovate voluntarily recalled 14 Hydroxycut-branded products. Following the recall, GNC was named, among other defendants, in approximately 60 lawsuits related to Hydroxycut-branded products in 13 states. Iovate previously accepted GNC's tender request for defense and indemnification under its purchasing agreement with GNC and, as such, Iovate has accepted GNC's request for defense and indemnification in the Hydroxycut matters. GNC's ability to obtain full recovery in respect of any claims against GNC in connection with products manufactured by Iovate under the indemnity is dependent on Iovate's insurance coverage, the creditworthiness of its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by such insurer. To the extent GNC is not fully compensated by Iovate's insurer, it can seek recovery directly from Iovate. GNC's ability to fully recover such amounts may be limited by the creditworthiness of Iovate.

          As of December 31, 2010, there are 50 pending lawsuits related to Hydroxycut in which GNC has been named: 44 individual, largely personal injury claims and six putative class action cases, generally inclusive of claims of consumer fraud, misrepresentation, strict liability and breach of warranty.

          The following 44 personal injury matters were filed by individuals claiming injuries from use and consumption of Hydroxycut-branded products:

    Christopher and Dana Hamilton v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Ohio, 09CV1944 (filed August 18, 2009);

    Hector Manuel Abarca and Diana Curiel v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, 09CV3861 (filed August 21, 2009);

    Jessica Rogoff v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, BC422842 (filed September 29, 2009);

90


Table of Contents

    Lucretia Ballou v. Muscletech Research and Development, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Western District of Louisiana, 09CV1996 (filed December 3, 2009);

    Clinton Davis v. GNC Corporation, et al., U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Pennsylvania, 09CV5055 (filed November 11, 2009);

    Michael Fyalka v. Iovate Health Sciences, et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of Illinois, 09CV944 (filed November 10, 2009);

    Monica Fay Stepter v. Iovate Health Sciences, USA, Inc., et al., 17 th  Judicial District Court, Parish of LaFourche, Louisiana (filed November 25, 2009);

    Andrew Nolley v. Muscletech Research and Development, et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Mississippi, 09CV140 (filed December 18, 2009);

    Kerry Donald v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, et al., Supreme Court of the State of New York, Kings County (filed January 22, 2010);

    Casey Slyter v. GNC Corporation, et al., U.S. District Court, District of Kansas, 10CV2065 (filed January 29, 2010);

    Debra Rutherford, et al. v. Muscletech Research and Development, Inc., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 10CV370 (filed February 19, 2010);

    Amber Lutz, et al. v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of Orange, 30-2010 00357532 (filed March 26, 2010);

    Shannon Justers, et al. v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of Orange, 30-2010 00357521 (filed March 26, 2010);

    William Crowell, et al. v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of Orange, 30-2010 00357528 (filed March 26, 2010);

    Scott Rosenthal, et al. v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, CGC 10-498138 (filed March 26, 2010);

    Richard Limpert, et al. v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, CGC 10-498137 (filed March 26, 2010);

    Savoen Roeun, et al. v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, CGC 10-497919 (filed March 19, 2010);

    Phillip Sims v. GNC Corporation, et al., U.S. District Court, District of New Jersey, 10CV1728 (filed April 5, 2010);

    Donna Natali v. GNC Corporation, et al., Superior Court of New Jersey, Atlantic County, ATL-L-001499-10 (filed April 5, 2010);

    Matthew Carhart v. GNC Corporation, et al., Court of Common Pleas Philadelphia County, 10-0402210 (filed April 15, 2010);

    Michael Brown v. GNC Corporation, et al., Court of Common Pleas Philadelphia County, 10-0402217 (filed April 15, 2010);

    Alan D'Alessio, Jr. v. GNC Corporation, et al., Court of Common Pleas Philadelphia County, 10-0402214 (filed April 15, 2010);

    Ralph Lewis v. GNC Corporation, et al., Court of Common Pleas Philadelphia County, 10-0601213 (filed June 14, 2010);

91


Table of Contents

    Brett Hallinan v. GNC Corporation, et al., Superior Court of New Jersey, Atlantic County, Case No. L00264610 (filed June 21, 2010);

    Steve Snow v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Western District of Kentucky, 10CV78 (filed April 29, 2010);

    Anthony Polk, et al. v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of Orange, 30-2010 00366003 (filed April 23, 2010);

    Jeff Kendall, et al. v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of Orange, 30-2010 00361004 (filed April 8, 2010);

    Victor Rendon and Edwin Soto v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of Orange, 30-2010 00365988 (filed April 23, 2010);

    Ziomara Taveras, et al. v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., et al., Superior Court of California, County of Orange, 30-2010 00367623 (filed April 29, 2010);

    Kristina Vidrine v. GNC Corporation, et al., Court of Common Pleas Philadelphia County, 10-040463 (filed April 29, 2010);

    Nicole Addison, et al. v. GNC Corporation, et al., Superior Court of California, County of Orange, 30-2010-00395135-CU-PL-CXC (filed July 30, 2010);

    Wilbert Rankin, et al. v. GNC Corporation, et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 10CV2361 (filed August 31, 2010);

    Steven Goldstein, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, et al., Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, BC445525 (filed September 16, 2010);

    Andrea Saunders v. GNC Corporation, et al., Court of Common Pleas Philadelphia County, 10-0603308 (Amended Complaint filed on or after August 18, 2010);

    Miguel Rivera v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, et al., Superior Court of California, County of Orange, 30-2010-00411926-CU-PL-CXC (filed September 27, 2010);

    Velma J. Carter, et al. v. Muscletech Research and Development, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 10CV2655 (filed September 27, 2010);

    Lloyd Eagan v. Iovate Health Science, Inc., et al., Superior Court of New Jersey, Middlesex County, Case No. L7295-10 (filed September 30, 2010);

    Barbra Muza v. General Nutrition Centers, Inc., Court of Common Pleas Allegheny County, GD-10-21510 (filed November 18, 2010);

    Carla M. Benson GNC Corporation, et al., Court of Common Pleas Philadelphia County, 10-1104602 (filed December 3, 2010);

    Michael Moran, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, et al., Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, BC449590; (filed November 16, 2010);

    Diego Carlos, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, et al., Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, BC452019; (filed December 29, 2010);

    Jonathan Pugh, et al. v. Muscletech Research and Development, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 10CV3611 (filed December 29, 2010);

    Maurice Harris v. Iovate Health Sciences, et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York, 10CV9698 (filed December 30, 2010); and

92


Table of Contents

    Marek Kosciesza v. GNC Corporation, et al., Superior Court of New Jersey, Atlantic County, L-13-11mt (filed December 28, 2010).

          The following six putative class actions generally include claims of consumer fraud, misrepresentation, strict liability and breach of warranty:

    Andrew Dremak, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of California, 09CV1088 (filed May 19, 2009);

    Enjoli Pennier, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences, et al., U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Louisiana, 09CV3533 (filed May 13, 2009);

    Alejandro M. Jimenez, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Eastern District of California, 09CV1473 (filed May 28, 2009);

    Amy Baker, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 09CV872 (filed May 4, 2009);

    Kyle Davis and Sara Carreon, et al. v. Iovate Health Sciences USA, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Northern District of Alabama, 09CV896 (filed May 7, 2009); and

    Lenny Charles Gunn, Tonya Rhoden, and Nicholas Atelevich, et al., v. Iovate Health Sciences Group, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of California, 09CV2337 (filed October 24, 2009).

By court order dated October 6, 2009, the United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation consolidated pretrial proceedings of many of the pending actions (including the above-listed GNC class actions) in the Southern District of California (In re: Hydroxycut Marketing and Sales Practices Litigation, MDL No. 2087). Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

Government Regulation

Product Regulation

    Domestic

          The processing, formulation, safety, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, and distribution of our products are subject to regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the FDA, the FTC, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the United States Department of Agriculture, and the Environmental Protection Agency, and by various agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold.

          DSHEA established a new framework governing the composition, safety, labeling, manufacturing and marketing of dietary supplements. Generally, under DSHEA, dietary ingredients that were marketed in the United States prior to October 15, 1994 may be used in dietary supplements without notifying the FDA. "New" dietary ingredients (i.e., dietary ingredients that were "not marketed in the United States before October 15, 1994") must be the subject of a new dietary ingredient notification submitted to the FDA unless the ingredient has been "present in the food supply as an article used for food" without being "chemically altered". A new dietary ingredient notification must provide the FDA evidence of a "history of use or other evidence of safety" establishing that use of the dietary ingredient "will reasonably be expected to be safe". A new dietary ingredient notification must be submitted to the FDA at least 75 days before the initial marketing of the new dietary ingredient. The FDA may determine that a new dietary ingredient notification does not provide an adequate basis to conclude that a dietary ingredient is reasonably expected to be safe. Such a determination could prevent the marketing of such dietary ingredient. The FDA has announced that it plans to issue a guidance governing notification of new dietary

93


Table of Contents

ingredients. While it is not mandatory to comply with FDA guidance, it is a strong indication of the FDA's current views on the topic of the guidance, including its position on enforcement. Depending upon the recommendations made in the guidance, particularly those relating to animal or human testing, such guidance could make it more difficult for us to successfully provide notification of new dietary ingredients.

          The Dietary Supplement Safety Act (S 3002), introduced in February 2010, would repeal the provision of DSHEA that permits the sale of all dietary ingredients sold in dietary supplements marketed in the United States prior to October 15, 1994, and instead permit the sale of only those dietary ingredients included on a list of Accepted Dietary Ingredients to be issued and maintained by the FDA. The bill also would allow the FDA to: impose a fine of twice the gross profits earned by a distributor on sales of any dietary supplement found to violate the law; require a distributor to submit a yearly report on all non-serious Adverse Event Reports ("AERs") received during the year to the FDA; and allow the FDA to recall any dietary supplement it determines with "a reasonable probability" would cause serious adverse health consequences or is adulterated or misbranded. The bill also would require any dietary supplement distributor to register with the FDA and submit a list of the ingredients in and copies of the labels of its dietary supplements to the FDA and thereafter update such disclosures yearly and submit any new dietary supplement product labels to the FDA before marketing any dietary supplement product. If this bill is reintroduced and enacted, it could severely restrict the number of dietary supplements available for sale and increase our costs and potential penalties associated with selling dietary supplements.

          The FDA or other agencies could take actions against products or product ingredients that in its determination present an unreasonable health risk to consumers that would make it illegal for us to sell such products. In addition, the FDA could issue consumer warnings with respect to the products or ingredients in such products that are sold in our stores. For example, in May 2009, the FDA warned consumers to stop using Hydroxycut diet products, which are produced by Iovate and were sold in our stores. Iovate issued a voluntary recall, with which we fully complied. Sales of the recalled Hydroxycut products amounted to approximately $57.8 million, or 4.7% of our retail sales in 2008, and $18.8 million, or 4.2% of our retail sales in the first four months of 2009. Through September 30, 2010, we estimate that we had refunded approximately $3.5 million to our retail customers and approximately $1.6 million to our wholesale customers for Hydroxycut product returns.

          DSHEA permits "statements of nutritional support" to be included in labeling for dietary supplements without FDA pre-market approval. Such statements must be submitted to the FDA within 30 days of marketing. Such statements may describe how a particular dietary ingredient affects the structure, function, or general well-being of the body, or the mechanism of action by which a dietary ingredient may affect body structure, function, or well-being, but may not expressly or implicitly represent that a dietary supplement will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat, or prevent a disease. A company that uses a statement of nutritional support in labeling must possess scientific evidence substantiating that the statement is truthful and not misleading. If the FDA determines that a particular statement of nutritional support is an unacceptable drug claim or an unauthorized version of a "health claim", or, if the FDA determines that a particular claim is not adequately supported by existing scientific data or is false or misleading, we would be prevented from using the claim.

          In addition, DSHEA provides that so-called "third-party literature", e.g., a reprint of a peer-reviewed scientific publication linking a particular dietary ingredient with health benefits, may be used "in connection with the sale of a dietary supplement to consumers" without the literature being subject to regulation as labeling. The literature: (1) must not be false or misleading; (2) may not "promote" a particular manufacturer or brand of dietary supplement; (3) must present a balanced view of the available scientific information on the subject matter; (4) if displayed in an

94


Table of Contents


establishment, must be physically separate from the dietary supplements; and (5) should not have appended to it any information by sticker or any other method. If the literature fails to satisfy each of these requirements, we may be prevented from disseminating such literature with our products, and any dissemination could subject our product to regulatory action as an illegal drug.

          In June 2007, pursuant to the authority granted to the FDA by DSHEA, the FDA published detailed Current Good Manufacturing Practice ("GMP") regulations that govern the manufacturing, packaging, labeling and holding operations of dietary supplement manufacturers. The GMP regulations, among other things, impose significant recordkeeping requirements on manufacturers. The GMP requirements are in effect for all manufacturers, and the FDA is conducting inspections of dietary supplement manufacturers pursuant to these requirements. There remains considerable uncertainty with respect to the FDA's interpretation of the regulations and their actual implementation in manufacturing facilities. In addition, the FDA's interpretation of the regulations will likely change over time as the agency becomes more familiar with the industry and the regulations. The failure of a manufacturing facility to comply with the GMP regulations renders products manufactured in such facility "adulterated," and subjects such products and the manufacturer to a variety of potential FDA enforcement actions. In addition, under the Food Safety Modernization Act ("FSMA"), which was signed on December 27, 2010, the manufacturing of dietary ingredients contained in dietary supplements will be subject to similar or even more burdensome manufacturing requirements, which will likely increase the costs of dietary ingredients and will subject suppliers of such ingredients to more rigorous inspections and enforcement.

          The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of federal law applicable to dietary supplements, including powers to issue a public warning or notice of violation letter to a company, publicize information about illegal products, detain products intended for import, request a recall of illegal products from the market, and request the Department of Justice to initiate a seizure action, an injunction action, or a criminal prosecution in the U.S. courts. The FSMA expands the reach and regulatory powers of the FDA with respect to the production of food, including dietary supplements. The expanded reach and regulatory powers include the FDA's ability to order mandatory recalls, administratively detain domestic products and administratively revoke manufacturing facility registrations, effectively enjoining manufacturing of dietary ingredients and dietary supplements without judicial process. The FDA has yet to exercise such expanded reach and regulatory powers. The regulation of dietary supplements may increase or become more restrictive in the future.

          The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. We continue to be subject to three consent orders issued by the FTC. In 1984, the FTC instituted an investigation of General Nutrition, Incorporated, one of our then existing subsidiaries, alleging deceptive acts and practices in connection with the advertising and marketing of certain of its products. General Nutrition, Incorporated accepted a proposed consent order, under which it agreed to refrain from, among other things, making certain claims with respect to certain of its products unless the claims are based on and substantiated by competent and reliable scientific evidence. We also entered into a consent order in 1970 with the FTC, which generally addressed "iron deficiency anemia" type products. As a result of routine monitoring by the FTC, disputes arose concerning our compliance with these orders and with regard to advertising for certain hair care products. While we believe that General Nutrition, Incorporated, at all times, operated in material compliance with the orders, it entered into a settlement in 1994 with the FTC to avoid protracted litigation. As a part of this settlement, General Nutrition, Incorporated entered into a consent decree and paid, without admitting liability, a civil penalty in the amount of $2.4 million and agreed to adhere to the terms of the 1970 and 1989 consent orders and to abide by the provisions of the settlement document

95


Table of Contents


concerning hair care products. We do not believe that future compliance with the outstanding consent decrees will materially affect our business operations.

          The FTC continues to monitor our advertising and, from time to time, requests substantiation with respect to such advertising to assess compliance with the various outstanding consent decrees and with the Federal Trade Commission Act. Our policy is to use advertising that complies with the consent decrees and applicable regulations. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that inadvertent failures to comply with the consent decrees and applicable regulations will not occur.

          Some of the products sold by franchise stores are purchased by franchisees directly from other vendors and these products do not flow through our distribution centers. Although franchise contracts contain strict requirements for store operations, including compliance with federal, state, and local laws and regulations, we cannot exercise the same degree of control over franchisees as we do over our company-owned stores.

          As a result of our efforts to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, we have from time to time reformulated, eliminated, or relabeled certain of our products and revised certain provisions of our sales and marketing program.

    Foreign

          Our products sold in foreign countries are also subject to regulation under various national, local, and international laws that include provisions governing, among other things, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising, and distribution of dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs. Government regulations in foreign countries may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of certain of our products.

New Legislation or Regulation

          Legislation may be introduced which, if passed, would impose substantial new regulatory requirements on dietary supplements. For example, although not yet reintroduced in this session of Congress, bills have been repeatedly proposed in past sessions of Congress which would subject the dietary ingredient dehydroepiandrosterone ("DHEA") to the requirements of the Controlled Substances Act, which would prevent the sale of products containing DHEA. In March 2009, the General Accounting Office (the "GAO") issued a report that made four recommendations to enhance the FDA's oversight of dietary supplements. The GAO recommended that the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services direct the Commissioner of the FDA to: (1) request authority to require dietary supplement companies to identify themselves as a dietary supplement company and update this information annually, provide a list of all dietary supplement products they sell and a copy of the labels and update this information annually, and report all adverse events related to dietary supplements; (2) issue guidance to clarify when an ingredient is considered a new dietary ingredient, the evidence needed to document the safety of new dietary ingredients, and appropriate methods for establishing ingredient identity; (3) provide guidance to industry to clarify when products should be marketed as either dietary supplements or conventional foods formulated with added dietary ingredients; and (4) coordinate with stakeholder groups involved in consumer outreach to identify additional mechanisms for educating consumers about the safety, efficacy, and labeling of dietary supplements, implement these mechanisms, and assess their effectiveness. These recommendations could lead to increased regulation by the FDA or future legislation concerning dietary supplements

          We cannot determine what effect additional domestic or international governmental legislation, regulations, or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on our business in the future. New legislation or regulations may require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, require the recall or discontinuance of certain products not capable of reformulation,

96


Table of Contents


impose additional record keeping, or require expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling, or scientific substantiation.

Franchise Regulation

          We must comply with regulations adopted by the FTC and with several state laws that regulate the offer and sale of franchises. The FTC's Trade Regulation Rule on Franchising and certain state laws require that we furnish prospective franchisees with a franchise offering circular containing information prescribed by the Trade Regulation Rule on Franchising and applicable state laws and regulations.

          We also must comply with a number of state laws that regulate some substantive aspects of the franchisor-franchisee relationship. These laws may limit a franchisor's business practices in a number of ways, including limiting the ability to:

    terminate or not renew a franchise without good cause;

    interfere with the right of free association among franchisees;

    disapprove the transfer of a franchise;

    discriminate among franchisees with regard to franchise terms and charges, royalties, and other fees; and

    place new stores near existing franchises.

          To date, these laws have not precluded us from seeking franchisees in any given area and have not had a material adverse effect on our operations. Bills intended to regulate certain aspects of franchise relationships have been introduced into Congress on several occasions during the last decade, but none have been enacted. Revisions to the FTC rule have also been proposed by the FTC and currently are in the comment stage of the rulemaking process.

          Our international franchise agreements and franchise operations are regulated by various foreign laws, rules, and regulations. To date, these laws have not precluded us from seeking franchisees in any given area and have not had a material adverse effect on our operations.

Environmental Compliance

          In March 2008, the South Carolina DHEC requested that we investigate contamination associated with historical activities at our South Carolina facility. These investigations have identified chlorinated solvent impacts in soils and groundwater that extend offsite from our facility. We are continuing these investigations in order to understand the extent of these impacts and develop appropriate remedial measures for DHEC approval. At this state of the investigation, however, it is not possible to estimate the timing and extent of any remedial action that may be required, the ultimate cost of remediation, or the amount of our potential liability.

          In addition to the foregoing, we are subject to numerous federal, state, local, and foreign environmental and health and safety laws and regulations governing its operations, including the handling, transportation, and disposal of our non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges from its operations into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water, and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for remedial actions, penalties, or the imposition of other liabilities. New laws, changes in existing laws or the interpretation thereof, or the development of new facts or changes in their processes could also cause us to incur additional capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. We are also subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the

97


Table of Contents


condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties, or for properties to which substances or wastes that were sent in connection with current or former operations at its facilities. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect our ability to sell or lease its properties, or to use them as collateral for financing. From time to time, we have incurred costs and obligations for correcting environmental and health and safety noncompliance matters and for remediation at or relating to certain of its properties or properties at which its waste has been disposed. However, compliance with the provisions of national, state, and local environmental laws and regulations has not had a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings, financial position, liquidity, or competitive position. We believe we are currently in compliance with our environmental obligations pursuant to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations in all material respects, and that any liabilities for noncompliance will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial performance.

98


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

          The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of January 1, 2011.

Name
 
Age
 
Position

Joseph Fortunato

    57   Director and Chief Executive Officer

Beth J. Kaplan

    52   Director, President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer

Michael M. Nuzzo

    40   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

David P. Berg

    49   Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer

Thomas Dowd

    47   Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development

Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr. 

    41   Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Michael Locke

    65   Senior Vice President of Manufacturing

Guru Ramanathan

    47   Senior Vice President, Chief Innovation Officer

Norman Axelrod

    58   Chairman of the Board of Directors

Andrew Claerhout

    39   Director

Carmen Fortino

    52   Director

Michael Hines

    54   Director

David B. Kaplan

    43   Director

Brian Klos

    29   Director

Romeo Leemrijse

    40   Director

Richard J. Wallace

    59   Director

           Joseph Fortunato became one of our directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the Merger. Additionally, Mr. Fortunato has served as our Chief Executive Officer or President and Chief Executive Officer since November 2005. Mr. Fortunato served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from June 2005 until November 2005. Beginning in November 2001 until June 2005, Mr. Fortunato served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. From October 2000 until November 2001, he served as its Executive Vice President of Retail Operations and Store Development. Mr. Fortunato began his employment with General Nutrition Companies, Inc. in October 1990 and has held various positions, including Senior Vice President of Financial Operations from 1997 to 1998, and Director of Financial Operations from 1990 to 1997. From 1984 to 1988, Mr. Fortunato was President of Fortunato & Associates Financial Consulting Group. From 1975 to 1984, Mr. Fortunato was the Controller of Motor Coils Manufacturing Company, a manufacturer of traction motors for locomotives and oil drilling rigs. Mr. Fortunato's years of experience with us, his comprehensive knowledge of our business and perspective of our day-to-day operations led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director on our board.

           Beth J. Kaplan became one of our directors in February 2008. Additionally, Ms. Kaplan has served as our President and Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer since January 2008. From March 2005 to December 2007, Ms. Kaplan served as Managing Member for Axcel Partners, LLC, a venture capital firm and was responsible for actively managing and advising companies operating primarily in retail and consumer goods. From June 2002 to March 2005, Ms. Kaplan was Executive Vice President of Bath & Body Works, a specialty retailer, with primary responsibility for developing new retail store formats. Previous to this, Ms. Kaplan worked at Rite Aid as Senior Executive Vice President, with responsibility for marketing and merchandising, and at Procter & Gamble Co. Ms. Kaplan also serves on the board of directors of Blackboard Inc. Ms. Kaplan has both an undergraduate degree in Economics and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of

99


Table of Contents

Pennsylvania. Ms. Kaplan's extensive experience in the retail and health and wellness industries led to the conclusion that she should serve as a director on our board.

           Michael M. Nuzzo became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in September 2008. Prior to joining GNC, Mr. Nuzzo was Senior Vice President — Finance at Abercrombie & Fitch, a specialty retailer of casual clothing for men, women and children. From 1999 to 2008, Mr. Nuzzo served in various senior level finance and retail operations and strategic planning roles with Abercrombie & Fitch. Mr. Nuzzo served as: Vice President — Finance from January 2006 to May 2008, served as a liaison to the audit committee and was responsible for overseeing corporate finance, financial planning and analysis and treasury, budgeting and accounting operations; and Senior Vice President — Finance from June 2008 to September 2008 and was responsible for overseeing corporate finance, financial planning and analysis, treasury, budgeting and accounting operations and investor relations. Prior to his work in the retail sector, Mr. Nuzzo was a senior consultant with William M. Mercer and Medimetrix Group. Mr. Nuzzo earned his undergraduate degree in Economics at Kenyon College in 1992 and also received his MBA in Finance and Accounting from the University of Chicago in 1998.

           David P. Berg became Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in June 2010, having served as Executive Vice President, Global Business Development and Chief Operating Officer for GNC's international operations since joining GNC in August 2009. From 2002 to March 2009, Mr. Berg served in various capacities for Best Buy, Inc., a multinational retailer of consumer electronics, home office products, entertainment software, appliances and related services. Mr. Berg served as: Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Best Buy International from July 2008 to March 2009 and was responsible for the company's international operations; Executive Vice President, International Strategy and Corporate Development from March 2008 to July 2008 and Senior Vice President, International Strategy and Corporate Development from March 2007 to March 2008 and was responsible for the company's international growth strategies and corporate M&A activity; Chief Operating Officer, Best Buy International from July 2006 to March 2007 and was responsible for the company's international operations; Senior Vice President, Strategic Alliances from September 2004 to July 2006 and was responsible for relationships with key strategic partners of the company; and Vice President and Associate General Counsel from December 2002 to September 2004. From 2001 to 2002, he was the President and Chief Operating Officer, International Division of Danka Business Systems (a United Kingdom-based office equipment and solutions company). In the early part of this decade, Mr. Berg served as Senior Vice President and board member for Comdial Corporation, a telecommunications manufacturer, franchisor and distributor. He also served as President and Chief Operating Officer for iPool.com. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Berg was Senior Vice President for Nordic Track, Inc. Mr. Berg started his career with Bell South Corporation where for eight years he was their Corporate Attorney. Mr. Berg graduated from Emory University in 1983 with a degree in Economics and received his JD, with Honors, from the University of Florida College of Law in 1986.

           Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr. became our Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary in September 2007. From January 2005 to September 2007, Mr. Stubenhofer was a Partner at McGuireWoods, LLP, a large international law firm, and represented various companies in complex commercial litigation matters. While at McGuireWoods, LLP, Mr. Stubenhofer served as Co-Chair of the firm's Franchise and Distribution practice group. Prior to January 2005, Mr. Stubenhofer was an Associate at McGuireWoods, LLP. From June 1997 to November 1999, Mr. Stubenhofer served as our Assistant General Counsel.

           Thomas Dowd became Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development in May 2007 (retroactive to April 2007), having served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Retail Operations of General Nutrition Corporation since December 2005 and as Senior Vice President of Stores since March 2003. From March 2001 until March 2003, Mr. Dowd was President

100


Table of Contents


of Healthlabs, LLC, an unaffiliated contract supplement manufacturing and product consulting company. Mr. Dowd was Senior Vice President of Retail Sales from May 2000 until March 2001, and Division Three Vice President of General Nutrition Corporation from December 1998 to May 2000.

           Michael Locke became our Senior Vice President of Manufacturing in June 2003. From January 2000 until June 2003, Mr. Locke served as the head of North American Manufacturing Operations for Numico, the former parent company of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. From 1994 until 1999, he served as Senior Vice President of Manufacturing of Nutra Manufacturing, Inc. (f/k/a General Nutrition Products, Inc. and former subsidiary General Nutrition Companies, Inc.), and from 1991 until 1993, he served as Vice President of Distribution. From 1986 until 1991, Mr. Locke served as Director of Distribution of General Nutrition Distribution Company, our indirect subsidiary.

           Guru Ramanathan Ph.D., became our Senior Vice President of Product and Package Innovation in February 2008, having previously served as Senior Vice President of Scientific Affairs since April 2007 and Vice President of Scientific Affairs since December 2003. Dr. Ramanathan began his employment as Medical Director of General Nutrition Corporation in April 1998. Between August 2000 and December 2003, he also provided scientific and clinical trials oversight for the North American subsidiaries of Royal Numico, the former parent company of General Nutrition Corporation. Prior to joining General Nutrition Corporation, Dr. Ramanathan worked as Medical Director and Secretary for the Efamol subsidiary of Scotia Pharmaceuticals in Boston. Between 1984 and 1998, in his capacity as a pediatric dentist and dental surgeon, Dr. Ramanathan held various industry consulting and management roles, as well as clinical, research and teaching appointments in Madras, India, and Tufts University and New England Medical Center in Boston, Massachusetts.

           Norman Axelrod became Chairman of our board of directors in March 2007 upon consummation of the Merger. Mr. Axelrod was Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of Linens 'n Things, Inc., a retailer of home textiles, housewares and decorative home accessories, until its acquisition in February 2006. Mr. Axelrod joined Linens 'n Things as Chief Executive Officer in 1988 and was elected to the additional position of Chairman of the Board in 1997. From 1976 to 1988, Mr. Axelrod held various management positions at Bloomingdale's, ending with Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager. Mr. Axelrod is the Chairman of the Boards of Directors of National Bedding Company LLC and Simmons Company and also serves on the Boards of Directors of Maidenform Brands, Inc., FDO Holdings, Inc., the indirect parent of Floor and Decor Outlets of America, Inc., and Jaclyn, Inc. Since 2007, Mr. Axelrod, through his consulting entity, NAX 18, LLC, has provided consulting services to certain entities related to Ares Management LLC ("Ares Management"), an alternative asset management investment firm. Mr. Axelrod earned a BS in Management and Marketing from Lehigh University and an MBA from New York University. Mr. Axelrod's experience on the board of directors of a variety of companies, in addition to his tenure as Chief Executive Officer of Linens 'n Things, Inc., demonstrate his leadership capability and extensive knowledge of complex operational and management issues, and led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director on our board.

           Andrew Claerhout became one of our directors in July 2009. Mr. Claerhout is currently a Vice President of Teachers' Private Capital ("TPC"), the private equity arm of OTPP. Mr. Claerhout joined TPC in 2005 from EdgeStone Capital Partners. Previously, Mr. Claerhout worked at Pacific Equity Partners in Australia and Bain & Company in Canada and in Hong Kong. Mr. Claerhout has been involved in a number of private equity transactions across various industries while at TPC. Mr. Claerhout currently sits on the board of AOT Bedding (Serta), Easton-Bell Sports, Exal, Munchkin and Simmons Bedding Company. Mr. Claerhout received an HBA degree from the Richard Ivey School of Business at the University of Western Ontario and has completed the Stanford Executive Program at the Graduate School of Business, Stanford University. Mr. Claerhout's years of experience in mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance, and the retail

101


Table of Contents


and consumer products industries led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director on our board.

           Carmen Fortino became one of our directors in July 2007. Mr. Fortino has been Chief Executive Officer of Seroyal International Inc., a natural pharmaceutical company based in Richmond Hill, Ontario, since May 2007 and also serves on its board of directors. Prior to December 31, 2010, he served as Managing Director and a member of the board of directors of Lifelong Nutrition, Inc. From 2003 to January 2007, Mr. Fortino held the positions of Executive Vice President-Ontario Region, and Officer for Loblaw Companies Ltd., a Canadian food retailer. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Fortino was Executive Vice President of Zehrmart Limited in Cambridge, Ontario. Prior to 2000, Mr. Fortino held several management positions for Loblaw Companies Ltd., including Senior Vice President — Supply Chain & Logistics. Mr. Fortino's extensive experience in the retail and health and wellness related industries and his understanding of our business led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director on our board.

           Michael F. Hines became one of our directors in November 2009. Mr. Hines was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dick's Sporting Goods, Inc., a sporting goods retailer, from 1995 to March 2007. From 1990 to 1995, he held management positions with Staples, Inc., most recently as Vice President, Finance. Earlier, he spent 12 years in public accounting, the last eight years with the accounting firm Deloitte & Touche, LLP in Boston. Since 2007, Mr. Hines has served on the Board of TJX Companies. Previously he served on the Board of Yankee Candle, Inc. from 2003 to 2007, when the company went private. Mr. Hines's experience as a financial executive and certified public accountant, coupled with his extensive knowledge of financial reporting rules and regulations, evaluating financial results and generally overseeing the financial reporting process of a large retailer, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director on our board.

           David B. Kaplan became one of our directors in February 2007 in connection with the Merger. Mr. Kaplan is a founding member and Senior Partner of Ares Management where he serves on the Executive Committee and co-heads the Ares Private Equity Group. Mr. Kaplan joined Ares Management from Shelter Capital Partners, LLC, where he was a Senior Principal from June 2000 to April 2003. From 1991 through 2000, Mr. Kaplan was affiliated with, and a Senior Partner of, Apollo Management, L.P. and its affiliates, during which time he completed multiple private equity investments from origination through exit. Prior to Apollo Management, L.P., Mr. Kaplan was a member of the Investment Banking Department at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corp. Mr. Kaplan currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of FDO Holdings, Inc., the indirect parent of Floor and Decor Outlets of America, Inc., and as a member of the Boards of Directors of Stream Global Services, Inc. and Orchard Supply Hardware Corporation. Mr. Kaplan's previous public company Board of Directors experience includes Maidenform Brands, where he served as the company's Chairman, Dominick's Supermarkets, Inc. and Allied Waste Industries Inc. Mr. Kaplan also serves on the Board of Governors of Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, is a Trustee of the Center for Early Education, is a Trustee of Marlborough School and serves on the Los Angeles Advisory Council to the University of Michigan. Mr. Kaplan graduated with High Distinction, Beta Gamma Sigma, from the University of Michigan, School of Business Administration with a B.B.A. concentrating in Finance. Mr. Kaplan has over 20 years of experience managing investments in, and serving on the boards of directors of, companies operating in various industries, including in the retail and consumer products industries, which led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director on our board.

           Brian Klos became one of our directors in June 2010. Mr. Klos is a Principal in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management. Mr. Klos joined Ares Management in 2006 from J.P. Morgan, a global financial services firm, where he was a member of the General Industries West group participating in the execution of mergers, acquisitions and debt financings spanning various industries. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Klos was a member of the Mergers and Acquisitions group at

102


Table of Contents


J.P. Morgan. Mr. Klos earned a BS, graduating magna cum laude, from Boston College, Carroll School of Management majoring in Finance and Accounting. Mr. Klos's years of experience managing and evaluating investments in companies operating in various industries, including in the retail and consumer products industries, and his in-depth understanding of our business, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director on our board.

           Romeo Leemrijse became one of our directors in May 2009. Mr. Leemrijse is currently a Director of TPC. Prior to joining TPC in 2006, Mr. Leemrijse was a Principal at EdgeStone Capital Partners, a Canadian private equity firm. Mr. Leemrijse was involved in a number of private equity investments across a variety of industries. Prior to joining EdgeStone Capital Partners in 2001, Mr. Leemrijse was a Senior Analyst with Dominion Bond Rating Service and spent six years at CIBC World Markets in their investment banking division where he worked on a number of advisory and equity and debt financings. Mr. Leemrijse currently sits on the board of directors of National Bedding (Serta) and Simmons Bedding Company. Mr. Leemrijse received a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the Richard Haskayne School of Business at the University of Calgary and is a CFA charterholder. Mr. Leemrijse's extensive experience in mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance, and the retail and consumer products industries led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director on our board.

           Richard J. Wallace became one of our directors in July 2010. Mr. Wallace served as a Senior Vice President for Research and Development at GlaxoSmithKline ("GSK"), a global pharmaceutical company, from 2004 to his retirement in 2008. Prior to that, he served in various executive capacities for GSK and its predecessor companies and their subsidiaries from 1992 to 2004. Mr. Wallace's experience prior to joining GSK included eight years with Bristol-Myers Squibb Company and seven years at Johnson & Johnson (in assignments spanning marketing, sales, manufacturing and general management). Mr. Wallace is also a director of Clinical Data, Inc. and ImmunoGen, Inc. Mr. Wallace's years of experience at several large pharmaceutical and consumer products companies and his significant corporate governance experience through his service on the boards of other companies led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director on our board.

          In addition to the information presented above regarding each director's specific experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills, we believe that all of our directors have a reputation for integrity and adherence to high ethical standards. Each of our directors has demonstrated business acumen and an ability to exercise sound judgment, as well as a commitment of service to us and our board. Finally, we value our directors' experience on other company boards and board committees.

          Our board of directors elects our executive officers, and each officer holds his or her office until such officer's successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer's earlier death, resignation or removal.

Board of Directors

          As of January 1, 2011, our board of directors was composed of ten directors. Each director serves for annual terms or until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Through a voting agreement within the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, each of our Sponsors has the right to designate four members of our board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates and co-investors each own at least 10% of our outstanding common stock. The voting agreement also provides for election of our then-current chief executive officer to our board of directors. The maximum size of our board of directors is eleven members, the exact number of which will be set from time to time by our board of directors.

103


Table of Contents

          Under the New Stockholders Agreement to be entered into among the Sponsors and us, effective upon completion of this offering, the Sponsors will have the right to nominate to our board of directors, subject to their election by our stockholders, for so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, the greater of up to nine directors and the number of directors comprising a majority of our board and, subject to certain exceptions, for so long as the Sponsors collectively own 50% or less of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, that number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number or, if such rounding would cause the Sponsors to have the right to elect a majority of our board of directors, rounded to the nearest whole number) that is the same percentage of the total number of directors comprising our board as the collective percentage of common stock owned by the Sponsors. Under the New Stockholders Agreement, each Sponsor will also agree to vote in favor of the other Sponsor's nominees.

          Upon the completion of this offering, we will be deemed a "controlled company" under the NYSE rules, and we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, the "controlled company" exemption to the board of directors and committee composition requirements under the NYSE rules. Pursuant to this exception, we will be exempt from the requirements that (1) our board of directors be comprised of a majority of independent directors, (2) we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors, (3) our compensation committee be comprised solely of independent directors, and (4) we conduct an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee. The "controlled company" exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE rules, which require that our audit committee be composed of three independent directors within one year from the date of this prospectus.

          If at any time we cease to be a "controlled company" under the NYSE rules, the board of directors will take all action necessary to comply with such rules, including appointing a majority of independent directors to the board and establishing certain committees composed entirely of independent directors.

          Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will serve for a staggered, three-year term. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be elected for three-year terms, subject to the Sponsors' board designation rights, at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. The classes are composed as follows:

          Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

104


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

          Upon consummation of this offering, the audit committee of our board of directors will consist of                          ,                           and                           (the "Audit Committee"). The board of directors has determined that Mr.                           qualifies as an Audit Committee financial expert as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K and has the attributes set forth in such section. Mr.                           is independent as independence is defined under the applicable section of the NYSE rules. Within three months of the consummation of this offering, the Audit Committee will be comprised of Mr.                           , Mr.                           and one additional independent director designated by the Sponsors. Within one year of the closing of this offering, we plan to nominate one additional independent director to replace Mr.                           on the Audit Committee so that our Audit Committee will be comprised of three independent members, all of whom will be financially literate.

          The principal duties and responsibilities of our Audit Committee are as follows:

          The Audit Committee will have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties. It will also have the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

          Upon consummation of this offering, the compensation committee of our board of directors (the "Compensation Committee") will consist of                          ,                           and                           .

          The principal duties and responsibilities of our Compensation Committee are as follows:

          Upon consummation of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will consist of                           ,                           and                           .

105


Table of Contents

Board Structure

          Our board of directors has no policy with respect to the separation of the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. It is the board of directors' view that rather than having a rigid policy, the board of directors, with the advice and assistance of the nominating and corporate governance committee, and upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, will determine, as and when appropriate, whether the two offices should be separate.

          Currently, our leadership structure separates the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board with Mr. Fortunato serving as our Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Axelrod as Chairman of the Board. We believe this is appropriate as it provides Mr. Fortunato with the ability to focus on our day-to-day operations while Mr. Axelrod focuses on oversight of our board of directors.

Risk Oversight

          Our board of directors plays an active role in overseeing management of our risks. Our board of directors regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will be responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. Effective upon consummation of this offering, our audit committee will oversee management of financial risks. Effective upon the listing of our Class A common stock on the NYSE, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for managing risks associated with the independence of the board of directors. While each committee will be responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our full board of directors plans to keep itself regularly informed regarding such risks through committee reports and otherwise.

Policy Regarding Restatements

          We do not currently have a formal policy requiring a fixed course of action with respect to compensation adjustments following later restatements of financial results. Under those circumstances, our board of directors or compensation committee would evaluate whether compensation adjustments are appropriate based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the restatement.

Code of Ethics

          Centers has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to its directors, executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, and senior financial officers. In addition, Centers has adopted a Code of Ethical Business Conduct for all employees. Centers's Code of Ethics is posted on our website at GNC.com on the Corporate Governance page of the Investor Relations section of the website. Prior to completion of this offering, we will adopt a Code of Ethics substantially similar to the Code of Ethics adopted by Centers and will post such Code of Ethics on our website. The information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.

          Although we have not adopted formal procedures for the review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons, our Board reviews potential transactions with those parties we have identified as related parties prior to the consummation of the transaction, and we adhere to the general policy that such transactions should only be entered into if they are approved by our Board, in accordance with applicable law, and on terms that, on the whole, are no more or less favorable than those available from unaffiliated third parties.

106


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          This section discusses the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers. These individuals are referred to collectively as the "Named Executive Officers".

          Our executive compensation programs are determined and approved by our Compensation Committee. None of the Named Executive Officers are members of the Compensation Committee or otherwise had any role in determining the compensation of other Named Executive Officers, although the Compensation Committee does consider the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer in setting compensation levels for certain of our executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer.

          For 2010, our Named Executive Officers were:

Name
  Title

Joseph Fortunato

  Chief Executive Officer

Michael M. Nuzzo

  Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

Beth J. Kaplan

  President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer

David P. Berg

  Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, Global Business Development

Thomas Dowd

  Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

          Our compensation structure and policies for our executive officers are subject to review and approval by the Compensation Committee. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis reflects our compensation structure and policies currently in effect.

          Generally, the Compensation Committee is empowered to review and approve on an annual basis:

In addition, the Compensation Committee has the authority to review our incentive compensation plans, recommend changes to such plans to our board of directors as needed and exercise all the authority of our board of directors with respect to the administration of such plans.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

          The primary objective of our compensation program is to attract and retain qualified employees who are enthusiastic about our mission and culture. A further objective of our compensation program is to provide incentives and to reward each employee for his or her contribution to us. In addition, we strive to promote an ownership mentality among our key leaders and directors. Finally, we intend for our compensation structure to be perceived as fair to our

107


Table of Contents


employees, stockholders and noteholders. The foregoing objectives are applicable to the compensation of our Named Executive Officers.

          Our compensation program is designed to reward the Named Executive Officers for their individual contributions, incentivize them for future performance and recognize our positive growth and financial performance. The Compensation Committee considers numerous factors when setting executive compensation, including the Named Executive Officers' experience in conjunction with the level and complexity of their respective positions. Our management, principally our Chief Executive Officer, provides recommendations to the Compensation Committee regarding the compensation program and structure generally and all aspects of executive compensation; however, the Compensation Committee does not delegate any of its functions to others in setting compensation. Our Chief Executive Officer does not provide recommendations with respect to his own compensation. We do not generally engage any consultants related to executive or director compensation matters; however, in December 2008 our Compensation Committee reviewed a comparative analysis of our top nine executives' total compensation packages prepared by the Hay Consulting Group to determine whether the compensation packages of our top nine executives were at market levels. Although our Compensation Committee reviewed this report, which generally indicated that our top nine executives receive market compensation, the Compensation Committee did not rely on this report or use it for benchmarking purposes in determining the current or future compensation of our Named Executive Officers. Our Compensation Committee does, however, regularly refer to surveys and other compensation data relating to executive compensation, as described more fully below.

Elements of Our Executive Compensation

          Annual compensation for our Named Executive Officers is provided under employment agreements. We have employment agreements with all of our Named Executive Officers.

          Generally, annual compensation for our Named Executive Officers consists of the following components:

108


Table of Contents

          See "— Employment Agreements with our Named Executive Officers" and "— Potential Termination or Change-in-Control Payments" for a discussion of the severance payments and benefits our Named Executive Officers may be entitled to receive upon a termination of employment.

          We believe that a competitive executive compensation program is needed in order both to attract and retain qualified executive officers.

Stock Awards

          All of our employees, and the employees of our direct and indirect subsidiaries and other affiliates, including our Named Executive Officers, are eligible for awards of stock options, restricted stock, and/or other stock-based awards under the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2007 Stock Plan"), which are intended to recognize and incentivize performance. We believe that through a broad-based plan the economic interests of our employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are more closely aligned to the interests of our stockholders.

          Under the terms of the 2007 Stock Plan, our Compensation Committee is responsible for administering the 2007 Stock Plan and making any award determinations. The Compensation Committee does not delegate any function of the stock option grants. The Compensation

109


Table of Contents


Committee intends for stock option grants generally to be considered on an annual basis, except for new hires, promotions, and special performance recognition. Awards are generally granted only after the release of material information, such as quarterly or annual earnings, or at other times if the circumstances of the grant are evidenced and no action is taken with respect to the date of the grant that would constitute, or create the appearance of, a manipulation of the award exercise price.

          The Compensation Committee sets the exercise price per share for stock option grants at an amount greater than or equal to the fair market value per share of our Class A common stock on the applicable grant date. However, our Class A common stock has not been publicly traded. Our Compensation Committee has used a valuation methodology in which the fair market value of the Class A common stock is based on our business enterprise value and, in situations deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee, discounted to reflect the lack of marketability associated with the Class A common stock.

          The maximum number of shares of stock that may be granted under the 2007 Stock Plan was established in February 2008 and is 10,419,178 shares. All options granted expire 10 years after the date of grant. Upon the occurrence of a change in control (defined as any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of our assets, certain consolidations, mergers and plans of share exchange involving us and certain liquidations or dissolutions of us), all outstanding stock awards may, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, become fully vested and exercisable, be cashed out and cancelled in exchange for an amount equal to the transaction consideration less any applicable exercise price, or be exchanged for equivalent awards based on the surviving corporation's shares. This offering will not constitute a change in control for purposes of the 2007 Stock Plan.

          If an option holder ceases to be employed by us for any reason, his or her non-vested stock options and other non-vested awards under the 2007 Stock Plan will terminate immediately. If an option holder dies while employed by us or any of our subsidiaries or is terminated due to disability without having fully exercised vested stock options, the option holder, or in the case of the option holder's death, the executors or administrators, or legatees or heirs, of the option holder's estate, shall have the right to exercise the stock options to the extent that such option holder was entitled to exercise the stock options on the date of his or her death for one year after the date of the option holder's termination. Upon an option holder's termination of employment by us without cause or by the option holder voluntarily, the option holder will have the right to exercise the stock options to the extent that such option holder was entitled to exercise the stock options on the date of his or her termination for 90 days and 60 days, respectively, after such date.

Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Plan

          Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt, subject to stockholder approval, the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock and Incentive Plan (the "Amended Plan"), which will be an amendment and restatement of the 2007 Stock Plan. The Amended Plan will be effective upon completion of this offering and will enable us to offer certain key employees, consultants and non-employee directors a broader range of long-term incentive awards. The purpose of the Amended Plan is to enhance our profitability and value for the benefit of stockholders by enabling us to offer equity-based incentives in order to attract, retain and reward such individuals, while strengthening the mutuality of interests between those individuals and our stockholders.

          Our Compensation Committee will administer the Amended Plan and select the individuals who are eligible to participate in the Amended Plan. The Amended Plan permits us to grant stock options (non-qualified and incentive stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares and other stock-based awards (including, without limitation, restricted stock

110


Table of Contents


units and deferred stock units), which in each case may be subject to the attainment of performance goals, to the extent determined by the Compensation Committee, and grants of performance-based incentive awards payable in cash, to certain key employees, consultants and non-employee directors, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

          Up to             shares of our Class A common stock may be issued under the Amended Plan (subject to adjustment to reflect certain transactions and events specified in the Amended Plan). If any award granted under the Amended Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled without having been exercised in full, the number of shares underlying such unexercised award will again become available for awards under the Amended Plan.

          The Compensation Committee will have discretion to delegate all or a portion of its authority under the Amended Plan, and the Compensation Committee will also determine the terms and conditions of the awards at the time of grant in accordance with the terms of the Amended Plan.

          The Amended Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(1), pursuant to which the deduction limits under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply during the applicable reliance period. In general, the reliance period ends upon the earliest of: (i) the expiration of the Amended Plan (i.e., 10 years after the date the Amended Plan is approved by stockholders); (ii) the material modification of the Amended Plan; (iii) the issuance of all available stock under the Amended Plan; or (iv) the first stockholder meeting at which directors are to be elected that occurs after December 31, 2013. The Compensation Committee intends to utilize performance-based compensation programs that meet the deductibility requirements under Section 162(m). However, the Compensation Committee may approve compensation that may not be deductible if the Committee determines that such compensation is in our best interests which may include, for example, the payment of certain non-deductible compensation necessary in order to attract and retain individuals with superior talent.

How We Chose Amounts and/or Formulas for Each Element

          Base Salary.     The Compensation Committee intends to set the base salary for our Named Executive Officers at a level to attract and retain a strong motivated leadership team, but not so high that it creates a negative perception with our employees generally, stockholders or holders of our debt. Each Named Executive Officer's current and prior compensation is considered in setting future compensation. In addition, we review the compensation practices of other companies. Base salary amounts are determined by complexity and level of position as well as market comparisons.

          Each year, we perform a market analysis with respect to the compensation of all of our Named Executive Officers. Although we do not use compensation consultants, we participate in various surveys and use the survey data for market comparisons. Currently, we use surveys with both base salary and other short-term compensation data, including incentive compensation and fringe benefits, that are available from Mercer Human Resource Consulting LLC, Western Management Group and Watson Wyatt Worldwide in the specialty retail and non-durable manufacturing categories. In addition to focusing our analysis on the specific executive positions, we break down the survey information based on corporate and/or average store revenue and geographic location of comparable companies to ensure that we are using valid comparisons. We also use internal value comparisons; however, we do not have any specific point system or rating structure for internal values.

          We have not historically used, and do not currently intend to use, the information in the surveys for benchmarking purposes or in our process for setting compensation. Rather, the Compensation Committee sets compensation levels and then uses the information in the surveys to confirm and demonstrate to management that the compensation being paid by us is consistent with market levels.

111


Table of Contents

          Effective January 1, 2011, the Compensation Committee granted merit-based increases to the annual base salaries of each of our Named Executive Officers based upon their performance for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase for each Named Executive Officer was 3.0% as a percentage of his or her previous annual base salary. The annual base salaries of Mr. Fortunato, Mr. Nuzzo, Ms. Kaplan, Mr. Dowd and Mr. Berg were increased to $912,580, $421,682, $737,480, $360,500 and $463,500, respectively.

          In awarding a uniform increase to the Named Executive Officers, the Compensation Committee recognized the joint contributions of each of the Named Executive Officers and their respective teams to our overall financial performance. In determining salary adjustments for executive officers, where appropriate, the Compensation Committee has historically considered, and may in the future consider, non-financial performance measures such as efficiency improvements and the enhancement of relations with our customers, vendors and employees, after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience.

          Annual Incentive Compensation.     Our Named Executive Officers are entitled to annual performance bonuses pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements. The annual performance bonus for each Named Executive Officer has target and maximum bonus amounts expressed as a percentage of his or her annual base salary. The respective percentages are determined by position and level of responsibility and are stated in the annual incentive plan adopted by the Compensation Committee. The employment agreements of our Chief Executive Officer and President provide that their targets will not be less than 75% of their respective base salaries with a maximum of 125% of their respective base salaries. The target and/or maximum amounts may be increased for any Named Executive Officer by the terms of an employment agreement entered into after the adoption of an annual incentive plan.

          The following table sets forth the target and maximum bonus amounts for each level of executive officer with respect to the 2010 incentive plan adopted in February 2010 (the "2010 Incentive Plan"), the 2009 incentive plan adopted in February 2009 (the "2009 Incentive Plan"), and the 2008 incentive plan adopted in February 2008 (the "2008 Incentive Plan"):

 
  2010 Incentive Plan   2009 Incentive Plan   2008 Incentive Plan  
Level
 
Target
Amount
 
Maximum
Amount
 
Target
Amount
 
Maximum
Amount
 
Target
Amount
 
Maximum
Amount
 

CEO

    75 %   125 %   75 %   125 %   75 %   125 %

President

    75 %   125 %   75 %   125 %   75 %   125 %

Executive Vice President

    45 %   100 %   45 %   100 %   45 %   100 %

Senior Vice President

    40 %   75 %   40 %   75 %   40 %   75 %

          Each annual incentive plan establishes thresholds, expressed as a percentage of the target amount or the maximum amount, based on the achievement of certain financial performance goals. The target bonus is designed to provide Named Executive Officers with a normal target bonus if we perform to expectation. The threshold bonus is designed to provide Named Executive Officers with some bonus opportunity, but less than the target opportunity if we do not achieve our expected budgeted performance. If we exceed our budgeted performance, Named Executive Officers will be paid a maximum bonus in excess of the target in order to reward them for our outstanding performance. For 2008, 2009 and 2010, the goal was based on budgeted EBITDA subject to certain adjustments for non-recurring items as determined by our board of directors. In 2008, such adjustments included the exclusion of executive recruiting fee expenses, consulting expenses and a vendor receivable write-off. In 2009 and 2010 there were no adjustments. In 2008, 2009 and 2010, we achieved 102.2%, 104.6% and 104.5%, respectively, of budgeted EBITDA.

112


Table of Contents

          The following table sets forth the thresholds and related goals with respect to the 2008 Incentive Plan, the 2009 Incentive Plan and the 2010 Incentive Plan:

 
  2010 Incentive Plan   2009 Incentive Plan   2008 Incentive Plan  
Thresholds
 
Budgeted EBITDA
 
Budgeted EBITDA
 
Budgeted EBITDA
 

First threshold — 33.0% of target

    91.5 %   95.0 %   95.0 %

Second threshold — 66.0% of target

            97.0 %

Target

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Maximum

    103.9 %   106.5 %   108.0 %

          As in 2008, for the 2009 Incentive Plan, the payment amount for each plan participant, including our Named Executive Officers, was pro rated for budgeted EBITDA achieved between the Target and Maximum levels.

          Based on our financial performance in 2010, we achieved the maximum EBITDA threshold set forth in the 2010 Incentive Plan. As a result, in February 2011, each of our executive officers participating in the 2010 Incentive Plan, including each of our Named Executive Officers, was paid the maximum annual incentive compensation under the 2010 Incentive Plan.

          The annual incentive plan for 2011 performance (the "2011 Incentive Plan") was adopted by the Compensation Committee on February 3, 2011. The 2011 Incentive Plan provides for the same target and maximum bonus amounts for the Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents as the 2010 Incentive Plan. In addition, the 2011 Incentive Plan's targets are based on budgeted EBITDA, subject to certain adjustments for non-recurring items as determined by our board of directors. The thresholds and related goals with respect to the 2011 Incentive Plan are as follows:

 
  2011 Incentive Plan  
Thresholds
 
Budgeted EBITDA
 

First threshold — 33% of target

    94.6 %

Second threshold — 66% of target

     

Target

    100 %

Maximum

    103.7 %

          We do not disclose our internal budget for results of operations, including budgeted EBITDA (as determined by our board of directors). This amount constitutes confidential financial information, and we believe that disclosure of this amount, whether with respect to historical periods or future periods, would cause us competitive harm by disclosing to competitors a key element of our internal projections.

          The Compensation Committee sets the EBITDA target at a level it believes is both challenging and achievable. By establishing a target that is challenging, the Compensation Committee believes that performance of our employees, and therefore our performance, is maximized. By setting a target that is also achievable, the Compensation Committee believes that employees remain motivated to perform at the high level required to achieve the target. While we have experienced success in meeting the established EBITDA targets, the Compensation Committee may determine in a particular year that, based upon factors other than financial performance, the awarding of full or partial bonuses is appropriate. The Compensation Committee believes that achieving 100% or more of budgeted EBITDA established in the 2011 Incentive Plan, while possible to achieve for our Named Executive Officers, will present a significant challenge.

113


Table of Contents

          The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, amend the foregoing levels on an individual basis if it determines that competitive considerations and/or circumstances require us to make exceptions to the foregoing levels to retain qualified executives.

          Generally, an annual performance bonus is payable only if the Named Executive Officer is employed by us on the date payment is made.

          Stock Options.     We believe that equity-based awards are an important factor in aligning the long-term financial interest of our Named Executive Officers and stockholders. The Compensation Committee continually evaluates the use of equity-based awards and intends to continue to use such awards in the future as part of designing and administering our compensation program. See "— Stock Awards" above for more information regarding our stock option grants.

          We follow a practice of granting equity incentives in the form of stock options in order to grant awards that contain both substantial incentive and retention characteristics. These awards are designed to provide emphasis on providing significant incentives for continuing growth in stockholder value. Historically, stock options have generally been granted to qualifying new employees on the commencement of their employment and to existing employees following a significant change in job responsibilities or to recognize special performance. The Compensation Committee has granted options in such amounts as it believes are commensurate with each Named Executive Officer's position and responsibilities and sufficient to align the long-term financial interests of our Named Executive Officers with our stockholders. Once we become a public company, we may revise our practices with respect to granting stock options, including implementing a plan or policy to provide for grants of stock options to qualifying employees on an annual basis. Stock options generally are subject to vesting in equal annual installments on the first five anniversaries of the date of grant and have a term of ten years. However, stock options granted to our Chief Executive Officer and President are subject to vesting in equal annual installments on the first four anniversaries of the date of grant and have a term of ten years. Also, in connection with the commencement of his employment, Mr. Berg was granted certain options to purchase (i) 37,250 shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the 2007 Stock Plan, and (ii) 12,750 shares of our Series A preferred stock on terms consistent with the 2007 Stock Plan, which vest upon the first and second anniversaries of the commencement of his employment and have exercise periods of seven days. See "— Employment Agreements with our Named Executive Officers — Other Named Executive Officers" below for more information regarding the stock options granted in connection with the commencement of Mr. Berg's employment.

          The Compensation Committee determines stock option grant awards in accordance with the Named Executive Officer's performance and level of position. Our management hierarchy is as follows: Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, and Vice President. All stock option grants to executive officers are determined by the Compensation Committee. Since January 2008, we have consistently applied the following ranges of stock option grants for individuals at the various levels:

          Chief Executive Officer: 1,000,000 shares (minimum level)

          President: 750,000 shares (minimum level)

          Executive Vice President: 300,000 to 350,000 shares

          Senior Vice President: 70,000 to 135,000 shares

          Vice President: 20,000 to 30,000 shares

Within a given range, the size of the stock option award is determined based on the executive officer's duties and our interest in attracting, retaining and providing significant incentives for the executive officer.

114


Table of Contents

          We seek to provide employees, including all executive officers, with overall compensation and incentive packages that are commensurate with their respective functions and levels of seniority, and that are competitive within the retail industry. The Compensation Committee has determined that the foregoing grant levels are appropriate within the overall compensation and incentive package applicable to the various officer positions.

          As the Chief Executive Officer and President are unique offices, each filled by a single individual, the Compensation Committee has established minimum stock grant levels. This enables the Compensation Committee to craft a total compensation package necessary to attract and retain individuals in these positions. All of our other officer level positions have multiple individuals who share the same title and level.

          When considering Mr. Berg's promotion to Chief Operating Officer, the Compensation Committee determined to grant him options in excess of our other Executive Vice Presidents but in a manner consistent with the practices described above. Mr. Berg's incentive package was designed to be commensurate with the responsibilities and level of seniority accompanying his new position.

          Stock option grant awards made at the time of the Merger were based, in part, on the length of service and performance of the Named Executive Officer through the date of the Merger. Following the Merger, stock option grant awards have been made at or about the time that a Named Executive Officer began service with GNC or was promoted. Since a Named Executive Officer generally has little or no record of service prior to receiving stock option grant awards, elements of individual performance are not taken into account when making such stock option grant awards. To the extent that the Compensation Committee or our board of directors determines, at a future date, that it is appropriate to grant stock option awards to executive officers based on performance, the Compensation Committee or board of directors, as applicable, will establish standards for making such awards at that time.

          Benefits and Perquisites.     We provide a fringe benefit package for our Named Executive Officers. Generally, our Named Executive Officers are entitled to participate in, and to receive benefits under, any benefit plans, arrangements, or policies available to employees generally or to our executive officers generally. The fringe benefits for our Chief Executive Officer and President were negotiated in connection with their respective employment agreements and in some respects were set at higher levels as a matter of policy based on their respective positions. The basic fringe benefits package for our Named Executive Officers who are senior vice presidents generally consists of the following items:

115


Table of Contents

          Named Executive Officers at the executive vice president level and above receive additional fringe benefits, which generally consist of some of the allowances listed, but at higher amounts (car allowance of $11,500 and, if applicable, a Pittsburgh parking lease with a $3,300 value). In addition to the basic package, we have Named Executive Officers who have historically received some of these allowances in greater amounts and have been grandfathered at those levels even though the current basic package is set at lower amounts. As a result, Messrs. Fortunato and Dowd receive a supplemental medical allowance benefit in the amount of approximately $6,000 per year. In addition, Mr. Dowd received a car allowance in a greater amount than other executive officers of the same level of position on a grandfathered basis. Although Messrs. Dowd, Nuzzo and Berg are Executive Vice Presidents, Mr. Dowd received a car allowance of $11,500, whereas Messrs. Nuzzo and Berg received a car allowance of $6,500.

          In addition to the fringe benefits set forth above, the fringe benefits package for our Chief Executive Officer also consists of an allowance for country club dues and expenses incurred for business reasons in an annual amount equal to $15,000, plus an allowance for membership fees of an annual amount equal to $10,000 for a business club; and first class air travel for all business trips. The fringe benefits package for our Chief Operating Officer included reimbursement for up to $3,500 per month for certain temporary housing and travel expenses during the first year of his employment. In lieu of the individual allowances set forth above for our Named Executive Officers, our President receives $50,000 of additional fringe benefits to cover professional assistance, supplemental retirement, financial planning and automotive expenses, as well as reimbursement for housing and travel expenses.

          Under certain circumstances, management may recommend and the Compensation Committee may approve more limited benefits or additional benefits, such as relocation expenses for new executives. Benefits and perquisites may be limited or expanded based on the needs of an executive officer or the circumstances of such executive officer's employment. For example, parking allowances are provided only to those executive officers whose places of employment require parking licenses, and housing allowances are provided only to our most senior executives, and only after each of management and the compensation committee has determined that such benefits are necessary to attract, retain or enhance the performance of the executive.

          While the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, revise, amend or add to Named Executive Officers' benefits if it deems it advisable, we have no current plans to change the levels of benefits currently provided to our Named Executive Officers. We annually review these fringe benefits and make adjustments as warranted based on competitive practices, our performance and the individual's responsibilities and performance. The Compensation Committee has approved these other benefits as a reasonable component of our executive compensation program. Please

116


Table of Contents


see the "All Other Compensation" column in the Summary Compensation Table for further information regarding these fringe benefits.

          We also maintain a 401(k) plan for eligible employees that permits each participant to make voluntary pre-tax contributions and provides that we may make matching contributions; however, none of our current Named Executive Officers are currently eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan.

          We maintain the GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Under the deferred compensation plan, certain eligible employees may elect to defer a portion of his or her future compensation under the plan by electing such deferral prior to the beginning of the calendar year during which the deferral amount would be earned. Mr. Dowd is the only Named Executive Officer who made contributions to the plan in 2010. Please see the Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Table for more information regarding the deferred compensation plan.

          Employment Agreements and Severance Compensation.     We have employment agreements with all of our Named Executive Officers. Please see "—  Employment Agreements with our Named Executive Officers" for more information regarding the employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers as in effect in 2010, and "— Potential Termination or Change-in-Control Payments" for more information regarding termination and payments made in connection with a change in control. We will continue to determine appropriate employment agreement and severance packages for our Named Executive Officers in a manner that we believe will attract and retain qualified executive officers.

          Call Agreements.     We have entered into a call agreement with each of our executive officers who acquired shares of our Class A common stock and Series A preferred stock in connection with the Merger, including Messrs. Fortunato and Dowd. Pursuant to the call agreements, the Company has an option, upon termination of the executive officer's employment, to repurchase all or a portion of the shares of Class A common stock and Series A preferred stock acquired by the executive officer in connection with the Merger within 180 days of the date of termination. If the executive officer is terminated for cause or resigns without good reason (as such terms are defined in the call agreements), the purchase price per share will be the lesser of the cost of the Class A common stock or Series A preferred stock, as applicable, and the fair market value on the date of termination. In all other cases, the purchase price per share will be the fair market value on the date of termination.

Chief Executive Officer Compensation

          Mr. Fortunato's annual compensation is weighted towards variable, performance-based compensation, with our financial performance as the primary determinant of value. For 2010, Mr. Fortunato's compensation consisted of:

117


Table of Contents

          During the first quarter of 2010, the Compensation Committee determined that, following the conclusion of fiscal year 2010, it would evaluate Mr. Fortunato's performance for fiscal year 2010 and determine whether any discretionary bonus was warranted. On February 3, 2011, the Compensation Committee awarded Mr. Fortunato a discretionary bonus of $100,000 based on his contributions to our financial performance.

          In addition, effective January 1, 2011, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Fortunato a merit-based increase in his annual base salary to $912,580.

          See the Summary Compensation Table for more information regarding Mr. Fortunato's compensation.

Accounting and Tax Considerations

          As a general matter, the Compensation Committee reviews and considers the various tax and accounting implications of compensation vehicles we utilize.

          Our stock option grant policies have been impacted by the implementation of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 ("FASB ASC 718") (formerly known as FAS 123R), which it adopted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. Under this accounting pronouncement, we are required to value unvested stock options granted prior to our adoption of FASB ASC 718 under the fair value method and expense those amounts in our income statement over the stock option's remaining vesting period.

          Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows public companies a tax deduction for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to their chief executive officers and the four other most highly compensated executive officers unless certain performance and other requirements are met. Our intent generally is to design and administer executive compensation programs in a manner that will preserve the deductibility of compensation paid to our executive officers, and we believe that a substantial portion of our current executive compensation program (including the stock options and other awards that may be granted to our Named Executive Officers as described above) satisfies the requirements for exemption from the $1,000,000 deduction limitation. However, we reserve the right to design programs that recognize a full range of performance criteria important to our success, even where the compensation paid under such programs may not be deductible. The Compensation Committee will continue to monitor the tax and other consequences of our executive compensation program as part of its primary objective of ensuring that compensation paid to our executive officers is reasonable, performance-based and consistent with the our goals and the goals of our stockholders.

118


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

          The following table sets forth information concerning compensation we paid to our Named Executive Officers, for services rendered in all capacities to us during the last three fiscal years. In accordance with SEC rules, the compensation described in this table does not include medical or group life insurance received by our Named Executive Officers that are available generally to all of our salaried employees.

Name and Principal Position
 
Year
 
Salary
($)
 
Bonus
($)(1)
 
Stock
Awards
($)
 
Option
Awards
($)(2)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
 
Change in
Pension
Value and
Non-qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(4)
 
All Other
Compensation
($)(5),(6)
 
Total
($)
 
Joseph Fortunato     2010     886,000     100,000             1,107,500         140,919 (7)   2,234,419  
  Chief Executive Officer     2009     860,000     100,000             948,580         72,576     1,981,156  
      2008     855,769     216,573             928,509         70,753     2,071,604  
                                                         
Michael M. Nuzzo     2010     409,943                 409,943         32,540     852,426  
  Executive Vice President     2009     400,000             553,442     335,200         125,321     1,413,963  
  and Chief Financial Officer     2008     98,462             462,250     80,542         14,992     656,246  
                                                         
Beth J. Kaplan     2010     716,000                 895,000         134,129     1,745,129  
  President and Chief     2009     696,154                 767,857         138,755     1,602,766  
  Merchandising and
Marketing Officer
    2008     675,000     250,000         1,822,120     732,375         119,770     3,599,265  
                                                         
David P. Berg(8)     2010     427,885             625,000     427,885         113,297     1,594,067  
  Chief Operating Officer and
Executive Vice President,
Global Business
Development
                                                       
                                                         
Thomas Dowd     2010     351,177                 351,177     50,690     51,677 (7)   804,721  
  Executive Vice President of     2009     330,154                 276,669         44,015     650,838  
  Store Operations and
Development
    2008     332,500     17,404             271,985         44,015     665,904  

(1)
Reflects the entire amount set forth under "Bonus" for our Named Executive Officers:

(a)
For 2008: (i) payments we made in September 2008 pursuant to the Merger agreement of additional consideration in lieu of income tax payments in respect of net operating losses created as a result of the Merger to each of Messrs. Fortunato and Dowd, based on the number of outstanding vested option shares held by Messrs. Fortunato and Dowd as of the Merger; (ii) a one-time discretionary bonus in respect of performance in 2008 in the following amounts: Mr. Fortunato — $90,000; and (iii) a one-time signing bonus to Ms. Kaplan of $250,000.

(b)
For 2009 and 2010: represents a discretionary bonus paid to Mr. Fortunato for meeting additional performance targets, including personnel initiatives as described in "Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Chief Executive Officer Compensation".

(2)
Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 which have been computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

On May 14, 2009, the Compensation Committee repriced the exercise price of (i) options to purchase 150,000 shares of Class A common stock granted to Mr. Nuzzo from $9.57 to $7.70 per share and (ii) options to purchase 150,000 shares of Class A common stock granted to Mr. Nuzzo from $14.35 to $11.55 per share. The incremental fair value of such stock options is reported in this column in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For more information, please see "Option Repricing" below.

For additional information, see Note 18, "Stock-Based Compensation Plans", to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. The amounts reflect the accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by such persons with respect to these awards.

(3)
Reflects, as applicable, annual incentive compensation paid in February 2009 with respect to performance in 2008 pursuant to the 2008 Incentive Plan, annual incentive compensation paid in February 2010 with respect to performance in 2009 pursuant to the 2009 Incentive Plan, and annual incentive compensation paid in February 2011 with respect to performance in 2010 pursuant to the 2010 Incentive Plan. Our results of operations for 2008 and 2009 exceeded the target goals for the target bonus payable for each applicable year, but were less than the maximum goal thresholds for the maximum bonus payable, to each 2008 Named Executive Officer under the 2008 Incentive Plan and each 2009 Named Executive Officer under the 2009 Incentive Plan, respectively. Our results of operations for 2010 exceeded 103.7% of our EBITDA target, which resulted in our Named Executive Officers earning the maximum bonus under

119


Table of Contents

    the 2010 Incentive Plan. See "Compensation Discussion and Analysis — How We Chose Amounts and/or Formulas for Each Element" for information about such incentive plans.

(4)
Represents the above-market or preferential portion of the change in value of the executive officer's account under our GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan. See "Non-qualified Deferred Compensation" under the Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Table for a description of our deferred compensation plan.

(5)
The components of all other compensation for our Named Executive Officers for each of the last three fiscal years are set forth in the following table:

Named Executive Officer
 
Year
 
Perquisites
($)
 
Imputed Value
for Life
Insurance
Premiums
($)
 
Total
($)
 

Joseph Fortunato

    2010     103,401     1,032     104,433  

    2009     71,562     1,014     72,576  

    2008     69,739     1,014     70,753  

Michael M. Nuzzo

   
2010
   
32,300
   
240
   
32,540
 

    2009     125,108     213     125,321  

    2008     14,992         14,992  

Beth J. Kaplan

   
2010
   
133,577
   
552
   
134,129
 

    2009     138,203     552     138,755  

    2008     119,374     396     119,770  

David P. Berg

   
2010
   
113,212
   
85
   
113,297
 

Thomas Dowd

   
2010
   
46,300
   
360
   
46,660
 

    2009     43,660     355     44,015  

    2008     43,660     355     44,015  
(6)
Perquisites include cash amounts received by certain of the Named Executive Officers for, or in reimbursement of, supplemental medical, supplemental retirement, parking, professional assistance, car allowance, financial services assistance and the imputed value of life insurance premiums. With respect to our Chief Executive Officer, perquisites also include reimbursement of country club dues and expenses and payment of term life insurance premiums. With respect to our President, perquisites also include reimbursement of housing and commuting expenses. With respect to our Chief Operating Officer, perquisites also include reimbursement of temporary housing, travel and relocation expenses and certain state taxes.

For 2008, no individual perquisite received by Messrs. Nuzzo or Dowd equaled or exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of his respective total perquisites. With respect to Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan, the following perquisites exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of their respective total perquisites:

Mr. Fortunato received a supplemental retirement benefit in the amount of $25,000; and

Ms. Kaplan received reimbursement of commuting expenses in the amount of $51,517.

For 2009, no individual perquisite received by Mr. Fortunato or Mr. Dowd equaled or exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of his respective total perquisites. With respect to Ms. Kaplan and Mr. Nuzzo, the following perquisites exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of her or his respective total perquisites:

Ms. Kaplan received reimbursement of housing expenses in the amount of $44,845 and reimbursement of commuting expenses in the amount $43,166; and

Mr. Nuzzo received reimbursement of certain state taxes in the amount of $95,568.

For 2010, no individual perquisite received by Mr. Fortunato, Mr. Dowd or Mr. Nuzzo equaled or exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of his respective total perquisites. With respect to Ms. Kaplan and Mr. Berg, the following perquisites exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of her or his respective total perquisites:

Ms. Kaplan received reimbursement of housing expenses in the amount of $42,894 and reimbursement of commuting expenses in the amount of $40,683; and

Mr. Berg received reimbursement of relocation expenses in the amount of $57,896 and reimbursement of certain state taxes in the amount of $23,016.

(7)
Reflects a tax benefit in connection with the Merger paid to former stockholders of GNC Corporation in the following amounts: Mr. Fortunato—$36,486 and Mr. Dowd—5,017.

(8)
Mr. Berg was hired effective August 31, 2009 and was not a named executive officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 based on the level of his total compensation in such year.

120


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

          The following table sets forth information concerning awards under our non-equity incentive plans granted to each of our Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Assumptions used in the calculation of certain dollar amounts are included in Note 18, "Stock-Based Compensation Plans", to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
   
   
 
 
   
  Estimated Possible Payouts
under Non-equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)
 
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
 
Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($)
 
Name
 
Grant Date
 
Threshold #1
($)
 
Threshold #2
($)
 
Target
($)
 
Maximum
($)
 

Joseph Fortunato

        219,285     438,570     664,500     1,107,500              

Michael M. Nuzzo

   
   
60,877
   
121,753
   
184,474
   
409,943
   
   
   
 

Beth J. Kaplan

   
   
177,210
   
354,420
   
537,000
   
895,000
   
   
   
 

David P. Berg

   
May 13, 2010
   
   
   
   
   
125,000

(2)
 
10.09
   
625,000

(3)

        63,541     112,082     192,548     427,885              

Thomas Dowd

   
   
52,150
   
104,300
   
158,030
   
351,177
   
   
   
 

(1)
The amounts represent the threshold, target and maximum potential amounts that might have been payable based on the targets approved for our Named Executive Officers under the 2010 Incentive Plan. See "Compensation Discussion and Analysis — How We Chose Amounts and/or Formulas for Each Element" for more information regarding the thresholds under the 2010 Incentive Plan.

(2)
Time-based stock option awards made under the 2007 Stock Plan, which awards vest subject to continuing employment in five equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(3)
These amounts are valued based on the aggregate grant date fair value of the award determined in accordance with FAS 123R. For additional information, see Note 18, "Stock-Based Compensation Plans", to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reflect the accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to actual value that may be recognized by such persons with respect to these awards.

121


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

          The table below sets forth information regarding exercisable and unexercisable option awards granted to our Named Executive Officers under our 2007 Stock Plan and held as of December 31, 2010.

 
  Option Awards  
 
  Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#)(1)    
   
 
 
 
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
 
Option
Expiration
Date
 
Name
 
Exercisable
 
Unexercisable
 

Joseph Fortunato

    60,000     20,000     5.00     3/16/2017  

    887,158     295,719     5.00     3/16/2017  

    947,158     315,719     7.50     3/16/2017  

Michael M. Nuzzo

   
60,000
   
90,000
   
7.70
   
10/21/2018
 

    60,000     90,000     11.55     10/21/2018  

Beth J. Kaplan

   
350,000
   
525,000
   
6.93
   
1/2/2018
 

    350,000     525,000     10.39     1/2/2018  

David P. Berg

   
0
   
18,625
   
7.91
   
9/7/2011

(2)

    32,500     130,000     8.42     10/21/2019  

    0     125,000     10.09     5/13/2020  

    32,500     130,000     12.63     10/21/2019  

Thomas Dowd

   
106,226
   
70,818
   
5.00
   
3/16/2017
 

    106,226     70,818     7.50     3/16/2017  

    28,774     19,182     5.00     5/4/2017  

    28,774     19,182     7.50     5/4/2017  

(1)
Time-based stock option awards made under the 2007 Stock Plan, which awards vest subject to continuing employment, other than the stock options granted to Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan, in five equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant. For the stock options granted to Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan, such stock options vest in four equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(2)
In connection with the commencement of his employment, Mr. Berg was granted an option to purchase 18,625 shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the 2007 Stock Plan, which vests upon the second anniversary of the commencement of his employment and is exercisable for a period of seven days thereafter.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

          In September 2010, Mr. Berg exercised options to purchase 13,876 shares of our Class A common stock and 4,749 shares of our Series A preferred stock. No other stock options were exercised in 2010. We have not issued, nor are there any outstanding, shares of restricted stock.

Pension Benefits

          We did not have a pension plan in effect for the benefit of our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.

122


Table of Contents

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation

          We maintain the GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Under the deferred compensation plan, eligible employees may elect to defer a portion of his or her future compensation under the plan by electing such deferral prior to the beginning of the calendar year during which the deferral amount would be earned (or, if applicable, within 30 days of the date on which the employee first becomes eligible to participate in the plan). The minimum amount of salary that may be deferred by an eligible employee for a calendar year is $200, subject to a maximum of 25% of the employee's salary otherwise payable for the year and the minimum amount of bonus that may be deferred by an eligible employee for a calendar year is $2,000, subject to a maximum of 25% of the employee's bonus otherwise payable for the year. The employers participating in the plan may in their discretion elect to make a matching contribution to the plan for a calendar year, based on amounts deferred by eligible employees for that year. An eligible employee may elect at the time amounts are deferred under the plan to have such amounts credited to an in-service account, which is payable (subject to certain special elections for 2006 and 2007 pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) on a future date selected by the employee at the time the employee first elects to defer compensation under the plan, or to a retirement account, which is payable (subject to the special elections described above) upon the employee's retirement (as defined in the plan). Payments will be made earlier than the dates described above as a result of the death or disability of an employee participating in the plan. If a participating employee dies before retirement, a death benefit will be paid to the employee's beneficiaries in certain cases. For purposes of applying the provisions of the Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) to the plan, the plan is intended to be an unfunded arrangement.

          Mr. Dowd is the only Named Executive Officer who participates in the plan. The following table identifies his contributions, our contributions, the aggregate earnings and withdrawals in 2010, and the aggregate balances at the end of 2010.

Name
 
Executive
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year
($)(1)
 
Registrant
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year
($)
 
Aggregate
Earnings in
Last Fiscal
Year
($)
 
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
 
Aggregate
Balance at
Last Fiscal
Year-End
($)(2)
 

Thomas Dowd

    35,118         14,769         139,936  

(1)
The amounts reported in this column reflect deferrals under the GNC Live Well Later Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan of base salary earned by and paid to Mr. Dowd in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

(2)
The amounts reported in this column include previously earned, but deferred, salary and bonus that were reported in our Summary Compensation Table in previous years as follows: (i) $23,504 in 2009 and (ii) $10,372 in 2008.

Employment Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

Chief Executive Officer

          On March 16, 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Fortunato that provides for a five-year term with automatic annual one-year renewals thereafter unless we or Mr. Fortunato provide at least one-year advance notice of termination, and an annual base salary of not less than $800,000, subject to certain upward adjustments. Effective January 1, 2009, Mr. Fortunato's employment agreement was amended to comply with Code Section 409A. Effective

123


Table of Contents


January 1, 2011, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Fortunato a merit-based increase in his annual base salary to $912,580. The employment agreement provides for an annual performance bonus with a target bonus of 75% and a maximum bonus of 125% of Mr. Fortunato's annual base salary based upon our attainment of annual goals established by our Board or the Compensation Committee. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Fortunato will receive certain fringe benefits and perquisites similar to those provided to our other executive officers. The employment agreement provides that upon a change in control all of Mr. Fortunato's stock options will fully vest and become immediately exercisable and all restrictions with respect to restricted stock, if any, granted to Mr. Fortunato will lapse.

          Upon Mr. Fortunato's termination for death or total disability we will be required to pay to him (or his guardian or personal representative):

    a lump sum equal to his base salary plus the annualized value of his perquisites; and

    a prorated share of the annual bonus he would have received had he worked the full year, provided bonus targets are met for such year.

We will also pay the monthly cost of COBRA coverage for Mr. Fortunato to the same extent we paid for such coverage prior to the termination date for the period permitted by COBRA or, in the case of disability, until Mr. Fortunato obtains other employment offering substantially similar or improved group health benefits. In addition, Mr. Fortunato's outstanding stock options will vest and restrictions on restricted stock awards will lapse as of the date of termination, in each case, assuming he had continued employment during the calendar year in which termination occurs and for the year following such termination.

          If Mr. Fortunato's employment is terminated without cause, he resigns for good reason or we decline to renew the employment term for reasons other than those that would constitute cause after the initial five-year employment term, then, subject to Mr. Fortunato's execution of a release, we will be required to pay him:

    a lump sum payment in the amount of two times his base salary and the annualized value of his perquisites;

    a lump sum payment in the amount of two times his average annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the most recent three fiscal years;

We will also pay the monthly cost of COBRA coverage for Mr. Fortunato to the same extent we paid for such coverage prior to the termination date for the period permitted by COBRA or until Mr. Fortunato obtains other employment offering substantially similar or improved group health benefits. In addition, Mr. Fortunato's outstanding stock options will vest and restrictions on restricted stock awards will lapse if they would have otherwise done so in the 24 months following the termination had Mr. Fortunato continued to be employed (36 months if such termination occurs in anticipation of a change in control, or within the six months prior to, or at any time following, an initial public offering of our Class A common stock).

          If such termination occurs in anticipation of or during the two-year period following a change in control, or within six months prior to or at any time following the completion of an initial public offering of our Class A common stock, the multiple of base salary and annualized perquisites and of average annual bonus will increase from two times to three times. A termination of Mr. Fortunato's employment will be deemed to have been in anticipation of a change in control if such termination occurs at any time from and after the period beginning six months prior to a change in control and such termination occurs (i) after we enter into a definitive agreement that provides for a change in control or (ii) at the request of an unrelated third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a change in control.

124


Table of Contents

          For purposes of Mr. Fortunato's employment agreement, "cause" generally means any of the following events as determined in good faith by a 2/3 vote of our Board, Mr. Fortunato's:

    conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime which constitutes a felony;

    willful disloyalty or deliberate dishonesty with respect to us or Centers that is injurious to our or our financial condition, business or reputation;

    commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against us or Centers;

    material breach of any provision of his employment agreement or any other written contract or agreement with us or Centers that is not cured; or

    willful and continued failure to materially perform his duties or his continued failure to substantially perform duties requested or prescribed by the Board or Centers' Board which is not cured.

          For purposes of Mr. Fortunato's employment agreement, "good reason" generally means, without Mr. Fortunato's consent:

    our failure to comply with any material provision of his employment agreement which is not cured;

    a material adverse change in his responsibilities, duties or authority which, in the aggregate, causes his positions to have less responsibility or authority;

    removal from his current positions or failure to elect (or appoint) him to, or removal of him from our Board or the Centers' Board;

    a material reduction in his base salary; or

    a relocation of his principal place of business of more than 75 miles.

          For purposes of Mr. Fortunato's employment agreement, "change in control" generally means:

    an acquisition representing 50% or more of either Centers' common stock or the combined voting power of our securities entitled to vote generally in the election of our Board;

    a change in 2/3 of the members of our Board from the members on the effective date of his employment agreement, unless approved by (i) 2/3 of the members of our Board on the effective date of his employment agreement or (ii) members nominated by such members;

    the approval by our stockholders of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of Centers or us or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than a merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of our or our subsidiaries' assets; or

    Centers ceases to be our direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary.

President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer

          On December 19, 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Kaplan in connection with her appointment as President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer. The employment agreement was amended, effective January 1, 2009, to comply with Code Section 409A. The employment agreement provides for an employment term through January 2, 2010, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless we or Ms. Kaplan provide at least one year advance notice and an annual base salary of not less than $675,000, subject to certain upward adjustments. Effective January 1, 2011, the Compensation Committee granted Ms. Kaplan a merit-based increase in her annual base salary to $737,480. Ms. Kaplan is also entitled to an annual performance bonus with a target bonus of 75% and a maximum bonus of 125% of her annual base

125


Table of Contents


salary, based upon the attainment of certain goals established jointly in good faith by the Chief Executive Officer and Ms. Kaplan. The employment agreement also provides that Ms. Kaplan will receive certain fringe benefits and perquisites similar to those provided to our other executive officers. Upon a change in control, all of Ms. Kaplan's stock options will fully vest and become immediately exercisable and all restrictions with respect to restricted stock, if any, granted to Ms. Kaplan will lapse.

          Upon Ms. Kaplan's death or total disability, we will be required to pay her (or her guardian or personal representative):

    a lump sum equal to her base salary plus the annualized value of her perquisites; and

    a prorated share of the annual bonus she would have received had she worked the full year, provided bonus targets are met for such year.

          We will also pay the monthly cost of COBRA coverage for Ms. Kaplan to the same extent we paid for such coverage prior to the termination date for the period permitted by COBRA or, in the case of disability, until Ms. Kaplan obtains other employment offering substantially similar or improved group health benefits. In addition, Ms. Kaplan's outstanding stock options will vest and restrictions on restricted stock awards will lapse as of the date of termination, in each case, assuming she had continued employment during the calendar year in which termination occurs and for the year following such termination.

          If Ms. Kaplan's employment is terminated without cause, she resigns for good reason, or we decline to renew the employment term for reasons other than those that would constitute cause after the initial two-year employment term, then, subject to Ms. Kaplan's execution of a release:

    Ms. Kaplan will receive payment of a lump sum amount equal to 18 months of her base salary;

    Ms. Kaplan will receive payment of a lump sum amount equal to her average annual bonus paid or payable with respect to the most recent three fiscal years; and

    Ms. Kaplan will be responsible for payment of the monthly cost of COBRA coverage, but we will reimburse Ms. Kaplan for any portion of the monthly cost of COBRA coverage that exceeds the amount of monthly health insurance premium (with respect to Ms. Kaplan's coverage and any eligible dependent coverage) payable by Ms. Kaplan immediately prior to such termination, such reimbursements to continue through the expiration of the agreement term or the severance period.

          If such termination occurs in anticipation of or during the two-year period following a change in control, or within six months prior to or at any time following the completion of an initial public offering of our Class A common stock, then Ms. Kaplan will receive payment of a lump sum amount equal to two times her base salary and the annualized value of her perquisites and the average annual bonus will increase to two times. A termination of Ms. Kaplan's employment will be deemed to have been in anticipation of a change in control if such termination occurs at any time from and after the period beginning six months prior to a change in control and such termination occurs (i) after we or Centers enter into a definitive agreement that provides for a change in control or (ii) at the request of an unrelated third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a change in control.

          For purposes of Ms. Kaplan's employment agreement, "cause" generally means Ms. Kaplan's:

    conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime which constitutes a felony;

    willful disloyalty or deliberate dishonesty with respect to us or Centers that is injurious to our or Centers' financial condition, business or reputation;

126


Table of Contents

    commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against us;

    material breach of any provision of her employment agreement or any other written contract or agreement with us or Centers that is not cured; or

    willful and continued failure to materially perform her duties or her continued failure to substantially perform duties requested or prescribed by the Board or Centers' Board which is not cured.

          For purposes of Ms. Kaplan's employment agreement, "good reason" generally means, without Ms. Kaplan's consent:

    our failure to comply with any material provision of her employment agreement which is not cured;

    a material adverse change in her responsibilities, duties or authority which, in the aggregate, causes her positions to have less responsibility or authority;

    removal from her current positions or failure to elect (or appoint) her to, or removal of her from, the our Board or Centers' Board;

    a material reduction in her base salary;

    a relocation of her principal place of business of more than 100 miles; or

    our failure to appoint her Chief Executive Officer in the event Mr. Fortunato ceases to serve as Chief Executive Officer of us or Centers.

          For purposes of Ms. Kaplan's employment agreement, "change in control" generally means:

    an acquisition representing 50% or more of either Centers' common stock or the combined voting power of our securities of entitled to vote generally in the election of our Board;

    a change in 2/3 of the members of our Board from the members on the effective date of her employment agreement, unless approved by (i) 2/3 of the members of our Board on the effective date of her employment agreement or (ii) members nominated by such members;

    the approval by our stockholders of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of us or Centers or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than a merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of our assets and its subsidiaries; or

    Centers cease to be our direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary.

Other Named Executive Officers

          On October 31, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Nuzzo in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. On April 21, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Dowd, our Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Development. These employment agreements were amended, effective January 1, 2009, to comply with Code Section 409A. On June 1, 2009, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Berg, our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, Global Business Development.

          Except as described below, the employment agreements contain substantially the same terms. Each agreement provides for a two-year term with automatic one-year renewals thereafter unless we or the executive provide at least 30 days' advance notice of termination. Pursuant to their employment agreements, Messrs. Nuzzo, Dowd and Berg are entitled to a base salary in the amount equal to $400,000, $320,000 and $400,000, respectively, in each case subject to annual review by our board of directors or the Compensation Committee. Effective January, 2011, the

127


Table of Contents


Compensation Committee granted Messrs. Nuzzo, Dowd and Berg merit-based increases in their annual base salaries to $421,682, $360,500 and $463,500, respectively. Effective June 8, 2010, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Berg an option to purchase up to 125,000 shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the 2007 Stock Plan in connection with his promotion to Chief Operating Officer. The employment agreements also entitle the executives to annual performance bonuses payable if we exceed the annual goals determined by our board of directors or the Compensation Committee, and to certain fringe benefits and perquisites similar to those provided to our other executive officers.

          The employment agreements also provide for certain benefits upon termination of employment. Upon death or disability, the executives (or their estates) are entitled to their current base salary for the remainder of the employment period, and, subject to the discretion of our board of directors or the Compensation Committee, a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment, provided bonus targets are met. Upon termination of employment by us without cause or voluntarily by the executive for good reason, subject to the execution of a written release, the executive is also entitled to:

    salary continuation generally for the remainder of the agreement term (unless the termination occurs during the initial term in which case, Mr. Nuzzo is entitled to salary continuation for one year and Mr. Dowd is entitled to salary continuation for six months), or two years if the termination occurs upon or within six months following a change in control;

    subject to the discretion of our Board or the Compensation Committee, a pro rata share of the annual bonus based on actual employment; and

    reimbursement for any portion of the monthly cost of COBRA coverage that exceeds the amount of monthly health insurance premium (with respect to the executive's coverage and any eligible dependent coverage) payable by the executive immediately prior to such termination, such reimbursements to continue through the expiration of the agreement term or the severance period.

          For purposes of the employment agreements, "cause" generally means the executive's:

    failure to comply with any obligation imposed by his employment agreement;

    being indicted for any felony or any misdemeanor that causes or is likely to cause harm or embarrassment to us, in the reasonable judgment of the board;

    theft, embezzlement or fraud in connection with the performance of duties;

    engaging in any activity that gives rise to a material conflict of interest with us;

    misappropriation by the executive of any of our material business opportunities;

    any failure to comply with, observe or carry out our or our Board's rules, regulations, policies or codes of ethics or conduct;

    substance abuse or illegal use of drugs that, in the reasonable judgment of our Board, impairs the executive's performance or causes or is likely to cause harm or embarrassment to us; or

    engagement in conduct that the executive knows or should know is injurious to us.

128


Table of Contents

          For purposes of the employment agreements, "good reason" generally means, without the executive's prior written consent:

    our failure to comply with material obligations under his employment agreement;

    a change of the executive's position;

    a material reduction in the executive's base salary; or

    with respect to Mr. Berg only, the executive no longer directly reports to the Chief Executive Officer.

For purposes of the employment agreements, "change in control" generally means:

    an acquisition representing 50% or more of either Centers' common stock or the combined voting power of our securities entitled to vote generally in the election of our Board;

    a change in 2/3 of the members of our Board from the members on the effective date of the executive's employment agreement, unless approved by (i) 2/3 of the members of our Board on the effective date of the executive's employment agreement or (ii) members nominated by such members;

    the approval by our stockholders of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of us or Centers or (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than a merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of our assets and its subsidiaries; or

    Centers cease to be our direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary.

          Under all circumstances, Messrs. Nuzzo's, Dowd's and Berg's unvested equity awards will be forfeited as of the date of the executive's termination.

          Mr. Berg's employment agreement provides for the payment of a signing bonus of $200,000. Fifty percent of such signing bonus was paid following the execution of such employment agreement, provided, that if Mr. Berg is terminated for "cause" or resigns without "good reason" prior to the second anniversary of the commencement of his employment, Mr. Berg will repay such amount in full. The remaining fifty percent will be paid within 20 days following the second anniversary of the commencement of Mr. Berg's employment.

          Mr. Berg's employment agreement also provides that, in connection with the commencement of his employment, Mr. Berg was granted certain options to purchase 37,250 shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the 2007 Stock Plan at a per share exercise price of $7.91, which vest in two equal installments upon the first and second anniversaries of the commencement of his employment and are exercisable for a period of seven days thereafter. Mr. Berg was also granted certain options to purchase 12,750 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a per share exercise price equal $5.00 plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of purchase on terms consistent with the 2007 Stock Plan, which vest in two equal installments upon the first and second anniversaries of the commencement of his employment and are exercisable for a period of seven days thereafter.

General

          The employment agreements for our Named Executive Officers contain:

    terms of confidentiality concerning trade secrets and confidential or proprietary information which may not be disclosed by the executive except as required by court order or applicable law; and

    certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions which restrict the executive and certain relatives from engaging in activities against our interests or those of our subsidiaries

129


Table of Contents

      during the term of employment and, in the case of Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan, eighteen months following the termination of employment, and in the case of the other Named Executive Officers, for the longer of the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment or the period during which the executive receives termination payments.

Potential Termination or Change-in-Control Payments

          The following tables summarize the value of the compensation that our Named Executive Officers would have received if they had terminated employment on December 31, 2010 under the circumstances shown or if we had undergone a change in control on such date. The tables exclude (1) compensation amounts accrued through December 31, 2010 that would be paid in the normal course of continued employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary, and (2) vested account balances under our 401(k) Plan that are generally available to all of our salaried employees. Where applicable, the amounts reflected for the prorated annual incentive compensation in 2010 are the amounts that were actually paid to our Named Executive Officers in February 2011 under the 2010 Incentive Plan, since the hypothetical termination date is the last day of the fiscal year for which the bonus is to be determined.

          Where applicable, the information in the tables uses a fair market value per share of $14.09 as of December 31, 2010 for our Class A common stock. Since the Merger, the Compensation Committee has used a valuation methodology in which the fair market value of the Class A common stock is based on our business enterprise value and, in situations deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee, may be discounted to reflect the lack of marketability associated with the Class A common stock.

          The termination and change in control arrangements for our Named Executive Officers and other senior employees are generally based on form employment agreements. As such, these arrangements generally are uniform and not highly negotiated. The amounts payable in connection with termination and change in control events are tied to our officers' respective base salaries and annual bonuses, and therefore are proportionately higher for the more senior and highly compensated officers. Similarly, the termination and change in control arrangements for our Chief Executive Officer and President generally provide for higher payments than those for other officers. These provisions were negotiated with our most senior officers, and deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee, to both attract and retain the individuals and to ensure that their long-term interests are aligned with our long-term interests. Specifically, the change in control provisions are designed to reflect the expectations of our board of directors with respect to the manner in which we will be operated over the life of the employment agreements and to be consistent with our peer companies. Similarly, the termination provisions, which provide for lump sum payments of salary and bonus, and in some instances, acceleration of stock options, are designed to preserve the value of the long-term compensation arrangements for Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan to ensure the continued alignment of their interests with our interests.

          Because the amounts payable in connection with termination and change in control events are generally based on the formula set forth in the form employment agreements, the Compensation Committee does not generally consider the amounts when establishing the compensation of its Named Executive Officers. The Compensation Committee, together with our board of directors, established the terms of the foregoing arrangements to address and conform to our overall compensation objectives in attracting and retaining the caliber of executives that are integral to our growth: market competitiveness; maintaining management continuity, particularly through periods of uncertainty related to change in control events; providing our key personnel with the assurance of fair and equitable treatment following a change in management control and other events; and ensuring that management is held to high standards of integrity and performance.

130


Table of Contents

Chief Executive Officer

Joseph Fortunato

Benefit
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason or
Non-renewal
of the
Agreement
($)
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason upon
a Change
in Control
($)
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason in
anticipation of
a Change
in Control
($)
 
Termination
w/o Cause
or for Good
Reason in
Connection
with an IPO
($)
 
Voluntary
Termination
($)
 
Death or
Disability
($)
 
Change of
Control
($)
 

Lump Sum Base Salary

    1,772,000     2,658,000     2,658,000     2,658,000         886,000      

Lump Sum Annual Incentive Compensation

    2,056,393     3,084,589     3,084,589     3,084,589              

Lump Sum Annualized Value or Perquisites

    153,432     230,148     230,148     230,148         76,716      

Prorated Annualized Incentive Compensation

    1,107,500     1,107,500     1,107,500     1,107,500         1,107,500      

Health & Welfare Benefits

    11,328     11,328     11,328     11,328         11,328      

Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options

    4,950,478     4,950,478     4,950,478     4,950,478         4,950,478     4,950,478  

Payment Reduction

                             
                               
 

Net Value

    10,051,130     12,042,043     12,042,043     12,042,043         7,032,022     4,950,478  
                               

Other Named Executive Officers

Beth J. Kaplan

Benefit
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason or
Non-renewal
of the
Agreement
($)
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason
after
a Change
in Control
(2-yr period)
($)
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason in
anticipation of
a Change
in Control
(6 months)
($)
 
Termination
w/o Cause
or for Good
Reason in
Connection
with an IPO
($)
 
Voluntary
Termination
($)
 
Death or
Disability
($)
 
Change of
Control
($)
 

Lump Sum Base Salary

    1,074,000     1,432,000     1,432,000     1,432,000         716,000      

Lump Sum Annual Incentive Compensation

    798,411     1,596,821     1,596,821     1,596,821              

Lump Sum Annualized Value or Perquisites

        100,000     100,000     100,000         50,000      

Prorated Annualized Incentive Compensation

    895,000     895,000     895,000     895,000         895,000      

Health & Welfare Benefits

    13,258     13,258     13,258     13,258         13,258      

Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options

    2,850,750     5,701,500     5,701,500             2,850,750     5,701,500  

Payment Reduction

                             
                               
 

Net Value

    5,631,418     9,738,579     9,738,579     4,037,079         4,525,008     5,701,500  
                               

131


Table of Contents

Michael Nuzzo

Benefit
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason
($)
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason
within
6 Months
after a
Change in
Control
($)
 
Voluntary
Termination
($)
 
Death or
Disability
($)
 
Change of
Control
($)
 

Base Salary Continuation

    341,167     818,800         341,167      

Pro Rata Bonus

    409,942     409,942         409,942      

Health & Welfare Benefits

    7,015     13,258              

Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options

                     

Payment Reduction

                     
                       
 

Net Value

    758,123     1,242,000         751,109      
                       

Tom Dowd

Benefit
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason
($)
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason
within
6 Months
after a
Change in
Control
($)
 
Voluntary
Termination
($)
 
Death or
Disability
($)
 
Change of
Control
($)
 

Base Salary Continuation

    175,000     700,000         106,438      

Pro Rata Bonus

    351,177     351,177         351,177      

Health & Welfare Benefits

    2,837     13,403              

Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options

                     

Payment Reduction

                     
                       
 

Net Value

    529,014     1,064,580         457,615      
                       

David Berg

Benefit
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason
($)
 
Termination
w/o cause
or for Good
Reason
within
6 Months
after a
Change in
Control
($)
 
Voluntary
Termination
($)
 
Death or
Disability
($)
 
Change of
Control
($)
 

Base Salary Continuation

    450,000     900,000         300,000      

Pro Rata Bonus

    427,885     427,885         427,885      

Health & Welfare Benefits

    7,092     13,403              

Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options

                     

Payment Reduction

                     
                       
 

Total

    884,977     1,341,288         727,885      
                       

          We have employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers. See "Employment Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers" for a description of the severance and change in control benefits provided under these employment agreements.

132


Table of Contents

          The employment agreements provide that if any payment would have been subject to or result in the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999, then the amount of such payment or payments would have been reduced to the highest amount that may be paid by us without subjecting such payment to the excise tax. Mr. Fortunato's and Ms. Kaplan's employment agreements provide that the reduction will not apply if he or she would, on a net after-tax basis, receive less compensation than if the payment were not so reduced. Based on a hypothetical change in control on December 31, 2010, none of our Named Executive Officers would have been subject to a reduction payment if their employment had been terminated at the time of a December 31, 2010 change in control or on December 31, 2010 in anticipation of a change in control or a change in control without an employment termination. For purposes of calculating any hypothetical reduction payment as a result of change in control payments, we have assumed that the change in control payments for any of our Named Executive Officers would have included the amount of 2010 annual incentive compensation, and the value of any options granted in 2010. To the extent any of these amounts were paid prior to December 31, 2010, they are not reflected in the tables above. The calculation of the payment reduction amounts does not include a valuation of the non-competition covenant in our Named Executive Officer's employment agreements. A portion of the severance payments payable to our Named Executive Officers may be attributable to reasonable compensation for the non-competition covenant and could eliminate or reduce the reduction amount.

          The employment agreements for Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan provide for accelerated vesting of stock options on a change in control. The 2007 Stock Plan provides that, in the event of a change in control, unvested stock options generally may be fully vested, cancelled for fair value or substituted for awards that substantially preserve the applicable terms of the stock options. We have assumed for purposes of the table that upon a change in control, Messrs. Nuzzo's, Dowd's and Berg's unvested stock options would be substituted for awards that substantially preserve the applicable terms of the stock options. In the event that in the exercise of discretion by the Compensation Committee, Messrs. Nuzzo's, Dowd's and Berg's unvested stock options would have become vested in connection with a change in control on December 31, 2010, the value of their vested options as of such would have been: Mr. Nuzzo — $803,700; Mr. Dowd — $1,411,200; and Mr. Berg — $1,542,003.

          Finally, although there is no requirement to do so or guarantee that it would have been paid, we have assumed that, in the exercise of discretion by the Compensation Committee, our Named Executive Officers would have been paid their prorated annual incentive compensation for the year in which their employment was terminated based on a hypothetical termination date of the end of that year, other than in the case of voluntary termination without good reason or a termination by us for cause.

          Upon a termination of employment on December 31, 2010, the shares of our Class A common stock owned by our Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan would have been subject to repurchase by us or our designee for a period of 180 days (270 days upon termination because of death or disability) following the termination based on fair value as determined by our board of directors.

133


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

          Pursuant to our director compensation policy, effective as of August 15, 2007, we compensate our directors as follows: (i) our non-employee chairman receives an annual retainer of $200,000 and (ii) our non-employee directors receive an annual retainer of $40,000. Directors are not entitled to any additional cash compensation such as fees for attending meetings. However, each non-employee director is entitled to receive a grant of non-qualified stock options to purchase a minimum of 35,000 shares of our Class A common stock. Any director or chairman who is employed by ACOF, OTPP and other purchasers in connection with the Merger is not entitled to any retainers or stock option grants.

          The table below sets forth information with respect to compensation for our directors for 2010.

          David B. Kaplan was appointed as a member of our board of directors effective as of February 7, 2007. Norman Axelrod and Jeffrey B. Schwartz were appointed as members of our board of directors effective as of March 16, 2007. As stated above, any employee employed by ACOF or OTPP is not entitled to any additional compensation for serving as director. Andrew Claerhout and Romeo Leemrijse were elected to our board of directors effective May 14, 2009.

          Carmen Fortino was elected to our board of directors effective July 17, 2007.

          Michael Hines was elected to our board of directors effective October 21, 2009.

          Brian Klos was elected to our board of directors on June 7, 2010 to fill the vacancy created by the resignation of Mr. Schwartz.

          Richard Wallace was elected to our board of directors effective July 14, 2010. In connection with his election, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Wallace a non-qualified stock option to purchase 17,500 shares of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.09 per share, and a non-qualified stock option to purchase 17,500 shares of such common stock at an exercise price of $16.63 per share. Each stock option (i) has a term of 10 years from the grant date and (ii) becomes vested and exercisable in five equal installments on each anniversary of the election date, subject to Mr. Wallace's continued service as a director until the applicable vesting date.

          The following table presents information regarding the compensation of our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2010. Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan serve as members of our board

134


Table of Contents


of directors, but neither receives any compensation for serving as a director. Compensation for Mr. Fortunato and Ms. Kaplan is discussed under "Executive Compensation" above.

Name
 
Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
($)
 
Stock
Awards
($)
 
Option
Awards
($)(1),(2)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
 
Change in
Pension
Value and
Non-qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
 
All other
Compensation
($)
 
Total
($)
 

Norman Axelrod

    200,000                     11,795 (3)    

Andrew Claerhout

                             

Carmen Fortino

    40,000                          

Michael Hines

    40,000                          

David B. Kaplan

                             

Brian Klos

                             

Romeo Leemrijse

                             

Jeffrey B. Schwartz(4)

                             

Richard Wallace

    30,000                          

(1)
Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For additional information, see Note 18, "Stock-Based Compensation Plans", to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reflect the accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by such persons with respect to these awards. The grant date fair value was $3.11 per share, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

(2)
The table below sets forth information regarding exercisable and unexercisable stock options granted to the listed directors and held as of December 31, 2010. No other stock awards were made to the directors, and no stock options were exercised by the directors in 2010.

 
  Option Awards Outstanding  
Name
 
Exercisable
 
Unexercisable
 

Norman Axelrod

    219,236     146,156  

Carmen Fortino

    21,706     14,470  

Michael Hines

    11,920     47,680  

Richard Wallace

        35,000  
(3)
Reflects reimbursements for travel and entertainment expenses.

(4)
Resigned from our board of directors in June 2010..

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          In the year ended December 31, 2010, none of our executive officers served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity whose executive officers served on our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

135


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth, as of                          , 2011, the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by (1) each person or group known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock or our Class B common stock, each of which is convertible into shares of our Class A common stock, (2) each director, (3) each of the named executive officers, (4) all directors and executive officers as a group and (5) each selling stockholder.

          Percentage ownership before this offering is based on                          shares of Class A common stock outstanding and                          shares of Class B common stock outstanding in each case as of                          , 2011. Percentage ownership after this offering is based on                          shares of Class A common stock and                          shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately upon completion of this offering.

          Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the following persons have sole voting and investment control with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them. In accordance with SEC rules, if a person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of any shares of common stock, on or within 60 days of                           , 2011, upon exercise of outstanding options or otherwise, the shares are deemed beneficially owned by that person and are deemed to be outstanding solely for the purpose of determining the percentage of our shares that person beneficially owns. These shares are not included in the computations of percentage ownership for any other person.

136


Table of Contents

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned Before the Offering    
   
   
   
   
   
  Maximum
Number of
Shares to
Sold if
Over-Allotment
Option is
Exercised
in Full
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering   Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering If the Over-Allotment Option is Exercised in Full  
 
   
   
   
   
  Series A
Preferred Stock(3)
   
   
   
 
 
  Class A   Class B   Total
Common
Stock
%
   
  Number of
Shares to
be Sold in
the Offering
  Class A   Class B   Total
Common
Stock
%
   
  Class A   Class B   Total
Common
Stock
%
   
 
 
  Total
Voting
%
  Total
Voting
%
  Total
Voting
%
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   %   Shares   %   Shares   %   %   %   Shares   %   Shares   %   Shares   %  

Directors and Named
Executive Officers(1)(2):

                                                                                                                               

Norman Axelrod(5)

    351,940     *             20,374     *     *     *                                                                                      

David Berg(6)

    78,876     *             4,749     *     *     *                                                                                      

Andrew Claerhout(7)

                                                                                                                     

Thomas Dowd(8)

    392,544     *             17,674     *     *     *                                                                                      

Carmen Fortino(7)(9)

    21,706     *                     *                                                                                          

Joseph Fortunato(10)

    2,774,247     4.49 %           84,907     *     3.09 %   4.49 %                                                                                    

Michael Hines(11)

    11,920     *                     *                                                                                          

Beth J. Kaplan(12)(13)

    1,225,000     2.03 %                   1.38 %   2.03 %                                                                                    

David B. Kaplan(14)

                                                                                                                     

Brian Klos(4)

                                                                                                                     

Romeo Leemrijse(7)(8)

                                                                                                                     

Michael M. Nuzzo(15)

    120,000     *                     *                                                                                          

Richard J. Wallace

                                                                                                                     

All directors and executive officers as a group (17 persons)

    5,430,559     8.46 %           150,390     *     5.88 %   8.46 %                                                                                    

Beneficial Owners of 5% or More of Our Outstanding Common Stock:

                                                                                                                                     

Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P.(16)

    33,539,898     38.39 %           11,460,102     38.37 %   38.39 %   38.39 %                                                                                    

KL Holdings LLC(17)

    4,605,028     5.27 %           1,573,472     5.27 %   5.27 %   5.27 %                                                                                    

Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board(18)

    14,581,393     48.93 %   28,168,561     100.00 %   14,607,046     48.91 %   48.93 %   48.93 %                                                                                    

Partners Group AG(19)

    4,605,027     5.27 %           1,573,473     5.27 %   5.27 %   5.27 %                                                                                    

Other Selling Stockholders:

                                                                                                                                     

*
Less than 1% of the outstanding shares.

(1)
Except as otherwise noted, the address of each director and each current executive officer is c/o General Nutrition Centers, Inc., 300 Sixth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222.

137


Table of Contents

(2)
Through a voting agreement within the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, prior to completion of this offering, each of the Sponsors has the right to designate four members of our board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent), for so long as they or their respective affiliates and co-investors each own at least 10% of our outstanding common stock. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, each of the Sponsors has agreed to vote in favor of the other's director designees. As a result, each of the Sponsors may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of our common stock owned by the other parties to the amended and restated stockholders agreement. Each of Ares and OTPP expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock not directly held by it, and such shares have not been included in the table above for purposes of calculating the number of shares beneficially owned by Ares or OTPP before this offering.

Under the New Stockholders Agreement to be entered into among the Sponsors and us, effective upon completion of this offering, the Sponsors will have the right to nominate to our board of directors, subject to their election by our stockholders, for so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, the greater of up to nine directors and the number of directors comprising a majority of our board and, subject to certain exceptions, for so long as the Sponsors collectively own 50% or less of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, that number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number or, if such rounding would cause the Sponsors to have the right to elect a majority of our board of directors, rounded to the nearest whole number) that is the same percentage of the total number of directors comprising our board as the collective percentage of common stock owned by the Sponsors. Under the New Stockholders Agreement, each Sponsor will also agree to vote all of the shares of Class A common stock owned by it in favor of the other Sponsor's nominees. As a result, each of the Sponsors may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of our common stock owned by the other Sponsor. Each of Ares and OTPP expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock not directly held by it, and such shares have not been included in the table above for purposes of calculating the number of shares beneficially owned by Ares or OTPP after this offering.

(3)
We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering, together with cash on hand, to redeem all of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock immediately following completion of this offering at a redemption price per share of $ 5.00, plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the redemption date, and related expenses. The per share accrued and unpaid dividends on a share of Series A preferred stock was $2.27 as of December 31, 2010.

(4)
The address of Mr. Klos is c/o Ares Management LLC, 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12 th  Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067. Mr. Klos is a Principal in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management. Mr. Klos expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Ares.

(5)
Consists of (i) 59,626 shares of Class A common stock acquired in connection with the Merger and (ii) 292,314 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options which are currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days of                          , 2011.

(6)
Consists of (i) 13,876 shares of Class A common stock acquired in connection with Mr. Berg's exercise of stock options on September 8, 2010 and (ii) 65,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options which are currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days of                          , 2011.

(7)
The address for each of Messrs. Claerhout, Fortino and Leemrijse is c/o Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board, 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5.

(8)
Consists of (i) 51,726 shares of Class A common stock acquired in connection with the Merger and (ii) 340,818 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options which are currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days of                          ,

(9)
Consists of 21,706 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options which are currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days of                          , 2011.

(10)
Consists of (i) 248,493 shares of Class A common stock acquired in connection with the Merger, including 53,583 shares of Class A common stock held by The Joseph M. Fortunato 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, and (ii) 2,525,794 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options which are currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days of                          , 2011.

(11)
Consists of 11,920 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options which are currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days of                          , 2011.

138


Table of Contents

(12)
Consists of 1,225,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options which are currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days of                          , 2011.

(13)
Ms. Kaplan is a member of Axcel Managers LLC, the managing member of Axcel Partners III LLC, and of SK Limited Partnership, a member of Axcel Partners III LLC. Axcel Partners III LLC holds 318,693 shares of our Class A common stock and 128,861 shares of our Series A preferred stock. Ms. Kaplan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Axcel Partners III LLC. The address of each of Axcel Managers LLC, SK Limited Partnership and Axcel Partners III LLC is 10955 Nacirema Lane, Stevenson, Maryland, 21153.

(14)
The address of Mr. Kaplan is c/o Ares Management LLC, 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12 th  Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067. Mr. Kaplan is a Senior Partner in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management and member of Ares Partners Management Company LLC ("Ares Partners"), both of which indirectly control Ares. Mr. Kaplan expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Ares.

(15)
Consists of 120,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options which are currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days of                          , 2011.

(16)
Reflects shares owned by Ares. The general partner of Ares is ACOF Management II, L.P. ("ACOF Management II") and the general partner of ACOF Management II is ACOF Operating Manager II, L.P. ("ACOF Operating Manager II"). ACOF Operating Manager II is indirectly owned by Ares Management which, in turn, is indirectly controlled by Ares Partners (together with ACOF Management II, ACOF Operating Manager II and Ares, the "Ares Entities"). Ares Partners is managed by an executive committee comprised of Mr. Kaplan, Michael Arougheti, Gregory Margolies, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Each of the members of the executive committee expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of stock of the Company owned by Ares. Each of the Ares Entities (other than Ares, with respect to the securities owned by Ares) and the partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities and the executive committee of Ares Partners expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12 th  Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067.

(17)
Refers to shares owned by KL Holdings LLC acquired in connection with the Merger. The manager of KL Holdings LLC is Lowell J. Milken who expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The owners of KL Holdings LLC include Knowledge Industries LLC (which may be deemed to have a controlling interest in the entity), Birch LLC and Lantana LLC; each of which expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The beneficial owners of Knowledge Industries LLC are Michael R. and Lori A. Milken, each of whom expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by KL Holdings LLC. The address of KL Holdings LLC is 1250 Fourth Street, Santa Monica, California 90401.

(18)
Refers to shares owned by OTPP. Each of Mr. Claerhout, Mr. Leemrijse and Roman Duch may be deemed to have the power to dispose of the shares held by OTPP because of a delegation of authority from the Board of Directors of OTPP, and each expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. As the owner of Class B common stock, OTPP may, at any time, elect to convert shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, or convert shares of Class A common stock into an equal number of shares of Class B common stock. The table above does not reflect (i) shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Class A common stock or (ii) shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock. The address of Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan is 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2m 4H5.

(19)
Consists of 1,782,593 shares of Class A common stock held directly by Partners Group Direct Investments 2006, L.P. ("Direct Investments"), 1,782,593 shares of Class A common stock held directly by Partners Group Global Opportunities Subholdings Limited ("Global Opportunities"), and 1,039,841 shares of Class A common stock held directly by Princess Private Equity Subholdings Limited ("Princess Private Equity"), in each case acquired in connection with the Merger. Partners Group Management III Limited ("PGM III") is the general partner of Direct Investments and is party to an investment advisory agreement with Partners Group AG. Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited ("PGGL") is the investment manager of Global Opportunities and is party to an investment advisory agreement with Partners Group AG. Princess Management Limited ("PML" and together with PGM III and PGGL, the "Partners Group Entities") is the investment manager of Princess Private Equity and is party to an investment advisory agreement with Partners Group AG. In accordance with the terms of the respective investment advisory agreements, Partners Group AG directs the investments held by each of the Partners Group Entities. The investment committee of Partners Group AG is comprised of René Biner, Marcel Erni, Alfred Gantner, Philipp Gysler, Walter Keller, Nori Gerardo Lietz, Steffen Meister, Sandra Pajarola, Christoph Rubeli, Stephan Schäli, Michael Studer, Tilmann Trommsdorff and Urs Wietlisbach. Each of the members of the investment committee expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares directly held by Direct Investments, Global Opportunities and Princess Private Equity. Each of the Partners Group Entities and the partners, members and managers of the Partners Group Entities expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares directly held by Direct Investments, Global Opportunities and Princess Private Equity. The address for Partners Group AG is Zugerstrasse 57, CH-6341 Baar-Zug, Switzerland.

139


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Credit Facility

          Upon consummation of the Merger, Centers entered into the Senior Credit Facility, under which various funds affiliated with one of our sponsors, Ares, are lenders. Under the Senior Credit Facility, these affiliated funds have made term loans to Centers in the amount of $65.0 million and $62.1 million, as of the consummation of the Merger and December 31, 2009, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, an aggregate of $2.9 million in principal and $11.0 million in interest has been paid to affiliates of Ares in respect of amounts borrowed under the Senior Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility have accrued interest at a weighted average rate of 4.6% per year.

Stockholders Agreements

          Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement.     Upon completion of the Merger, we entered into a stockholders agreement with each of our stockholders at such time, which included certain of our directors, employees, and members of our management and our principal stockholders. Such agreement was amended and restated as of February 12, 2008. Through a voting agreement within the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, each of the Sponsors currently has the right to designate four members of our board of directors (or, at the sole option of each, five members of the board of directors, one of which shall be independent) for so long as they or their respective affiliates and co-investors each own at least 10% of our outstanding common stock. The voting agreement also provides for election of our then-current chief executive officer to our board of directors. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, certain significant corporate actions require the approval of a majority of directors on the board of directors, including a majority of the directors designated by Ares and a majority of the directors designated by OTPP. The foregoing provisions will cease to be effective upon completion of this offering. The Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement also contains significant transfer restrictions and certain rights of first offer, tag-along, and drag-along rights, all of which will cease to be effective upon completion of this offering. In addition, the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement contains registration rights that require us to register Class A common stock held by the stockholders who are parties to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement in the event we register for sale, either for our own account or for the account of others, shares of our Class A common stock. In connection with the consummation of this offering, the parties to such agreement will amend and restate such agreement and enter into the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (the "Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement"). The Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement will provide for substantially similar registration rights following completion of this offering.

          New Stockholders Agreement.     The terms of the New Stockholders Agreement to be entered into among the Sponsors and us, effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will consist of at least nine members and that the Sponsors will have the right to nominate to our board of directors, subject to their election by our stockholders:

140


Table of Contents

Half of such nominees will be nominated by each of the Sponsors; provided , that (i) if the number of directors to be nominated is odd, the Sponsors will jointly nominate one such director and each Sponsor will nominate one half of the remainder, and (ii) if either Sponsor owns more than 5%, but less than or equal to 10%, of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, one director will be nominated by such Sponsor, and the remainder of such nominees will be nominated by the other Sponsor.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either Sponsor at any time ceases to own more than 5% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, that Sponsor will not have the right to designate any directors, the shares of common stock owned by that Sponsor will be excluded in calculating the thresholds above, and the rights set forth above will only be available to the Sponsor that owns the applicable percentage of shares of our common stock. The New Stockholders Agreement will also provide for the nomination to our board of directors, subject to his or her election by our stockholders at the annual meeting, of our chief executive officer. Each Sponsor will agree, for so long as such Sponsor owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, to vote all of the shares of Class A common stock held by it in favor of the foregoing nominees.

          The New Stockholders Agreement will also provide that, for so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than one third of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, the following corporate actions will require the approval of either Sponsor; provided , that if either Sponsor owns 10% or less of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, such actions will not be subject to the approval of such Sponsor and the shares of common stock owned by such Sponsor will be excluded in calculating the one third threshold:

141


Table of Contents

ACOF Management Services Agreement

          In connection with the Merger, on March 16, 2007, we entered into a Management Services Agreement (the "ACOF Management Services Agreement") with ACOF Operating Manager II, L.P., an affiliate of Ares. The ACOF Management Services Agreement provides for an annual management fee of $750,000, payable quarterly and in advance to ACOF Operating Manager II, on a pro rata basis, until the tenth anniversary from March 16, 2007 plus any one-year extensions (which extensions occur automatically on each anniversary date of March 16, 2007), as well as reimbursements for ACOF Operating Manager II's, and its affiliates', out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the management services provided under the ACOF Management Services Agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2010, $750,000 was paid to ACOF Operating Manager II in accordance with the terms of ACOF Management Services Agreement.

          Upon the consummation of a change in control transaction or a bona fide initial public offering, ACOF Operating Manager II will receive, in lieu of quarterly payments of the annual management fee, an automatic fee equal to the net present value of the aggregate annual management fee that would have been payable to ACOF Operating Manager II during the remainder of the term of the fee agreement, calculated in good faith by our board of directors. We estimate that this amount would have been $              million had the offering occurred on                           . Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to use cash on hand to satisfy our obligations under the ACOF Management Services Agreement.

          The ACOF Management Services Agreement also provides that we will indemnify ACOF Operating Manager II and its affiliates against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising in connection with the management services provided by ACOF Operating Manager II under the ACOF Management Services Agreement.

Special Dividend

          OTPP, as the holder of our Class B common stock, is entitled to receive ratably an annual special dividend payment equal to an aggregate amount of $750,000 per year when, as and if declared by the board of directors, for the Special Dividend Period. The special dividend payment is payable in equal quarterly installments on the first day of each quarter commencing on April 1, 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2010, $750,000 was paid to OTPP as a special dividend pursuant to the obligations under our Class B common stock.

          Upon the consummation of a change in control transaction or a bona fide initial public offering, OTPP will receive, in lieu of quarterly payments of the special dividend payments, an automatic payment equal to the net present value of the aggregate amount of the special dividend payments that would have been payable to OTPP during the remainder of the Special Dividend Period, calculated in good faith by our board of directors. We estimate this amount would have been $              million had the offering occurred on                          . Immediately prior to the

142


Table of Contents


consummation of this offering, we intend to use cash on hand to satisfy our obligations under our Class B common stock.

Lease Agreements

          General Nutrition Centres Company, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, is party to 19 lease agreements, as lessee, with Cadillac Fairview Corporation, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of OTPP, as lessor, with respect to properties located in Canada. In December 2010, Cadillac Fairview Corporation assigned its interest in an additional lease agreement to an unrelated third party in connection with the sale of a shopping center to which such lease related. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we paid $2.8 million, $2.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively, under the lease agreements and as of December 31, 2010, the aggregate future minimum lease payments under the lease agreements was $19.3, million. Each lease was negotiated in the ordinary course of business on an arm's length basis.

Product Purchases

          During our 2010 fiscal year, we purchased certain fish oil and probiotics products manufactured by Lifelong Nutrition, Inc. ("Lifelong") for resale under our proprietary brand name GNC WELLbeING®. Carmen Fortino, who serves as one of our directors, was the Managing Director, a member of the board of directors and a stockholder of Lifelong's parent company. The aggregate value of the products we purchased from Lifelong was $2.3 million and $3.3 million for the 2010 and 2009 fiscal years, respectively. Effective December 31, 2010, Lifelong's parent company was sold to a third party and Mr. Fortino resigned his positions at Lifelong.

Product Development and Distribution Agreement

          On June 3, 2010, General Nutrition Corporation, our wholly owned subsidiary, and Lifelong entered into a Product Development and Distribution Agreement (the "Lifelong Agreement"), pursuant to which General Nutrition Corporation and Lifelong will develop a branded line of supplements to be manufactured by Lifelong. As described above, Mr. Fortino was the Managing Director, a member of the board of directors and a stockholder of Lifelong's parent company. Products manufactured under the Lifelong Agreement and sold in our stores will be purchased by us from Lifelong; products sold outside of our stores will be subject to certain revenue sharing arrangements. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we made $1.3 million in product purchases from Lifelong under the Lifelong Agreement. Effective December 31, 2010, Lifelong's parent company was sold to a third party and Mr. Fortino resigned his positions at Lifelong.

Stock Purchase

          During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, we issued to Axcel Partners III, LLC 273,215 shares of our Class A common stock at a price of $6.82 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.9 million, and 45,478 shares of our Class A common stock at a price of $7.08 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.3 million, respectively, and 110,151 and 18,710 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a price of $5.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the dates of purchase, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Ms. Kaplan, who serves as a director and as our President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer, is a member of Axcel Managers LLC, the managing member of Axcel Partners III LLC, and of SK Limited Partnership, a member of Axcel Partners III LLC.

143


Table of Contents

Stock Purchase Agreement

          In February 2010, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Guru Ramanathan, our Senior Vice President, Chief Innovation Officer, in connection with Mr. Ramanathan's previous purchase, in June 2008, of 14,885 shares of our Class A common stock at a price of $6.93 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $103,153, and 4,961 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a price of $5.6637 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $28,097.62.

Director Independence

          As of January 1, 2011, our board of directors was comprised of Norman Axelrod, Andrew Claerhout, Carmen Fortino, Joseph Fortunato, Michael Hines, Beth J. Kaplan, David B. Kaplan, Brian Klos, Romeo Leemrijse and Richard J. Wallace. Pursuant to the voting agreement in the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, Messrs. Axelrod, Kaplan and Klos were designated by Ares and Messrs. Claerhout, Fortino and Leemrijse were designated by OTPP. Ms. Kaplan and Messrs. Hines and Wallace were jointly designated by the Sponsors. Mr. Fortunato was elected to the board of directors pursuant to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, which provides that our chief executive officer shall sit on our board. We have no securities listed for trading on a national securities exchange or in an automated inter-dealer quotation system of a national securities association which has requirements that a majority of our board of directors be independent. For purposes of complying with the disclosure requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have adopted the definition of independence used by the NYSE. Under this definition of independence,         of our directors are independent.

144


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

          The following is a description of our capital stock and the relevant provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and other agreements to which we and our stockholders are parties, in each case upon the closing of this offering and the application of the use of proceeds of this offering. The following is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all applicable laws and to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and other agreements, copies of which are available as set forth under "Where You Can Find More Information".

Authorized Capitalization

          Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of (i)                    shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (ii)                   shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Common Stock

          As of January 1, 2011, there were 59,198,688 shares of Class A common stock outstanding (excluding 769,261 shares held as treasury stock), held of record by 41 stockholders, and there were 28,168,561 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, held of record by one stockholder, OTPP. The holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights:

          Voting Rights.     Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders, except with respect to the election or removal of directors. There is no cumulative voting, which means that a holder or group of holders of more than 50% of the shares of our common stock can elect all of our directors. For a description of the New Stockholders Agreement, see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Stockholders Agreements".

          Dividend Rights.     The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our board of directors from legally available sources, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any. Currently, the holder of our Class B common stock is entitled to the Special Dividend described above under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Special Dividend".

          Conversion Rights.     The shares of Class A common stock are not convertible except as provided below. The shares of Class B common stock are convertible into Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder, on the basis of one share of Class A common stock for each share of Class B common stock. The holder of Class B common stock would have, upon conversion of its shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock, one vote per share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. The shares of Class A common stock are convertible into Class B common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder so long as such holder holds Class B common stock, on the basis of one share of Class B common stock for each share of Class A common stock.

          Liquidation Rights.     In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any.

          Other Matters.     The holders of our common stock have no subscription or redemption privileges. After this offering, our common stock does not entitle its holder to preemptive rights. The

145


Table of Contents


rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

          As of January 1, 2011, there were 29,867,046 shares of our Series A preferred stock outstanding (excluding 266,569 shares held as treasury stock), held of record by 41 stockholders.

          Redemption.     Immediately following the consummation of this offering, we intend to redeem all of our outstanding Series A preferred stock at a redemption price per share of $5.00, plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the redemption date. The per share accrued and unpaid dividends on a share of Series A preferred stock as of December 31, 2010 was $2.27.

          Future Issuances.     Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without further stockholder approval, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of                          shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, preferences, rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series thereof, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock. See "— Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws".

Options

          As of the completion of this offering, options to purchase a total of                          shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding, of which                          will be eligible for exercise or sale immediately following the completion of this offering. Common stock may be subject to the granting of options under the equity incentive plan. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale".

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws

          We plan to elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner.

          Certain other provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective upon completion of this offering may be considered to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or other corporate transaction that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including those transactions that might result in payment of a premium over the market price for our shares. These provisions are designed to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of us without prior approval of our board of directors. These provisions are meant to encourage persons interested in acquiring control of us to first consult with our board of directors to negotiate terms of a potential business combination or offer. We believe that these provisions protect against an unsolicited proposal for a takeover of us that might affect the long term value of our stock or that

146


Table of Contents


may be otherwise unfair to our stockholders. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

          Our board will also have the power to alter, amend, or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval.

Action by Written Consent

          Upon completion of this offering, stockholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting may only be taken so long as the Sponsors own a majority of our outstanding common stock. Thereafter, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

147


Table of Contents

Stockholder Proposals

          Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors.

          Stockholders at our annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered to our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. Although neither our amended and restated certificate of incorporation nor our amended and restated bylaws will give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals about other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws

          Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend our certificate of incorporation, and, in certain instances, the affirmative vote of 66 2 / 3 % of the shares entitled to vote is required to amend our certificate of incorporation. In addition, under the DGCL, an amendment to our certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of our Class B the common stock so as to affect them adversely also must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class. Upon the completion of this offering our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors may from time to time make, amend, supplement or repeal our bylaws by vote of a majority of our board of directors without stockholder approval.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers and Limitation of Liability

          Delaware Law.     Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation's board of directors to indemnify its directors and officers in terms broad enough to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses occurred) arising under the Securities Act. As described below, we intend upon the completion of this offering to indemnify our directors, officers, and other employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

          Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.     Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors, officers, and employees and other persons serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another entity to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. We will be required to advance expenses, as incurred, to a covered person in connection with defending a legal proceeding upon receiving an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay all such amounts if it is determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

148


Table of Contents

          Indemnification Agreements.     Prior to the completion of this offering, we will have executed indemnification agreements with each of our directors and each of our officers in the position of Senior Vice President or above. These agreements provide indemnification to our directors and senior officers under certain circumstances for acts or omissions which may not be covered by directors' and officers' liability insurance, and may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law.

          Indemnification for Securities Act Liability.     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, officers, or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

          Insurance Policies.     We maintain an insurance policy covering our directors and officers with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Corporate Opportunities

          In our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we renounce any interest or expectancy in any business opportunities presented to Ares or OTPP, as the case may be, or any of their respective officers, managers, members, affiliates, or subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued, and that neither Ares or OTPP, as the case may be, nor their respective affiliates will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of any such activities unless, in the case of any person who is a director or officer of our company, such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as an officer or director of our company. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Stockholders Agreements

          Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement.     Upon completion of the Merger, we entered into a stockholders agreement with each of our stockholders at such time, which included certain of our directors, employees, and members of our management and our principal stockholders. Such agreement was amended and restated as of February 12, 2008. The Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement contains a voting agreement with respect to the election to our board of directors of individals designated by our Sponsors and provides that certain significant corporate actions require the approval of a majority of directors on the board of directors, including a majority of the directors designated by Ares and a majority of the directors designated by OTPP. The Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement also contains significant transfer restrictions and certain rights of first offer, tag-along, and drag-along rights which, in addition to the voting agreement, will cease to be effective upon the completion of this offering. In addition, the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement contains registration rights that require us to register Class A common stock held by the stockholders who are parties to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement in the event we register for sale, either for our own account or for the account of others, shares of our Class A common stock. In connection with the consummation of this offering, the parties to such agreement will enter into the Second Amended and Restated

149


Table of Contents

Stockholders Agreement. The Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement will provide for substantially similar registration rights following completion of this offering.

          New Stockholders Agreement.     Under the New Stockholders Agreement to be entered into among the Sponsors and us, effective upon the completion of this offering, the Sponsors will have the right to nominate to our board of directors, subject to their election by our stockholders, for so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, the greater of up to nine directors and the number of directors comprising a majority of our board and, subject to certain exceptions, so long as the Sponsors collectively own 50% or less of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, that number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number or, if such rounding would cause the Sponsors to have the right to elect a majority of our board of directors, rounded to the nearest whole number) that is the same percentage of the total number of directors comprising our board as the collective percentage of common stock owned by the Sponsors. Under the New Stockholders Agreement, each Sponsor will also agree to vote all of the shares of Class A common stock held by it in favor of the other Sponsor's nominees. The New Stockholders Agreement will also provide that, so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than one-third of our outstanding common stock, certain significant corporate actions will require the approval of at least one of the Sponsors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Stockholders Agreements".

Listing

          We will apply to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "GNC".

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

150


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN DEBT

          The following summary highlights the material terms of the agreements and instruments that govern our material outstanding debt. Although this summary contains a summary of all of the material terms of the agreements and instruments as described, it is not a complete description of all of the terms of the agreements and instruments, and you should refer to the relevant agreement or instrument for additional information, copies of which are available as set forth under "Where You Can Find More Information".

          Centers has announced that it intends to enter into, subject to market and other conditions, a financing transaction with certain lenders. Centers currently expects to use the proceeds from the transaction, if consummated, to, among other things, refinance its existing indebtedness.

Senior Credit Facility

          The Senior Credit Facility consists of the $675.0 million Term Loan Facility and the $60.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $7.9 million and $6.2 million was pledged to secure letters of credit, respectively.

          Interest Rate; Fees.     All borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate (as publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect) and (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.50% per annum plus, at December 31, 2008, in each case, applicable margins of 1.25% per annum for the Term Loan Facility and 1.0% per annum for the Revolving Credit Facility or (ii) adjusted LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum for the Term Loan Facility and 2.0% per annum for the revolving credit facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of unutilized revolving loan commitments at a rate of 0.50% per annum.

          Guarantees; Security.     GNC Corporation, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, and Centers' existing and future indirect domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed Centers' obligations under the Senior Credit Facility.

          Maturity.     The Term Loan Facility will mature in September 2013. The Revolving Credit Facility will mature in March 2012.

          Prepayment; Reduction.     The Senior Credit Facility permits Centers to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding balance without incurring penalties (except LIBOR breakage costs). Subject to certain exceptions, commencing in fiscal 2008, the Senior Credit Facility requires that 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty insurance, condemnations and debt issuances, and a specified percentage (ranging from 50% to 0% based on a defined leverage ratio) of excess cash flow (as defined in the agreement) for each fiscal year must be used to pay down outstanding borrowings.

          Covenants.     The Senior Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including incurrence covenants and certain other limitations on the ability of GNC Corporation, Centers, and Centers' subsidiaries to incur additional debt, guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, dispose of assets, make optional payments or modifications of other debt instruments, pay dividends or other payments on capital stock, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, enter into arrangements that restrict our and our subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends or grant liens, engage in transactions with affiliates, and change the passive holding company status of GNC Corporation.

151


Table of Contents

          Events of Default.     The Senior Credit Facility contains events of default, including (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds) defaults based on (1) the failure to make payments under the senior credit facility when due, (2) breaches of covenants, (3) inaccuracies of representations and warranties, (4) cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, (5) bankruptcy events, (6) material judgments, (7) certain matters arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (8) the actual or asserted invalidity of documents relating to any guarantee or security document, (9) the actual or asserted invalidity of any subordination terms supporting the Senior Credit Facility, and (10) the occurrence of a change in control. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders would be entitled to accelerate the facilities and take various other actions, including all actions permitted to be taken by a collateralized creditor. If certain bankruptcy events occur, the facilities will automatically accelerate.

          Collateral.     The Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by first priority pledges (subject to permitted liens) of Centers' equity interests and the equity interests of Centers' domestic subsidiaries.

Senior Toggle Notes

          In connection with the Merger, Centers completed a private offering of $300.0 million of our Senior Notes.

          Interest Rate.     Centers may elect in its sole discretion to pay PIK interest or partial PIK interest. Cash interest on the Senior Notes accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 4.5% per annum, and PIK interest, if any, accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 5.25% per annum. If Centers elects to pay PIK interest or partial PIK interest, it will increase the principal amount of the Senior Notes or issue Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK interest for the applicable interest payment period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000) to holders of the Senior Notes on the relevant record date. To date, Centers has elected to pay cash interest. The Senior Notes are treated as having been issued with original issue discount for United States federal income tax purposes.

          Optional Redemption.     Centers may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time, at specified redemption prices. If Centers experiences certain kinds of changes in control, Centers must offer to purchase the Senior Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.

          Guarantees; Ranking.     The Senior Notes are Centers' senior non-collateralized obligations and are effectively subordinated to all of Centers' existing and future collateralized debt, including the Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the assets securing such debt, rank equally with all of Centers' existing and future non-collateralized senior debt and rank senior to all Centers' existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the Senior Subordinated Notes (as defined below). The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior non-collateralized basis by each of Centers' existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Notes indenture). If Centers fails to make payments on the Senior Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead.

          Covenants.     The Senior Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on Centers' and its restricted subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase Centers' stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict our ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Notes indenture restricts Centers' and certain of its subsidiaries' ability to declare or pay dividends to its or their stockholders.

152


Table of Contents

10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes

          In connection with the Merger, Centers completed a private offering of $110.0 million of our Senior Subordinated Notes.

          Interest Rate.     Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes accrues at the rate of 10.75% per year from March 16, 2007 and is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2007.

          Optional Redemption.     Centers may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Notes at any time, at specified redemption prices. If Centers experience certain kinds of changes in control, Centers must offer to purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.

          Guarantees; Ranking.     The Senior Subordinated Notes are Centers' senior subordinated non-collateralized obligations and are subordinated to all its existing and future senior debt, including Centers' Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Notes and rank equally with all of Centers' existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all Centers' existing and future subordinated debt. The Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated non-collateralized basis by each of Centers' existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Notes indenture). If Centers fails to make payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead.

          Covenants.     The Senior Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on Centers' and its restricted subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase Centers' stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict Centers' ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Subordinated Notes indenture restricts Centers' and certain of its subsidiaries' ability to declare or pay dividends to its or their stockholders.

153


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and a significant public market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of significant amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares of our outstanding Class A common stock and shares of our Class A common stock issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Sale of Restricted Shares and Lock-Up Agreements

          Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding                  shares of Class A common stock and                   shares of Class B common stock that are convertible into                  shares of Class A common stock.

          Of these shares, the                  shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by affiliates of our company, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

          The remaining                  shares of Class A common stock and                    shares of Class B common stock were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rules 144, 144(k), or 701 of the Securities Act. However,                   of these remaining shares of Class A common stock and                    of these remaining shares of Class B common stock are held by officers, directors, and existing stockholders who are subject to lock-up agreements for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus under which they have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of their shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, subject to certain exceptions. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements.

          Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus,                  of these remaining shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, although all but                   shares will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144.

Rule 144

          In general, Rule 144 allows a stockholder, or stockholders where shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months and who files a Form 144 with the SEC to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of those shares that does not exceed the greater of:

          Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An "affiliate" is a person that directly, or indirectly though one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer.

          Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months (including the holding

154


Table of Contents


period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our Class A common stock subject only to availability of current, public information about us; provided, however, that such current, public information requirement shall not apply if such shares were beneficially owned for at least twelve months. A person who was an affiliate during the months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.

Rule 701

          Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period requirement, of Rule 144. Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell their shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

Sales under Rules 144 and 701

          No precise prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. We are unable to estimate the number of our shares that may be sold in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701 (or pursuant to Form S-8, if applicable) because this will depend on the market price of our Class A common stock, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors. Nevertheless, sales of significant amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Registration Rights

          Upon completion of this offering, stockholders who are parties to the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement have the right, subject to various conditions and limitations, to include their shares of our Class A common stock in registration statements relating to our securities. The right to include shares in an underwritten registration is subject to the ability of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in this offering. By exercising their registration rights and causing a large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market, these holders could cause the price of the Class A common stock to fall. In addition, any demand to include such shares in our registration statements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise needed capital. See "Description of Capital Stock — Stockholders Agreements".

Options

          In addition to the shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding, as of January 1, 2011, there were outstanding options to purchase 9,467,813 shares of our Class A common stock. As soon as practicable upon completion of this offering, we intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our Class A common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock plans. Accordingly, shares of our Class A common stock registered under the Form S-8 registration statements will be available for sale in the open market upon exercise by the holders, subject to vesting restrictions with us, contractual lock-up restrictions, and/or market stand-off provisions applicable to each option agreement that prohibit the sale or other disposition of the shares of Class A common stock underlying the options for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent from us or our underwriters.

155


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-UNITED STATES STOCKHOLDERS

          This is a general summary of material United States Federal income and estate tax considerations with respect to your acquisition, ownership and disposition of Class A common stock if you purchase your Class A common stock in this offering, you will hold the Class A common stock as a capital asset and you are a beneficial owner of shares other than:

          This summary does not address all United States Federal income and estate tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances or if you are a beneficial owner subject to special treatment under United States income tax laws (including a "controlled foreign corporation", "passive foreign investment company", a foreign tax-exempt organization, a financial institution, an insurance company, or a former United States citizen or resident). This summary does not discuss any aspect of United States Federal alternative minimum tax, or state, local or non-United States taxation. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the United States Internal Revenue Service, referred to as the IRS, and all other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

          If a partnership (or other entity taxable as a partnership for United States Federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of each partner will generally depend on the partner's status and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our Class A common stock, you should consult your tax advisor.


WE URGE PROSPECTIVE NON-UNITED STATES STOCKHOLDERS TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-UNITED STATES INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK.


Dividends

          In general, any distributions we make to you with respect to your shares of Class A common stock that constitute dividends for United States Federal income tax purposes will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount, unless you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and you provide proper and acceptable certification of your eligibility for such reduced rate. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by filing a refund claim with the IRS. A distribution will constitute a dividend for United States Federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated

156


Table of Contents


earnings and profits as determined under the Code. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing your adjusted income tax basis in your shares of Class A common stock and, to the extent the distribution exceeds your basis, as capital gain.

          Dividends we pay to you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if certain income tax treaties apply, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by you) generally will not be subject to United States withholding tax if you comply with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to United States Federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same graduated individual or corporate rates applicable to United States persons. If you are a corporation, effectively connected income may also be subject to a "branch profits tax" at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty). Dividends that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business but that under an applicable income tax treaty are not attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by you may be eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax under such treaty, provided you comply with certification and disclosure requirements necessary to obtain treaty benefits.

Sale or Other Disposition of Class A Common Stock

          You generally will not be subject to United States Federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of your shares of Class A common stock unless:

          Gain that is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States generally will be subject to United States Federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same rates applicable to United States persons. If you are a corporation, the branch profits tax (described above) may also apply to such effectively connected gain. If the gain from the sale or disposition of your shares is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States but under an applicable income tax treaty is not attributable to a permanent establishment you maintain in the United States, your gain may be exempt from United States tax under an applicable treaty. If you are described in the second bullet point above, you generally will be subject to United States tax at a rate of 30% on the gain realized, although such gain may be offset by some United States source capital losses realized during the same taxable year.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

          We must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends or other distributions we pay to you on your shares of Class A common stock and the amount of tax we withhold on these distributions regardless of whether withholding is required. Copies of the information returns reporting those distributions and amounts withheld may be made available by the IRS to the tax

157


Table of Contents


authorities in the country in which you reside pursuant to the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information treaty.

          The United States imposes backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on dividends and certain other types of payments to United States persons. You will not be subject to backup withholding on dividends you receive on your shares of Class A common stock if you provide proper certification of your status as a non-United States person or you are a corporation or one of several types of entities and organizations that qualify for exemption (an "exempt recipient").

          Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of your shares of Class A common stock outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. If, however, you sell your shares of Class A common stock through a United States broker or the United States office of a foreign broker, the broker will be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to you to the IRS and also effect backup withholding on that amount unless you provide appropriate certification to the broker of your status as a non-United States person or you are an exempt recipient. Information reporting will also apply if you sell your shares of Class A common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from United States sources or having certain other connections to the United States, unless such broker has documenting evidence in its records that you are a non-United States person and certain other conditions are met or you are an exempt recipient.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld with respect to your shares of Class A common stock under the backup withholding rules will be refunded to you or credited against your United States Federal income tax liability, if any, by the IRS if the required information is furnished in a timely manner.

Withholdable Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities

          Under recently enacted legislation, a 30% withholding tax would be imposed on certain payments made after December 31, 2012 to certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-US persons that fail to comply with certain information reporting requirements in respect of their direct and indirect United States shareholders and/or United States accountholders. Such payments would include US-source dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock that may produce US-source dividends.

Estate Tax

          Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as defined for United States Federal estate tax purposes) of the United States at the time of his or her death will be included in the individual's gross estate for United States Federal estate tax purposes and may therefore be subject to United States Federal estate tax and generation skipping transfer tax (with respect to transfers to certain "skip persons") unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise.

158


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          The company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are joint representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriter
 
Number
of Shares
 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

       

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

       

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

       
       
 

Total

       
       

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          If the underwriters sell more than                   shares, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional shares from the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase an additional                          shares.

Paid by us
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

 

Paid by the Selling Stockholders
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company's Class A common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan

159


Table of Contents


Securities LLC. This agreement does not apply to any grants under existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company's historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          An application will be made to list the Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "GNC". In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on that national securities exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

          A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a portion of the shares to underwriters for their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

          In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from the company and the selling stockholders in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

160


Table of Contents

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company's stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE where our Class A common stock will be listed, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

161


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

          The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan,

162


Table of Contents


including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland

          This document as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus (the "Shares") does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Articles 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the Shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The Shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the company from time to time. This document as well as any other material relating to the Shares is personal and confidential and does not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without the express consent of the company. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Dubai International Financial Centre

          This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

          The principal underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

          The company and the selling stockholders estimate that their share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $             .

          The company and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. For example, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs &

163


Table of Contents


Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (f/k/a J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.) are acting as joint book-runners, co-lead arrangers and lenders under the Senior Credit Facility, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, are acting as agents under the Senior Credit Facility, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is acting as agent under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement entered into in connection with the Senior Credit Facility. In addition, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acted as initial purchasers of the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes. For a description of the Senior Credit Facility, the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes, see "Description of Certain Debt".

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of the company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

164


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Proskauer Rose LLP, Los Angeles, California, and for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York. Proskauer Rose LLP has from time to time represented certain of the underwriters, Ares and certain of the other stockholders on unrelated matters.


EXPERTS

          The financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009 and for the period from March 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007 and management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) as of December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

          Our consolidated financial statements for the period from January 1, 2007 through March 15, 2007 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

165


Table of Contents


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and, as permitted by the SEC's rules, does not contain all of the information presented in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov, from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto.

          Because one of our subsidiaries already has public debt and also due to this offering, it is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain an Internet site at GNC.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our securities.

166


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
Page

GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
F-2

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

   
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   
 

As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

  F-5
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   
 

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007

  F-6
 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   
 

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007

  F-7
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   
 

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007

  F-8
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-9

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

   
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   
 

As of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009

  F-66
 

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

   
 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

  F-67
 

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income

   
 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

  F-68
 

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   
 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

  F-69
 

Summarized Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-70

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.:

          In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholder's equity and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended and for the period from March 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 16(b) for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from March 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page 65 of this prospectus. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which was an integrated audit in 2009). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

          As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.

          A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents

          Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
September 28, 2010

F-3


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of GNC Parent Corporation:

          In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, of stockholder's equity and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of GNC Parent Corporation and its subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 16(b) for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
September 28, 2010

F-4


Table of Contents


GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, including share data)

 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 

Current assets:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 89,948   $ 44,339  
 

Receivables, net (Note 3)

    93,932     89,044  
 

Inventories (Note 4)

    370,492     363,654  
 

Deferred tax assets (Note 5)

        11,455  
 

Prepaids and other current assets (Note 6)

    42,275     48,090  
           
   

Total current assets

    596,647     556,582  

Long-term assets:

             
 

Goodwill, net (Note 7)

    624,753     622,909  
 

Brands, net (Note 7)

    720,000     720,000  
 

Other intangible assets, net (Note 7)

    154,370     163,176  
 

Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 8)

    199,581     206,154  
 

Deferred financing fees, net (Note 2)

    18,411     22,470  
 

Other long-term assets (Note 9)

    4,332     2,518  
           
   

Total long-term assets

    1,721,447     1,737,227  
           
     

Total assets

  $ 2,318,094   $ 2,293,809  
           

Current liabilities:

             
 

Accounts payable

  $ 95,904   $ 123,577  
 

Accrued payroll and related liabilities (Note 10)

    22,277     22,582  
 

Accrued interest (Note 12)

    14,552     15,746  
 

Current portion, long-term debt (Note 12)

    1,724     13,509  
 

Other current liabilities (Note 11)

    65,162     74,368  
           
   

Total current liabilities

    199,619     249,782  

Long-term liabilities:

             
 

Long-term debt (Note 12)

    1,058,085     1,071,237  
 

Deferred tax liabilities (Note 5)

    288,894     278,003  
 

Other long-term liabilities

    39,520     40,983  
           
   

Total long-term liabilities

    1,386,499     1,390,223  
           
     

Total liabilities

    1,586,118     1,640,005  

Stockholders' equity (Note 17):

             
 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 60,000 shares authorized:

             
   

Series A, 30,500 shares designated, 30,129 shares issued, 29,862 shares outstanding and 267 shares held in treasury at December 31, 2009, and 30,500 shares designated, 30,129 shares issued, 29,978 shares outstanding and 151 shares held in treasury at December 31, 2008

    197,742     179,346  
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000 shares authorized:

             
   

Class A, 59,954 shares issued, 59,170 shares outstanding and 784 shares held in treasury at December 31, 2009, and 59,954 shares issued, 59,510 shares outstanding and 444 shares held in treasury at December 31, 2008

    60     60  
   

Class B, 28,169 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

    28     28  
 

Paid-in-capital

    448,556     445,701  
 

Retained earnings

    95,263     44,406  
 

Treasury stock, at cost

    (2,474 )   (1,680 )
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (7,199 )   (14,057 )
           
   

Total stockholders' equity

    731,976     653,804  
           
     

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 2,318,094   $ 2,293,809  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 

Revenue

  $ 1,707,007   $ 1,656,729   $ 1,222,987       $ 329,829  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

    1,116,437     1,082,630     814,238         212,175  
                       

Gross profit

    590,570     574,099     408,749         117,654  

Compensation and related benefits

    263,046     249,793     195,792         64,311  

Advertising and promotion

    50,034     55,060     35,062         20,473  

Other selling, general and administrative

    96,619     98,903     71,478         17,611  

Foreign currency (gain) loss

    (155 )   733     (424 )       (154 )

Merger-related costs (Note 1)

                    34,603  
                       

Operating income (loss)

    181,026     169,610     106,841         (19,190 )

Interest expense, net (Note 12)

    69,940     83,000     75,513         72,822  
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    111,086     86,610     31,328         (92,012 )

Income tax expense (benefit) (Note 5)

    41,562     31,952     12,512         (21,568 )
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 69,524   $ 54,658   $ 18,816       $ (70,444 )
                       

Income (loss) per share — Basic and Diluted:

                             

Net income (loss)

 
$

69,524
 
$

54,658
 
$

18,816
     
$

(70,444

)

Preferred stock dividends

    18,667     16,861     12,207          
                       

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 50,857   $ 37,797   $ 6,609       $ (70,444 )
                       

Earnings (loss) per share:

                             
 

Basic

  $ 0.58   $ 0.43   $ 0.08       $ (1.39 )
 

Diluted

  $ 0.58   $ 0.43   $ 0.08       $ (1.39 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                             
 

Basic

    87,421     87,761     87,784         50,607  
 

Diluted

    87,859     87,787     87,784         50,607  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands, including share data)

 
  Class A
Common Stock
  Class B
Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Preferred Stock    
   
   
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
 
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 
 
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Paid-in-
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Predecessor
 
Shares
 
Dollars
 
Shares
 
Dollars
 
Shares
 
Dollars
 

Balance at December 31, 2006

    50,607   $ 506       $       $   $   $ 584   $ (100,656 ) $ 580   $ (98,986 )
                                               

Comprehensive loss:

                                                                   
 

Net loss

                                    (70,444 )       (70,444 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                        (283 )   (283 )
                                                                   
   

Comprehensive loss

                                                                (70,727 )

Adoption of FIN 48

                                    (418 )       (418 )

Cancellation of stock options, net of tax

                                (32,466 )           (32,466 )

Non-cash stock-based compensation

                                4,124             4,124  

Capital contribution from selling shareholder

                                904,875             904,875  
                                               

Balance at March 15, 2007

    50,607   $ 506       $       $   $   $ 877,117   $ (171,518 ) $ (297 ) $ 706,402  
                                               
   

Successor

                                                                   

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                                   
 

Net income

                                    18,816         18,816  
 

Unrealized loss on derivatives designated and qualified as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $2,051

                                        (3,584 )   (3,584 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                        2,732     2,732  
                                                                   
   

Comprehensive income

                                                                17,964  

Capital contribution

    59,631     60     28,169     28     30,000     150,000         438,912             589,000  

Purchase of treasury stock

    (46 )               (16 )   (79 )   (235 )               (314 )

Preferred stock

                        12,207             (12,207 )        

Non-cash stock-based compensation

                                1,907             1,907  
                                               

Balance at December 31, 2007

    59,585   $ 60     28,169   $ 28     29,984   $ 162,128   $ (235 ) $ 440,819   $ 6,609   $ (852 ) $ 608,557  
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                                   
 

Net income

                                    54,658         54,658  
 

Unrealized loss on derivatives designated and qualified as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $4,829

                                        (8,438 )   (8,438 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                        (4,767 )   (4,767 )
                                                                   
   

Comprehensive income

                                                                41,453  

Capital contribution

    338                 134     775         2,288             3,063  

Purchase of treasury stock

    (413 )               (140 )   (418 )   (1,445 )               (1,863 )

Preferred stock

                        16,861             (16,861 )        

Non-cash stock-based compensation

                                2,594             2,594  
                                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

    59,510   $ 60     28,169   $ 28     29,978   $ 179,346   $ (1,680 ) $ 445,701   $ 44,406   $ (14,057 ) $ 653,804  
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                                   
 

Net income

                                    69,524         69,524  
 

Unrealized loss on derivatives designated and qualified as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $1,537

                                        2,686     2,686  
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                        4,172     4,172  
                                                                   
   

Comprehensive income

                                                                76,382  

Purchase of treasury stock

    (340 )               (116 )   (271 )   (794 )               (1,065 )

Preferred stock

                        18,667             (18,667 )        

Non-cash stock-based compensation

                                2,855             2,855  
                                               

Balance at December 31, 2009

    59,170   $ 60     28,169   $ 28     29,862   $ 197,742   $ (2,474 ) $ 448,556   $ 95,263   $ (7,199 ) $ 731,976  
                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Year ended    
 

   
 
 
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
   
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                             

Net income (loss)

  $ 69,524   $ 54,658   $ 18,816       $ (70,444 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                             
 

Depreciation expense

    36,906     31,562     20,810         6,510  
 

Deferred fee writedown — early debt extinguishment

                    26,088  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    9,759     10,891     9,191         866  
 

Amortization of deferred financing fees

    4,104     3,907     2,921         1,052  
 

Amortization of original issue discount

    374     339     247         4,183  
 

Increase in provision for inventory losses

    11,151     14,406     10,400         2,247  
 

Non-cash stock-based compensation

    2,855     2,594     1,907         4,124  
 

(Decrease) increase in provision for losses on accounts receivable

    (2,540 )   253     (335 )       (39 )
 

Decrease (increase) in net deferred taxes

    21,431     24,371     9,303         (3,914 )

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                             
 

(Increase) decrease in receivables

    (3,428 )   (5,131 )   (10,752 )       1,982  
 

Increase in inventory, net

    (15,661 )   (48,248 )   (6,377 )       (2,128 )
 

(Increase) decrease in franchise note receivables, net

    (314 )   1,008     2,587         912  
 

Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes

    2,852     (10,545 )   12,707         (4,967 )
 

Decrease (increase) in other assets

    4,187     (6,259 )   (7,474 )       3,536  
 

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable

    (28,119 )   22,075     (986 )       (387 )
 

(Decrease) increase in interest payable

    (1,193 )   (2,365 )   18,110         (24,013 )
 

Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities

    2,083     (16,151 )   10,962         (13,065 )
                       
   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    113,971     77,365     92,037         (67,457 )
                       

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                             
 

Capital expenditures

    (28,682 )   (48,666 )   (28,851 )       (5,693 )
 

Acquisition of the Company

    (11,268 )   (10,842 )   (1,642,951 )        
 

Franchise store conversions

    239     404     77          
 

Acquisition of intangibles

        (1,000 )            
 

Store acquisition costs

    (2,463 )   (321 )   (489 )       (555 )
                       
   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (42,174 )   (60,425 )   (1,672,214 )       (6,248 )
                       

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                             
 

Issuance of preferred stock

        775     140,651          
 

Issuance of Class A common stock

        2,288     270,797          
 

Issuance of Class B common stock

            140,843          
 

Purchase of treasury shares

    (1,065 )   (1,863 )   (314 )        
 

Contribution from selling shareholders

                    904,875  
 

Borrowings from new revolving credit facility

        5,375     10,500          
 

Payments on new revolving credit facility

    (5,375 )       (10,500 )        
 

Borrowings from new senior credit facility

            675,000          
 

Proceeds from issuance of new senior sub notes

            110,000          
 

Proceeds from issuance of new senior notes

            297,000          
 

Redemption of PIK notes

                    (425,000 )
 

Redemption of 8 5 / 8 % senior notes

                    (150,000 )
 

Redemption of 8 1 / 2 % senior notes

                    (215,000 )
 

Payment of 2003 senior credit facility

                    (55,290 )
 

Payments on long-term debt

    (19,952 )   (7,974 )   (6,021 )       (334 )
 

Financing fees

    (45 )       (29,298 )       (532 )
                       
   

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (26,437 )   (1,399 )   1,598,658         58,719  
                       

Effect of exchange rate on cash

    249     (56 )   (29 )       (165 )
                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    45,609     15,485     18,452         (15,151 )

Beginning balance, cash

    44,339     28,854     10,402         25,553  
                       

Ending balance, cash

  $ 89,948   $ 44,339   $ 28,854       $ 10,402  
                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS

          General Nature of Business.     GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Holdings", and together with its subsidiaries and, unless the context requires otherwise, its and their respective predecessors, collectively the "Company"), is a leading specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which include: vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements ("VMHS"), sports nutrition products, diet products and other wellness products.

          The Company's organizational structure is vertically integrated as the operations consist of purchasing raw materials, formulating and manufacturing products and selling the finished products through its retail, franchising and manufacturing/wholesale segments. The Company operates primarily in three business segments: Retail; Franchising; and Manufacturing/Wholesale. Corporate retail store operations are located in North America and Puerto Rico and in addition the Company offers products domestically through GNC.com. Franchise stores are located in the United States and 47 international countries. The Company operates its primary manufacturing facilities in South Carolina and distribution centers in Arizona, Pennsylvania and South Carolina. The Company manufactures the majority of its branded products, but also merchandises various third-party products. Additionally, the Company licenses the use of its trademarks and trade names.

          The processing, formulation, packaging, labeling and advertising of the Company's products are subject to regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), Federal Trade Commission ("FTC"), Consumer Product Safety Commission, United States Department of Agriculture and the Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which the Company's products are sold.

          Merger of the Company.     Together with Holdings' wholly owned subsidiary GNC Acquisition Inc., Holdings entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") with GNC Parent Corporation on February 8, 2007. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and on March 16, 2007, GNC Acquisition Inc. was merged with and into GNC Parent Corporation, with GNC Parent Corporation as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (the "Merger"). The purchase equity contribution was made by Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. ("ACOF") and Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board ("OTPP"), together with additional institutional investors and certain management of Holdings. The transaction closed on March 16, 2007 and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The transaction occurred between unrelated parties and no common control existed. The merger consideration (excluding acquisition costs of $13.7 million) totaled $1.65 billion, including the repayment of existing debt and other liabilities, and was funded with a combination of equity contributions and the issuance of new debt. The following reconciles the total merger consideration to the cash purchase price:

 
 
March 16, 2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Merger consideration

  $ 1,650,000  

Acquisition costs

    13,732  

Debt assumed by buyer

    (10,773 )
       

Fair value of net assets acquired

    1,652,959  

Non-cash rollover of shares

    (36,709 )
       

Cash paid at acquisition

  $ 1,616,250  
       

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS (Continued)

          The Company was subject to certain tax adjustments that were settled upon filing of the predecessor's final tax return, and receipt of the tax refund associated with that return. Also, pursuant to the Merger agreement, the Company agreed to pay additional consideration for amounts refunded from tax returns. During the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, the Company paid $25.9 million additional consideration for total cash paid for the Merger of $1,642.1 million. In September 2008, pursuant to the Merger agreement, $10.8 million of additional consideration was paid as a result of the Company filing its March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 consolidated federal tax return. In the fourth quarter of 2009, pursuant to the Merger agreement, $11.3 million of additional consideration was paid as a result of the Company filing its 2008 consolidated federal tax return. The Merger agreement requires payments to former shareholders and optionholders in lieu of income tax payments made for utilizing net operating losses ("NOL's") created as a result of the Merger.

          In connection with the Merger on March 16, 2007, General Nutrition Centers, Inc. ("Centers"), a subsidiary of Holdings, issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 (the "Senior Toggle Notes") and $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the "10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes"). In addition, Centers obtained a senior credit facility (the "2007 Senior Credit Facility") comprised of a $675.0 million term loan facility (the "Term Loan Facility") and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility"). Centers borrowed the entire $675.0 million under the term loan facility and $10.5 million under the revolving credit facility to fund a portion of the acquisition price. Centers utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay its December 2003 senior credit facility, its 8 5 / 8 % senior notes issued in January 2005, and its 8 1 / 2 % senior subordinated notes issued in December 2003. Centers contributed the remainder of the debt proceeds, after payment of fees and expenses, to a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary, which then loaned such net proceeds to GNC Parent Corporation. GNC Parent Corporation used those proceeds, together with the equity contributions, to repay GNC Parent Corporation's outstanding floating rate senior PIK notes issued in November 2006, pay the merger consideration, and pay fees and expenses related to the Merger transactions.

          In connection with the Merger, the Company recognized charges of $34.6 million in the period ending March 15, 2007. In addition, the Company recognized compensation charges associated with the Merger of $15.3 million in the period ending March 15, 2007.

          Pursuant to the Merger agreement, as amended, GNC Acquisition Inc. was merged with and into GNC Parent Corporation with GNC Parent Corporation surviving the Merger. Subsequently on March 16, 2007, GNC Parent Corporation was converted into a Delaware limited liability company and renamed GNC Parent LLC.

          In conjunction with the Merger, final fair value adjustments were made to the Company's financial statements as of March 16, 2007. As a result of the Merger and the final fair values assigned, the financial statements as of December 31, 2007 reflected these adjustments made in

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS (Continued)


accordance with the standard on business combinations. The following table summarizes the fair values assigned to the Company's assets and liabilities in connection with the Merger.

 
 
March 16, 2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

       
 

Current assets

  $ 480,230  
 

Goodwill

    626,259  
 

Other intangible assets

    901,661  
 

Property, plant and equipment

    181,765  
 

Other assets

    16,813  
       
   

Total assets

  $ 2,206,728  
       

Liabilities:

       
 

Current liabilities

    232,943  
 

Long-term debt

    10,773  
 

Deferred tax liability

    257,732  
 

Other liabilities

    52,321  
       
   

Total liabilities

  $ 553,769  
       

Fair value of net assets acquired

  $ 1,652,959  
       

          The above table does not include Merger consideration related to payments based on utilization of net operating losses for 2008 and 2009.

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") and with the instructions to Form S-1 and Regulation S-X. The Company's normal reporting period is based on a calendar year.

          The financial statements as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 reflect periods subsequent to the Merger and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Included for the year ended 2009 and 2008 and for the period from March 16, 2007 through December 31, 2007 are fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities, including inventory, goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements for the periods prior to the Merger are labeled as "Predecessor" and the periods subsequent to the Merger are labeled as "Successor".

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          Principles of Consolidation.     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings and all of its subsidiaries and a variable interest entity. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

          The Company has no relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


been established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements, or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

          Use of Estimates.     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. Accordingly, these estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Some of the most significant estimates pertaining to the Company include the valuation of inventories, the allowance for doubtful accounts, income tax valuation allowances and the recoverability of long-lived assets. On a regular basis, management reviews its estimates utilizing currently available information, changes in facts and circumstances, historical experience and reasonable assumptions. After such reviews and if deemed appropriate, those estimates are adjusted accordingly. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

          Cash and Cash Equivalents.     The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include all cash and liquid deposits and investments with a maturity of three months or less. The majority of payments due from banks for third-party credit cards process within 24-48 hours, except for transactions occurring on a Friday, which are generally processed the following Monday. All credit card transactions are classified as cash and the amounts due from these transactions totaled $2.1 million at December 31, 2009 and $2.2 million at December 31, 2008.

          Book overdrafts of $0.7 million and $4.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, represent checks issued that had not been presented for payment to the banks and are classified as accounts payable in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The Company typically funds these overdrafts through normal collections of funds or transfers from bank balances at other financial institutions. Under the terms of the Company's facilities with its banks, the respective financial institutions are not legally obligated to honor the book overdraft balances as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, or any balance on any given date.

          Inventories.     Inventory components consist of raw materials, finished product and packaging supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first in / first out ("FIFO") basis. Cost is determined using a standard costing system which approximates actual costs. The Company regularly reviews its inventory levels in order to identify slow moving and short dated products, expected length of time for product sell through and future expiring product. Upon analysis, the Company has established certain valuation allowances to reserve for such inventory. When allowances are considered necessary, after such reviews, the inventory balances are adjusted and reflected net in the accompanying financial statements.

          Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.     The Company sells product to its franchisees and, to a lesser extent, various third parties. See Note 3, "Receivables", for the components of accounts receivable. To determine the allowance for doubtful accounts in accordance with the standard on impairment of receivables, factors that affect collectability from the Company's franchisees or third-party customers include their financial strength, payment history, reported sales and the overall retail economy. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts for franchisees based on an assessment of the franchisees' operations which includes analysis of their operating cash flows, sales levels, and status of amounts due to the Company, such as rent, interest and advertising. In addition, the Company considers the franchisees' inventory and fixed assets, which the Company can use as collateral in the event of a default by the franchisee. An allowance for international franchisees is calculated based on unpaid, non

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


collateralized amounts associated with their receivable balance. An allowance for receivable balances due from other third parties is recognized, if considered necessary, based on facts and circumstances. These allowances are deducted from the related receivables and reflected net in the accompanying financial statements.

          Notes Receivable.     The Company offers financing to qualified franchisees in connection with the initial purchase of a franchise store. The notes offered by the Company to its franchisees are demand notes, payable monthly over a period ranging from five to seven years. Interest accrues principally at an annual rate that ranges from 8.0% to 13.75%, based on the amount of initial deposit, and is payable monthly. Allowances for these receivables are recognized in accordance with the Company's policy described in the Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts above.

          Property, Plant and Equipment.     Property, plant and equipment expenditures are recorded at cost. As a result of the Merger, the remaining estimated useful lives of already-existing property and equipment were reevaluated on a prospective basis using the fair values determined at the date of the Merger. These remaining useful lives ranged from one year to sixteen years across all asset classes with the exception of buildings, whose useful lives ranged from fifteen to thirty seven years. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the property. Fixtures are depreciated over three to fifteen years, and equipment is generally depreciated over ten years. Computer equipment and software costs are generally depreciated over three to five years. Amortization of improvements to retail leased premises is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the improvements, or over the life of the related leases including renewals that are reasonably assured, whichever period is shorter. Buildings are depreciated over forty years and building improvements are depreciated over the remaining useful life of the building. The Company records tax depreciation in conformity with the provisions of applicable tax law.

          Expenditures that materially increase the value or clearly extend the useful life of property, plant and equipment are capitalized in accordance with the policies outlined above. Repair and maintenance costs incurred in the normal operations of business are expensed as incurred. Gains from the sale of property, plant and equipment are recognized in current operations.

          The Company recognized depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment of $36.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $20.8 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $6.5 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007.

          Goodwill and Intangible Assets.     Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of acquired entities. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company completes its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter. The Company records goodwill and franchise rights upon the acquisition of franchisee stores when the consideration given to the franchisee exceeds the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the store. This goodwill is accounted for in accordance with the above policy. See Note 7, "Goodwill, Brands, and Other Intangible Assets, Net".

          Long-lived Assets.     The Company periodically performs reviews of underperforming businesses and other long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, for impairment pursuant to the provisions of the standard related to the accounting for impairment on disposal of

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


long lived assets. Factors the Company considers important that may trigger an impairment review include: significant changes in the manner of its use of assets of the strategy for its overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, store closings or under-performing business trends. These reviews may include an analysis of the current operations and capacity utilization, in conjunction with an analysis of the markets in which the businesses are operating. A comparison is performed of the undiscounted projected cash flows of the current operating forecasts to the net book value of the related assets. If it is determined that the full value of the assets may not be recoverable, an appropriate charge to adjust the carrying value of the long-lived assets to fair value may be required.

          Revenue Recognition.     The Company operates predominately as a retailer, through company-owned stores, franchise stores and sales through its website, www.GNC.com and to a lesser extent through wholesale operations. For all years and periods presented herein, the Company has complied with and adopted the standard on revenue recognition.

          The Retail segment recognizes revenue at the moment a sale to a customer is recorded. These revenues are recorded via the Company's point of sale system. Gross revenues are reduced by actual customer returns and an allowance for expected customer returns. The Company records a reserve for expected customer returns based on management's estimate, which is derived from historical return data. Revenue is deferred on sales of the Company's Gold Cards and subsequently amortized over 12 months. The length of the amortization period is determined based on matching the discounts associated with the Gold Card program to the revenue deferral during the twelve month membership period. For an annual fee, the card provides customers with a 20% discount on all products purchased, both on the date the card is purchased and certain specified days of every month.

          The Company also sells gift cards to its customers. Revenue from gift cards is recognized when the gift card is redeemed. These gift cards do not have expiration dates. Based upon historical redemption rates, a small percentage of gift cards will never be redeemed, referred to as "breakage". The Company first sold gift cards in late 2001 and the Company began to recognize gift card breakage revenue in 2008, when the likelihood of redemption became remote and amounts were not escheatable. Total revenue for 2009 and 2008 includes $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, related to recognition of gift card breakage revenue.

          The Franchise segment generates revenues through product sales to franchisees, royalties, franchise fees and interest income on the financing of the franchise locations. See Note 20, "Franchise Revenue". These revenues are netted by actual franchisee returns and an allowance for projected returns. The franchisees purchase a majority of the products they sell from the Company at wholesale prices. Revenue on product sales to franchisees is recognized when risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the franchisee. Franchise fees are recognized by the Company at the time of a franchise store opening. Interest on the financing of franchisee notes receivable is recognized as it becomes due and payable. Gains from the sale of company-owned stores to franchisees are recognized in accordance with the standard on accounting for sales of real estate. This standard requires gains on sales of corporate stores to franchisees to be deferred until certain criteria are satisfied regarding the collectability of the related receivable and the seller's remaining obligations. Remaining sources of franchise income, including royalties, are recognized as earned.

          The Manufacturing/Wholesale segment sells product primarily to the other Company segments and third-party customers. Revenue is recognized when risk of loss, title and insurable risks have

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


transferred to the customer, net of estimated returns and allowances. The Company also has a consignment arrangement with certain customers and revenue is recognized when products are sold to the ultimate customer.

          Cost of Sales.     The Company purchases products directly from third-party manufacturers as well as manufactures its own products. The Company's cost of sales includes product costs, costs of warehousing and distribution and occupancy costs. The cost of manufactured products includes depreciation expense related to the manufacturing facility and related equipment.

          Vendor Allowances.     The Company enters into two main types of arrangements with certain vendors, the most significant of which results in the Company receiving credits as sales rebates based on arrangements with such vendors. The Company also enters into arrangements with certain vendors through which the Company receives rebates for purchases during the year typically based on volume discounts. As the right of offset exists under these arrangements, rebates received under both arrangements are recorded as a reduction in the vendors' accounts payable balances on the balance sheet and represent the estimated amounts due to the Company under the rebate provisions of such contracts. Rebates are presented as a reduction in accounts payable. The corresponding rebate income is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold based on inventory turnover, in accordance with the provisions of the standard on accounting by a reseller for cash consideration received from a vendor. For volume rebates, the appropriate level of such income is derived from the level of actual purchases made by the Company from suppliers. The amount recorded as a reduction to cost of goods sold was $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $29.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $20.9 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007 and $6.6 million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.

          Distribution and Shipping Costs.     The Company bills franchisees and third-party customers shipping and transportation costs and reflects these charges in revenue. The unreimbursed costs that are associated with these costs are included in cost of sales.

          Research and Development.     Research and development costs arising from internally generated projects are expensed by the Company as incurred. The Company recognized $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $0.5 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $0.1 million in research and development costs for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007. These costs are included in Other SG&A costs in the accompanying financial statements.

          Advertising Expenditures.     The Company recognizes advertising, promotion and marketing program costs the first time the advertising takes place with exception to the costs of producing advertising, which are expensed as incurred during production. The Company administers national advertising funds on behalf of its franchisees. In accordance with the franchisee contracts, the Company collects advertising fees from the franchisees and utilizes the proceeds to coordinate various advertising and marketing campaigns. The Company recognized $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $55.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $35.0 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $20.5 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, net of approximately $11.0 million annually from the national advertising fund.

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

          Merger Related Costs.     For the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, Merger related costs of $34.6 million includes costs incurred by GNC Parent LLC, and recognized by Holdings, in relation to the Merger. These costs were comprised of selling-related expenses of $26.4 million, a contract termination fee paid to the previous owner of the Company of $7.5 million and other costs of $0.7 million.

          Leases.     The Company has various operating leases for company-owned and franchise store locations and equipment. Store leases generally include amounts relating to base rental, percent rent and other charges such as common area maintenance fees and real estate taxes. Periodically, the Company receives varying amounts of reimbursements from landlords to compensate the Company for costs incurred in the construction of stores. These reimbursements are amortized by the Company as an offset to rent expense over the life of the related lease. The Company determines the period used for the straight-line rent expense for leases with option periods and conforms it to the term used for amortizing improvements.

          The Company leases an approximately 300,000 square-foot-facility in Greenville, South Carolina where the majority of its proprietary products are manufactured. The Company also leases a 630,000 square foot complex located in Anderson, South Carolina, for packaging, materials receipt, lab testing, warehousing and distribution. Both the Greenville and Anderson facilities are leased on a long-term basis pursuant to "fee-in-lieu-of-taxes" arrangements with the counties in which the facilities are located, but the Company retains the right to purchase each of the facilities at any time during the lease for $1.00, subject to a loss of tax benefits. As part of a tax incentive arrangement, the Company assigned the facilities to the counties and leases them back under operating leases. The Company leases the facilities from the counties where located, in lieu of paying local property taxes. Upon exercising its right to purchase the facilities back from the counties, the Company will be subject to the applicable taxes levied by the counties. In accordance with the standards on the accounting for leases, the purchase option in the lease agreements prevent sale-leaseback accounting treatment. As a result, the original cost basis of the facilities remains on the balance sheet and continues to be depreciated.

          The Company leases a 217,000 square foot distribution center in Leetsdale, Pennsylvania and a 112,000 square foot distribution center in Phoenix, Arizona. The Company also has operating leases for its fleet of distribution tractors and trailers and fleet of field management vehicles. In addition, the Company also has a minimal amount of leased office space in California, Florida, and Canada. The expense associated with leases that have escalating payment terms is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. See Note 15, "Long-Term Lease Obligations".

          Contingencies.     In accordance with the standards on contingencies the Company accrues a loss contingency if it is probable and can be reasonably estimated or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements if those financial statements have not been issued. If both of the conditions above are not met, or if an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued, disclosure of the contingency shall be made when there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss or an additional loss may have been incurred. The Company accrues costs that are part of legal settlements when the settlement is probable.

          Pre-Opening Expenditures.     The Company recognizes the cost associated with the opening of new stores as incurred. These costs are charged to expense and are not material for the periods presented. Franchise store pre-opening costs are incurred by the franchisees.

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

          Deferred Financing Fees.     Costs related to the financing of the Senior Subordinated Notes issued in December 2003, 8 5 / 8 % Senior Notes and the December 2003 senior credit facility were capitalized and were being amortized over the term of the respective debt. As of March 15, 2007, the remaining deferred financing fees were written off as the debt was extinguished as a part of the Merger. In conjunction with the Merger, $29.3 million in costs related to the financing of new debt were capitalized and are being amortized over the life of the new debt. Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $10.9 million and $6.8 million, respectively.

          Income Taxes.     The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the standards on income taxes. As prescribed by these standards, the Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. See Note 5, "Income Taxes".

          For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company will file a consolidated federal income tax return. For state income tax purposes, the Company will file on both a consolidated and separate return basis in the states in which it conducts business. The Company filed in a consistent manner in 2008 and 2007.

          The Company adopted the updates on the provisions of the standards on income taxes on January 1, 2007 related to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. As a result of the implementation, the Company recognized an adjustment of $0.4 million to retained earnings for the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits, net of the deferred tax effect. It is the Company's policy to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. See Note 5, "Income Taxes", for additional information regarding the change in unrecognized tax benefits.

          Self-Insurance.     The Company has procured insurance for such areas as: (1) general liability; (2) product liability; (3) directors and officers liability; (4) property insurance; and (5) ocean marine insurance. The Company is self-insured for such areas as: (1) medical benefits; (2) worker's compensation coverage in the State of New York with a stop loss of $250,000; (3) physical damage to the Company's tractors, trailers and fleet vehicles for field personnel use; and (4) physical damages that may occur at the corporate store locations. The Company is not insured for certain property and casualty risks due to the Company's assessment of frequency and severity of a loss, the cost of insurance and the overall risk analysis.

          The Company carries product liability insurance with a retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $10.0 million. The Company carries general liability insurance with retention of $110,000 per claim with an aggregate cap on retained losses of $600,000. The majority of the Company's workers' compensation and auto insurance are in a deductible/retrospective plan. The Company reimburses the insurance company for the workers' compensation and auto liability claims, subject to a $250,000 and $100,000 loss limit per claim, respectively.

          As part of the medical benefits program, the Company contracts with national service providers to provide benefits to its employees for all medical, dental, vision and prescription drug services. The Company then reimburses these service providers as claims are processed from

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Company employees. The Company maintains a specific stop loss provision of $250,000 per individual per plan year with a maximum lifetime benefit limit of $2.0 million per individual. The Company has no additional liability once a participant exceeds the $2.0 million ceiling. The Company's liability for medical claims is included as a component of accrued benefits in Note 10, "Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities", and was $2.0 million and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

          Stock Compensation.     The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of options under this standard, which is consistent with prior year financial statements under the original stock compensation standard. The resulting compensation cost is recognized in the Company's financial statements over the option vesting period.

          Earnings Per Share.     Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average common shares outstanding adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options, excluding antidilutive shares, under Holdings' stock option plan. See Note 18, "Stock-based Compensation Plans" for additional disclosure.

          The following table represents the Company's basic and dilutive earnings per share:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Net income

  $ 69,524   $ 54,658   $ 18,816       $ (70,444 )
 

Cumulative exchangeable preferred stock dividends

    (18,667 )   (16,861 )   (12,207 )        
                       

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ 50,857   $ 37,797   $ 6,609       $ (70,444 )
                       

Weighted average shares

    87,421     87,761     87,784         50,607  
 

Effect of dilutive employee stock options

    438     26              
                       

Diluted weighted average shares

    87,859     87,787     87,784         50,607  
                       

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.58   $ 0.43   $ 0.08       $ (1.39 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.58   $ 0.43   $ 0.08       $ (1.39 )

          As result of the Company's net loss for the period January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, the effect of unexercised stock options was anti-dilutive and therefore has been excluded from diluted shares outstanding as well as from the diluted earnings per share calculation.

          Unexercised stock options of 8.8 million shares and 8.9 million shares for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and 4.8 million shares for the period March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the impact of applying the treasury stock method to these options was anti-dilutive.

          Foreign Currency.     For all foreign operations, the functional currency is the local currency. In accordance with the standard on foreign currency matters, assets and liabilities of those operations,

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


denominated in foreign currencies, are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates, and income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates for the reporting period. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in results of operations.

          Financial Instruments and Derivatives.     On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the revised accounting standards on disclosure of derivative instruments and hedging activities. This new standard expands the current disclosure requirements. This new standard provides for an enhanced understanding of (1) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under previous standards and their related interpretations and (3) how derivative instruments affect an entity's financial position, financial performance and cash flows.

          As part of the Company's financial risk management program, it uses certain derivative financial instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes and holds no derivative instruments for trading purposes. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates primarily in respect of its long term debt obligations. The Company tries to manage its interest rate risk in order to balance its exposure to both fixed and floating rates while minimizing its borrowing costs. Floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, are entered into from time to time to hedge the Company's exposure to interest rate changes on a portion of the Company's floating rate debt. These interest rate swap agreements convert a portion of the Company's floating rate debt to fixed rate debt. Interest rate floors designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates fall below the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an upfront premium. The Company records the fair value of these contracts as an asset or a liability, as applicable, in the balance sheet, with the offset to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The Company measures hedge effectiveness by assessing the changes in the fair value or expected future cash flows of the hedged item. The ineffective portions, if any, are recorded in interest expense in the current period.

          Derivatives designated as hedging instruments have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value as follows:

 
   
  Fair Value  
 
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
December 31, 2009
 
December 31, 2008
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 
Interest Rate Products   Other long-term liabilities   $ (14,679 ) $ (18,902 )
               

          The Company has interest rate swap agreements outstanding that effectively converted notional amounts of an aggregate $550.0 million of debt from floating to fixed interest rates. The five outstanding agreements mature between April 2010 and September 2012. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company entered into one of its derivative contract that consisted of an interest rate swap with a bought floor that effectively converted a notional amount of $150.0 million of the Senior Toggle Notes from a floating to a fixed rate, effective September 2009. The floor is intended to replicate the optionality present in the original debt agreement, providing an equivalent offset in the interest payments.

          Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company's variable-rate

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


debt. During the twelve months ending December 31, 2010, the Company estimates that an additional $12.0 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.

          Components of gains and losses recorded in the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated income statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, are as follows:

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
 
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized
in OCI on
Derivative
(Effective Portion)
 
Location of Gain or
(Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
(in thousands)
 

Interest Rate Products

  $ (9,024 ) Interest income/(expense)   $ (13,247 )
               

          During the year ended December 31, 2009, there was no amount recorded as ineffective from accumulated other comprehensive income.

          Under the Company's agreements with its derivative counterparty, if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

          As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of derivatives in a net liability position related to these agreements was $18.1 million, including accrued interest of $3.4 million but excluding adjustments for nonperformance risk. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2009, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their full termination value, which approximates the fair value of derivatives including accrued interest.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

          In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued a standard on Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. This standard establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the "Codification") as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental accounting principles generally accepted in U.S. GAAP. The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on the Company's financial statements.

          In June 2009, the SEC issued a staff accounting bulletin ("SAB") that revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the codification of SABs in order to make the interpretive guidance consistent with U.S. GAAP. The principal revisions include deletion of material no longer necessary or that has been superseded because of the issuance of new standards. The Company adopted this SAB during the second quarter of 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value

          In September 2006, the FASB issued new standards on fair value measurements and disclosures. These new standards define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP, and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. The new standard applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements. The original standard was initially

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


effective as of January 1, 2008, but in February 2008 the FASB delayed the effectiveness date for applying this standard to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are not at fair value in the financial statements. The standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, except for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis, for which application has been deferred for one year. The Company adopted this new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 for financial assets and liabilities. See Note 23, "Fair Value Measurements".

          In February 2007, the FASB issued a new standard on financial instruments that amends a previously issued standard. This standard expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards which require assets or liabilities to be carried at fair value. The objective of the standard is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. Under the standard, a company may elect to use fair value to measure eligible items at specified election dates and report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Eligible items include, but are not limited to, accounts and loans receivable, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, equity method investments, accounts payable, guarantees, issued debt and firm commitments. The new standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adoption of this standard did not affect the financial statements as the Company did not elect to use the fair value option.

          In October 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on determining the fair value of a financial asset. This standard clarifies the application of accounting standards in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. The new standard was effective upon issuance for financial statements that have not been issued. The adoption of this new standard did not have any impact on the Company's financial assets and liabilities.

          In August 2009, the FASB issued an update to the standard on fair value measurements and disclosures. This update provides guidance on the manner in which the fair value of liabilities should be determined. This update is effective for annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on the Company's financial statements.

Business Combinations and Consolidation

          In December 2007, the FASB issued a new standard on business combinations. This new standard establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date fair value. The new standard significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas, including the treatment of contingent consideration, preacquisition contingencies, transaction costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under this standard, changes in an acquired entity's deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions after the measurement period will impact the acquirer's income tax expense. The standard provides guidance regarding what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The original standard became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited and amends the standard on income taxes such that adjustments made to deferred taxes and acquired

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


tax contingencies after January 1, 2009, even for business combinations completed before this date, will impact net income. The Company adopted this new standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

          In December 2007, the FASB issued a new standard on consolidation. The issuance of this new standard changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which have been recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method significantly changes the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders. The standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. The Company adopted this new standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

          In June 2009, the FASB issued an update to the standard on consolidations. The standard is intended to improve financial reporting by providing additional guidance to companies involved with variable interest entities and by requiring additional disclosures about a company's involvement in variable interest entities. This standard is effective for interim and annual periods ending after January 1, 2010. The adoption of this standard will not have any impact on the Company's financial statements.

Other

          In March 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on derivatives and hedging. The new standard requires companies with derivative instruments to disclose information that should enable financial statement users to understand how and why a company uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect a company's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The new standard was effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted this standard during the first quarter of 2009; the adoption had no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

          In April 2008, the FASB issued a new standard on goodwill and intangibles which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible. The intent of this new standard is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset. The Company adopted this new standard during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

          In April 2009, the FASB issued a new standard on the disclosure of financial instruments. This new standard brings the interpretive guidance into alignment with the changes in U.S. GAAP. The Company adopted this new standard during the second quarter of fiscal 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

          In May 2009, the FASB issued a standard on subsequent events which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosing of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The intent of this standard is to incorporate accounting guidance that originated as auditing standards into the body of authoritative literature issued by the FASB which is consistent with the FASB's objective to codify all authoritative U.S. accounting guidance related to a particular topic in one place. The Company adopted this standard during the second quarter of 2009; the adoption did not have any impact on its

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


consolidated financial statements. In September 2009, the FASB issued an update to the standard on income taxes. This update adds to the definition of a tax position of an entity's status, including its status as a pass-through entity, eliminates certain disclosure requirements for non-public entities, and provides application for pass-through entities. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on the Company's financial statements.

NOTE 3. RECEIVABLES

          Receivables at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
 
2009
 
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Trade receivables

  $ 90,832   $ 88,913  

Other

    4,889     4,278  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (1,789 )   (4,147 )
           

  $ 93,932   $ 89,044  
           

NOTE 4. INVENTORIES, NET

          Inventories at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
  Net Carrying Value  
 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Finished product ready for sale

  $ 311,422   $ 301,943  

Work-in-process, bulk product and raw materials

    53,515     56,884  

Packaging supplies

    5,555     4,827  
           

  $ 370,492   $ 363,654  
           

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES

          Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

          Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
  December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008  
 
 
Assets
 
Liabilities
 
Net
 
Assets
 
Liabilities
 
Net
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred tax:

                                     
 

Current assets (liabilities):

                                     
   

Operating reserves

  $ 2,906   $   $ 2,906   $ 4,510   $   $ 4,510  
   

Deferred revenue

    1,727         1,727     12,002         12,002  
   

Prepaid expenses

        (10,170 )   (10,170 )       (10,292 )   (10,292 )
   

Accrued worker compensation

    2,167         2,167     1,845         1,845  
   

Foreign tax credits

    1,035         1,035     2,858         2,858  
   

Other

    3,401     (1,688 )   1,713     562     (30 )   532  
                           
 

Total current

  $ 11,236   $ (11,858 ) $ (622 ) $ 21,777   $ (10,322 ) $ 11,455  
 

Non-current assets (liabilities):

                                     
   

Intangibles

  $   $ (308,724 ) $ (308,724 ) $   $ (305,644 ) $ (305,644 )
   

Fixed assets

    5,255         5,255     9,945         9,945  
   

Stock compensation

    2,705         2,705     1,638         1,638  
   

Net operating loss carryforwards

    8,100         8,100     12,743         12,743  
   

Interest rate swap

    5,343         5,343     6,880         6,880  
   

Foreign tax credits

                3,950         3,950  
   

Other

    5,957         5,957     4,475         4,475  
   

Valuation allowance

    (7,530 )       (7,530 )   (11,990 )       (11,990 )
                           

Total non-current

  $ 19,830   $ (308,724 ) $ (288,894 ) $ 27,641   $ (305,644 ) $ (278,003 )
                           

Total net deferred taxes

  $ 31,066   $ (320,582 ) $ (289,516 ) $ 49,418   $ (315,966 ) $ (266,548 )
                           

          As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had deferred tax assets relating to state NOLs in the amount of $8.1 million and $12.7 million, respectively. With the exception of $0.6 million and $0.8 million of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, a valuation allowance was provided for all the state NOLs as the Company currently believes that these NOLs, with lives ranging from five to twenty years, may not be realizable prior to their expiration.

          The Company does not have any undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, as these subsidiaries are either considered to be a branch for U.S. tax purposes, or incur cumulative net operating losses.

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

          Income before income taxes consisted of the following components:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Domestic

  $ 104,003   $ 79,669   $ 25,351       $ (93,673 )

Foreign

    7,083     6,941     5,977         1,661  
                       

Total income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 111,086   $ 86,610   $ 31,328       $ (92,012 )
                       

          Income tax expense/(benefit) for all periods consisted of the following components:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Current:

                             
 

Federal

  $ 10,320   $ 3,022   $       $ (32,047 )
 

State

    6,700     3,402     374         (650 )
 

Foreign

    3,111     1,157     2,835         444  
                       

    20,131     7,581     3,209         (32,253 )

Deferred:

                             
 

Federal

    20,548     22,753     8,266         9,984  
 

State

    883     1,618     1,037         701  
 

Foreign

                     
                       

    21,431     24,371     9,303         10,685  
                       

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 41,562   $ 31,952   $ 12,512       $ (21,568 )
                       

          For the year ended December 31, 2009, a net $0.5 million discrete tax benefit was recorded while a $2.0 million discrete tax benefit was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008.

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

          The following table summarizes the differences between the Company's effective tax rate for financial reporting purposes and the federal statutory tax rate.

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 

Percent of pretax earnings:

                             

Statutory federal tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %       35.0 %

Increase (reduction) resulting from:

                             
 

State income tax, net of federal tax benefit

    2.6 %   2.6 %   2.3 %       0.5 %
 

Other permanent differences

    0.9 %   1.2 %   2.0 %       (11.7 )%
 

International operations, net of foreign tax credits

    (0.6 )%   0.0 %   0.0 %       0.0 %
 

Federal tax credits and income deductions

    (1.4 )%   (2.5 )%   (0.2 )%       0.1 %
 

Tax impact of uncertain tax positions and other

    0.9 %   0.6 %   0.8 %       (0.4 )%
                       

Effective income tax rate

    37.4 %   36.9 %   39.9 %       23.4 %
                       

          In June 2006, the FASB issued a new standard on income taxes which applies to all open tax positions accounted for in accordance with previously issued standards on income taxes. This interpretation is intended to result in increased relevance and comparability in financial reporting of income taxes and to provide more information about the uncertainty in income tax assets and liabilities.

          The Company adopted the provisions of this standard on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of the standard, the Company recognized a $0.4 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. Additionally, as a result of the implementation of the standard, the Company recorded $15.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to a balance sheet reclassification that did not impact retained earnings. A total of $11.3 million of this reclassification relates to the gross presentation of certain tax positions related to periods that are subject to the indemnification provisions of the purchase agreement between the Company and Koninklijke (Royal) Numico N.V. (together with its wholly owned subsidiary Numico USA, Inc., "Numico"). Under these provisions Numico is responsible for the satisfaction of these claims, and, as such the Company recorded a corresponding receivable of $11.3 million. The remaining $3.7 million related to tax positions previously categorized as current liabilities.

          After the recognition of these items in connection with the implementation of the standard on income taxes, the total liability for unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007 was $14.2 million. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had a liability of $6.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively, for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Accrued interest and penalties were $2.2 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

          As of December 31, 2009, the Company was not aware of any positions for which it was reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.

          The Company files a consolidated federal tax return and various consolidated and separate tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the state and local jurisdictions in which it and its subsidiaries operate. The Company has been audited by the Internal Revenue Service, ("IRS"), through its March 15, 2007 tax year. The IRS commenced an examination of the Company's 2005, 2006 and short period 2007 federal income tax returns in February 2008. The IRS issued an examination report in the second quarter of 2009, the Company received notification from the IRS that the Joint Committee of Taxation had completed its review and had taken no exceptions to the conclusions reached by the IRS. As such the Company recorded a discrete tax benefit of $0.9 million for the reduction of its liability of unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has various state and local jurisdiction tax years open to examination (earliest open period 2004), and the Company also has certain state and local jurisdictions currently under audit. As of December 31, 2009, the Company believes that it is appropriately reserved for any potential federal and state income tax exposures.

          A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period

  $ 5,542   $ 6,871   $ 15,771       $ 14,190  

Additions for tax positions taken during current period

    1,881     1,620     617         1,581  

Additions for tax positions taken during prior periods

    2,108                  

Reductions for tax positions taken during prior periods

    (2,264 )   (2,059 )   (235 )        

Settlements

    (491 )   (890 )   (9,282 )        
                       

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of period

  $ 6,776   $ 5,542   $ 6,871       $ 15,771  
                       

          At December 31, 2009, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate was $5.9 million. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain tax position, the Company believes that its unrecognized tax benefits reflect the most likely outcome. The Company adjusts these unrecognized tax benefits, as well as the related interest, in light of changing facts and circumstances. Settlement of any particular position could require the use of cash. Favorable resolution would be recognized as a reduction to the Company's effective income tax rate in the period of resolution.

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTE 6. PREPAIDS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

          Other current assets at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current portion of franchise note receivables

  $ 718   $ 871  
 

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

        (240 )

Prepaid rent

    13,397     12,992  

Prepaid insurance

    4,452     5,590  

Prepaid income tax

    9,793     11,138  

Prepaid payroll tax

    923     3,684  

Other current assets

    12,992     14,055  
           

  $ 42,275   $ 48,090  
           

NOTE 7. GOODWILL, BRANDS, AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

          Management utilized various resources in arriving at its final fair value adjustments that were made to the Company's financial statements as of March 16, 2007. In connection with the Merger, final fair values were assigned to various other intangible assets. The Company's brands were assigned a final fair value representing the longevity of the Company name and general recognition of the product lines. The Gold Card program was assigned a final fair value representing the underlying customer listing, for both the Retail and Franchise segments. The retail agreements were assigned a final fair value reflecting the opportunity to expand the Company stores within a major drug store chain and on military facilities. A final fair value was assigned to the agreements with the Company's franchisees, both domestic and international, to operate stores for a contractual period. Final fair values were assigned to the Company's manufacturing and wholesale segments for production and continued sales to certain customers.

          For the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company acquired 53 and 33 franchise stores, respectively. These acquisitions are accounted for utilizing the purchase method of accounting and the Company records the acquired inventory, fixed assets, franchise rights and goodwill, with an applicable reduction to receivables and cash. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the total purchase prices associated with these acquisitions was $9.3 million, of which $2.5 million was paid in cash. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the total purchase price associated with these acquisitions was $1.7 million, of which $0.3 million was paid in cash.

          The following table summarizes the Company's goodwill activity:

 
 
Retail
 
Franchising
 
Manufacturing/
Wholesale
 
Total
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 306,126   $ 117,303   $ 202,841   $ 626,270  

Acquired franchise stores

    351             351  

Other adjustments

    (3,712 )           (3,712 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 302,765   $ 117,303   $ 202,841   $ 622,909  
                   

Acquired franchise stores

    1,844             1,844  
                   

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 304,609   $ 117,303   $ 202,841   $ 624,753  
                   

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTE 7. GOODWILL, BRANDS, AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET (Continued)

          During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded adjustments of $(3.7) million related to income taxes. The 2008 adjustment relates principally to foreign tax credits from amended federal returns.

          Intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following at each respective period:

 
 
Gold Card
 
Retail
Brand
 
Franchise
Brand
 
Operating
Agreements
 
Franchise
Rights
 
Total
 

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 6,041   $ 500,000   $ 220,000   $ 165,702   $ 1,129   $ 892,872  

Acquired franchise stores

                    195     195  

Other additions

                1,000         1,000  

Amortization expense

    (3,585 )           (6,683 )   (623 )   (10,891 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 2,456   $ 500,000   $ 220,000   $ 160,019   $ 701   $ 883,176  
                           

Acquired franchise stores

                    953     953  

Other additions

                         

Amortization expense

    (2,081 )           (6,943 )   (735 )   (9,759 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 375   $ 500,000   $ 220,000   $ 153,076   $ 919   $ 874,370  
                           

          The following table represents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major intangible asset:

 
   
  December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008  
 
 
Estimated
Life
in years
 
 
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Carrying
Amount
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Brands — retail

    $ 500,000   $   $ 500,000   $ 500,000   $   $ 500,000  

Brands — franchise

      220,000         220,000     220,000         220,000  

Gold card — retail

  3     3,500     (3,354 )   146     3,500     (2,545 )   955  

Gold card — franchise

  3     5,500     (5,271 )   229     5,500     (3,999 )   1,501  

Retail agreements

  25-35     31,000     (3,090 )   27,910     31,000     (2,038 )   28,962  

Franchise agreements

  25     70,000     (7,817 )   62,183     70,000     (5,016 )   64,984  

Manufacturing agreements

  25     70,000     (7,817 )   62,183     70,000     (5,017 )   64,983  

Other intangibles

  5     1,150     (350 )   800     1,150     (60 )   1,090  

Franchise rights

  1-5     3,061     (2,142 )   919     2,108     (1,407 )   701  
                               

      $ 904,211   $ (29,841 ) $ 874,370   $ 903,258   $ (20,082 ) $ 883,176  
                               

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTE 7. GOODWILL, BRANDS, AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET (Continued)

          The following table represents future estimated amortization expense of intangible assets with finite lives:

Years ending December 31,
 
Estimated
amortization
expense
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2010

    7,710  

2011

    7,071  

2012

    6,976  

2013

    6,920  

2014

    6,679  

Thereafter

    119,014  
       

Total

  $ 154,370  
       

NOTE 8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

          Property, plant and equipment at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Land, buildings and improvements

  $ 61,572   $ 59,718  

Machinery and equipment

    82,273     71,230  

Leasehold improvements

    72,284     63,701  

Furniture and fixtures

    44,963     38,682  

Software

    18,035     12,537  

Construction in progress

    4,974     9,301  
           

Total property, plant and equipment

  $ 284,101   $ 255,169  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (84,520 )   (49,015 )
           

Net property, plant and equipment

  $ 199,581   $ 206,154  
           

          The Company is a 50% limited partner in a partnership that owns and manages the building that houses the Company's corporate headquarters. The Company occupies the majority of the available lease space of the building. The general partner is responsible for the operation and management of the property and reports the results of the partnership to the Company. The Company has consolidated the limited partnership, net of elimination adjustments, in the accompanying financial statements.

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTE 9. OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS

          Other assets at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Long-term franchise notes receivables

  $ 2,646   $ 1,197  

Long-term deposit

    517     511  

Other

    1,169     810  
           

  $ 4,332   $ 2,518  
           

          Annual maturities of the Company's long term and current (see current portion in Note 6, "Prepaids and Other Current Assets") franchise notes receivable at December 31, 2009 are as follows:

Years ending December 31,
 
Receivables
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2010

    718  

2011

    692  

2012

    721  

2013

    666  

2014

    567  
       
 

Total

  $ 3,364  
       

NOTE 10. ACCRUED PAYROLL AND RELATED LIABILITIES

          Accrued payroll and related liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Accrued payroll

  $ 17,255   $ 14,592  

Accrued taxes and benefits

    5,022     7,990  
           

Total

  $ 22,277   $ 22,582  
           

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTE 11. DEFERRED REVENUE AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

          Other current liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred revenue

  $ 33,837   $ 32,465  

Payable to former shareholders

    2,625     12,954  

Accrued occupancy

    4,882     4,219  

Accrued worker compensation

    5,892     5,069  

Accrued taxes

    5,716     5,170  

Deferred tax liability (see Note 5)

    622      

Accrued income tax

    403      

Other current liabilities

    11,185     14,491  
           

Total

  $ 65,162   $ 74,368  
           

          Deferred revenue consists primarily of Gold Card and gift card deferrals.

NOTE 12. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST

          In conjunction with the Merger, Centers repaid certain of its existing debt and issued new debt. The new debt, which was entered into or issued on the closing, consisted of a Senior Credit Facility comprised of a $675.0 million Term Loan Facility and a $60.0 million Revolving Credit Facility, $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes, and $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay its December 2003 senior credit facility, its 8 5 / 8 % Senior Notes issued in January 2005, and its 8 1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes issued in December 2003.

          Long-term debt at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2007 Senior credit facility

  $ 644,619   $ 668,563  

Senior Toggle Notes

    297,959     297,585  

10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes

    110,000     110,000  

Mortgage

    7,184     8,557  

Capital leases

    47     41  

Less: current maturities

    (1,724 )   (13,509 )
           

Total

  $ 1,058,085   $ 1,071,237  
           

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTE 12. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST (Continued)

          At December 31, 2009, the Company's total debt principal maturities are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,
 
2007 Senior
Credit Facility
 
Senior
Toggle
Notes(a)
 
10.75%
Senior
Subordinated
Notes
 
Mortgage Loan/
Capital Leases
 
Total
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2010

  $ 237   $   $   $ 1,487   $ 1,724  

2011

    1,681             1,582     3,263  

2012

    6,750             1,695     8,445  

2013

    635,951             1,812     637,763  

2014

        300,000         655     300,655  

Thereafter

            110,000         110,000  
                       

  $ 644,619   $ 300,000   $ 110,000   $ 7,231   $ 1,061,850  
                       

(a)
The Senior Toggle Notes include the balance of the initial original issue discount of $3.0 million.

          The Company's net interest expense for each respective period is as follows:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
  Year ended    
 

   
 
 
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
   
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
   
 

2007 Senior credit facility

                             
 

Term Loan

  $ 32,775   $ 43,302   $ 41,165       $  
 

Revolver

    489     482     374          

Senior Toggle Notes

    20,003     23,671     23,455          

10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes

    11,825     11,825     9,361          

Deferred financing fees

    4,104     3,907     2,922         1,052  

Mortgage

    544     643     680         392  

OID amortization

    374     339     247         4,183  

Interest income

    (174 )   (1,169 )   (2,691 )       (353 )

2003 Senior credit facility

                             
 

Term Loan

                    918  
 

Revolver

                    132  

8 1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes

                    2,695  

8 5 / 8 % Senior Notes

                    3,807  

PIK Toggle Notes

                    10,749  

Deferred fee writedown — early extinguishment

                    26,088  

Call premiums

                    23,159  
                       

Interest expense, net

  $ 69,940   $ 83,000   $ 75,513       $ 72,822  
                       

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTE 12. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST (Continued)

          Accrued interest at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2007 Senior credit facility

  $ 5,350   $ 5,564  

Senior Toggle Notes

    5,720     6,700  

10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes

    3,482     3,482  
           

Total

  $ 14,552   $ 15,746  
           

Description of Debt:

          2007 Senior Credit Facility.     The 2007 Senior Credit Facility consists of a $675.0 million Term Loan Facility and a $60.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. The Term Loan Facility will mature in September 2013. The Revolving Credit Facility will mature in March 2012. The 2007 Senior Credit Facility permits Centers to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding balance without incurring penalties (except LIBOR breakage costs). Subject to certain exceptions, the credit agreement requires that 100% of the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, casualty insurance, condemnations and debt issuances, and a specified percentage (ranging from 50% to 0% based on a defined leverage ratio) of excess cash flow (as defined in the agreement) for each fiscal year must be used to pay down outstanding borrowings. GNC Corporation, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, and Centers' existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed Centers' obligations under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility. In addition, the 2007 Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by first priority pledges (subject to permitted liens) of Centers' equity interests and the equity interests of Centers' domestic subsidiaries.

          All borrowings under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at Centers' option, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate (as publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect) and (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.50% per annum plus, at December 31, 2009, applicable margins of 1.25% per annum for the Term Loan Facility and 1.0% per annum for the Revolving Credit Facility or (ii) adjusted LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum for the term loan facility and 2.0% per annum for the Revolving Credit Facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, Centers is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of unutilized revolving loan commitments at a rate of 0.50% per annum.

          The 2007 Senior Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including incurrence covenants and certain other limitations on the ability of GNC Corporation, Centers, and its subsidiaries to incur additional debt, guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, dispose of assets, make optional payments or modifications of other debt instruments, pay dividends or other payments on capital stock, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, enter into arrangements that restrict Centers' and its subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends or grant liens, engage in transactions with affiliates, and change the passive holding company status of Centers. At December 31, 2009, the Company's consolidated subsidiaries' restricted net assets were $2,075.1 million and the amount of unrestricted retained earnings was $28.4 million.

          The 2007 Senior Credit Facility contains events of default, including (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds) defaults based on (1) the failure to make payments under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility when due, (2) breach of covenants, (3) inaccuracies of representations

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTE 12. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST (Continued)


and warranties, (4) cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, (5) bankruptcy events, (6) material judgments, (7) certain matters arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (8) the actual or asserted invalidity of documents relating to any guarantee or security document, (9) the actual or asserted invalidity of any subordination terms supporting the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, and (10) the occurrence of a change in control. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders would be entitled to accelerate the facilities and take various other actions, including all actions permitted to be taken by a collateralized creditor. If certain bankruptcy events occur, the facilities will automatically accelerate.

          Centers issues letters of credit as a guarantee of payment to third-payment vendors in accordance with specified terms and conditions. It also issues letters of credit for various insurance contracts. The Revolving Credit Facility allows for $25.0 million of the $60.0 million Revolving Credit Facility to be used as collateral for outstanding letters of credit.

          Centers pays interest based on the aggregate available amount of the revolving credit facility at a per annum rate equal to 0.5%. Centers pays interest on outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility at a Eurodollar rate or Adjusted Base Rate ("ABR") plus the applicable margin in effect. As of both December 31, 2009 and 2008, the ABR was 4.25%. Centers also pays an additional interest rate of 2.25% per annum on all outstanding letters of credit issued. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $7.9 million and $6.2 million, respectively, of the revolving credit facility was utilized to secure letters of credit. Centers had outstanding ABR borrowings under the revolving credit facility of $5.4 million at December 31, 2008. No amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2009.

          Senior Toggle Notes.     In connection with the Merger, Centers completed a private offering of the Senior Toggle Notes. The Senior Toggle Notes are Centers senior non collateralized obligations and are effectively subordinated to all of Centers existing and future collateralized debt, including the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, to the extent of the assets securing such debt, rank equally with all Centers existing and future non collateralized senior debt and rank senior to all Centers existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Toggle Notes are guaranteed on a senior non collateralized basis by each of Centers existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Toggle Notes indenture). If Centers fails to make payments on the Senior Toggle Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead.

          Centers may elect in its sole discretion to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes in cash, entirely by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issuing new Senior Toggle Notes ("PIK interest"), or on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes in cash and on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing new Senior Toggle Notes ("partial PIK interest"). Cash interest on the Senior Toggle Notes accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 4.5% per annum, and PIK interest, if any, accrues at six-month LIBOR plus 5.25% per annum. If Centers elects to pay PIK interest or partial PIK interest, it will increase the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issue new Senior Toggle Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK interest for the applicable interest payment period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000) to holders of the Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant record date. The Senior Toggle Notes are treated as having been issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year.

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTE 12. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST (Continued)

          Centers may redeem some or all of the Senior Toggle Notes at any time at specified redemption prices. If the Company experiences certain kinds of changes in control, it must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.

          The Senior Toggle Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on Centers and its restricted subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase Centers' stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict Centers ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Senior Toggle Notes indenture restricts Centers and certain of its subsidiaries' ability to declare or pay dividends to its and their stockholders.

          In accordance with the terms of the Senior Toggle Notes purchase agreement and the offering memorandum, these notes were required to be exchanged for publicly registered exchange notes within 210 days after the sale of these notes. As required, these notes were registered and the exchange offer was completed on September 28, 2007.

          10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes.     In connection with the Merger, Centers completed a private offering of $110.0 million of its 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are Centers senior subordinated non collateralized obligations and are subordinated to all Centers' existing and future senior debt, including the Company's 2007 Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Toggle Notes, rank equally with all of Centers' existing and future senior subordinated debt, and rank senior to all Centers' existing and future subordinated debt. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated non collateralized basis by each of Centers' existing and future domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes indenture). If Centers fails to make payments on the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, the notes guarantors must make them instead. Interest on the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes accrues at the rate of 10.75% per year from March 16, 2007 and is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year.

          Centers may redeem some or all of the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes at any time at specified redemption prices. If the Company experiences certain kinds of changes in control, it must offer to purchase the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes at 101% of par plus accrued interest to the purchase date.

          The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes indenture contains certain limitations and restrictions on Centers and its restricted subsidiaries' ability to incur additional debt beyond certain levels, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase Centers' stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other distributions, dispose of assets, grant liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, enter into arrangements that restrict Centers' ability to pay dividends or grant liens, and engage in transactions with affiliates. In addition, the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes indenture restricts Centers' and certain of its subsidiaries' ability to declare or pay dividends to its or their stockholders.

          In accordance with the terms of the 10.75% Senior Subordinate Notes purchase agreement and the offering memorandum, these notes were required to be exchanged for publicly registered exchange notes within 210 days after the sale of these notes. As required, these notes were registered and the exchange offer was completed on September 28, 2007.

          The Company expects to fund its operations through internally generated cash and, if necessary, from borrowings under the amount remaining available under Centers' $60.0 million

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTE 12. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST (Continued)


Revolving Credit Facility. The Company expects its primary uses of cash in the near future will be debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The Company anticipates that cash generated from operations, together with amounts available under the Revolving Credit Facility, will be sufficient to meet its future operating expenses, capital expenditures, debt service obligations and working capital requirements as they become due. However, Centers' ability to make scheduled payments of principal on, to pay interest on, or to refinance Centers' indebtedness and to satisfy the Company's other debt obligations will depend on Centers' future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial and other factors beyond Centers' control. The Company believes that Centers has complied with its covenant reporting and compliance in all material respects for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Predecessor Debt:

          Senior Credit Facility.     In 2003, Centers entered into a senior credit facility with a syndicate of lenders. Centers' then-parent and its domestic subsidiaries guaranteed Centers' obligations under the senior credit facility. The senior credit facility at December 31, 2004 consisted of a $285.0 million term loan facility and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility. This facility was subsequently amended in December 2004. In January 2005, as a stipulation of the December 2004 amendment, Centers used the net proceeds of its Senior Notes (as described below) offering of $145.6 million, together with $39.4 million of cash on hand, to repay a portion of the indebtedness under the prior $285.0 million term loan facility. In conjunction with the Merger, Centers repaid certain of its existing debt, and issued new debt. Centers utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay its December 2003 senior credit facility.

          The Company issues letters of credit as a guarantee of payment to third-party vendors in accordance with specified terms and conditions. It also issues letters of credit for various insurance contracts. The revolving credit facility allows for $50.0 million of the $75 million revolving credit facility to be used as collateral for outstanding letters of credit. As of December 31, 2006, $9.3 million of the revolving credit facility was utilized to secure letters of credit.

          Senior Notes.     In January 2005, Centers issued $150.0 million of its Senior Notes. The Senior Notes were scheduled to mature on January 15, 2011, and bore interest at the rate of 8 5 / 8 % per annum, which was payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year. In conjunction with the Merger, Centers repaid certain of its existing debt, and issued new debt. Centers utilized proceeds from the new debt to redeem in full its 8 5 / 8 % Senior Notes issued in January 2005.

          Senior Subordinated Notes.     In 2003, Centers issued $215.0 million of its Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Subordinated Notes were scheduled to mature on December 1, 2010, and bore interest at the rate of 8 1 / 2 % per annum, which was payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year. In conjunction with the Merger, Centers repaid certain of its existing debt, and issued new debt. Centers utilized proceeds from the new debt to redeem in full its 8 1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes issued in December 2003.

          PIK Notes.     In November 2006, GNC Parent Corporation, completed an offering of $425.0 million Floating Rate Senior PIK Notes, which were scheduled to mature in 2011. In connection with this issuance and the redemption by GNC Parent Corporation of its Series A preferred stock on December 4, 2006, Centers paid a $19.0 million dividend to GNC Parent Corporation, which was used to fund a portion of the preferred stock redemption price and repaid $40.0 million of the debt outstanding under the then existing senior credit facility. In addition, Centers made discretionary payments to GNC Parent Corporation's vested option holders in December 2006 totaling approximately $17.2 million.

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTE 13. OTHER LONG TERM LIABILITIES

          Other long term liabilities at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
December 31,
2009
 
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fair value of interest rate swap agreements

  $ 14,679   $ 18,902  

Payable to former shareholders

        767  

Liability for unrecognized tax benefits

    6,776     5,542  

Rent escalations

    10,569     10,089  

Other

    7,496     5,683  
           

Total

  $ 39,520   $ 40,983  
           

NOTE 14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

          At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company's financial instruments consisted of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, franchise notes receivable, accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and long-term debt. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates their fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. Based on the interest rates currently available and their underlying risk, the carrying value of the franchise notes receivable approximates their fair value. These fair values are reflected net of reserves, which are recognized according to Company policy. The Company determined the estimated fair values of its debt by using currently available market information and estimates and assumptions where appropriate. Accordingly, as considerable judgment is required to determine these estimates, changes in the assumptions or methodologies may have an effect on these estimates. The actual and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as follows:

 
  December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008  
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 89,948   $ 89,948   $ 44,339   $ 44,339  

Receivables

    93,932     93,932     89,044     89,044  

Franchise notes receivable

    3,364     3,364     1,828     1,828  

Accounts payable

    95,904     95,904     123,577     123,577  

Long term debt

    1,059,809     977,718     1,084,746     702,392  

NOTE 15. LONG-TERM LEASE OBLIGATIONS

          The Company enters into operating leases covering its retail store locations. The Company is the primary lessor of the majority of all leased retail store locations and sublets the locations to individual franchisees. The leases generally provide for an initial term of between five and ten years, and may include renewal options for varying terms thereafter. The leases require minimum monthly rental payments and a pro rata share of landlord allocated common operating expenses. Most retail leases also require additional rentals based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels ("Percent Rent"). According to the individual lease specifications, real estate taxes, insurance and other related costs may be included in the rental payment or charged in addition to rent. Other

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTE 15. LONG-TERM LEASE OBLIGATIONS (Continued)


lease expenses relate to and include distribution facilities, transportation equipment, data processing equipment and automobiles.

          As the Company is the primary lessee for the majority of the franchise store locations, it is ultimately liable for the lease payments to the landlord. The Company makes the payments to the landlord directly, and then bills the franchisee for reimbursement of this cost. If a franchisee defaults on its sub-lease and its sub-lease is terminated, the Company has in the past converted, and expects in the future to, convert any such franchise store into a corporate store and fulfill the remaining lease obligation.

          The composition of the Company's rental expense for all periods presented included the following components:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
 


 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Retail stores:

                             

Rent on long-term operating leases, net of sublease income

  $ 110,365   $ 109,199   $ 83,867       $ 20,887  

Landlord related taxes

    16,498     15,987     12,138         2,987  

Common operating expenses

    29,398     31,435     24,659         6,364  

Percent rent

    15,899     14,159     9,880         2,863  
                       

    172,160     170,780     130,544         33,101  

Truck fleet

    4,740     4,363     3,441         904  

Other

    11,189     11,331     6,847         4,031  
                       

  $ 188,089   $ 186,474   $ 140,832       $ 38,036  
                       

          Minimum future obligations for non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of at least one year in effect at December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 
 
Company
Retail
Stores
 
Franchise
Retail
Stores
 
Other
 
Sublease
Income
 
Total
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2010

  $ 100,660   $ 21,421   $ 5,812   $ (21,421 ) $ 106,472  

2011

    83,393     17,312     5,025     (17,312 )   88,418  

2012

    63,061     11,983     3,091     (11,983 )   66,152  

2013

    46,572     6,702     2,318     (6,702 )   48,890  

2014

    33,914     2,274     2,180     (2,274 )   36,094  

Thereafter

    79,652     2,718     964     (2,718 )   80,616  
                       

  $ 407,252   $ 62,410   $ 19,390   $ (62,410 ) $ 426,642  
                       

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation

          The Company is engaged in various legal actions, claims and proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including claims related to breach of contracts, products liabilities, intellectual property matters and employment-related matters resulting from the Company's business activities. As with most actions such as these, an estimation of any possible and/or ultimate liability cannot always be determined. The Company continues to assess the requirement to account for additional contingencies in accordance with the standard on contingencies. If the Company is required to make a payment in connection with an adverse outcome in these matters, it could have a material impact on its financial condition and operating results.

          As a manufacturer and retailer of nutritional supplements and other consumer products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to various product liability claims. Although the effects of these claims to date have not been material to the Company, it is possible that current and future product liability claims could have a material adverse impact on its business or financial condition. The Company currently maintains product liability insurance with a deductible/retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. The Company typically seeks and has obtained contractual indemnification from most parties that supply raw materials for its products or that manufacture or market products it sells. The Company also typically seeks to be added, and has been added, as an additional insured under most of such parties' insurance policies. The Company is also entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra or Kava Kava sold prior to December 5, 2003. However, any such indemnification or insurance is limited by its terms and any such indemnification, as a practical matter, is limited to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. The Company may incur material products liability claims, which could increase its costs and adversely affect its reputation, revenues and operating income.

          Pro-Hormone/Androstenedione Cases.     The Company is currently defending six lawsuits (the "Andro Actions") relating to the sale by the Company of certain nutritional products alleged to contain the ingredients commonly known as Androstenedione, Androstenediol, Norandrostenedione, and Norandrostenediol (collectively, "Andro Products"). Five of these lawsuits were filed in California, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Florida. The most recent case was filed in Illinois (see Stephens and Pio matter discussed below).

          In each of the Andro Actions, plaintiffs sought, or are seeking, to certify a class and obtain damages on behalf of the class representatives and all those similarly-situated who purchased from the Company certain nutritional supplements alleged to contain one or more Andro Products.

          In April 2006, the Company filed pleadings seeking to remove the then-pending Andro Actions to the respective federal district courts for the districts in which the respective Andro Actions were pending. At the same time, the Company filed motions seeking to transfer the Andro Actions to the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York based on "related to" bankruptcy jurisdiction, as one of the manufacturers supplying it with Andro Products, and from whom it sought indemnity, MuscleTech Research and Development, Inc. ("MuscleTech"), had filed for bankruptcy. The Company was successful in removing the New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida Andro Actions to federal court and transferring these actions to the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York based on bankruptcy jurisdiction. The California case, Guzman v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc ., was not removed and remains pending in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles.

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

          Following the conclusion of the MuscleTech bankruptcy case, in September 2007, plaintiffs filed a stipulation dismissing all claims related to the sale of MuscleTech products in the four cases then-pending in the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York (New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida). Additionally, plaintiffs filed motions with the Court to remand those actions to their respective state courts, asserting that the federal court had been divested of jurisdiction because the MuscleTech bankruptcy action was no longer pending.

          On June 4, 2008, the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York (on its own motion) set a hearing for the purpose of hearing argument as to why the New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Florida cases should not be dismissed for failure to prosecute in conformity to the Court's Case Management Order. Following the hearing, the Court dismissed the four cases with prejudice. In August 2008, plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of the four cases to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The Second Circuit reversed the dismissal and remanded the case to the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York.

          On March 5, 2010, the U.S. District Court, Southern District of New York granted the motions to remand which plaintiffs had filed in 2007 and remanded the cases to their respective original state courts. A case management conference has been scheduled for October 26, 2010 in the Florida case. No further activity has occurred in the New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania cases.

          In the Guzman case in California, plaintiff's motion for class certification was denied on September 8, 2008. Plaintiff appealed that ruling to the California Court of Appeal. The Court of Appeal reversed the order denying class certification in January 2010. On August 16, 2010, following the submission of supplemental briefing by the parties, the trial court denied plaintiff's motion for class certification on the grounds that plaintiff's claims were not typical of the proposed class and plaintiff would not adequately represent the proposed class. The trial court provided plaintiff with a 90 day period to substitute an alternative class representative.

          On October 3, 2008, another suit related to the sale of Andro Products was filed in state court in Illinois. Stephens and Pio v. General Nutrition Companies, Inc. (Case No. 08 CH 37097, Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, County Department, Chancery Division). The allegations are substantially similar to all of the other Andro Actions. The Company removed the case to the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois. The plaintiff has filed a motion for class certification which the Company has opposed. No ruling on that motion has been issued by the Court.

          As any liabilities that may arise from these cases are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time, no liability has been accrued in the accompanying financial statements.

          California Wage and Break Claim.     On November 4, 2008, 98 plaintiffs filed individual claims against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange, which was removed to the U.S. District Court, Central District of California on February 17, 2009. Each of the plaintiffs had previously been a member of a purported class in a lawsuit filed against the Company in 2007 and resolved in September 2009. The plaintiffs allege that they were not provided all of the rest and meal periods to which they were entitled under California law, and further allege that we failed to pay them split shift and overtime compensation to which they were entitled under California law. Discovery in this case is ongoing and the Company is vigorously defending these matters. The court has developed a mediation procedure for handling the pending claims and has ordered the parties to mediate with small groups of plaintiffs and stayed the case as to the plaintiffs not participating in the mediations. The first of the mediation sessions occurred February 10, 2010 and March 4, 2010 and did not result in any settlements. Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

F-41


Table of Contents

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

          Romero Claim.     On April 27, 2009, plaintiff J.C. Romero, a professional baseball player, filed a complaint against, among others, General Nutrition Centers, Inc. in Superior Court of New Jersey (Law Division/Camden County). Plaintiff alleges that he purchased from a GNC store and consumed 6-OXO Extreme, which is manufactured by a third party, and in August 2008, was alleged to have tested positive for a banned substance. Plaintiff served a 50 game suspension imposed by Major League Baseball. The seven count complaint asserts, among other things, claims for negligence, strict liability, misrepresentation, breach implied warranty and violations of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, and seeks unspecified monetary damages. The Company tendered the claim to the insurance company of the franchisee whose store sold and allegedly misrepresented the product. On or about October 9, 2009, the Company answered plaintiff's first amended complaint and cross-claimed against co-defendants Proviant Technologies and Ergopharm. Discovery in this case is ongoing and the Company is vigorously defending the matter. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

          Ciavarra Claim.     On November 19, 2008, Ryan Ciavarra filed a personal injury lawsuit against, among others, General Nutrition Corporation, in the District Court of Harris County, Texas. Plaintiff alleges that his use and consumption of the diet product Hydroxycut, which is manufactured by a third party and was, until recently, sold in the Company's stores, caused severe liver damage, jaundice and elevated liver enzymes. Plaintiff asserts claims for strict liability, negligence and breach of warranty and seeks unspecified monetary damages. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

          Hydroxycut Claims.     On May 1, 2009, the FDA issued a warning on several Hydroxycut-branded products manufactured by Health Sciences U.S.A., Inc. ("Iovate"). The FDA warning was based on 23 reports of liver injuries from consumers who claimed to have used the products between 2002 and 2009. As a result, Iovate voluntarily recalled 14 Hydroxycut-branded products. Following the recall, the Company was named, among other defendants, in 47 lawsuits in several states as of December 31, 2009. Iovate previously accepted the Company's tender request for defense and indemnification under its purchasing agreement with the Company and, as such, Iovate has accepted the Company's request for defense and indemnification in the Hydroxycut matters. The Company's ability to obtain full recovery in respect of any claims against the Company in connection with products manufactured by Iovate under the indemnity is dependent on Iovate's insurance coverage, the creditworthiness of its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by such insurer. To the extent the Company is not fully compensated by Iovate's insurer, it can seek recovery directly from Iovate. The Company's ability to fully recover such amounts may be limited by the creditworthiness of Iovate.

          As of December 31, 2009, the Company was named in approximately 41 personal injury actions in 13 states claiming injuries from use and consumption of Hydroxycut-branded products. In addition, the Company has been named in six putative class actions that generally include claims of consumer fraud, misrepresentation, strict liability and breach of warranty related to Hydroxycut-branded products as of December 31, 2009. By court order dated October 6, 2009, the United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation consolidated pretrial proceedings of many of the pending actions. Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

          Bedell Claim.     On May 1, 2009, plaintiff Eugene Bedell, Jr. filed a personal injury complaint against, among others, General Nutrition Centers, Inc. and GNC Corporation, in Circuit Court of Loudoun County, Virginia. Plaintiff alleges that his use and consumption of a non-GNC product called "Nitro T3" caused him to have a stroke. Plaintiff makes certain allegations regarding the risks

F-42


Table of Contents

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


of using and consuming Nitro T3 and the Company's alleged failure to warn consumers of those risks. Plaintiff seeks unspecified monetary damages. Under its purchasing agreement with the vendor, WellNx, the Company tendered the matter to WellNx for defense and indemnification. WellNx has accepted the Company's request for defense and indemnification. On May 1, 2010, an order on non-suit was granted. Plaintiff has six months from that date to re-file the action. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

          Chen Claim.     On April 30, 2009, plaintiff Yuging "Phillis" Chen filed a Third Amended Complaint against, among others, Nutra Manufacturing, Inc., in the Superior Court of California for the County of Los Angeles. Plaintiff alleges that her use and consumption of various products, including Mega Garlic Plus and Herbalifeline, manufactured by Nutra Manufacturing, caused personal injuries. Plaintiff asserts, among other things, claims for strict liability, negligence, and fraud, and seeks unspecified monetary damages. Any liabilities that may arise from this matter are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

          California False Labeling and Consumer Fraud Claims.     Beginning in May 2009, a series of false labeling and consumer fraud cases (listed below) were filed in California in connection with label claims of non-GNC products sold in the Company's stores.

    Nicole Forlenza and Shaiden Monroe, et al. v. Dynakor Pharmacal, LLC, et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV3730 (filed May 26, 2009) ("Basic Research — Akävar");

    Vance Monroe and Mac Gonzales, et al. v. Biotab Nutraceuticals, Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Southern District of California, 09CV1207 (filed June 3, 2009);

    Richard Johnson, et al. v. Vianda, LLC, et al., Superior Court of California, for the County of Los Angeles, BC 423825 (filed October 20, 2009); and

    Michael Flores, et al. v. EP2. Inc., et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV7872 (filed October 28, 2009).

Plaintiffs in the Basic Research — Akävar case dismissed GNC with prejudice in January 2010, after which a similar action, Shalena Dysthe, et al., v. Basic Research, et al., U.S. District Court, Central District of California, 09CV8013 (filed November 2, 2009) was filed by a different law firm.

          In general, the Company's vendors of the products at issue have agreed to defend and indemnify the Company. Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

Commitments

          The Company maintains certain purchase commitments with various vendors to ensure its operational needs are fulfilled of approximately $20.5 million. The future purchase commitments consisted of $9.7 million of advertising, inventory commitments and spending for website redesign, $10.8 million under a management services agreement and bank fees. Other commitments related to the Company's business operations cover varying periods of time and are not significant. All of these commitments are expected to be fulfilled with no adverse consequences to the Company's operations of financial condition.

F-43


Table of Contents

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Environmental Compliance

          In March 2008, the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control ("DHEC") requested that the Company investigate its South Carolina facility for a possible source or sources of contamination detected on an adjoining property. The Company has commenced the investigation at the facility as requested by DHEC. After several phases of the investigation the possible source or sources of contamination have not been sufficiently identified. The Company is continuing such investigation. The proceedings in this matter have not yet progressed to a stage where it is possible to estimate the timing and extent of any remedial action that may be required, the ultimate cost of remediation, or the amount of the Company's potential liability.

          In addition to the foregoing, the Company is subject to numerous federal, state, local, and foreign environmental and health and safety laws and regulations governing its operations, including the handling, transportation, and disposal of the Company's non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges from its operations into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water, and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for remedial actions, penalties, or the imposition of other liabilities. New laws, changes in existing laws or the interpretation thereof, or the development of new facts or changes in their processes could also cause the Company to incur additional capital and operation expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. The Company also is subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties, or for properties to which substances or wastes that were sent in connection with current or former operations at its facilities. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect the Company's ability to sell or lease its properties, or to use them as collateral for financing. From time to time, the Company has incurred costs and obligations for correcting environmental and health and safety noncompliance matters and for remediation at or relating to certain of its properties or properties at which its waste has been disposed. The Company believes it has complied with, and is currently complying with, its environmental obligations pursuant to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations and that any liabilities for noncompliance will not have a material adverse effect on its business or financial performance. However, it is difficult to predict future liabilities and obligations, which could be material.

NOTE 17. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Preferred Stock

          Holdings is authorized to issue up to 30.5 million shares of 10% Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock, ("Series A Preferred Stock"), par value $0.001 and has 29.9 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2009. The Series A Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to dividend distributions, senior to any other class of Common Stock or preferred stock created after the Series A Preferred Stock. Dividends are compounded quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock do not have the right to require the Company to redeem all or a portion of their Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock upon a liquidation event are required to be paid at 100% of their purchase price, plus any unpaid accumulated dividends. At December 31, 2009, $47.7 million in unpaid dividends had been accrued.

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTE 17. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

          As of December 31, 2009 none of the Series A Preferred Stock has been redeemed. The Series A preferred stock may only be redeemed upon a liquidation event, defined as any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the affairs of the Company, upon a change of control of the company, or upon the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company, as defined in the Certificate of Designation of the stock.

Common Stock

          The Company has authorized 150 million shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, which may be designated as Class A or Class B. The shares are identical in all respects to rights and privileges except that the Class B shares are not entitled to vote for the election or removal of directors. Class B stock has the right to receive a Special Dividend in the aggregate amount of $750,000 per year, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, for a ten year period commencing on March 16, 2007. The shares of Class B common stock are convertible into Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder, on the basis of one share of Class A common stock for each share of Class B common stock. The holder of Class B common stock would have, upon conversion of its shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock, one vote per share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders.

          The shares of Class A common stock are convertible into Class B common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder, provided such holder is a holder of Class B common stock, on the basis of one share of Class B common stock for each share Class A common stock.

          At December 31, 2009, there were 59.2 million shares of Class A stock outstanding. At December 31, 2009, there were 28.2 million shares of Class B stock outstanding.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

          The accumulated balances of other comprehensive income and their related tax effects included as part of the consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 
  Before tax amount   Tax Benefit (Expense)   Net Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
 
 
Foreign
currency
translation
 
Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)
on Derivatives
 
Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)
on Derivatives
 
Foreign
currency
translation
 
Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)
on Derivatives
 
Total
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 2,732   $ (5,635 ) $ 2,051   $ 2,732   $ (3,584 ) $ (852 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    (4,767 )           (4,767 )       (4,767 )

Unrealized loss on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge, net of tax

        (13,267 )   4,829         (8,438 )   (8,438 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2008

    (2,035 )   (18,902 )   6,880     (2,035 )   (12,022 )   (14,057 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    4,172             4,172         4,172  

Unrealized gain on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge, net of tax

        4,223     (1,537 )       2,686     2,686  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 2,137   $ (14,679 ) $ 5,343   $ 2,137   $ (9,336 ) $ (7,199 )
                           

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTE 18. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

Stock Options

          The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of options under the standard, which is consistent with prior year financial statements under the previous standard for stock compensation. The resulting compensation cost is recognized in the Company's financial statements over the option vesting period. At December 31, 2009, the net unrecognized compensation cost was $8.8 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.4 years.

          In 2007, the Board of Directors (the "Board") and stockholders approved and adopted the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2007 Plan"). The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who will contribute to the success of the Company. The Plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards. The Plan is available to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants or advisors as determined by the administering committee of the Board. The total number of shares of Holdings' Class A common stock reserved and available for the 2007 Plan is 10.4 million shares. Stock options under the Plan generally are granted with exercise prices at or above fair market value, typically vest over a four or five-year period and expire ten years from date of grant. No stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock or performance shares have been granted under the Plan.

          The following table outlines Holdings' total stock options activity:

 
 
Total Options
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    8,883,692   $ 7.10  

Granted

    806,850     10.16  

Exercised

         

Forfeited

    (338,715 )   6.25  

Expired

    (88,187 )   6.25  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    9,263,640   $ 7.27  
             

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

    3,173,710   $ 6.65  
             

          The standard on stock compensation requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007 was $2.9 million, $2.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2009, the weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was 7.7 years. At December 31, 2009, the weighted average remaining contractual life of exercisable options was 7.9 years. The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2009, 2008, and 2007, was $3.19, $1.17, and $1.61, respectively.

          The Black-Scholes model utilizes the following assumptions in determining a fair value: price of underlying stock, option exercise price, expected option term, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, and expected stock price volatility over the option's expected term. As the Company has had minimal exercises of stock options through December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 option term has been estimated by considering both the vesting period, which is typically for the successor and predecessor plans, five and four years, respectively, and the contractual term of ten

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTE 18. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (Continued)


and seven years, respectively. As the Company's underlying stock is not publicly traded on an open market, the Company utilized its current peer group average to estimate the expected volatility. The assumptions used in the Company's Black-Scholes valuation related to stock option grants made during the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:

 
 
2009
 
2008
 
2007

Dividend yield

  0.00%   0.00%   0.00%

Expected option life

  7.5 years   7.5 years   7.5 years

Volatility factor percentage of market price

  34.20% - 44.60%   26.00% - 28.40%   23.00% - 25.00%

Discount rate

  0.43% - 3.28%   3.08% - 3.64%   4.16% - 4.96%

          As the Black-Scholes option valuation model utilizes certain estimates and assumptions, the existing models do not necessarily represent the definitive fair value of options for future periods. Assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model include the fair value of the stock, as the stock is not publicly trade and volatility. The fair value of the stock is estimated based upon the net enterprise value of the Company, discounted to reflect the lack of liquidity and control associated with the stock. Volatility is estimated based upon the volatility in a sample peer group of companies. The average estimated fair value of the Company's stock for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007 were $7.76, $6.98, $5.00 and $13.57 per share, respectively.

Predecessor

          In 2006, the Board of Directors of GNC Corporation approved and adopted the GNC Corporation 2006 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan"). In 2003 the boards approved and adopted the GNC Corporation (f/k/a General Nutrition Centers Holding Company) 2003 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the "2003 Plan" and, together with the 2006 Plan, the "Plans"). The purpose of the Plans was to enable GNC Corporation to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who would contribute to the success of GNC Corporation. The Plans provided for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock and performance shares. The Plans were available to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants or advisors as determined by the administering committee of the boards. The total number of shares of GNC Corporation's common stock reserved and available for the 2006 Plan was 3.8 million shares and under the 2003 Plan was 4.0 million shares. Stock options under the Plans generally were granted at fair market value, vested over a four-year vesting schedule and expired after seven years from date of grant. If stock options were granted at an exercise price that was less than fair market value at the date of grant, compensation expense was recognized immediately for the intrinsic value. No stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock or performance shares were granted under the Plans as of December 31, 2006.

          The standard on stock compensation requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. For the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, the Company recognized total compensation expense of $4.1 million, of which $3.8 million related to the acceleration of the vesting of these options. The Company recorded $47.0 million as a reduction in equity on March 15, 2007 related to the cancellation of these options.

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTE 19. SEGMENTS

          The Company has three reportable segments, each of which represents an identifiable component of the Company for which separate financial information is available. This information is utilized by management to assess performance and allocate assets accordingly. The Company's management evaluates segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are sales and operating income or loss for each segment. Operating income or loss, as evaluated by management, excludes certain items that are managed at the consolidated level, such as distribution and warehousing, impairments and other corporate costs. The following table represents key financial information for each of the Company's reportable segments, identifiable by the distinct operations and management of each: Retail, Franchising, and Manufacturing/Wholesale. The Retail reportable segment includes the Company's corporate store operations in the United States, Canada and its GNC.com business. The Franchise reportable segment represents the Company's franchise operations, both domestically and internationally. The Manufacturing/Wholesale reportable segment represents the Company's manufacturing operations in South Carolina and the Wholesale sales business. This segment supplies the Retail and Franchise segments, along with various third parties, with finished products for sale. The Warehousing and Distribution, Corporate Costs, and Other Unallocated Costs represent the Company's administrative expenses. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the "Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies".

F-48


Table of Contents

NOTE 19. SEGMENTS (Continued)

          The following table represents key financial information of the Company's business segments:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Revenue:

                             
 

Retail

  $ 1,256,314   $ 1,219,305   $ 909,264       $ 259,313  
 

Franchise

    264,168     258,020     193,896         47,237  
 

Manufacturing/Wholesale:

                             
   

Intersegment(1)

    201,306     180,070     133,051         35,477  
   

Third Party

    186,525     179,404     119,827         23,279  
                       
   

Sub total Manufacturing/Wholesale

    387,831     359,474     252,878         58,756  
 

Sub total segment revenues

    1,908,313     1,836,799     1,356,038         365,306  
   

Intersegment elimination(1)

    (201,306 )   (180,070 )   (133,051 )       (35,477 )
                       
   

Total revenue

  $ 1,707,007   $ 1,656,729   $ 1,222,987       $ 329,829  
                       

(1)
Intersegment revenues are eliminated from consolidated revenue.

Operating income (loss):

                             
 

Retail

  $ 153,142   $ 140,916   $ 106,448       $ 28,249  
 

Franchise

    80,800     80,816     55,000         14,518  
 

Manufacturing/Wholesale

    73,450     67,378     38,915         10,267  
 

Unallocated corporate and other costs:

                             
   

Warehousing and distribution costs

    (53,557 )   (54,266 )   (40,697 )       (10,667 )
   

Corporate costs

    (72,809 )   (65,234 )   (52,825 )       (26,954 )
   

Merger-related costs

                    (34,603 )
                       
       

Sub total unallocated corporate and other costs

    (126,366 )   (119,500 )   (93,522 )       (72,224 )
                       
   

Total operating income (loss)

    181,026     169,610     106,841         (19,190 )

Interest expense, net

    69,940     83,000     75,513         72,822  
                       

Income before income taxes

    111,086     86,610     31,328         (92,012 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    41,562     31,952     12,512         (21,568 )
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 69,524   $ 54,658   $ 18,816       $ (70,444 )
                       

F-49


Table of Contents

NOTE 19. SEGMENTS (Continued)

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Depreciation and amortization:

                             
 

Retail

  $ 24,164   $ 21,449   $ 14,806       $ 4,114  
 

Franchise

    4,081     5,001     4,025         365  
 

Manufacturing / Wholesale

    10,926     9,783     7,014         1,714  
 

Corporate / Other

    7,494     6,220     4,156         1,183  
                       
   

Total depreciation and amortization

  $ 46,665   $ 42,453   $ 30,001       $ 7,376  
                       

Capital expenditures:

                             
 

Retail

  $ 20,640   $ 33,074   $ 18,347       $ 4,778  
 

Franchise

    2     7     4          
 

Manufacturing / Wholesale

    4,527     11,108     6,694         285  
 

Corporate / Other

    3,513     4,477     3,806         630  
                       
   

Total capital expenditures

  $ 28,682   $ 48,666   $ 28,851       $ 5,693  
                       

Total assets

                             
 

Retail

  $ 1,262,755   $ 1,263,229   $ 1,242,999            
 

Franchise

    468,949     471,247     476,685            
 

Manufacturing / Wholesale

    423,884     436,018     426,250            
 

Corporate / Other

    162,506     123,315     93,571            
                         
   

Total assets

  $ 2,318,094   $ 2,293,809   $ 2,239,505            
                         

Geographic areas

                             

Total revenues:

                             
 

United States

  $ 1,618,452   $ 1,567,641   $ 1,156,806       $ 314,804  
 

Foreign

    88,555     89,088     66,181         15,025  
                       
   

Total revenues

  $ 1,707,007   $ 1,656,729   $ 1,222,987       $ 329,829  
                       

Long-lived assets:

                             
 

United States

  $ 193,762   $ 201,787   $ 189,416            
 

Foreign

    10,151     6,885     6,526            
                         
   

Total long-lived assets

  $ 203,913   $ 208,672   $ 195,942            
                         

F-50


Table of Contents

NOTE 19. SEGMENTS (Continued)

          The following table represents sales by general product category. The category "Other" includes other wellness products sales from the Company's point of sales system and certain required accounting adjustments of $5.7 million for 2009, $4.7 million for 2008, $5.0 million for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and ($0.6) million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

U.S Retail Product Categories:

                             
 

VMHS

  $ 496,427   $ 465,245   $ 342,731       $ 98,447  
 

Sports Nutrition Products

    443,408     410,133     299,035         87,983  
 

Diet and Weight Management Products

    128,039     148,158     120,099         36,647  
 

Other Wellness Products

    99,886     106,681     81,218         21,211  
                       
 

Total U.S. Retail revenues

    1,167,760     1,130,217     843,083         244,288  
 

Canada retail revenues(1)

    88,555     89,088     66,181         15,025  
                       
 

Total Retail Revenue

  $ 1,256,315   $ 1,219,305   $ 909,264       $ 259,313  
                       

(1)
Canada sales are presented in total not by category as product sales for Canada are managed in local currency.

          The data above represents the majority of the revenue reported for the domestic portion of the Company's Retail segment. In addition to these sales, additional revenue and revenue adjustments are recorded to ensure conformity with U.S. GAAP. This includes wholesale revenue (to the Company's military commissary locations), deferral of the Company's Gold Card revenue to match the twelve month discount period of the card, and a reserve for customer returns. These items are recurring in nature, and the Company expects to record similar adjustments in the future.

          In addition to the Retail product categories discussed above, Franchise revenues are primarily generated from (1) product sales to franchisees, (2) royalties from franchise retail sales and (3) franchise fees, and Manufacturing/ Wholesale sales are generated from sales of manufactured products to third parties, primarily in the VMHS product category.

NOTE 20. FRANCHISE REVENUE

          The Company's Franchise segment generates revenues through product sales to franchisees, royalties, franchise fees and interest income on the financing of the franchise locations. The Company enters into franchise agreements with initial terms of ten years. The Company charges franchisees three types of flat franchise fees associated with stores: initial, transfer and renewal. The initial franchise fee is payable prior to the franchise store opening as consideration for the initial franchise rights and services performed by the Company. Transfer fees are paid as consideration for the same rights and services as the initial fee and occur when a former franchisee transfers ownership of the franchise location to a new franchisee. This is typically a reduced fee compared to the initial franchise fee. The renewal franchise fee is charged to existing franchisees upon renewal of the franchise contract. This fee is similar to, but typically less than, the initial fee.

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTE 20. FRANCHISE REVENUE (Continued)

          Once the franchise store is opened, transferred or renewed, the Company has no further obligations under these fees to the franchisee. Therefore, all initial, transfer and renewal franchise fee revenue is recognized in the period in which a franchise store is opened, transferred or date the contract period is renewed. The Company recognized initial franchise fees of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $1.4 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $0.3 million for the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.

          The following is a summary of the Company's franchise revenue by type:

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Product sales

  $ 217,920   $ 209,662   $ 160,665       $ 38,409  

Royalties

    35,561     35,147     25,990         7,102  

Franchise fees

    4,570     5,676     3,013         810  

Other

    6,117     7,535     4,228         916  
                       

Total franchise revenue

  $ 264,168   $ 258,020   $ 193,896       $ 47,237  
                       

NOTE 21. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

          The Company remitted cash payments for federal and state income taxes of $16.0 million, $18.1 million, and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007, respectively. The Company received cash refunds of $19.7 million, net of tax payments for the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007.

          The Company remitted cash payments for interest expense related to outstanding debt of $66.7 million, $80.1 million, $56.8 million, and $55.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the period from March 16 to December 31, 2007, and the period from January 1 to March 15, 2007.

          In September 2009, the Company converted a short term receivable of $1.2 million from a franchisee into a long term note receivable.

NOTE 22. RETIREMENT PLANS

          The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution savings plan covering substantially all employees. Full time employees who have completed 30 days of service and part time employees who have completed 1,000 hours of service are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan provides for employee contributions of 1% to 80% of individual compensation into deferred savings, subject to IRS limitations. The plan provides for Company contributions upon the employee meeting the eligibility requirements. The Company match consists of both a fixed and a discretionary match which is based on a specified financial target for all participants in the plan. The fixed match is 50% on the first 3% of the salary that an employee defers and the discretionary match could be up to an additional 100% match on the 3% deferral. A discretionary match can be approved at any time by the Company.

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTE 22. RETIREMENT PLANS (Continued)

          An employee becomes vested in the Company match portion as follows:

Years of Service
 
Percent
Vested
 

0-1

    0 %

1-2

    33 %

2-3

    66 %

3+

    100 %

          The Company made cash contributions of $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and $0.9 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007, and $0.3 million for the period January 1 to March 15, 2007. In addition, the Company made a discretionary match for the 2007 plan year of $0.6 million in April 2008, for the 2008 plan year of $0.6 million in March 2009 and for the 2009 plan year of $0.6 million in February 2010.

          The Company has a Non-qualified Executive Retirement Arrangement Plan that covers key employees. Under the provisions of this plan, certain eligible key employees are granted cash compensation, which in the aggregate was not significant for any year presented.

          The Company has a Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan that provides benefits payable to certain qualified key employees upon their retirement or their designated beneficiaries upon death. This plan allows participants the opportunity to defer pretax amounts ranging from 2% to 100% of their base compensation plus bonuses. The plan is funded entirely by elective contributions made by the participants. The Company has elected to finance any potential plan benefit obligations using corporate owned life insurance policies.

NOTE 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

          As described in Note 2, the Company adopted the provisions of the new standard on fair value measurements and disclosures as of January 1, 2008. This standard defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. The standard clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the standard establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

  Level 1     observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

 

Level 2

 


 

observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, other inputs that are observable, or can be corroborated by observable market data; and

 

Level 3

 


 

unobservable inputs for which there are little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

F-53


Table of Contents

NOTE 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

          The following table presents the Company's financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other long-term liabilities

  $ 2,337   $ 14,679   $  

          The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for these items, as well as the general classification of such items pursuant to the fair value hierarchy of the standard on Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures:

           Other long-term liabilities  — Other long-term liabilities classified as Level 1 consist of liabilities related to the Company's non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The liabilities related to these plans are adjusted based on changes in the fair value of the underlying employee-directed investment choices. Since the employee-directed investment choices are exchange traded equity indexes with quoted prices in active markets, the liabilities are classified as within Level 1 on the fair value hierarchy. Other long-term liabilities classified as Level 2 consist of the Company's interest rate swaps. The derivatives are a pay-variable, receive-fixed interest rate swap based on a LIBOR rate. Fair value is based on a model-derived valuation using the LIBOR rate, which is an observable input in an active market. Therefore, the Company's derivative is classified as Level 2 on the fair value hierarchy.

          In addition to the above table, the Company's financial instruments also consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt. The Company did not elect to value its long-term debt with the fair value option in accordance with the standard on Financial Instruments. The Company believes that the recorded values of all of its other financial instruments approximate their fair values because of their nature and respective durations.

NOTE 24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Successor:

          Management Services Agreement.     In connection with the Merger, Holdings entered into a Management Services Agreement with ACOF Operating Manager II, L.P. ("ACOF Operating Manager II"), an affiliate of ACOF. Under the agreement, ACOF Operating Manager II provides Holdings and its subsidiaries with certain services in exchange for an annual fee of $750,000, as well as customary fees for services rendered in connection with certain major financial transactions, plus reimbursement of expenses and a tax gross-up relating to a non-tax deductible portion of the fee. In addition, upon consummation of the Merger, Holdings incurred an aggregate fee of $5.0 million, plus reimbursement of expenses, payable to ACOF Operating Manager II for services rendered in connection with the Merger. As of December 31, 2009, $2.1 million had been paid pursuant to this agreement.

          Special Dividend.     OTPP, as the holder of Holdings' Class B common stock, is entitled to receive ratable an annual special dividend payment equal to an aggregate amount of $750,000 per year when, as and if declared by the board of directors, for the Special Dividend Period. The special dividend is payable in equal quarterly installments on the first day of each quarter commencing on April 1, 2007. As of December 31, 2009, $2.1 million had been paid to OTPP.

F-54


Table of Contents

NOTE 24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

          Credit Facility.     Upon consummation of the Merger, Centers entered into a $735.0 million credit agreement, of which various funds affiliated with one of Holdings' sponsors, ACOF are investors. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, certain affiliates of ACOF held approximately $62.1 million and $63.9 million, respectively of term loans under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility.

          Stock Purchase.     During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, Axcel Partners III, LLC, of which an officer and director of the Company is a member, purchased 273,215 shares of Class A common stock of the Company at a price of $6.82 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.9 million and 45,478 shares of Class A common stock of Holdings at a price of $7.08 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.3 million, respectively and 110,151 and 18,710 shares of Series A preferred stock of the Company at a price of $5.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the dates of purchase, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

          Lease Agreements.     General Nutrition Centres Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holdings, is party to 21 lease agreements, as lessee, with Cadillac Fairview Corporation, as lessor, with respect to properties located in Canada. Cadillac Fairview Corporation is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of OTPP, one of the principal stockholders of Holdings. The aggregate value of the leases is approximately $12.4 million, together with certain future landlord related costs, of which $2.4 million was paid for the year ended December 31, 2009, $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $2.0 million for the period March 16 to December 31, 2007. Each lease was negotiated in the ordinary course of business on an arm's length basis.

          Product Purchases.     During the Company's 2009 fiscal year, it purchased certain fish oil and probiotics products manufactured by Lifelong Nutrition, Inc. ("Lifelong") for resale under the Company's proprietary brand name GNC WELLbeING®. Carmen Fortino, who serves as one of the directors of Holdings, is the Managing Director, a member of the Board of Directors and a stockholder of Lifelong. The aggregate value of the products the Company purchased from Lifelong was $3.3 million for the 2009 fiscal year.

Predecessor:

          Management Service Fees.     As of December 5, 2003, Centers and GNC Parent Corporation entered into a management services agreement with Apollo Management V. The agreement provides that Apollo Management V furnish certain investment banking, management, consulting, financial planning, and financial advisory services on an ongoing basis and for any significant financial transactions that may have been undertaken. The length of the agreement was ten years. There was an annual general services fee of $1.5 million, which was payable in monthly installments. There were also major transaction services fees for services that Apollo Management V provided based on normal and customary fees of like kind. In addition, Centers reimbursed expenses that were incurred and paid by Apollo Management V on behalf of Centers. For the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, $0.4 million was paid to Apollo Management V under the terms of this agreement. In addition, as a result of the Merger, for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 15, 2007, $7.5 million was paid to Apollo Management V as a one-time payment for the termination of the management services agreement.

F-55


Table of Contents

NOTE 25. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

          The following table summarizes the Company's 2009 and 2008 quarterly results:

 
 
Three months
Ended
March 31,
2009
 
Three months
Ended
June 30,
2009
 
Three months
Ended
September 30,
2009
 
Three months
Ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
($ in thousands, except per share $)

 

Total revenue

  $ 439,897   $ 432,416   $ 430,798   $ 403,896   $ 1,707,007  

Gross profit

    154,168     151,510     148,192     136,700     590,570  

Operating income

    50,113     45,797     47,359     37,757     181,026  

Net income

    19,419     17,942     19,498     12,665     69,524  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                               
 

Basic

    87,670     87,339     87,339     87,339     87,421  
 

Diluted

    87,758     87,548     87,688     87,818     87,859  

Earnings per share:

                               
 

Basic

  $ 0.17   $ 0.15   $ 0.17   $ 0.09   $ 0.58  
 

Diluted

  $ 0.17   $ 0.15   $ 0.17   $ 0.09   $ 0.58  

 

 
 
Three months
Ended
March 31,
2008
 
Three months
Ended
June 30,
2008
 
Three months
Ended
September 30,
2008
 
Three months
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (unaudited)
($ in thousands, except per share $)

 

Total revenue

  $ 428,133   $ 422,662   $ 414,194   $ 391,740   $ 1,656,729  

Gross profit

    149,243     148,385     144,218     132,253     574,099  

Operating income

    44,458     46,939     43,517     34,696     169,610  

Net income

    13,310     16,984     16,289     8,075     54,658  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                               
 

Basic

    87,743     87,647     87,735     87,916     87,761  
 

Diluted

    87,743     87,647     87,735     87,947     87,787  

Earnings per share:

                               
 

Basic

  $ 0.11   $ 0.15   $ 0.14   $ 0.04   $ 0.43  
 

Diluted

  $ 0.11   $ 0.15   $ 0.14   $ 0.04   $ 0.43  

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION

          As of December 31, 2009 Centers' debt included its 2007 Senior Credit Facility, Senior Toggle Notes and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The 2007 Senior Credit Facility has been guaranteed by GNC Corporation and Centers' existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Toggle Notes are general non collateralized obligations of Centers, are effectively subordinated to Centers' 2007 Senior Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the 2007 Senior Credit Facility and are senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated obligations of Centers, including its 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Toggle Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a non collateralized basis by all of Centers' existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are general non collateralized obligations and are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by Centers' existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries and rank junior in right of payment to Centers' 2007 Senior Credit Facility and Senior Toggle Notes. The guarantors are the same for the 2007 Senior Credit Facility,

F-56


Table of Contents

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Senior Toggle Notes and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. Non-guarantor subsidiaries include the remaining direct and indirect foreign subsidiaries. The subsidiary guarantors are 100% owned, directly or indirectly by Holdings. The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

          Presented below are condensed consolidated financial statements of Holdings as the parent of Centers (the issuer), and the combined guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries of Holdings as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and the period ended March 15, 2007. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

          The Company reorganized its corporate structure effective January 1, 2009. Certain guarantor subsidiaries were merged with and into Centers, which remained the issuer after the reorganization; certain other guarantor subsidiaries were merged with and into each other. Supplemental guarantor information for periods prior to January 1, 2009 reflect the corporate structure that existed prior to the reorganization.

F-57


Table of Contents

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

December 31, 2009
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current assets

                                     
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 14,859   $ 77,797   $ (4,801 ) $ 2,093   $   $ 89,948  
 

Receivables, net

        472     92,273     1,187         93,932  
 

Intercompany receivables

        139,591     963         (140,554 )    
 

Inventories, net

            339,975     30,517         370,492  
 

Prepaids and other current assets

    56     19,308     14,409     8,502         42,275  
                           
   

Total current assets

    14,915     237,168     442,819     42,299     (140,554 )   596,647  

Goodwill

            624,285     468         624,753  

Brands

            720,000             720,000  

Property, plant and equipment, net

        7,409     163,882     28,290         199,581  

Investment in subsidiaries

    717,383     1,550,708     709,829     718,479     (3,696,399 )    

Other assets

        28,876     157,018         (8,781 )   177,113  
                           
   

Total assets

  $ 732,298   $ 1,824,161   $ 2,817,833   $ 789,536   $ (3,845,734 ) $ 2,318,094  
                           

Current liabilities

                                     
 

Current liabilities

  $ 32   $ 34,129   $ 154,435   $ 11,023   $   $ 199,619  
 

Intercompany payables

    290         113,359     26,905     (140,554 )    
                           
   

Total current liabilities

    322     34,129     267,794     37,928     (140,554 )   199,619  

Long-term debt

        1,052,341     32     14,493     (8,781 )   1,058,085  

Deferred tax liabilities

        (4,754 )   294,087     (439 )       288,894  

Other long-term liabilities

        24,929     14,129     462         39,520  
                           
   

Total liabilities

    322     1,106,645     576,042     52,444     (149,335 )   1,586,118  
   

Total stockholder's equity (deficit)

    731,976     717,516     2,241,791     737,092     (3,696,399 )   731,976  
                           
   

Total liabilities and stockholder's equity (deficit)

  $ 732,298   $ 1,824,161   $ 2,817,833   $ 789,536   $ (3,845,734 ) $ 2,318,094  
                           

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

December 31, 2008
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current assets

                                     
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,032   $   $ 40,077   $ 2,230   $   $ 44,339  
 

Receivables, net

            88,972     72         89,044  
 

Intercompany receivables

        369     88,517         (88,886 )    
 

Inventories, net

            342,085     21,569         363,654  
 

Prepaids and other current assets

    138     (82 )   55,520     3,969         59,545  
                           
   

Total current assets

    2,170     287     615,171     27,840     (88,886 )   556,582  

Goodwill

            622,441     468         622,909  

Brands

            720,000             720,000  

Property, plant and equipment, net

            180,494     25,660         206,154  

Investment in subsidiaries

    651,932     1,797,306     662,544     653,025     (3,764,807 )    

Other assets

        22,470     174,475         (8,781 )   188,164  
                           
   

Total assets

  $ 654,102   $ 1,820,063   $ 2,975,125   $ 706,993   $ (3,862,474 ) $ 2,293,809  
                           

Current liabilities

                                     
 

Current liabilities

  $ 60   $ 20,644   $ 220,120   $ 8,958   $   $ 249,782  
 

Intercompany payables

    238     69,244         19,404     (88,886 )    
                           
   

Total current liabilities

    298     89,888     220,120     28,362     (88,886 )   249,782  

Long-term debt

        1,064,024     30     15,964     (8,781 )   1,071,237  

Deferred tax liabilities

        (4,813 )   282,816             278,003  

Other long-term liabilities

        18,902     21,828     253         40,983  
                           
   

Total liabilities

    298     1,168,001     524,794     44,579     (97,667 )   1,640,005  
   

Total stockholder's equity (deficit)

    653,804     652,062     2,450,331     662,414     (3,764,807 )   653,804  
                           
   

Total liabilities and stockholder's equity (deficit)

  $ 654,102   $ 1,820,063   $ 2,975,125   $ 706,993   $ (3,862,474 ) $ 2,293,809  
                           


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

Successor
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 1,622,085   $ 102,092   $ (17,170 ) $ 1,707,007  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

            1,060,619     72,988     (17,170 )   1,116,437  
                           

Gross profit

            561,466     29,104         590,570  

Compensation and related benefits

        41,713     205,190     16,143         263,046  

Advertising and promotion

            49,280     754         50,034  

Other selling, general and administrative

    1,665     33,111     63,431     (88 )   (1,500 )   96,619  

Subsidiary (income) expense

    (71,119 )   (75,141 )   (68,622 )   (69,619 )   284,501      

Other (income) expense

        (71,075 )   66,915     4,005         (155 )
                           

Operating income (loss)

    69,454     71,392     245,272     77,909     (283,001 )   181,026  

Interest expense, net

    (13 )   4,204     64,569     1,180         69,940  
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    69,467     67,188     180,703     76,729     (283,001 )   111,086  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (57 )   (2,431 )   41,973     2,077         41,562  
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 69,524   $ 69,619   $ 138,730   $ 74,652   $ (283,001 ) $ 69,524  
                           

F-59


Table of Contents

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

Successor
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 1,566,054   $ 102,018   $ (11,343 ) $ 1,656,729  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

            1,020,402     73,571     (11,343 )   1,082,630  
                           

Gross profit

            545,652     28,447         574,099  

Compensation and related benefits

            234,188     15,605         249,793  

Advertising and promotion

            54,351     709         55,060  

Other selling, general and administrative

    1,671     2,215     92,893     3,624     (1,500 )   98,903  

Subsidiary (income) expense

    (56,280 )   (58,977 )   (60,345 )   (54,780 )   230,382      

Other (income) expense

            126     607         733  
                           

Operating income (loss)

    54,609     56,762     224,439     62,682     (228,882 )   169,610  

Interest expense, net

        4,242     77,579     1,179         83,000  
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    54,609     52,520     146,860     61,503     (228,882 )   86,610  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (49 )   (2,260 )   33,103     1,158         31,952  
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 54,658   $ 54,780   $ 113,757   $ 60,345   $ (228,882 ) $ 54,658  
                           

 

Successor
Period from March 16, 2007 to December 31, 2007
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 1,158,143   $ 75,180   $ (10,336 ) $ 1,222,987  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

            770,261     54,313     (10,336 )   814,238  
                           

Gross profit

            387,882     20,867         408,749  

Compensation and related benefits

            183,901     11,891         195,792  

Advertising and promotion

            34,560     502         35,062  

Other selling, general and administrative

    1,314     1,356     67,391     2,542     (1,125 )   71,478  

Subsidiary (income) expense

    (20,042 )   (24,467 )   (21,596 )   (18,908 )   85,013      

Other (income) expense

            (77 )   (347 )       (424 )
                           

Operating income (loss)

    18,728     23,111     123,703     25,187     (83,888 )   106,841  

Interest expense, net

        7,080     67,611     822         75,513  
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    18,728     16,031     56,092     24,365     (83,888 )   31,328  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (88 )   (2,953 )   12,717     2,836         12,512  
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 18,816   $ 18,984   $ 43,375   $ 21,529   $ (83,888 ) $ 18,816  
                           

F-60


Table of Contents

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Predecessor
Period ended March 15 2007
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 314,632   $ 17,489   $ (2,292 ) $ 329,829  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

            201,973     12,494     (2,292 )   212,175  
                           

Gross profit

            112,659     4,995         117,654  

Compensation and related benefits

            61,615     2,696         64,311  

Advertising and promotion

            20,435     38         20,473  

Other selling, general and administrative

    562     86     17,542     (204 )   (375 )   17,611  

Subsidiary (income) expense

    50,967     (12,958 )   49,733         (87,742 )    

Other (income) expense

        34,603         (154 )       34,449  
                           

Operating income (loss)

    (51,529 )   (21,731 )   (36,666 )   2,619     88,117     (19,190 )

Interest expense, net

    29,786     42,981     (539 )   594         72,822  
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (81,315 )   (64,712 )   (36,127 )   2,025     88,117     (92,012 )

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (10,871 )   (13,398 )   2,257     444         (21,568 )
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ (70,444 ) $ (51,314 ) $ (38,384 ) $ 1,581   $ 88,117   $ (70,444 )
                           

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

Successor
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  $ 13,614   $   $ 109,200   $ 4,757   $ (13,600 ) $ 113,971  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                                     

Capital expenditures

        (2,446 )   (22,470 )   (3,766 )       (28,682 )

Acquisition of the Company

          (11,268 )               (11,268 )

Investment/distribution

        129,379     (129,379 )            

Other investing

            (2,224 )           (2,224 )
                           

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        115,665     (154,073 )   (3,766 )       (42,174 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                                     

Issuance of stock

                         

Purchase of treasury stock

    (787 )   (278 )               (1,065 )

Dividend payment to Parent

        (13,600 )           13,600      

Financing fees

        (45 )               (45 )

Other financing

        (23,945 )   (5 )   (1,377 )       (25,327 )
                           

Net cash used in financing activities

    (787 )   (37,868 )   (5 )   (1,377 )   13,600     (26,437 )

Effect of exchange rate on cash

                249         249  
                           

Net increase in cash

    12,827     77,797     (44,878 )   (137 )       45,609  

Beginning balance, cash

    2,032         40,077     2,230         44,339  
                           

Ending balance, cash

  $ 14,859   $ 77,797   $ (4,801 ) $ 2,093   $   $ 89,948  
                           

F-62


Table of Contents

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

Successor
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  $   $   $ 71,727   $ 5,638   $ 77,365  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Capital expenditures

            (43,767 )   (4,899 )   (48,666 )

Investment/distribution

        13,056     (13,056 )        

Acquisition of intangible

            (1,000 )       (1,000 )

Acquisition of the Company

        (10,842 )           (10,842 )

Other investing

            83         83  
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        2,214     (57,740 )   (4,899 )   (60,425 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Issuance of stock

    2,932     131             3,063  

Purchase of treasury stock

    (900 )   (963 )           (1,863 )

Financing fees

                     

Other financing

        (1,382 )       (1,217 )   (2,599 )
                       

Net cash used in financing activities

    2,032     (2,214 )       (1,217 )   (1,399 )

Effect of exchange rate on cash

                (56 )   (56 )
                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    2,032         13,987     (534 )   15,485  

Beginning balance, cash

            26,090     2,764     28,854  
                       

Ending balance, cash

  $ 2,032   $   $ 40,077   $ 2,230   $ 44,339  
                       

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

Successor
Period from March 16, 2007 to
December 31, 2007
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  $   $ 1,567   $ 84,919   $ 5,551   $ 92,037  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Capital expenditures

            (25,098 )   (3,753 )   (28,851 )

Investment/distribution

        40,878     (40,878 )        

Acquisition of the Company

    (890 )   (1,642,061 )           (1,642,951 )

Other investing

            (412 )       (412 )
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (890 )   (1,601,183 )   (66,388 )   (3,753 )   (1,672,214 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Issuance of stock

        552,291             552,291  

Purchase of treasury stock

        (314 )           (314 )

Borrowings from new senior credit facility

        675,000             675,000  

Proceeds from issuance of new senior sub notes

        110,000             110,000  

Proceeds from issuance of new senior notes

        297,000             297,000  

Financing fees

        (29,298 )           (29,298 )

Other financing

        (5,063 )       (958 )   (6,021 )
                       

Net cash used in financing activities

        1,599,616         (958 )   1,598,658  

Effect of exchange rate on cash

                (29 )   (29 )
                       

Net increase in cash

    (890 )       18,531     811     18,452  

Beginning balance, cash

    890         7,559     1,953     10,402  
                       

Ending balance, cash

  $   $   $ 26,090   $ 2,764   $ 28,854  
                       

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTE 26. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

Predecessor
Period ended March 15, 2007
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  $ (51 ) $ (43,103 ) $ (7,238 ) $ (583 ) $ (50,975 )

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Capital expenditures

            (5,117 )   (576 )   (5,693 )

Investment/distribution

                     

Acquisition of the Company

                     

Other investing

            (555 )       (555 )
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

            (5,672 )   (576 )   (6,248 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Contribution from selling shareholders

    441,482     463,393             904,875  

Redemption of PIK notes

    (441,482 )               (441,482 )

Redemption of 8 5 / 8 % senior notes

        (150,000 )           (150,000 )

Redemption of 8 1 / 2 % senior notes

        (215,000 )           (215,000 )

Payment of 2003 senior credit facitlity

        (55,290 )           (55,290 )

Financing fees

    (532 )               (532 )

Other financing

                (334 )   (334 )
                       

Net cash used in financing activities

    (532 )   43,103         (334 )   42,237  

Effect of exchange rate on cash

                (165 )   (165 )
                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    (583 )       (12,910 )   (1,658 )   (15,151 )

Beginning balance, cash

    1,473         20,469     3,611     25,553  
                       

Ending balance, cash

  $ 890   $   $ 7,559   $ 1,953   $ 10,402  
                       

NOTE 27. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

          Management has considered all other subsequent events.

          The financial statements of Holdings are substantially comprised of the financial statements of Centers, which issued its annual financial statements on March 11, 2010. The Company has evaluated transactions for consideration as recognized subsequent events through the date of January 18, 2011. Additionally, the Company has evaluated transactions that occurred as of issuance of these financial statements, January 18, 2011, for purposes of disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

F-65


Table of Contents


GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, including share data)

 
  September 30,
2010*
  December 31,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
 

Current assets:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 165,224   $ 89,948  
 

Receivables, net

    104,318     93,932  
 

Inventories (Note 3)

    396,991     370,492  
 

Prepaids and other current assets

    34,058     42,275  
           
   

Total current assets

    700,591     596,647  

Long-term assets:

             
 

Goodwill, net (Note 4)

    624,920     624,753  
 

Brands, net (Note 4)

    720,000     720,000  
 

Other intangible assets, net (Note 4)

    148,873     154,370  
 

Property, plant and equipment, net

    192,816     199,581  
 

Deferred financing fees, net

    15,216     18,411  
 

Other long-term assets

    4,781     4,332  
           
   

Total long-term assets

    1,706,606     1,721,447  
           
     

Total assets

  $ 2,407,197   $ 2,318,094  
           

Current liabilities:

             
 

Accounts payable

  $ 99,707   $ 95,904  
 

Accrued payroll and related liabilities

    26,918     22,277  
 

Accrued interest (Note 5)

    5,576     14,552  
 

Current portion, long-term debt (Note 5)

    1,565     1,724  
 

Deferred revenue and other current liabilities

    77,783     65,162  
           
   

Total current liabilities

    211,549     199,619  

Long-term liabilities:

             
 

Long-term debt (Note 5)

    1,057,208     1,058,085  
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    291,798     288,894  
 

Other long-term liabilities

    31,425     39,520  
           
   

Total long-term liabilities

    1,380,431     1,386,499  
           
     

Total liabilities

    1,591,980     1,586,118  

Stockholders' equity:

             
 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 60,000 shares authorized:

             
   

Series A, 30,500 shares designated, 30,134 shares issued, 29,867 shares outstanding and 267 shares held in treasury at September 30, 2010, and 30,500 shares designated, 30,129 shares issued, 29,862 shares outstanding and 267 shares held in treasury at December 31, 2009

    213,036     197,742  
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000 shares authorized:

             
   

Class A, 59,968 shares issued, 59,199 shares outstanding and 769 shares held in treasury at September 30, 2010, and 59,954 shares issued, 59,170 shares outstanding and 784 shares held in treasury at December 31, 2009

    60     60  
   

Class B, 28,169 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009

    28     28  
 

Paid-in-capital

    450,936     448,556  
 

Retained earnings

    157,743     95,263  
 

Treasury stock, at cost

    (2,277 )   (2,474 )
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (4,309 )   (7,199 )
           
   

Total stockholders' equity

    815,217     731,976  
           
     

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 2,407,197   $ 2,318,094  
           

*
Footnotes summarized from the Audited Financial Statements

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-66


Table of Contents


GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Three months ended   Nine months ended  
 
  September 30,
2010
  September 30,
2009
  September 30,
2010
  September 30,
2009
 

Revenue

  $ 465,660   $ 430,798   $ 1,386,409   $ 1,303,111  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

    302,601     282,606     893,839     849,241  
                   

Gross profit

    163,059     148,192     492,570     453,870  

Compensation and related benefits

   
69,194
   
65,470
   
204,668
   
196,321
 

Advertising and promotion

    10,854     11,043     40,430     40,177  

Other selling, general and administrative

    24,313     24,314     75,276     74,130  

Foreign currency (gain) loss

    (92 )   6     (149 )   (27 )
                   

Operating income

    58,790     47,359     172,345     143,269  

Interest expense, net (Note 5)

   
16,296
   
16,873
   
49,182
   
53,017
 
                   

Income before income taxes

   
42,494
   
30,486
   
123,163
   
90,252
 

Income tax expense (Note 11)

   
15,825
   
10,988
   
45,422
   
33,394
 
                   

Net income

 
$

26,669
 
$

19,498
 
$

77,741
 
$

56,858
 
                   

Income per share — Basic and Diluted:

                         

Net income

 
$

26,669
 
$

19,498
 
$

77,741
 
$

56,858
 

Preferred stock dividends

    5,213     4,725     15,261     13,828  
                   

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 21,456   $ 14,773   $ 62,480   $ 43,030  
                   

Earnings per share:

                         
 

Basic

  $ 0.25   $ 0.17   $ 0.72   $ 0.49  
 

Diluted

  $ 0.24   $ 0.17   $ 0.70   $ 0.49  

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                         
 

Basic

    87,357     87,339     87,350     87,448  
 

Diluted

    88,374     87,688     88,644     87,730  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-67


Table of Contents


GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands, including share data)

 
 
Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
 
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 
 
 
Class A
 
Class B
 
Preferred Stock
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Paid-in-
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
 
 
Shares
 
Dollars
 
Shares
 
Dollars
 
Shares
 
Dollars
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    59,170   $ 60     28,169   $ 28     29,862   $ 197,742   $ (2,474 ) $ 448,556   $ 95,263   $ (7,199 ) $ 731,976  
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                                   
 

Net income

                                    77,741         77,741  

Unrealized gain on derivatives designated and qualified as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $1,367

                                        2,389     2,389  
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                        501     501  
                                                                   
   

Comprehensive income

                                                                80,631  

Issuance of common stock

    29                 5     33     197     4             234  

Preferred stock dividends

                        15,261             (15,261 )        

Non-cash stock-based compensation

                                2,376             2,376  
                                               

Balance at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

    59,199   $ 60     28,169   $ 28     29,867   $ 213,036   $ (2,277 ) $ 450,936   $ 157,743   $ (4,309 ) $ 815,217  
                                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

    59,510   $ 60     28,169   $ 28     29,978   $ 179,346   $ (1,680 ) $ 445,701   $ 44,406   $ (14,057 ) $ 653,804  
                                               

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                                   
 

Net income

                                    56,858         56,858  

Unrealized gain on derivatives designated and qualified as cash flow hedges, net of tax of $753

                                        1,316     1,316  
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                        3,451     3,451  
                                                                   
   

Comprehensive income

                                                                61,625  

Purchase of treasury stock

    (340 )               (116 )   (271 )   (794 )               (1,065 )

Preferred stock dividends

                        13,828             (13,828 )        

Non-cash stock-based compensation

                                2,062             2,062  
                                               

Balance at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

    59,170   $ 60     28,169   $ 28     29,862   $ 192,903   $ (2,474 ) $ 447,763   $ 87,436   $ (9,290 ) $ 716,426  
                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-68


Table of Contents


GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 
  Nine months ended  
 
  September 30,
2010
  September 30,
2009
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

             

Net income

  $ 77,741   $ 56,858  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

             
 

Depreciation expense

    27,940     27,326  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    5,915     7,308  
 

Amortization of deferred financing fees

    3,195     3,053  
 

Amortization of original issue discount

    304     276  
 

Increase in provision for inventory losses

    10,877     8,278  
 

Non-cash stock-based compensation

    2,376     2,061  
 

Decrease in provision for losses on accounts receivable

    (859 )   (2,173 )
 

Decrease (increase) in net deferred taxes

    (1,381 )   10,964  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

             
 

Decrease (increase) in receivables

    (9,659 )   (6,737 )
 

Increase in inventory, net

    (36,974 )   (19,297 )
 

Increase in franchise note receivables, net

    (392 )   (27 )
 

Increase in accrued income taxes

    10,993     9,007  
 

Decrease in other assets

    1,011     7,499  
 

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

    3,725     (21,025 )
 

Decrease in interest payable

    (8,978 )   (9,476 )
 

Increase in accrued liabilities

    11,763     3,953  
           
   

Net cash provided by operating activities

    97,597     77,848  
           

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

             
 

Capital expenditures

    (20,969 )   (20,448 )
 

Franchise store conversions

    67     231  
 

Store acquisition costs

    (345 )   (1,791 )
           
   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (21,247 )   (22,008 )
           

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

             
 

Issuance of new equity

    233      
 

Purchase of treasury stock

        (1,065 )
 

Payments on long-term debt

    (1,340 )   (19,972 )
 

Financing fees

        (45 )
           
   

Net cash used in financing activities

    (1,107 )   (21,082 )
           

Effect of exchange rate on cash

    33     308  
           

Net increase in cash

    75,276     35,066  

Beginning balance, cash

    89,948     44,339  
           

Ending balance, cash

  $ 165,224   $ 79,405  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS

          General Nature of Business.     GNC Acquistion Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Holdings" and together with its subsidiaries and, unless the context requires otherwise, its and their respective predecessors, collectively the "Company"), is a leading specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, which includes: vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements ("VMHS"), sports nutrition products, diet products and other wellness products.

          The Company's business is vertically integrated, as the operations consist of purchasing raw materials, formulating and manufacturing products and selling the finished products through its retail, franchising and manufacturing/wholesale segments. The Company operates primarily in three business segments: Retail, Franchising, and Manufacturing/Wholesale. Corporate retail store operations are located in North America and Puerto Rico, and in addition the Company offers products domestically through www.gnc.com. As of September 30, 2010, franchise stores are located in the United States and 45 countries (including distribution centers where retail sales are made). The Company operates its primary manufacturing facilities in South Carolina and distribution centers in Arizona, Pennsylvania and South Carolina. The Company manufactures the majority of its branded products, but also merchandises various third-party products. Additionally, the Company licenses the use of its trademarks and trade names.

          The processing, formulation, packaging, labeling and advertising of the Company's products are subject to regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), Federal Trade Commission ("FTC"), Consumer Product Safety Commission, United States Department of Agriculture and Environmental Protection Agency. These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which the Company's products are sold.

          Merger of the Company.     Together with Holdings' wholly owned subsidiary GNC Acquisition Inc., Holdings entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") with GNC Parent Corporation on February 8, 2007. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and on March 16, 2007, GNC Acquisition Inc. was merged with and into GNC Parent Corporation, with GNC Parent Corporation as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (the "Merger"). Immediately following the Merger, GNC Parent Corporation was converted into a Delaware limited liability company and renamed GNC Parent LLC. The purchase equity contribution was made by Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. ("Ares") and Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board ("OTPP") (collectively, the "Sponsors"), together with additional institutional investors and certain management of Holdings. The transaction closed on March 16, 2007 and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The transaction occurred between unrelated parties and no common control existed. The Merger consideration (excluding acquisition costs of $13.7 million) totaled $1.65 billion, including the repayment of existing debt and other liabilities, and was funded with a combination of equity contributions and the issuance of new debt. The Merger agreement requires payments to former shareholders and option holders in lieu of income tax payments made for utilizing net operating losses created as a result of the Merger. No such payments were made during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 or September 30, 2009.

          In connection with the Merger on March 16, 2007, Holdings, through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary General Nutrition Centers, Inc. ("Centers"), issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014 the "Senior Toggle Notes" and $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the "10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes"). In addition, Centers obtained a senior credit facility (the "2007 Senior Credit Facility) comprised of a $675.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS (Continued)


revolving credit facility. Centers borrowed the entire $675.0 million under the term loan facility and $10.5 million under the revolving credit facility to fund a portion of the acquisition price. GNC Corporation utilized proceeds from the new debt to repay its December 2003 senior credit facility, its 8 5 / 8 % senior notes issued in January 2005, and its 8 1 / 2 % senior subordinated notes issued in December 2003. The Company contributed the remainder of the debt proceeds, after payment of fees and expenses, to a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary, which then loaned such net proceeds to GNC Parent Corporation. GNC Parent Corporation used those proceeds, together with the equity contributions, to repay GNC Parent Corporation's outstanding floating rate senior PIK notes issued in November 2006, pay the merger consideration, and pay fees and expenses related to the Merger transactions.

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") and with the instructions to Form S-1 and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and related footnotes that would normally be required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial reporting. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited consolidated financial statements above. The Company's reporting period is based on a calendar year.

          The accounting policies of the Company are consistent with the policies disclosed in the Company's audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009. There have been no material changes to the application of critical accounting policies and significant judgments and estimates since December 31, 2009.

          The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments (consisting of a normal and recurring nature) that management considers necessary for a fair statement of financial information for the interim periods. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the remainder of the year ending December 31, 2010.

          Principles of Consolidation.     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings, all of its subsidiaries and a variable interest entity. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

          The Company has no relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements, or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

          Use of Estimates.     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. Accordingly, these estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Some of the most significant estimates pertaining to the Company include the valuation of inventories, the allowance for doubtful accounts, income tax valuation allowances and the recoverability of long-lived assets. On a regular basis, management reviews its estimates utilizing currently available information, changes in facts and circumstances,

F-71


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


historical experience and reasonable assumptions. After such reviews and if deemed appropriate, those estimates are adjusted accordingly. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

          Cash and Cash Equivalents.     The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include all cash and liquid deposits and investments with a maturity of three months or less. The majority of payments due from banks for third-party credit cards process within 24-48 hours, except for transactions occurring on a Friday, which are generally processed the following Monday. All credit card transactions are classified as cash, and the amounts due from these transactions totaled $2.1 million at both September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

          Book overdrafts of $9.8 million and $0.7 million as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, represent checks issued that had not been presented for payment to the banks and are classified as accounts payable in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The Company typically funds these overdrafts through normal collections of funds or transfers from bank balances at other financial institutions. Under the terms of the Company's facilities with its banks, the respective financial institutions are not obligated to honor the book overdraft balances as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, or any balance on any given date.

          Financial Instruments and Derivatives.     As part of the Company's financial risk management program, it uses certain derivative financial instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes and holds no derivative instruments for trading purposes. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates primarily in respect to its long term debt obligations. The Company tries to manage its interest rate risk in order to balance its exposure to both fixed and floating rates while minimizing its borrowing costs. Floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, are entered into from time to time to hedge the Company's exposure to interest rate changes on a portion of the Company's floating rate debt. These interest rate swap agreements convert a portion of its floating rate debt to fixed rate debt. Interest rate floors designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates fall below the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an upfront premium. The Company records the fair value of these contracts as an asset or a liability, as applicable, in the balance sheet. The effective portions of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The ineffective portions, if any, are recorded in interest expense in the current period. As of September 30, 2010, the Company has not recorded any hedge ineffectiveness in earnings related to its cash flow hedges.

          Derivatives designated as hedging instruments have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value as follows:

 
   
  Fair Value  
 
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
September 30,
2010
 
December 31,
2009
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
   
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Interest Rate Products

  Deferred revenue and other current liabilities   $ (7,232 ) $  
               

Interest Rate Products

  Other long-term liabilities   $ (3,691 ) $ (14,679 )
               

F-72


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

          The Company has interest rate swap agreements outstanding that effectively convert an aggregate $550.0 million of debt from floating to fixed interest rates. One of these agreements includes an embedded derivative contract with a purchased interest rate floor that effectively converts $150.0 million of the Senior Toggle Notes from a floating to a fixed rate. The floor is intended to replicate the optionality present in the original debt agreement, providing an equivalent offset in the interest payments. The Company did not enter into any new swap agreements during the first nine months of 2010. Each of the four outstanding agreements matures between April 2011 and September 2012.

          Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company's variable-rate debt. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that an additional $9.6 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.

          Components of gains and losses for the three months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

Derivatives in Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships
 
Amount of
Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
 
Location of
Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount of
Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
(unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

2010

                 

Interest Rate Products

  $ (1,988 ) Interest income (expense)   $ (3,344 )
               

2009

                 

Interest Rate Products

  $ (5,219 ) Interest income (expense)   $ (3,381 )
               

          Components of gains and losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

Derivatives in Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships
 
Amount of
Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
 
Location of
Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount of
Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
(unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

2010

                 

Interest Rate Products

  $ (7,262 ) Interest income (expense)   $ (11,018 )
               

2009

                 

Interest Rate Products

  $ (6,307 ) Interest income (expense)   $ (8,376 )
               

          Under the Company's agreements with its derivative counterparty, if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been

F-73


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

          As of September 30, 2010, the settlement value of derivatives in a net liability position related to these agreements was $13.5 million, including accrued interest of $2.2 million but excluding adjustments for nonperformance risk.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

          As of September 30, 2010, there were no developments related to recently issued accounting standards, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on the Company's consolidated financial statements, in addition to those disclosed in the Company's audited consolidated financial statements above for the year ended December 31, 2009.

NOTE 3. INVENTORIES, NET

          Inventories at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
  Net Carrying Value  
 
  September 30,
2010
  December 31, 2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Finished product ready for sale

  $ 323,089   $ 311,422  

Work-in-process, bulk product and raw materials

    67,356     53,515  

Packaging supplies

    6,546     5,555  
           

  $ 396,991   $ 370,492  
           

NOTE 4. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

          Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of acquired entities. In accordance with the standard on intangibles and goodwill, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. Other intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line or declining balance basis over periods not exceeding 35 years.

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company acquired 17 franchise stores. These acquisitions were accounted for utilizing the acquisition method of accounting and the Company recorded the acquired inventory, fixed assets, franchise rights and goodwill, with an applicable reduction to receivables and cash. The total purchase price associated with these acquisitions was $1.4 million, of which $0.3 million was paid in cash.

F-74


Table of Contents

NOTE 4. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET (Continued)

          The following table summarizes the Company's goodwill activity from December 31, 2009 to September 30, 2010:

 
 
Retail
 
Franchising
 
Manufacturing/
Wholesale
 
Total
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 304,609   $ 117,303   $ 202,841   $ 624,753  

Acquired franchise stores

    167             167  
                   

Balance at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

  $ 304,776   $ 117,303   $ 202,841   $ 624,920  
                   

          The following table summarizes the Company's intangible asset activity from December 31, 2009 to September 30, 2010:

 
 
Gold
Card
 
Retail
Brand
 
Franchise
Brand
 
Operating
Agreements
 
Franchise
Rights
 
Total
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 375   $ 500,000   $ 220,000   $ 153,076   $ 919   $ 874,370  

Acquired franchise stores

                    417     417  

Amortization expense

    (375 )           (5,140 )   (399 )   (5,914 )
                           

Balance at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

  $   $ 500,000   $ 220,000   $ 147,936   $ 937   $ 868,873  
                           

          The following table reflects the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major intangible asset:

 
   
  September 30, 2010   December 31, 2009  
 
 
Estimated
Life
in years
 
 
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Carrying
Amount
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Brands — retail

    $ 500,000   $   $ 500,000   $ 500,000   $   $ 500,000  

Brands — franchise

      220,000         220,000     220,000         220,000  

Gold card — retail

  3     3,500     (3,500 )       3,500     (3,354 )   146  

Gold card — franchise

  3     5,500     (5,500 )       5,500     (5,271 )   229  

Retail agreements

  25-35     31,000     (3,880 )   27,120     31,000     (3,090 )   27,910  

Franchise agreements

  25     70,000     (9,917 )   60,083     70,000     (7,817 )   62,183  

Manufacturing agreements

  25     70,000     (9,917 )   60,083     70,000     (7,817 )   62,183  

Other intangibles

  5     1,150     (500 )   650     1,150     (350 )   800  

Franchise rights

  1-5     3,478     (2,541 )   937     3,061     (2,142 )   919  
                               

      $ 904,628   $ (35,755 ) $ 868,873   $ 904,211   $ (29,841 ) $ 874,370  
                               

F-75


Table of Contents

NOTE 4. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET (Continued)

          The following table represents future estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets, net, with definite lives at September 30, 2010:

Years ending December 31,
 
Estimated
amortization
expense
 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

2010

    1,846  

2011

    7,266  

2012

    7,081  

2013

    6,973  

2014

    6,690  

Thereafter

    119,017  
       

Total

  $ 148,873  
       

NOTE 5. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST EXPENSE

          Long-term debt at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
September 30,
2010
 
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2007 Senior Credit Facility

  $ 644,382   $ 644,619  

Senior Toggle Notes

    298,264     297,959  

10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes

    110,000     110,000  

Mortgage

    6,089     7,184  

Capital leases

    38     47  

Less: current maturities

    (1,565 )   (1,724 )
           

Total

  $ 1,057,208   $ 1,058,085  
           

F-76


Table of Contents

NOTE 5. LONG-TERM DEBT / INTEREST EXPENSE (Continued)

          The Company's net interest expense for each respective period is as follows:

 
  Three months ended   Nine months ended  
 
 
September 30,
2010
 
September 30,
2009
 
September 30,
2010
 
September 30,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

2007 Senior Credit Facility

                         
 

Term Loan

  $ 7,241   $ 7,823   $ 22,024   $ 24,971  
 

Revolver

    111     113     335     378  

Senior Toggle Notes

    4,874     4,716     14,583     15,050  

10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes

    2,957     2,956     8,869     8,868  

Deferred financing fees

    1,071     1,026     3,195     3,053  

Mortgage

    110     135     341     423  

OID amortization

    103     95     304     277  

Interest income-other

    (171 )   9     (469 )   (3 )
                   

Interest expense, net

  $ 16,296   $ 16,873   $ 49,182   $ 53,017  
                   

          Accrued interest at each respective period consisted of the following:

 
 
September 30,
2010
 
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2007 Senior Credit Facility

  $ 4,189   $ 5,350  

Senior Toggle Notes

    862     5,720  

10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes

    525     3,482  
           

Total

  $ 5,576   $ 14,552  
           

          Interest on the 2007 Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Toggle Notes is based on variable rates. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 the interest rate for the 2007 Senior Credit Facility was 2.5%. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 the interest rate for the Senior Toggle Notes was 5.8%.

NOTE 6. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

          At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company's financial instruments consisted of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, franchise notes receivable, accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. Based on current interest rates and their underlying risk, the carrying value of the franchise notes receivable approximate their fair value. These fair values are reflected net of reserves, which are recognized according to Company policy. The Company determined the estimated fair values of its debt by using currently available market information and estimates and assumptions where appropriate. Accordingly, as considerable judgment is required to determine these estimates, changes in the assumptions or methodologies may have an effect on

F-77


Table of Contents

NOTE 6. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


these estimates. The actual and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as follows:

 
  September 30,
2010
   
  December 31,
2009
 
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
   
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 165,224   $ 165,224       $ 89,948   $ 89,948  

Receivables

    104,318     104,318         93,932     93,932  

Franchise notes receivable

    3,624     3,624         3,364     3,364  

Accounts payable

    99,707     99,707         95,904     95,904  

Long term debt (including current portion)

    1,058,773     1,003,307         1,059,809     977,718  

NOTE 7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation

          The Company is engaged in various legal actions, claims and proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including claims related to breach of contracts, product liabilities, intellectual property matters and employment-related matters resulting from the Company's business activities. As with many actions such as these, an estimation of any possible and/or ultimate liability cannot always be determined. The Company continues to assess the requirement to account for additional contingencies in accordance with the standard on contingencies. An adverse outcome in these matters could have a material impact on the Company's financial condition and operating results.

          As a manufacturer and retailer of nutritional supplements and other consumer products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to various product liability claims. Although the effects of these claims to date have not been material to the Company, it is possible that current and future product liability claims could have a material adverse impact on its business or financial condition. The Company currently maintains product liability insurance with a deductible/retention of $3.0 million per claim with an aggregate cap on retained loss of $10.0 million. The Company typically seeks and has obtained contractual indemnification from most parties that supply raw materials for its products or that manufacture or market products it sells. The Company also typically seeks to be added, and has been added, as an additional insured under most of such parties' insurance policies. The Company is also entitled to indemnification by Numico for certain losses arising from claims related to products containing ephedra or Kava Kava sold prior to December 5, 2003. However, any such indemnification or insurance is limited by its terms and any such indemnification, as a practical matter, is limited to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by the insurers. The Company may incur material products liability claims, which could increase its costs and adversely affect its reputation, revenues and operating income.

          Hydroxycut Claims.     On May 1, 2009, the FDA issued a warning on several Hydroxycut-branded products manufactured by Iovate Health Sciences U.S.A., Inc. ("Iovate"). The FDA warning was based on 23 reports of liver injuries from consumers who claimed to have used the products between 2002 and 2009. As a result, Iovate voluntarily recalled 14 Hydroxycut-branded products. Following the recall, the Company was named, among other defendants, in several lawsuits related

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTE 7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


to Hydroxycut (note that prior to May 1, 2009, the Company was a co-defendant in one Hydroxycut case). Iovate previously accepted the Company's tender request for defense and indemnification under its purchasing agreement with the Company and, as such, Iovate has accepted the Company's request for defense and indemnification in the new Hydroxycut matters. The Company's ability to obtain full recovery in respect of any claims against the Company in connection with products manufactured by Iovate under the indemnity is dependent on Iovate's insurance coverage, the creditworthiness of its insurer, and the absence of significant defenses by such insurer. To the extent the Company is not fully compensated by Iovate's insurer, it can seek recovery directly from Iovate. The Company's ability to fully recover such amounts may be limited by the creditworthiness of Iovate.

          As of October 21, 2010, the Company has been named in approximately 43 personal injury actions in 13 states claiming injuries from use and consumption of Hydroxycut-branded products. During the third quarter of 2010, 6 such personal injury actions naming the Company were filed.

          In addition, as described in Note 16 to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements above, the Company has been named in six active putative class actions that generally include claims of consumer fraud, misrepresentation, strict liability, and breach of warranty related to Hydroxycut-branded products. By court order dated October 6, 2009, the United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation consolidated pretrial proceedings of many of the pending actions (including the GNC class actions). Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

          Pro-Hormone/Androstenedione Cases.     As described in Note 16 to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements above, the Company is currently defending six lawsuits relating to the sale by GNC of certain nutritional products alleged to contain the ingredients commonly known as Androstenedione, Androstenediol, Norandrostenedione, and Norandrostenediol (collectively, "Andro Products"). In each of the six cases, plaintiffs sought, or are seeking, to certify a class and obtain damages on behalf of the class representatives and all those similarly-situated who purchased from the Company certain nutritional supplements alleged to contain one or more Andro Products. Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

          California Wage and Break Claim.     As described in Note 16 to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements above, on November 4, 2008, 98 plaintiffs filed individual claims against the Company. Each of the plaintiffs had previously been a member of a purported class in a lawsuit filed against the Company in 2007 and resolved in September 2009. The plaintiffs allege that they were not provided all of the rest and meal periods to which they were entitled under California law, and further allege that the Company failed to pay them split shift and overtime compensation to which they were entitled under California law. Discovery in this case is ongoing and the Company is vigorously defending these matters. Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

          Other cases.     The Company is currently defending other lawsuits relating to personal injury claims, product labeling and employee-related matters. Any liabilities that may arise from these matters are not probable or reasonably estimable at this time.

Environmental Compliance

          In March 2008, the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control ("DHEC") requested that the Company investigate its South Carolina facility for a possible source or sources

F-79


Table of Contents

NOTE 7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


of contamination detected on an adjoining property. The Company has commenced the investigation at the facility as requested by DHEC. After several phases of the investigation the possible source or sources of contamination have not been sufficiently identified. The Company is continuing such investigation. The proceedings in this matter have not yet progressed to a stage where it is possible to estimate the timing and extent of any remedial action that may be required, the ultimate cost of remediation, or the amount of the Company's potential liability.

          In addition to the foregoing, the Company is subject to numerous federal, state, local, and foreign environmental and health and safety laws and regulations governing its operations, including the handling, transportation, and disposal of the Company's non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges from its operations into the environment, including discharges to air, surface water,and groundwater. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in costs for remedial actions, penalties, or the imposition of other liabilities. New laws, changes in existing laws or the interpretation thereof, or the development of new facts or changes in their processes could also cause the Company to incur additional capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations and environmental permits. The Company also is subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment without regard to fault or knowledge about the condition or action causing the liability. Under certain of these laws and regulations, such liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of previously owned or operated properties, or for properties to which substances or wastes that were sent in connection with current or former operations at its facilities. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could also adversely affect the Company's ability to sell or lease its properties, or to use them as collateral for financing. From time to time, the Company has incurred costs and obligations for correcting environmental and health and safety noncompliance matters and for remediation at or relating to certain of its properties or properties at which its waste has been disposed. The Company believes it has complied with, and is currently complying with, its environmental obligations pursuant to environmental and health and safety laws and regulations in all material respects, and that any liabilities for noncompliance will not have a material adverse effect on its business or financial performance. However, it is difficult to predict future liabilities and obligations, which could be material.

Contingencies

          Due to the nature of the Company's business operations having a presence in multiple taxing jurisdictions, the Company periodically receives inquiries and/or audits from various taxing authorities. Any probable and reasonably estimable liabilities that may arise from these inquiries have been accrued and reflected in the accompanying financial statements.

NOTE 8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

Stock Options

          In 2007, the Board of Directors (the "Board") and stockholders approved and adopted the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who will contribute to the success of the Company. The Plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards. The Plan is available to certain eligible employees, directors, consultants or advisors as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the "Compensation Committee"). The total number of shares of Holdings' Class A common stock reserved and

F-80


Table of Contents

NOTE 8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (Continued)


available for the Plan is 10.4 million shares. Stock options under the Plan generally are granted with exercise prices at or above fair market value, typically vest over a four or five-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant. The Compensation Committee has used a valuation methodology in which the fair market value of the common stock is based upon the net enterprise value of the Company, discounted to reflect the lack of liquidity and control associated with the common stock. No stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock or performance shares have been granted under the Plan. The average estimated fair value of the Company's stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $8.49 per share.

          The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes model to calculate the fair value of options under the standard on stock compensation. The resulting compensation cost is recognized in the Company's financial statements over the option vesting period. At September 30, 2010, the net unrecognized compensation cost was $7.1 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.2 years.

          The following table outlines the stock option activity:

 
 
Total
Options
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    9,263,640   $ 7.27  
 

Granted

    680,000     12.58  
 

Exercised

    (13,876 )   7.91  
 

Forfeited

    (433,325 )   7.87  
 

Expired

    (33,251 )   6.49  
             

Outstanding at September 30, 2010

    9,463,188   $ 7.63  
             

Exercisable at September 30, 2010

    4,843,811   $ 6.71  
             

          The standard on stock compensation requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. Stock-based compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 was $2.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

          At September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was 6.8 years. At September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining contractual life of exercisable options was 6.2 years. The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2010 was $2.64.

          The Black-Scholes model utilizes the following assumptions in determining a fair value: price of underlying stock, option exercise price, expected option term, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, and expected stock price volatility over the option's expected term. As the Company has had minimal exercises of stock options through December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the option term has been estimated by considering both the vesting period, which is typically four or five years, and the contractual term of ten years. As the Company's underlying stock is not publicly traded on an open market, the Company utilized its current peer group average to estimate the

F-81


Table of Contents

NOTE 8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (Continued)


expected volatility. The assumptions used in the Company's Black-Scholes valuation related to stock option grants made during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 were as follows:

 
 
September 30,
2010
 
  (unaudited)

Dividend yield

  0.00%

Expected option life

  7.5 years

Volatility factor percentage of market price

  31.5% - 33.0%

Discount rate

  2.49% - 3.28%

          As the Black-Scholes model utilizes certain estimates and assumptions, the existing models do not necessarily represent the definitive fair value of options for future periods.

NOTE 9. SEGMENTS

          The Company has three reportable segments, each of which represents an identifiable component of the Company for which separate financial information is available. This information is utilized by management to assess performance and allocate assets accordingly. The Company's management evaluates segment operating results based on several indicators. The primary key performance indicators are sales and operating income or loss for each segment. Operating income or loss, as evaluated by management, excludes certain items that are managed at the consolidated level, such as distribution and warehousing, impairments and other corporate costs. The following table represents key financial information for each of the Company's reportable segments, identifiable by the distinct operations and management of each: Retail, Franchising, and Manufacturing/Wholesale. The Retail reportable segment includes the Company's corporate store operations in the United States, Canada and its www.GNC.com business. The Franchise reportable segment represents the Company's franchise operations, both domestically and internationally. The Manufacturing/Wholesale reportable segment represents the Company's manufacturing operations in South Carolina and the Wholesale sales business. This segment supplies the Retail and Franchise segments, along with various third parties, with finished products for sale. The warehousing and distribution costs, corporate costs, and other unallocated costs represent the

F-82


Table of Contents

NOTE 9. SEGMENTS (Continued)


Company's administrative expenses. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies".

 
  Three months ended   Nine months ended  
 
 
September 30,
2010
 
September 30,
2009
 
September 30,
2010
 
September 30,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

Revenue:

                         
 

Retail

  $ 338,231   $ 311,933   $ 1,031,899   $ 962,587  
 

Franchise

    76,894     67,355     222,365     201,063  
 

Manufacturing/Wholesale:

                         
   

Intersegment(1)

    55,821     51,452     154,428     149,470  
   

Third Party

    50,535     51,510     132,145     139,461  
                   
   

Sub total Manufacturing/Wholesale

    106,356     102,962     286,573     288,931  
 

Sub total segment revenues

    521,481     482,250     1,540,837     1,452,581  
   

Intersegment elimination(1)

    (55,821 )   (51,452 )   (154,428 )   (149,470 )
                   
   

Total revenue

  $ 465,660   $ 430,798   $ 1,386,409   $ 1,303,111  
                   

Operating income:

                         
 

Retail

  $ 47,670   $ 37,251   $ 147,248   $ 123,277  
 

Franchise

    26,300     22,486     71,325     61,243  
 

Manufacturing/Wholesale

    17,901     18,854     51,140     54,072  
 

Unallocated corporate and other costs:

                         
   

Warehousing and distribution costs

    (13,784 )   (13,441 )   (41,450 )   (40,458 )
   

Corporate costs

    (19,297 )   (17,791 )   (55,918 )   (54,865 )
                   
     

Sub total unallocated corporate and other costs

    (33,081 )   (31,232 )   (97,368 )   (95,323 )
                   
   

Total operating income

  $ 58,790   $ 47,359   $ 172,345   $ 143,269  
                   

(1)
Intersegment revenues are eliminated from consolidated revenue.

NOTE 10. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION

          As of September 30, 2010 Centers' debt included its 2007 Senior Credit Facility, Senior Toggle Notes and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The 2007 Senior Credit Facility has been guaranteed by Centers' direct parent, GNC Corporation, and Centers' existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Toggle Notes are general non collateralized obligations of Centers, are effectively subordinated to the 2007 Senior Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the 2007 Senior Credit Facility and are senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the Centers, including its 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Toggle Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a non collateralized basis by all of Centers' existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. The 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes are general non collateralized obligations and

F-83


Table of Contents

NOTE 10. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by Centers' existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries and rank junior in right of payment to the 2007 Senior Credit Facility and Senior Toggle Notes. The guarantors are the same for the 2007 Senior Credit Facility, Senior Toggle Notes and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. Non-guarantor subsidiaries include Centers' direct and indirect foreign subsidiaries. Each subsidiary guarantor is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings. The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

          Presented below are condensed consolidating financial statements of Holdings as the parent of Centers (the issuer), and the combined guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries of Holdings as of September 30, 2010, December 31, 2009, and the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

September 30, 2010
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

Current assets

                                     
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 43,520   $ 114,554   $ 3,953   $ 3,197   $   $ 165,224  
 

Receivables, net

        1,345     102,337     636           104,318  
 

Intercompany receivables

        84,222     849         (85,071 )    
 

Inventories, net

            366,494     30,497         396,991  
 

Prepaids and other current assets

    419     13,464     13,656     6,519         34,058  
                           
   

Total current assets

    43,939     213,585     487,289     40,849     (85,071 )   700,591  

Goodwill

            624,452     468         624,920  

Brands

            720,000             720,000  

Property, plant and equipment, net

        6,899     157,706     28,211         192,816  

Investment in subsidiaries

    771,482     1,633,003     764,732     772,611     (3,941,828 )    

Other assets

        25,952     151,699         (8,781 )   168,870  
                           
   

Total assets

  $ 815,421   $ 1,879,439   $ 2,905,878   $ 842,139   $ (4,035,680 ) $ 2,407,197  
                           

Current liabilities

                                     
 

Current liabilities

  $ (146 ) $ 38,876   $ 159,853   $ 12,966   $   $ 211,549  
 

Intercompany payables

    350         64,244     20,477     (85,071 )    
                           
   

Total current liabilities

    204     38,876     224,097     33,443     (85,071 )   211,549  

Long-term debt

        1,052,646     23     13,320     (8,781 )   1,057,208  

Deferred tax liabilities

        (370 )   292,533     (365 )       291,798  

Other long-term liabilities

        15,544     13,974     1,907         31,425  
                           
   

Total liabilities

    204     1,106,696     530,627     48,305     (93,852 )   1,591,980  
   

Total stockholder's equity (deficit)

    815,217     772,743     2,375,251     793,834     (3,941,828 )   815,217  
                           
   

Total liabilities and stockholder's equity (deficit)

  $ 815,421   $ 1,879,439   $ 2,905,878   $ 842,139   $ (4,035,680 ) $ 2,407,197  
                           

F-84


Table of Contents

NOTE 10. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

December 31, 2009
 
Parent
 
Issuer
 
Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Consolidated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current assets

                                     
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 14,859   $ 77,797   $ (4,801 ) $ 2,093   $   $ 89,948  
 

Receivables, net

        472     92,273     1,187           93,932  
 

Intercompany receivables

        139,591     963         (140,554 )    
 

Inventories, net

            339,975     30,517         370,492  
 

Prepaids and other current assets

    56     19,308     14,409     8,502         42,275  
                           
   

Total current assets

    14,915     237,168     442,819     42,299     (140,554 )   596,647  

Goodwill

            624,285     468         624,753  

Brands

            720,000             720,000  

Property, plant and equipment, net

        7,409     163,882     28,290         199,581  

Investment in subsidiaries

    717,383     1,550,708     709,829     718,479     (3,696,399 )    

Other assets

        28,876     157,018         (8,781 )   177,113  
                           
   

Total assets

  $ 732,298   $ 1,824,161   $ 2,817,833   $ 789,536   $ (3,845,734 ) $ 2,318,094  
                           

Current liabilities

                                     
 

Current liabilities

  $ 32   $ 34,129   $ 154,435   $ 11,023   $   $ 199,619  
 

Intercompany payables

    290         113,359     26,905     (140,554 )    
                           
   

Total current liabilities

    322     34,129     267,794     37,928     (140,554 )   199,619  

Long-term debt

        1,052,341     32     14,493     (8,781 )   1,058,085  

Deferred tax liabilities

        (4,754 )   294,087     (439 )       288,894  

Other long-term liabilities

        24,929     14,129     462         39,520  
                           
   

Total liabilities

    322     1,106,645     576,042     52,444     (149,335 )   1,586,118  
   

Total stockholder's equity (deficit)

    731,976     717,516     2,241,791     737,092     (3,696,399 )   731,976  
                           
   

Total liabilities and stockholder's equity (deficit)

  $ 732,298   $ 1,824,161   $ 2,817,833   $ 789,536   $ (3,845,734 ) $ 2,318,094  
                           

F-85


Table of Contents

NOTE 10. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

Three months ended September 30, 2010
  Parent   Issuer   Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 442,734   $ 26,450   $ (3,524 ) $ 465,660  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

   
   
   
286,088
   
20,017
   
(3,504

)
 
302,601
 
                           

Gross profit

            156,646     6,433     (20 )   163,059  

Compensation and related benefits

   
   
11,930
   
52,877
   
4,387
   
   
69,194
 

Advertising and promotion

            10,488     366         10,854  

Other selling, general and administrative

    420     7,544     16,578     146     (375 )   24,313  

Subsidiary (income) expense

    (26,756 )   (27,196 )   (26,678 )   (26,785 )   107,415      

Other (income) expense

        (18,649 )   17,750     807         (92 )
                           

Operating income (loss)

    26,336     26,371     85,631     27,512     (107,060 )   58,790  

Interest expense, net

   
(44

)
 
883
   
15,182
   
275
   
   
16,296
 
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    26,380     25,488     70,449     27,237     (107,060 )   42,494  

Income tax (benefit) expense

   
(289

)
 
(1,297

)
 
17,239
   
172
   
   
15,825
 
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 26,669   $ 26,785   $ 53,210   $ 27,065   $ (107,060 ) $ 26,669  
                           


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

Nine months ended September 30, 2010
  Parent   Issuer   Combined Guarantor Subsidiaries   Combined Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated  
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 1,314,091   $ 82,767   $ (10,449 ) $ 1,386,409  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

   
   
   
843,217
   
61,018
   
(10,396

)
 
893,839
 
                           

Gross profit

            470,874     21,749     (53 )   492,570  

Compensation and related benefits

   
   
33,030
   
158,485
   
13,153
   
   
204,668
 

Advertising and promotion

            39,436     994         40,430  

Other selling, general and administrative

    1,275     23,443     50,545     1,137     (1,124 )   75,276  

Subsidiary (income) expense

    (78,340 )   (81,794 )   (78,021 )   (78,345 )   316,500      

Other (income) expense

        (53,677 )   49,749     3,779         (149 )
                           

Operating income (loss)

    77,065     78,998     250,680     81,031     (315,429 )   172,345  

Interest expense, net

   
(104

)
 
2,622
   
45,840
   
824
   
   
49,182
 
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    77,169     76,376     204,840     80,207     (315,429 )   123,163  

Income tax (benefit) expense

   
(572

)
 
(1,969

)
 
47,167
   
796
   
   
45,422
 
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 77,741   $ 78,345   $ 157,673   $ 79,411   $ (315,429 ) $ 77,741  
                           

F-86


Table of Contents

NOTE 10. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

Three months ended September 30, 2009
  Parent   Issuer   Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 409,634   $ 26,343   $ (5,179 ) $ 430,798  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

   
   
   
268,609
   
19,176
   
(5,179

)
 
282,606
 
                           

Gross profit

            141,025     7,167         148,192  

Compensation and related benefits

   
   
9,897
   
51,442
   
4,131
   
   
65,470
 

Advertising and promotion

            10,925     118         11,043  

Other selling, general and administrative

    417     8,382     15,885     5     (375 )   24,314  

Subsidiary (income) expense

    (19,901 )   (20,789 )   (19,290 )   (19,526 )   79,506      

Other (income) expense

        (17,407 )   16,452     961         6  
                           

Operating income (loss)

    19,484     19,917     65,611     21,478     (79,131 )   47,359  

Interest expense, net

   
   
981
   
15,595
   
297
   
   
16,873
 
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    19,484     18,936     50,016     21,181     (79,131 )   30,486  

Income tax (benefit) expense

   
(14

)
 
(590

)
 
11,084
   
508
   
   
10,988
 
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 19,498   $ 19,526   $ 38,932   $ 20,673   $ (79,131 ) $ 19,498  
                           


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

Nine months ended September 30, 2009
  Parent   Issuer   Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

Revenue

  $   $   $ 1,238,791   $ 75,784   $ (11,464 ) $ 1,303,111  

Cost of sales, including costs of warehousing, distribution and occupancy

   
   
   
807,078
   
53,627
   
(11,464

)
 
849,241
 
                           

Gross profit

            431,713     22,157         453,870  

Compensation and related benefits

   
   
30,639
   
153,818
   
11,864
   
   
196,321
 

Advertising and promotion

            39,571     606         40,177  

Other selling, general and administrative

    1,249     25,516     48,345     145     (1,125 )   74,130  

Subsidiary (income) expense

    (58,061 )   (60,434 )   (56,255 )   (56,936 )   231,686      

Other (income) expense

        (53,546 )   50,702     2,817         (27 )
                           

Operating income (loss)

    56,812     57,825     195,532     63,661     (230,561 )   143,269  

Interest expense, net

   
   
2,746
   
49,384
   
887
   
   
53,017
 
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    56,812     55,079     146,148     62,774     (230,561 )   90,252  

Income tax (benefit) expense

   
(46

)
 
(1,857

)
 
33,560
   
1,737
   
   
33,394
 
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 56,858   $ 56,936   $ 112,588   $ 61,037   $ (230,561 ) $ 56,858  
                           

F-87


Table of Contents

NOTE 10. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

Nine months ended September 30, 2010
  Parent   Issuer   Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  $ 28,427   $   $ 93,591   $ 3,693   $ (28,384 ) $ 97,597  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                                     

Capital expenditures

        (2,389 )   (16,783 )   (1,797 )       (20,969 )

Investment/distribution

        67,767     (67,767 )            

Other investing

            (278 )           (278 )
                           

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        65,378     (84,828 )   (1,797 )       (21,247 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                                     

Issuance of stock

    233                     233  

Dividend payment to Parent

        (28,384 )           28,384      

Other financing

        (237 )   (9 )   (1,094 )       (1,340 )
                           

Net cash used in financing activities

    233     (28,621 )   (9 )   (1,094 )   28,384     (1,107 )

Effect of exchange rate on cash

   
   
   
   
33
   
   
33
 
                           

Net increase in cash

    28,660     36,757     8,754     1,105         75,276  

Beginning balance, cash

   
14,859
   
77,797
   
(4,801

)
 
2,093
   
   
89,948
 
                           

Ending balance, cash

  $ 43,519   $ 114,554   $ 3,953   $ 3,198   $   $ 165,224  
                           

F-88


Table of Contents

NOTE 10. SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)


Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

Nine months ended September 30, 2009
  Parent   Issuer   Combined
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Combined
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  $ 13,600   $   $ 74,730   $ 3,118   $ (13,600 ) $ 77,848  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                                     

Capital expenditures

        (1,821 )   (15,920 )   (2,707 )       (20,448 )

Investment/distribution

        99,486     (99,486 )            

Other investing

            (1,560 )           (1,560 )
                           

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        97,665     (116,966 )   (2,707 )       (22,008 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                                     

Purchase of treasury stock

    (787 )   (278 )               (1,065 )

Dividend payment to Parent

        (13,600 )           13,600      

Financing fees

        (45 )               (45 )

Other financing

        (18,945 )   (5 )   (1,022 )       (19,972 )
                           

Net cash used in financing activities

    (787 )   (32,868 )   (5 )   (1,022 )   13,600     (21,082 )

Effect of exchange rate on cash

   
   
   
   
308
   
   
308
 
                           

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    12,813     64,797     (42,241 )   (303 )       35,066  

Beginning balance, cash

   
2,032
   
   
40,077
   
2,230
   
   
44,339
 
                           

Ending balance, cash

  $ 14,845   $ 64,797   $ (2,164 ) $ 1,927   $   $ 79,405  
                           

NOTE 11. INCOME TAXES

          The Company files a consolidated U.S. federal tax return and various consolidated and separate tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the state, local, and international jurisdictions in which it and its subsidiaries operate. The Company has been audited by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") through its March 15, 2007 tax year. The Company has various state, local, and international jurisdiction tax years open to examination (the earliest open period is 2003), and is also currently under audit in certain state and local jurisdictions. As of September 30, 2010, the Company believes that it has appropriately reserved for any potential federal, state, local, and international income tax exposures.

          The Company recorded additional unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $0.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, exclusive of $0.9 million settled. The additional unrecognized tax benefits recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are principally related to the continuation of previously taken tax positions. As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $6.7 million and $6.8 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits. As of September 30, 2010, the Company is not aware of any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $6.7 million. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company had accrued approximately $2.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively, for September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 in potential interest and penalties associated with

F-89


Table of Contents

NOTE 11. INCOME TAXES (Continued)


uncertain tax positions. To the extent interest and penalties are not assessed with respect to the ultimate settlement of uncertain tax positions, amounts previously accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.

NOTE 12. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

          The Company adopted the standard on fair value measurements and disclosures under the new Codification as of January 1, 2008. This standard defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. The standard clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the standard establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

  Level 1     observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

 

Level 2

 


 

observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, other inputs that are observable, or can be corroborated by observable market data; and

 

Level 3

 


 

unobservable inputs for which there are little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

          The following table presents the Company's financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2010 by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 
  Fair Value Measurements Using  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

Other current liabilities

  $   $ 7,232   $  

Other long-term liabilities

  $ 2,612   $ 3,691   $  

          The following table presents the Company's financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 
  Fair Value Measurements Using  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other current liabilities

  $   $   $  

Other long-term liabilities

  $ 2,337   $ 14,679   $  

F-90


Table of Contents

NOTE 12. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

          The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for these items, as well as the general classification of such items pursuant to the fair value hierarchy of the standard on fair value measurements and disclosures:

          Other Current Liabilities and Other Long-term Liabilities.     Other long-term liabilities classified as Level 1 consist of liabilities related to the Company's non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The liabilities related to this plan are adjusted based on changes in the fair value of the underlying employee-directed investment choices. Since the employee-directed investment choices are exchange traded equity indexes with quoted prices in active markets, the liabilities are classified as Level 1 on the fair value hierarchy. Other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities classified as Level 2 consist of the Company's interest rate swaps. The derivatives are pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps based on a LIBOR rate. Fair value is based on a model-derived valuation using the LIBOR rate, which is an observable input in an active market. Therefore, the Company's derivative is classified as Level 2 on the fair value hierarchy.

          In addition to the above table, the Company's financial instruments also consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt. The Company did not elect to value its long-term debt with the fair value option in accordance with the standard on financial instruments. The Company believes that the recorded values of all of its other financial instruments approximate their fair values because of their nature and respective durations.

NOTE 13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          Management Services Agreement.     In connection with the Merger, Holdings entered into a Management Services Agreement with ACOF Operating Manager II. Under the terms of the agreement, ACOF Operating Manager II provides Holdings and its subsidiaries with certain services in exchange for an annual fee of $750,000, as well as customary fees for services rendered in connection with certain major financial transactions, plus reimbursement of expenses and a tax gross-up relating to a non-tax deductible portion of the fee. In addition, upon consummation of the Merger, the Company incurred an aggregate fee of $5.0 million, plus reimbursement of expenses, payable to ACOF Operating Manager II for services rendered in connection with the Merger. For each of the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, $0.6 million had been paid pursuant to this agreement.

          Special Dividend.     OTPP, as the holder of Holdings' Class B common stock, is entitled to receive ratable an annual special dividend payment equal to an aggregate amount of $750,000 per year when, as and if declared by the board of directors, for the special dividend period. The special dividend is payable in equal quarterly installments on the first day of each quarter commencing on April 1, 2007. For each of the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, $0.6 million had been paid to OTPP.

          Credit Facility.     Upon consummation of the Merger, the Centers entered into a $735.0 million credit agreement, under which various fund portfolios related to one of Holdings' sponsors, ACOF, are lenders. As of September 30, 2010, certain affiliates of ACOF held approximately $62.1 million of term loans under the 2007 Senior Credit Facility.

          Lease Agreements.     General Nutrition Centres Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is party to 20 lease agreements, as lessee, with Cadillac Fairview Corporation, as lessor, with respect to properties located in Canada (the "Lease Agreements"). Cadillac Fairview Corporation is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of OTPP, one of the principal stockholders of Holdings. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company paid

F-91


Table of Contents

NOTE 13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)


$2.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively, under the Lease Agreements. Each lease was negotiated in the ordinary course of business on an arm's length basis.

          Product Purchases.     The Company purchases certain fish oil and probiotics products manufactured by Lifelong Nutrition,  Inc. ("Lifelong") for resale under the Company's proprietary brand name GNC WELLbeING®. Carmen Fortino, who serves as one of the directors of Holdings, is the Managing Director, a member of the Board of Directors and a stockholder of Lifelong. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company made $1.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively, in product purchases from Lifelong, excluding purchases pursuant to the Lifelong Agreement (as defined below).

          Product Development and Distribution Agreement.     On June 3, 2010, General Nutrition Corporation, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Lifelong entered into a Product Development and Distribution Agreement (the "Lifelong Agreement"), pursuant to which General Nutrition Corporation and Lifelong will develop a branded line of nutritional supplements to be manufactured by Lifelong. As described above, Mr. Fortino is the Managing Director, a member of the Board of Directors and a stockholder of Lifelong. Products manufactured under the Lifelong Agreement and sold in the Company's stores will be purchased by the Company from Lifelong; products sold outside of the Company's stores will be subject to certain revenue sharing arrangements. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company made $1.2 million in product purchases from Lifelong under the Lifelong Agreement, and the Company did not receive any proceeds pursuant to the revenue sharing agreement.

NOTE 14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

          Management has considered all other subsequent events.

          The financial statements of the Company are substantially comprised of the financial statements of Centers, which issued its financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2010 on November 4, 2010. The Company has evaluated transactions for consideration as recognized subsequent events through the date of January 18, 2011. Additionally, the Company has evaluated transactions that occurred as of issuance of these financial statements, January 18, 2011, for purposes of disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

F-92


Table of Contents


Table of Contents


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

          The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the Class A common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and the NYSE application fee. Our selling stockholders will not bear any of the expenses listed below.

SEC registration fee

  $ 24,955  

FINRA filing fee

    35,500  

NYSE listing fee

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Transfer agent fees and expenses

    *  

Blue sky fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

    *  
       
 

Total

  $ *  
       

*
To be completed by amendment.

Item 14.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers

          Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee, or agent to the corporation. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be effective upon closing of this offering, will include provisions to (1) eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty to the extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL and (2) require us to indemnify our directors, officers, and employees and other persons serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another entity to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, including circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary. Pursuant to Section 145 of the DGCL, a corporation generally has the power to indemnify its present and former directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses incurred by them in connection with any suit to which they are, or are threatened to be made, a party by reason of their serving in such positions so long as

II-1


Table of Contents


they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action, they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. We believe that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. Each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for acts or omissions that the director believes to be contrary to our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders, for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, for acts or omissions involving a reckless disregard for the director's duty to us or our stockholders when the director was aware or should have been aware of a risk of serious injury to us or our stockholders, for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director's duty to us or our stockholders, for improper transactions between the director and us, and for improper distributions to stockholders and loans to directors and officers. The provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities law or state or federal environmental laws.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and senior officers. The indemnification agreements provide indemnification to our directors and senior officers under certain circumstances for acts or omissions that may not be covered by directors' and officers' liability insurance, and may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law.

          At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any officer or director.

          We have an insurance policy covering our officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

          During the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we sold unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below. None of these transactions involved underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and we believe that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof or Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

    On April 7, 2008, Phillip Sanders exercised options to purchase 3,946 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $19,730.

    On June 24, 2008, Guru Ramanathan purchased 14,885 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $6.93 per share and 4,961 shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $5.6637 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $131,251.

    On September 2, 2008, Axcel Partners III, LLC purchased 273,215 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $6.82 per share and 110,151 shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $5.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of purchase for an aggregate purchase price of $2,499,999. On November 6, 2008, Axcel

II-2


Table of Contents

      Partners III, LLC purchased 45,478 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $7.08 per share and 18,710 shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $5.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of purchase for an aggregate purchase price of $431,999.

    On March 29, 2010, Richard D. Innes, in connection with his resignation as a director of the Company and Centers, purchased 14,470 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $6.25 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $90,438.

    On September 8, 2010, David Berg exercised options to purchase (i) 13,876 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $7.91 per share and (ii) 4,749 shares of Series A preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends through September 7, 2010 for an aggregate purchase price of $143,240.

Item 16.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Item 16(A).     Exhibits.

    1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

 

  3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (the "Company").

 

  3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.

 

  4.1

 

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated February 12, 2008, by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board and the other stockholders party thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to General Nutrition Centers, Inc. ("Centers") Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)

 

  4.2

 

Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, among Centers, the Guarantors named therein and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee, governing the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)

 

  4.3

 

Form of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Note due 2014. (Included in the documents incorporated into the registration statement as Exhibit 4.2.)

 

  4.4

 

Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, among Centers, the Guarantors named therein and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee, governing the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)

 

  4.5

 

Form of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015. (Included in the documents incorporated into the registration statement as Exhibit 4.4.)

 

  4.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among Centers, the Guarantors named therein and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers with respect to the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)

 

  4.7

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among Centers, the Guarantors named therein and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers with respect to the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)

II-3


Table of Contents

    4.8   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.*

 

  4.9

 

Form of Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, by and among GNC Holdings, Inc., Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board and the other stockholders party thereto.

 

  4.10

 

Form of Stockholders Agreement, by and among GNC Holdings, Inc., Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board.

 

  5.1

 

Opinion of Proskauer Rose LLP.*

 

10.1

 

Mortgage, Assignment of Leases, Rents and Contracts, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated March 23, 1999, from Gustine Sixth Avenue Associates, Ltd., as Mortgagor, to Allstate Life Insurance Company, as Mortgagee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.2

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.3

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.4

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.5

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Corporation and N.V. Nutricia. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.6

 

Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.7

 

Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between Numico Research B.V. and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.8

 

Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.9

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Investment Company and Numico Research B.V. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.10

 

GNC Live Well Later Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, effective February 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.11

 

GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, adopted March 16, 2007. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)

II-4


Table of Contents

  10.12   Amendment No. 1 to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of February 12, 2008. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)

 

10.13

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of March 16, 2007. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)

 

10.14

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)

 

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2009, by and among Centers, the Company and Joseph M. Fortunato. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 19, 2009.)

 

10.16.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2008, by and between Centers and Michael M. Nuzzo. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Centers' Form 8-K (File No. 333-144396), filed November 4, 2008.)

 

10.16.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and between Centers and Michael M. Nuzzo. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.2 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 19, 2009.)

 

10.17.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, by and among Centers, the Company and Beth J. Kaplan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)

 

10.17.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and among Centers, the Company and Beth J. Kaplan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.2 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 19, 2009.)

 

10.18.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2008, by and between Centers and Thomas Dowd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Centers' Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-144396), filed May 9, 2008.)

 

10.18.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and between Centers and Thomas Dowd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.2 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 19, 2009.)

 

10.19.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, by and between Centers and Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.1 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 11, 2010).

 

10.19.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and between Centers and Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.2 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 11, 2010).

 

10.20

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009, by and between Centers and David Berg.**

 

10.21

 

Preferred Stock Option Agreement, dated and effective as of May 26, 2009, by and between the Company and David Berg.**

II-5


Table of Contents

  10.22   GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1998, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed August 9, 2004.)†

 

10.23

 

Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1998, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed August 9, 2004.)†

 

10.24

 

Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2004, between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed August 9, 2004.)†

 

10.25.1

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22.1 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)

 

10.25.2

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22.2 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)

 

10.26

 

Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2006, by and between GNC Parent Corporation and GNC Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Centers' Form 8-K (File No. 333-114502), filed November 28, 2006.)

 

10.27

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among GNC Corporation, Centers, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as joint lead arrangers, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as syndication agent, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as documentation agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.**

 

10.28

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by GNC Corporation, Centers and the Guarantors party thereto in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007).

 

10.29

 

Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by GNC Corporation, Centers and the Guarantors party thereto in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Included in the documents incorporated into the registration statement as Exhibit 10.28 above.)

 

10.30

 

Amended and Restated GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and between Nutra Sales Corporation (f/k/a General Nutrition Sales Corporation) and Rite Aid Hdqtrs. Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007).†

 

10.31

 

Management Services Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and between GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. and ACOF Operating Manager II, L.P.*

 

10.32

 

Form of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock and Incentive Plan.*

II-6


Table of Contents

  10.33   Form of Option Agreement pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock and Incentive Plan.*

 

10.34

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1998, by and between Greenville County, South Carolina and General Nutrition Products, Inc.

 

10.35

 

Form of Call Agreement.

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Company.*

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

23.2

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

23.3

 

Consent of Proskauer Rose LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement).**

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been separately filed with the SEC.

II-7


Table of Contents

Item 16(b).     Financial Statement Schedule.

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts(1)

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 4,388   $ 3,875   $ 4,266       $ 4,382  

Additions — charged to costs and expense

    3,442     4,025     1,973         929  

Deductions(2)

    (6,040 )   (3,512 )   (2,364 )       (1,045 )
                       

Balance at end of period

  $ 1,790   $ 4,388   $ 3,875       $ 4,266  
                       

Tax Valuation Allowances

 
  Successor    
  Predecessor  
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
2009
 
Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
March 16-
December 31,
2007
   
 
January 1-
March 15,
2007
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 11,990   $ 10,955   $ 7,191       $ 13,231  

Additions — charged at cost and expense

    302     2,344     3,764         130  

Deductions

    (4,724 )   (1,309 )           (6,170 )
                       

Balance at end of period

  $ 7,568   $ 11,990   $ 10,955       $ 7,191  
                       

(1)
These balances are the total allowance for doubtful accounts for trade accounts receivable and the current and long-term franchise note receivable.

(2)
Deductions for the allowance for doubtful accounts represent: accounts receivable reserve adjustments, resulting from applying our standard policy; reductions to franchise receivable reserves for franchise take-backs and customer product returns; and the collection of previously reserved receivables.

II-8


Table of Contents

Item 17.     Undertakings

          (a)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          (b)     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          (c)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

          (d)     For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

          (e)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-9


Table of Contents

II-10


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, on February 10, 2011.

    GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JOSEPH FORTUNATO

Joseph Fortunato
Chief Executive Officer

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on February 10, 2011.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ JOSEPH FORTUNATO

Joseph Fortunato
  Director and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ MICHAEL M. NUZZO

Michael M. Nuzzo

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

*

Norman Axelrod

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

*

Andrew Claerhout

 

Director

*

Carmen Fortino

 

Director

*

Michael F. Hines

 

Director

*

Beth J. Kaplan

 

Director

*

David B. Kaplan

 

Director

II-11


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
*

Brian Klos
  Director

*

Romeo Leemrijse

 

Director

*

Richard J. Wallace

 

Director

 

*By:   /s/ JOSEPH FORTUNATO

Joseph Fortunato
Attorney-in-Fact
   

II-12


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

    1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

 

  3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (the "Company").

 

  3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.

 

  4.1

 

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated February 12, 2008, by and among GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board and the other stockholders party thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to General Nutrition Centers, Inc. ("Centers") Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)

 

  4.2

 

Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, among Centers, the Guarantors named therein and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee, governing the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)

 

  4.3

 

Form of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Note due 2014. (Included in the documents incorporated into the registration statement as Exhibit 4.2.)

 

  4.4

 

Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2007, among Centers, the Guarantors named therein and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee, governing the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)

 

  4.5

 

Form of 10.75% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015. (Included in the documents incorporated into the registration statement as Exhibit 4.4.)

 

  4.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among Centers, the Guarantors named therein and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers with respect to the Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2014. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)

 

  4.7

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among Centers, the Guarantors named therein and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers with respect to the 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed July 6, 2007.)

 

  4.8

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate.*

 

  4.9

 

Form of Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, by and among GNC Holdings, Inc., Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board and the other stockholders party thereto.

 

  4.10

 

Form of Stockholders Agreement, by and among GNC Holdings, Inc., Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board.

 

  5.1

 

Opinion of Proskauer Rose LLP.*

II-13


Table of Contents

  10.1   Mortgage, Assignment of Leases, Rents and Contracts, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated March 23, 1999, from Gustine Sixth Avenue Associates, Ltd., as Mortgagor, to Allstate Life Insurance Company, as Mortgagee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.2

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.3

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.4

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.5

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Corporation and N.V. Nutricia. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.6

 

Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.7

 

Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between Numico Research B.V. and General Nutrition Investment Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.8

 

Know-How License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between N.V. Nutricia and General Nutrition Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.9

 

Patent License Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between General Nutrition Investment Company and Numico Research B.V. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.10

 

GNC Live Well Later Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, effective February 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Centers' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed April 15, 2004.)

 

10.11

 

GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, adopted March 16, 2007. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)

 

10.12

 

Amendment No. 1 to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of February 12, 2008. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)

 

10.13

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of March 16, 2007. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)

II-14


Table of Contents

  10.14   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)

 

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2009, by and among Centers, the Company and Joseph M. Fortunato. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 19, 2009.)

 

10.16.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2008, by and between Centers and Michael M. Nuzzo. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Centers' Form 8-K (File No. 333-144396), filed November 4, 2008.)

 

10.16.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and between Centers and Michael M. Nuzzo. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.2 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 19, 2009.)

 

10.17.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, by and among Centers, the Company and Beth J. Kaplan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 14, 2008.)

 

10.17.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and among Centers, the Company and Beth J. Kaplan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.2 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-114396), filed March 19, 2009.)

 

10.18.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2008, by and between Centers and Thomas Dowd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Centers' Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-144396), filed May 9, 2008.)

 

10.18.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and between Centers and Thomas Dowd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.2 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 19, 2009.)

 

10.19.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, by and between Centers and Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.1 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 11, 2010).

 

10.19.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, by and between Centers and Gerald J. Stubenhofer, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.2 to Centers' Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-144396), filed March 11, 2010).

 

10.20

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009, by and between Centers and David Berg.**

 

10.21

 

Preferred Stock Option Agreement, dated and effective as of May 26, 2009, by and between the Company and David Berg.**

 

10.22

 

GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1998, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed August 9, 2004.)†

 

10.23

 

Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1998, by and between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed August 9, 2004.)†

II-15


Table of Contents

  10.24   Amendment to the GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2004, between General Nutrition Sales Corporation and Rite Aid Hdqtrs Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-114502), filed August 9, 2004.)†

 

10.25.1

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22.1 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)

 

10.25.2

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22.2 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007.)

 

10.26

 

Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2006, by and between GNC Parent Corporation and GNC Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Centers' Form 8-K (File No. 333-114502), filed November 28, 2006.)

 

10.27

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among GNC Corporation, Centers, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as joint lead arrangers, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as syndication agent, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as documentation agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.**

 

10.28

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by GNC Corporation, Centers and the Guarantors party thereto in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007).

 

10.29

 

Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by GNC Corporation, Centers and the Guarantors party thereto in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. (Included in the documents incorporated into the registration statement as Exhibit 10.28 above.)

 

10.30

 

Amended and Restated GNC/Rite Aid Retail Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and between Nutra Sales Corporation (f/k/a General Nutrition Sales Corporation) and Rite Aid Hdqtrs. Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Centers' Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-144396), filed August 10, 2007).†

 

10.31

 

Management Services Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and between GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. and ACOF Operating Manager II, L.P.*

 

10.32

 

Form of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock and Incentive Plan.*

 

10.33

 

Form of Option Agreement pursuant to the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock and Incentive Plan.*

 

10.34

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1998, by and between Greenville County, South Carolina and General Nutrition Products, Inc.

 

10.35

 

Form of Call Agreement.

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Company.*

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

II-16


Table of Contents

  23.2   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

23.3

 

Consent of Proskauer Rose LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement).**

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been separately filed with the SEC.

II-17




Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.

 

GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

(1)           The Corporation’s original certificate of incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 5, 2007, under the name GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., and has been amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”).

 

(2)           This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) in accordance with Sections 141, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

 

(3)           The required holders of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding capital stock approved and adopted this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

(4)           References made herein and in the bylaws of the Corporation to the Certificate of Incorporation are to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(5)           This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as heretofore amended and supplemented.

 

(6)           The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE FIRST.  The name of the corporation is GNC HOLDINGS, INC. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE SECOND.  The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE THIRD.  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE FOURTH.  The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is                of which                shares of the par value of $0.001 per share shall be designated Class A Common Stock,                shares of the par value of $0.001 per share shall be designated Class B Common Stock, and                shares

 



 

of the par value of $0.001 per share shall be designated as Preferred Stock.  Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are collectively referred to as Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE FIFTH.  The following is a statement of the designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and the special or relative rights granted to or imposed upon the shares of each class of Common Stock.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be identical and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges.

 

(a)           Dividends .  Holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably on a per share basis such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”); provided that, if dividends are declared that are payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, such dividends shall be declared payable at the same rate on each class of Common Stock, with dividends payable in shares of Class A Common Stock payable to holders of Class A Common Stock, and dividends payable in shares to holders of Class B Common Stock payable to holders of Class B Common Stock.

 

(b)           Conversion .

 

(i)            Shares of Class A Common Stock shall be convertible at any time into an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock at the option of such holder thereof at any time that such holder is the record owner of shares of Class B Common Stock.  Shares of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible at any time into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof.

 

(ii)           Each such conversion of shares shall be effected by the surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be converted at the principal office of the Corporation at any time during normal business hours, together with a written notice by the holder of such shares stating the number of shares that any such holder desires to so convert.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date on which such certificate or certificates have been surrendered and such notice has been received by the Corporation, and at such time the rights of any such holder with respect to the converted class of Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates for new shares of Common Stock are to be issued upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of such new shares represented thereby.

 

(iii)          Promptly after such surrender and the receipt by the Corporation of the written notice from such holder, the Corporation shall issue and deliver in accordance with the surrendering holder’s instructions the certificate or certificates for the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion and a certificate representing any shares of Common Stock that were represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the Corporation in connection with such conversion but that were not converted.  The issuance of certificates for the Common Stock upon conversion shall be made without charge to the holder or holders of such shares; provided , that the holder shall pay (or reimburse the Corporation for) any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation or the holder in connection with such conversion.

 

2



 

(c)           Transfers .  The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of any share of Common Stock, or of any share of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Common Stock, in any manner that would interfere with the timely conversion of such shares of Common Stock.

 

(d)           Subdivisions and Combinations of Shares .  If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of any class of Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other classes of Common Stock shall be proportionately subdivided or combined.

 

(e)           Distribution of Assets .  Upon the occurrence of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of all classes of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation available after payments to creditors and to the holders of any Preferred Stock of the Corporation that may at the time be outstanding, in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

 

(f)            Voting Rights .

 

(i)            Generally .  The holders of Class A Common Stock shall have the general right to vote for all purposes, including the election or removal of directors, as provided by law.  The holders of Class B Common Stock shall have the general right to vote for all purposes except the election or removal of directors.  Each holder of Class A Common Stock and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.  The affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class, shall be required to make any amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affect the rights and preferences of the Class B Common Stock.  There shall be no cumulative voting.

 

(ii)           Class Voting .  Except as required by the DGCL or as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation,

 

(A)          holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters submitted for a vote or the consent of Class A Common Stock, whether pursuant to law or otherwise,

 

(B)           holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters submitted for a vote or the consent of Class B Common Stock, whether pursuant to law or otherwise and

 

(C)           the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class, and not separately as multiple classes,  at any annual meeting or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, or in connection with any action taken by written consent.

 

(g)           Merger, etc.   In connection with any merger, consolidation or recapitalization, holders of Class A Common Stock and holders of Class B Common Stock shall

 

3



 

receive or be given the opportunity to receive the same form of consideration for their shares in the same amount per share.

 

(h)           No Preemptive or Subscription Rights .  No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.

 

ARTICLE SIXTH.  Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series, from time to time, with each such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors is hereby expressly vested with the authority, to the full extent now or hereafter provided by law, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

(a)           The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

 

(b)           The dividend rate or rates on the shares of that series, the terms and conditions upon which and the periods in respect of which dividends shall be payable, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series;

 

(c)           Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

 

(d)           Whether that series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the board of directors shall determine;

 

(e)           Whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in the event of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

 

(f)            Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

 

(g)           The rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, distribution of assets, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and

 

(h)           Any other relative rights, powers, and preferences, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of that series.

 

Subject to ARTICLE FIFTH, Section (f), each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all

 

4



 

matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE SEVENTH.  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(a)           Business and Affairs .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(b)           Number of Directors; Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three nor more than fifteen members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Subject to the previous sentence and except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of stock with respect to such series of stock, unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders.  Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his or her predecessor.

 

(c)           Classified Board of Directors . Subject to the special right of the holders of any class or series of stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors, shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation; the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation; and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation. Each director in each class shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders following their election, with each director in each such class to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

 

5



 

ARTICLE EIGHTH.  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. If the DGCL is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE EIGHTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE NINTH.

 

(a)           In recognition of the fact that the Corporation, the Sponsors, and directors, officers and employees of the Sponsors, acting in their capacities as such, currently engage in, and may in the future engage in, the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas and types of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relations with the Sponsors (including, without limitation, possible service of directors, officers and employees of the Sponsors as directors, officers and employees of the Corporation), the provisions of this ARTICLE NINTH are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve the Sponsors and their directors, officers and employees, acting in their capacities as such, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers, employees and stockholders in connection therewith.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered the opportunity to participate in, any corporate opportunity not allocated to it pursuant to this ARTICLE NINTH to the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the DGCL (or any successor provision).

 

(b)           To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no director, officer, employee, or stockholder of the Corporation, in such capacity, that is a Sponsor or a director, officer, or employee of a Sponsor, acting in his or her capacity as such, shall have any obligation to the Corporation to refrain from competing with the Corporation, making investments in competing businesses or otherwise engaging in any commercial activity that competes with the Corporation, which in each case is not a Restricted Opportunity.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, (i) the Corporation shall not have any right, interest or expectancy with respect to any such investment or activity that is not a Restricted Opportunity undertaken by any Sponsor or any director, officer or employee of a Sponsor, acting in his or her capacity as such, (ii) no such investments or activities by any Sponsor that are not Restricted Opportunities shall be deemed wrongful or improper, and (iii) no such Sponsor shall be obligated to communicate, offer or present to the Corporation any potential transaction, matter or opportunity that is not a Restricted Opportunity, even if such potential transaction, matter or opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Corporation, could be taken by the Corporation.  In the event that a Sponsor or any director, officer or employee of a Sponsor, acting in his or her capacity as such, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation but is not a Restricted Opportunity, the Sponsor and the directors, officers and employees of the Sponsor, acting in their capacities as such, shall have no duty to communicate

 

6



 

or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that a Sponsor or any director, officer, or employee of a Sponsor, acting in his or her capacity as such, pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation, and the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in such corporate opportunity.

 

(c)           Nothing in this ARTICLE NINTH shall limit or otherwise prejudice any contractual rights the Corporation may have or obtain against any Sponsor or any director, officer, or employee of any Sponsor.

 

(d)           Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE NINTH.

 

(e)           Neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE NINTH nor the adoption of any provision of this certificate of incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE NINTH shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE NINTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this ARTICLE NINTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

(f)            For purposes of this ARTICLE NINTH and ARTICLE TENTH hereof:

 

(i)            “ Affiliates ” shall mean, with respect to any Sponsor, any Person (other than the Corporation or any Person controlled by the Corporation) (x) controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Sponsor, (y) any general partner, managing member or partner, director, officer or employee of such Sponsor or any Affiliate of such Sponsor, or (z) any private equity fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more of, or shares the same management company with, any Sponsor.

 

(ii)           “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other business entity and any trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

(iii)          “ Restricted Opportunity ” shall mean a transaction, matter or opportunity offered in writing to any Sponsor or a director, officer, or employee of a Sponsor solely and expressly by virtue of such Person being a member of the Board of Directors or an officer or an employee of the Corporation.

 

(iv)          “ Sponsors ” shall mean (x) Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, (y) each of their respective Affiliates, and (z) any successor by operation of law (including, without limitation, by merger or otherwise) of each of the foregoing or any such successor.

 

7



 

ARTICLE TENTH.

 

(a)           Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Sponsors collectively continue to own at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. The Secretary of the Corporation shall file such consent or consents, or certify the tabulation of such consents and file such certificate, with the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders.

 

(b)           Prior to the Operative Date, the Corporation shall not take, or be permitted to take, any action that leads to a Change of Control, or the merger or consolidation of the Corporation, without the prior written approval of at least one of the Sponsors ( provided , that in the event that a Sponsor owns 10% or less of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, such action shall be subject to the prior written consent of only the other Sponsor).

 

(c)           “ Change of Control ” means:

 

(i)            the consummation of any transaction as a result of which any Person other than any Sponsor, or any related Person of any such Sponsor, acquires directly or indirectly more than 50% of the capital stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, through a merger or consolidation or purchase of the capital stock of the Corporation;

 

(ii)           the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one or a series of related transactions other than a merger or consolidation, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation taken as a whole to any Person or group of related Persons; or

 

(iii)          the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

 

(d)           “ Operative Date ” shall mean the first date on which the Sponsors cease to beneficially own (on a collective basis) 33- 1 / 3 % or more of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided, that in the event that a Sponsor owns 10% or less of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, the shares of Common Stock owned by such Sponsor shall be excluded from the numerator for purposes of calculating the 33- 1 / 3 % threshold.

 

ARTICLE ELEVENTH.  The Corporation shall indemnify its directors to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives; provided , that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal

 

8



 

representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors.  The right to indemnification conferred by this ARTICLE ELEVENTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to officers, employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this ARTICLE ELEVENTH to the Board of Directors.

 

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE ELEVENTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation, the bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”), any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE ELEVENTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE TWELFTH.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws.  The Corporation’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote.  In addition to the powers and authority herein or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws; provided , that no bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors that would have been valid if such bylaws had not been adopted.

 

ARTICLE THIRTEENTH.  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE FOURTEENTH.  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case

 

9



 

subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE FOURTEENTH.

 

ARTICLE FIFTEENTH.  Removal of Directors .  For so long as the Sponsors collectively continue to own at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and subject to the rights of any class of Preferred Stock or series thereof to elect and remove directors, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock at the time entitled to vote at an election of the directors.

 

ARTICLE SIXTEENTH.  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or the DGCL, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to such reservation; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66- 2 / 3 % of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or to adopt any provision as part of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of ARTICLES SEVENTH, EIGHTH, NINTH of the Certificate of Incorporation or this ARTICLE SIXTEENTH.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on its behalf this        day of       , 2011.

 

 

 

GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Joseph Fortunato

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

11




Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM OF

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

GNC HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(formerly GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.)

 

A Delaware Corporation

 

Effective           , 2011

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I OFFICES

1

 

 

Section 1.

Registered Office

1

Section 2.

Other Offices

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

 

 

Section 1.

Place of Meetings

1

Section 2.

Annual Meetings

1

Section 3.

Special Meetings

1

Section 4.

Notice of Meetings

1

Section 5.

Notice of Annual Meeting Business

2

Section 6.

Quorum

6

Section 7.

Voting

6

Section 8.

Proxies; Inspectors

7

Section 9.

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

8

Section 10.

Record Date

8

Section 11.

Stock Ledger

9

Section 12.

Organization

9

Section 13.

Conduct of Meetings

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

10

 

 

Section 1.

Number and Election of Directors

10

Section 2.

Duties and Powers

10

Section 3.

Meetings

11

Section 4.

Organization

11

Section 5.

Resignations and Removals of Directors

11

Section 6.

Quorum

11

Section 7.

Actions of the Board by Written Consent

11

Section 8.

Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone

12

Section 9.

Compensation

12

Section 10.

Interested Directors

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES

13

 

 

Section 1.

Committees of the Board of Directors

13

Section 2.

Conduct of Meetings

13

Section 3.

Audit Committee

13

Section 4.

Compensation Committee

13

Section 5.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

14

 

 

Section 1.

General

14

 

i



 

Section 2.

Election

14

Section 3.

Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation

14

Section 4.

Chairman of the Board of Directors

14

Section 5.

Chief Executive Officer, President

15

Section 6.

Vice Presidents

15

Section 7.

Secretary

15

Section 8.

Treasurer

16

Section 9.

Assistant Secretaries

16

Section 10.

Assistant Treasurers

16

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI STOCK

17

 

 

Section 1.

Form of Certificates

17

Section 2.

Signatures

17

Section 3.

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

17

Section 4.

Transfers

17

Section 5.

Dividend Record Date

18

Section 6.

Record Owners

18

Section 7.

Transfer and Registry Agents

18

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII NOTICES

18

 

 

Section 1.

Notices

18

Section 2.

Waivers of Notice

18

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL PROVISIONS

19

 

 

Section 1.

Dividends

19

Section 2.

Disbursements

19

Section 3.

Fiscal Year

19

Section 4.

Corporate Seal

19

Section 5.

Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records

19

Section 6.

Time Periods

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION

20

 

 

Section 1.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

20

Section 2.

Procedure for Indemnification of Directors

20

Section 3.

Expenses Payable in Advance

21

Section 4.

Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

21

Section 5.

Insurance

21

Section 6.

Certain Definitions

21

Section 7.

Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

22

Section 8.

Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

22

Section 9.

Amendment or Repeal

22

Section 10.

Contract Rights

22

Section 11.

Other Sources

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

22

 

ii



 

Section 1.

Amendments

22

Section 2.

Entire Board of Directors

23

 

iii



 

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

 

Section 1.               Registered Office .  The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.               Other Offices .  The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.               Place of Meetings .  Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.               Annual Meetings .  The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date, which date shall be within thirteen (13) months of the last annual meeting of stockholders, and at such time as shall be designated by the Board of Directors and announced by the Corporation.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 3.               Special Meetings .  Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings, but not by the stockholders.  At a special meeting of stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).  The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously called special meeting.

 

Section 4.               Notice of Meetings .

 

(a)           Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date and time of such meeting of the stockholders, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of all special meetings of stockholders, the purpose of the meeting, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(b)           When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholder and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in

 



 

person of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.               Notice of Annual Meeting Business .

 

(a)           Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be transacted by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, or (iii) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation (a “Record Stockholder”) at the time of the giving of the notice required in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”)) at an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(b)           For nominations or business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Record Stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the foregoing paragraph, (i) the Record Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and (ii) any such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law. To be timely, a Record Stockholder’s notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the opening of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day and not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the one (1)-year anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however , that, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph (b), if the meeting is convened more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than seventy (70) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the Record Stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the opening of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than (i) the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day before such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Notwithstanding anything in the preceding sentence to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased effective after the time period for which nomination would otherwise be due under this Section 5 and there has been no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or indicating the increase in the size of the Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Record Stockholder’s notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only

 

2



 

with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall an adjournment, or postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, commence a new time period for the giving of a Record Stockholder’s notice.

 

(c)           Such Record Stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

(i)            if such notice pertains to the nomination of directors, as to each person whom the Record Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of such nominees as directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected;

 

(ii)           as to any business that the Record Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of such business, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Record Stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and

 

(iii)          a representation that the Record Stockholder is a record holder of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination and, as to (x) the Record Stockholder giving the notice and (y) the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made each, a “party”):

 

(A)          the name and address of each such party;

 

(B)           (1) the class, series, and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by each such party, (2) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by each such party, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (3) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which either party has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of any security of the Corporation, (4) any short interest in any security of the Corporation held by each such party (for purposes of this Section 5(c)(iii)(B), a

 

3


 

person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (5) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially directly or indirectly by each such party that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (6) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which either party is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (7) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that each such party is directly or indirectly entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of each such party’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information set forth in this paragraph shall be supplemented by such stockholder or such beneficial owner, as the case may be, not later than ten (10) days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date); and

 

(C)            a representation whether either party, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination; and

 

(D)           any other information relating to each such party that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act.

 

The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 5(c) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as the Corporation may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

 

(d)            A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at an annual meeting unless (i) the person is nominated by a Record Stockholder in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a) or (ii) the person is nominated by or at the direction of the Board of Directors. Only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section. Except as otherwise provided by law, the person presiding over of the meeting shall have the

 

4



 

power and the duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by Section 5(d) ) and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defectively proposed business or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

 

(e)            Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors. The notice of such special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (x) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (y) by any Record Stockholder at the time of giving of notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers a written notice to the Secretary setting forth the information set forth in Section 5(c)(i) and (iii). Nominations by stockholders of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at such a special meeting of stockholders only if such Record Stockholder’s notice required by the preceding sentence shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the opening of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall an adjournment, or postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder of record’s notice. A person shall not be eligible for election or reelection as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by a Record Stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5.

 

(f)             Except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, as applicable, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 5, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such

 

5



 

person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(g)            For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(h)            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 5 and compliance with this Section 5 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to submit other business (other than, as provided in the penultimate sentences of paragraphs (c) and (e) hereof, business brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 or Rule14a-11 of the Exchange Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time). Nothing in this Section 5 shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 6.                Quorum .

 

(a)            At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of the total votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number is required by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation. Where a separate vote by one or more classes or series is required, the holder of shares entitled to cast a majority of the total votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares of the class or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.  Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

(b)            If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chair of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time.

 

Section 7.                Voting .  All elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, all other matters shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter by the holders of all shares present in

 

6



 

person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote.  Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

 

Section 8.                Proxies; Inspectors .

 

(a)            Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

 

(i)             A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy.  Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.  A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

 

(ii)            A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a facsimile to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such facsimile, provided that any such facsimile must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the facsimile was authorized by the stockholder.  If it is determined that such facsimiles are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

 

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing, facsimile for any and all purposes for which the original writing, facsimile could be used; provided , however , that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or facsimile telecommunication.

 

(b)            The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of

 

7



 

inspectors.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots.  Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law.  In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law.  No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

Section 9.                List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .  The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10 th ) day before the meeting), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 10.              Record Date .

 

(a)            In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice

 

8



 

is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at adjourned meeting.

 

(b)            In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action.  If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(c)            Unless otherwise prohibited by the Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 11.              Stock Ledger .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 9 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 12.              Organization .  The Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in his or her absence, the person whom the Board of Directors designates or, in the absence of that person or the failure of the Board of Directors to designate a person, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, the person chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as the presiding person of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be the person the chairman appoints.

 

9



 

Section 13.              Conduct of Meetings .  The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the presiding person of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following:  (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.  The presiding person of any meeting shall have the power to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time.  The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.  The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                Number and Election of Directors .

 

(a)            Subject to the special right of the holders of any class or series of stock to elect directors, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

(b)            Directors need not be stockholders to be qualified for election or service as a director of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.                Duties and Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.  All matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present,

 

10



 

except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or required by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.

 

Section 3.                Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by any two or more directors.  Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the meeting, by telephone, facsimile or other means of electronic transmission not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the meeting, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.  Unless otherwise stated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

Section 4.                Organization .  At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, in his or her absence, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors.  In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 5.                Resignations and Removals of Directors .  Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time, by giving notice in writing to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law or permitted under the Certificate of Incorporation, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed only for cause from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to be cast on the matter by the holders of all shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

Section 6.                Quorum .  Except as otherwise required by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 7.                Actions of the Board by Written Consent .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may

 

11



 

be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.  Any copy, facsimile, other electronic transmission or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile, other electronic transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

Section 8.                Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 8 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 9.                Compensation .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities of the Company.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

 

Section 10.              Interested Directors .  No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (a) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

12


 

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.              Committees of the Board of Directors .  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member.  Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 2.              Conduct of Meetings .  Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by the DGCL.  Except as otherwise provided by these Bylaws, in the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article III of these Bylaws.  Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one third (1/3) of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one (1) or two (2) members, in which event one (1) member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 3.              Audit Committee .  The Board of Directors shall have an Audit Committee composed of three (3) or more directors, each of whom shall satisfy any securities exchange independence requirements then in effect and applicable to the Corporation. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee shall be stated in the Audit Committee’s charter, as approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.              Compensation Committee .  The Board of Directors shall have a Compensation Committee composed of three (3) or more directors, each of whom shall satisfy any securities exchange independence requirements then in effect and applicable to the Corporation. The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee shall be stated in the Compensation Committee’s charter, as approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.              Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee .  The Board of Directors shall have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee composed of three (3)

 

13



 

or more directors, each of whom shall satisfy any securities exchange independence requirements then in effect and applicable to the Corporation. The responsibilities of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall be stated in the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s charter, as approved by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

 

Section 1.              General .  The Board of Directors shall elect a Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, and it may, if it so determines, choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director).  The Board of Directors may also choose a President, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as it shall from time to time deem necessary or desirable. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 2.              Election .  The Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.  The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

Section 3.              Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation .  Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 4.              Chairman of the Board of Directors .  The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  Except where by law the signature of the Chief Executive Officer is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the Chief Executive Officer to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform

 

14



 

such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.              Chief Executive Officer, President .  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in this section.  The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may also appoint a President, who may also be the Chief Executive Officer.  If the Chief Executive Officer and the President are not the same person, the Board of Directors shall determine their respective responsibilities.  At the request of the Chief Executive Officer or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6.              Vice Presidents .  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, the Vice President or Vice Presidents, if any, shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in this section.  At the request of the Chief Executive Officer or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and if the Chief Executive Officer and President are the same person), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.  Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe.

 

Section 7.              Secretary .  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, the Secretary shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in this section.  The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings at such meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be.  The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant

 

15



 

Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature.  The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by the DGCL to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.              Treasurer .  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, the Treasurer, if any, shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in this section.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 9.              Assistant Secretaries .  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, the Assistant Secretary, if any, shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in this section.  Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

Section 10.            Assistant Treasurers .  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, the Assistant Treasurer, if any, shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in this section.  Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer.  If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

16



 

ARTICLE VI
STOCK

 

Section 1.              Form of Certificates .  The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of stock shall be uncertificated shares. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.  Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 2.              Signatures .  Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3.              Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

Section 4.              Transfers .  Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these Bylaws.  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named as the holder thereof on the stock records of the Corporation or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and, in the case of shares represented by a certificate, upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer, and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; provided , however , that such surrender and endorsement or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement.  Every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof.  No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

17



 

Section 5.              Dividend Record Date .  Except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 6.              Record Owners .  The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by the DGCL.

 

Section 7.              Transfer and Registry Agents .  The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VII
NOTICES

 

Section 1.              Notices .  Whenever written notice is required by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, and except as prohibited by applicable law, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within sixty (60) days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice permitted under this Section 1, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, written notice may also be given personally or by facsimile, telegram, telex, cable or other means of electronic transmission.

 

Section 2.              Waivers of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether

 

18



 

before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.              Dividends .  The Board of Directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 2.              Disbursements .  All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3.              Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.              Corporate Seal .  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

Section 5.              Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records .  Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 6.              Time Periods .  In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

19



 

ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.              Indemnification of Directors and Officers .  In the event a person (a “Covered Person”) was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, the Corporation shall indemnify such person to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Covered Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Article IX, Section 2, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.              Procedure for Indemnification of Directors .  Any indemnification of a Covered Person of the Corporation under Section 1 of this Article IX or advancement of expenses under Section 3 of this Article IX shall be made promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days, upon the written request of the Covered Person.  If a determination by the Corporation that the Covered Person is entitled to indemnification or advancement pursuant to this Article IX is required, and the Corporation fails to respond within sixty (60) days to a written request for indemnity or advancement, the Corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request.  If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within thirty (30) days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article IX shall be enforceable by the Covered Person in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Such Covered Person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.  It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the Corporation.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the

 

20



 

DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

Section 3.              Expenses Payable in Advance .  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall, to the extent permitted by law, be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IX.  Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Covered Persons who are former directors or officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

 

Section 4.              Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such Covered Person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of Covered Persons shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.  The provisions of this Article IX shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 of this Article IX but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

 

Section 5.              Insurance .  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against such Covered Person and incurred by such Covered Person in any such capacity, or arising out of such Covered Person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX.

 

Section 6.              Certain Definitions .  For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors and officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.  For purposes of this Article IX, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with

 

21



 

respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.

 

Section 7.              Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.              Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article IX to Covered Persons.  This Article IX shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons and employees and agents of the Corporation when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

 

Section 9.              Amendment or Repeal .  Any right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Covered Person arising hereunder shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal of these Bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

 

Section 10.            Contract Rights .  The provisions of this Article IX shall be deemed to be a contract right between the Corporation and each Covered Person who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article IX and the relevant provisions of the DGCL or other applicable law are in effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article IX or any such law shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or proceeding then existing.

 

Section 11.            Other Sources .  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or advance expenses to any Covered Person, or any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation pursuant to Article IX, Section 8, who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any such amount such Covered Person or such officer, employee or agent of the Corporation may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit enterprise.

 

ARTICLE X

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1.              Amendments .  These Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed, in whole in part, or new Bylaws may be adopted only in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

22



 

Section 2.              Entire Board of Directors .  As used in these Bylaws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

* * *

 

Adopted as of:     , 2011

 

23




Exhibit 4.9

 

FORM OF

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

By and Among

 

GNC HOLDINGS, INC.,

 

ARES CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND II, L.P.,

 

ONTARIO TEACHERS’ PENSION PLAN BOARD

 

AND

 

THE OTHER STOCKHOLDERS PARTY THERETO

 


 

Dated as of                 , 2011

 


 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1

 

 

 

SECTION 1.01.

Definitions

1

SECTION 1.02.

Rules of Construction

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3

 

 

 

SECTION 2.01.

Authority; Enforceability

4

SECTION 2.02.

Consent

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE III REGISTRATION RIGHTS

4

 

 

 

SECTION 3.01.

Company Registration

4

SECTION 3.02.

Demand Registration Rights

5

SECTION 3.03.

Registration Procedures

8

SECTION 3.04.

Registration Expenses

12

SECTION 3.05.

Indemnification

12

SECTION 3.06.

Holdback Agreements

14

SECTION 3.07.

Participation in Registrations

15

SECTION 3.08.

Rule 144

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV MISCELLANEOUS

16

 

 

 

SECTION 4.01.

Notices

16

SECTION 4.02.

Binding Effect; Benefits

17

SECTION 4.03.

Amendment

17

SECTION 4.04.

Assignability

17

SECTION 4.05.

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

18

SECTION 4.06.

Enforcement

18

SECTION 4.07.

Severability

18

SECTION 4.08.

Additional Securities Subject to Agreement

18

SECTION 4.09.

Section and Other Headings

18

SECTION 4.10.

Counterparts

18

SECTION 4.11.

Waiver of Jury Trial

18

SECTION 4.12.

Capitalization

19

SECTION 4.13.

Entire Agreement

19

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit A               Form of Consent of Spouse

 

i



 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of                     , 2011, by and among GNC Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., a Delaware corporation (“ Ares ”), Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, a corporation without share capital organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario (Canada) (“ OTPP ”), and the stockholders listed on Schedule A hereto (such parties and each Person listed on Schedule A hereto, individually, a “ Stockholder ” and, collectively, the “ Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Stockholders listed on Schedule A hereto are parties to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2008 (the “ Original Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof the Company has consummated a “Qualified Public Offering” under the terms of the Original Agreement, in connection with which, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate the Original Agreement as set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

SECTION 1.01.    Definitions .  The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.  No Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of another Person solely by virtue of the fact that both Persons own shares of the Company’s Capital Stock.

 

Ares ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock,

 



 

and any rights, warrants or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock.

 

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Delay Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a) .

 

Demand Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a) .

 

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a) .

 

Effectiveness Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a) .

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Lock-up Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(a) .

 

OTPP ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a general or limited partnership, a limited liability company, a joint stock company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government, a political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

Piggyback Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a) .

 

Piggyback Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a) .

 

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a) .

 

Registrable Securities ” shall mean any of (i) the shares of Common Stock owned by any Stockholder at the time of determination and (ii) any other Capital Stock issued or issuable with respect to such shares of Common Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, subdivision or reorganization, recapitalization or similar event.  As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (a) a registration statement with respect to the offering of such securities by the holder thereof shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of by such holder pursuant to such registration statement, (b) such securities have been

 

2



 

sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act, (c) except for purposes of Section 3.02 , such securities shall have been otherwise transferred and new certificates for such securities not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company or its transfer agent and any subsequent disposition of such securities shall not require registration or qualification under the Securities Act or any similar state law then in force or (d) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.

 

Registration ” means a Piggyback Registration or Demand Registration.

 

Request Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a) .

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Spousal Consent ” means a spousal consent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

Stockholder ” and Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

SECTION 1.02.    Rules of Construction .  Any provision of this Agreement that refers to the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  References to “ dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.  References to numbered or letter articles, sections and subsections refer to articles, sections and subsections, respectively, of this Agreement unless expressly stated otherwise.  All references to this Agreement include, whether or not expressly referenced, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto.  References to a Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule shall be to a Section or paragraph of, or Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The word “ or ” when used in this Agreement is not exclusive.  Any agreement, instrument, law or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument, or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.  References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.  In the event that any claim is made by any Person relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion shall be implied by virtue of the fact that this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of a particular Person or its counsel.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each of the parties hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties as follows:

 

3



 

SECTION 2.01.    Authority; Enforceability .  Such party (a) has the legal capacity or organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and (b) (in the case of parties that are not natural Persons) is duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and to the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles of equity (whether applied by a court of law or of equity).

 

SECTION 2.02.    Consent .  No consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party, other than those that have been made or obtained on or prior to the date hereof, in connection with (a) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or (b) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.  To the extent the Stockholder is a natural Person and is married and is a resident of a state governed by community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property, such Stockholder has delivered a Spousal Consent executed by his or her spouse.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

SECTION 3.01.    Company Registration .

 

(a)           Right to Piggyback on Registration of Stock .  Subject to Section 3.01(c) , if at any time or from time to time the Company proposes to register shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with a public offering of such Common Stock on any form other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar successor forms or another form used for a purpose similar to the intended use for such forms (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more stockholders of the Company, the Company shall give each Stockholder written notice (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) of such proposal (i) at least 30 days prior to the anticipated effective date of such Piggyback Registration and (ii) within 10 Business Days after the Company’s receipt of any notice of an exercise of demand registration rights in accordance with Section 3.02 .  Upon the written request of any Stockholder (the “ Piggyback Holder ”) given within 10 Business Days after receipt of any Piggyback Notice, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities held by such Stockholder that the Stockholder has requested to be registered; provided , that if, at any time after the delivery of a Piggyback Notice and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of all such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Piggyback Holder and, (x) in the case of a determination not to register any of such securities, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from any obligation of the Company to pay the registration expenses in connection therewith); and (y) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be

 

4



 

permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other securities.  No registration effected under this Section 3.01 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect any Demand Registration under Section 3.02 .

 

(b)           Selection of Underwriters .  If any Piggyback Registration involves an underwritten primary offering of the Company’s securities, the Board shall have the right to select any underwriter or underwriters to manage such Piggyback Registration.

 

(c)           Priority on Piggyback Registrations .  In the event that the Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Stockholders as part of the Piggyback Notice and the registration rights provided in Section 3.01(a)  shall be subject to the condition that if the managing underwriter or underwriters of a Piggyback Registration advise the Company that in its or their opinion the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such Piggyback Registration exceeds the number that can be sold without materially and adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing, distribution method or probability of success of the offering, the Company and the Stockholders, as the case may be, will include in such Registration only the number of Registrable Securities which, in the opinion of such underwriter or underwriters, can be sold in such offering without such material adverse effect.  Except in the case of a Demand Registration, which shall be governed by Section 3.02(f) , the shares of Common Stock so included in such Piggyback Registration shall be apportioned as follows: (i) first, to any shares of Common Stock that the Company proposes to sell and, (ii) second, pro rata among shares of the Registrable Securities included in such Piggyback Registration, in each case according to the total number of shares of the Registrable Securities requested for inclusion by the Piggyback Holders, or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to among the Piggyback Holders.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) if the underwriter reasonably determines that marketing factors require the exclusion of particular Stockholder(s) from participating in such offering (e.g., the exclusion of members of management) as to all or any portion of such Stockholder’s Common Stock, the Company shall so advise such Stockholder(s) and all or such portion of such Stockholder’s Common Stock shall be excluded from such Registration to the extent determined by such underwriter and (ii) the right under this Section 3.01 of a Piggyback Stockholder to have Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration shall not include the right to participate in the sale of Common Stock by any other Stockholder in a “shelf takedown” transaction.

 

SECTION 3.02.    Demand Registration Rights .

 

(a)           Right to Demand .  Subject to Section 3.02(b)  below, at any time or from time to time, Ares or OTPP, or Ares and OTPP together, as the case may be (the “ Demand Holder ”), may make a written request, which request will specify the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be registered and will also specify the intended methods of disposition thereof (the “ Request Notice ”) to the Company for registration with the Commission under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of all or part of the Registrable Securities then owned by the Demand Holder (a “ Demand Registration ”); provided , that (i) the Company may, if the Board determines that due to a pending or contemplated material acquisition or disposition or public offering or other material event involving the Company or any of its

 

5



 

subsidiaries it would be inadvisable to effect such Demand Registration at such time (but in no event after such registration statement has become effective), upon providing the Demand Holder written notice (the “ Delay Notice ”), defer such Demand Registration for a single period set forth in such Delay Notice with respect to such Demand Registration not to exceed 90 days; and (ii) the Company shall not postpone or delay a Demand Registration under this Section 3.02 more than once in any 12-month period.  A Registration pursuant to this Section 3.02 will be on such appropriate form of the Commission as shall be selected by the Demand Holder and be reasonably acceptable to the Company and as shall permit the intended method or methods of distribution specified by the Demand Holder, including a distribution to, and resale by, the equity holders and Affiliates of any Demand Holder.

 

The Company shall not be obligated to maintain a registration statement pursuant to a Demand Registration effective for more than (x) 360 days or (y) such shorter period when all of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold pursuant thereto (the “ Effectiveness Period ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one Demand Registration in any 90-day period following an Effectiveness Period or such longer period not to exceed 180 days as requested by an underwriter pursuant to Section 3.06 .  Upon any such request for a Demand Registration, the Company will deliver any Piggyback Notices required by Section 3.01 and thereupon the Company will, subject to Section 3.01(c)  and 3.02(f) , use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the prompt registration under the Securities Act of:

 

(i)            the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Demand Holder as contained in the Request Notice; and

 

(ii)           all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by the Piggyback Holders;

 

all to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition of each seller of such Registrable Securities.

 

(b)           Number of Demand Registrations . The Company will not be required to effect more than four Demand Registrations pursuant to this Section 3.02 upon the request of Ares and will not be required to effect more than four Demand Registrations pursuant to this Section 3.02 upon the request of OTPP; provided , that, at any time in which the Company is eligible to register shares of Common Stock on Form S-3 (or any successor form), the Demand Holder shall have an unlimited number of Demand Registrations on Form S-3 (or any successor form).

 

(c)           Revocation .  The Demand Holder may, at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration, revoke such request by providing a written notice thereof to the Company; provided , that such Demand Holder complies with this Section 3.02(c) .  Subject to Section 3.02(d) , the Demand Holder shall reimburse the Company for all its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the preparation, filing and processing of the registration statement.  If, pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.02(c) , the Demand Holder reimburses the Company for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in

 

6



 

the preparation, filing and processing of the registration statement or if the Demand Holder is not required to pay such expenses pursuant to Section 3.02(d) , the attempted registration shall not be deemed to be a Demand Registration.

 

(d)           Effective Registration .  A registration will not count as a Demand Registration and the Demand Holder shall not be required to reimburse the Company for its expenses incurred in the preparation, filing and processing of any registration statement pursuant to Section 3.02(c)  if:

 

(i)            the Demand Holder determines in its good faith judgment to withdraw the proposed registration of any Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the Demand Holder due to a material adverse change in the Company (other than as a result of any action by the Demand Holder);

 

(ii)           such registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court for any reason (other than as a result of any act by the Demand Holder) and the Company fails to have such stop order, injunction or other order or requirement removed, withdrawn or resolved to the Demand Holder’s satisfaction;

 

(iii)          the Demand Holder requests that the Company withdraw the registration at any time during the period specified in a Delay Notice or within 10 days thereafter;

 

(iv)          the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into in connection with the registration relating to any such demand are not satisfied (other than as a result of a default or breach thereunder by the Demand Holder); or

 

(v)           [pursuant to Section 3.02(f) , the number of Registrable Securities requested by such Demand Holder for inclusion in such registration exceeds the number of Registrable Securities actually sold by such Demand Holder in such registration by more than [10]%] .

 

(e)           Selection of Underwriters .  If any of the Registrable Securities covered by a Demand Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Demand Holder will have the right to select the managing underwriter(s) to administer the offering subject to the approval of the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(f)            Priority on Demand Registrations .  If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a Demand Registration advise the Company in writing that in its or their opinion the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such Demand Registration exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing, distribution method or probability of success of the offering, the Company will include in such Demand Registration only the number of Registrable Securities which, in the opinion of such underwriter or underwriters, can be sold in such offering without such material adverse effect.  The shares of Common Stock so included in such Demand Registration shall be apportioned pro rata among the Demand Holder and the Piggyback Stockholders according to

 

7



 

the total number of shares of the Registrable Securities requested for inclusion by the Demand Holder and the Piggyback Stockholders, or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to among the Demand Holder and the Piggyback Stockholders.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the underwriter reasonably determines that marketing factors require the exclusion of particular Stockholder(s) from participating in such offering (e.g., the exclusion of members of management) as to all or any portion of such Stockholder’s Common Stock, the Company shall so advise such Stockholder(s) and all or such portion of such Stockholder’s Common Stock shall be excluded from such Registration to the extent determined by such underwriter.

 

SECTION 3.03.    Registration Procedures .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Article V that the Stockholders requesting inclusion in any Registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding them, the Registrable Securities held by them, the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities, and such agreements regarding indemnification, disposition of such securities and other matters referred to in and consistent with this Article V , as the Company shall reasonably request and as shall be required in connection with the action to be taken by the Company (such intended method of distribution may include a distribution to, and resale by, the partners of the holders of any Registrable Securities).  With respect to any Registration which includes Registrable Securities held by a Stockholder, the Company will, subject to Sections 3.01 and 3.02 :

 

(a)           As promptly as possible (in the case of a Demand Registration, no more than 45 days after the Company’s receipt of a Request Notice that is for a Registration on a form other than Form S-3 (or any successor form) and no more than 30 days after the Company’s receipt of a Request Notice that is for a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form)), prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on the appropriate form prescribed by the Commission for such intended method of disposition and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable thereafter; provided , that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to counsel representing the Stockholders selling Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and reasonable comments of such counsel; provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to maintain such Registration effective for a period longer than the Effectiveness Period;

 

(b)           Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to such registration statement and any documents required to be incorporated by reference therein as may be necessary to keep the registration statement effective for a period of not less than the Effectiveness Period (but not prior to the expiration of the time period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder, if applicable); cause the prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act and comply with the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement during the

 

8


 

applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement or supplement to the prospectus;

 

(c)           Promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the underwriter(s) or the Demand Holder reasonably request to be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplements or post-effective amendments as soon as practical after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such supplement or amendment;

 

(d)           Furnish to such Stockholder, without charge, such number of conformed copies of the registration statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, as such Stockholder may reasonably request, and such number of copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendments or supplements thereto, and any documents incorporated by reference therein, as the Stockholder or underwriter or underwriters, if any, may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the securities being sold by the Stockholder (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of the prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by the Stockholder covered by the registration statement and the underwriter or underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the securities covered by the prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto);

 

(e)           Notify such Stockholder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading and, as promptly as practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the Commission and furnish a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the investors of such securities, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(f)            Provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of the Registration and provide the applicable transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities with printed certificates representing the Registrable Securities that are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depositary Trust Company not later than the effective date of the registration statement;

 

(g)           Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all securities included in such registration statement to be listed, by the date of the first sale of securities pursuant to such registration statement, on any national securities exchange, quotation system or other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or proposed to be listed by the Company, if any, or, failing that, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such securities with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority;

 

9



 

(h)           Make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement, which need not be audited, satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the 12-month period beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the registration statement, which statement shall cover said 12-month period;

 

(i)            After the filing of a registration statement, (i) notify each Stockholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission and of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction, (ii) take all reasonable actions to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the qualification of any Registrable Securities at the earliest possible moment, and (iii) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant, or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, and independent accountants to supply all such information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent in connection with such registration statement;

 

(j)            In connection with the preparation and filing of each Registration, give each holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, the underwriter(s) and their respective counsel, accountants and other representatives and agents the opportunity to participate in the preparation of each registration statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto and comparable statements under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction and give each of the foregoing Persons access to the books and records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries and such opportunities to discuss the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries with the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and supply all other information and respond to all other inquiries requested by such holders, underwriter(s), counsel, accountants and other representatives and agents as shall be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of such holders or underwriter(s), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act, and the Company shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto or any prospectus or supplement thereto to which such holder or such underwriter(s) shall object;

 

(k)           Cause its employees to participate in “road shows” and other presentations as reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such Registration;

 

(l)            Deliver promptly to counsel representing the Stockholders selling Registrable Securities under such Registration and each underwriter, if any, participating in the offering of the Registrable Securities, copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors, and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to such Registration; and

 

10



 

(m)          On or prior to the date on which the registration statement is declared or otherwise becomes effective, use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify, and cooperate with such underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, the securities covered by the registration statement for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, requests in writing, to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective, including through new filings, or amendments or renewals, during the Effectiveness Period and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in all such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement; provided , that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject, (ii) obtain a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters, which letter shall be addressed to the underwriters, and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such cold comfort letter to also be addressed to the holders of such Registrable Securities, (iii) obtain an opinion from the Company’s outside counsel in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such opinions, which opinion shall be addressed to the underwriters and the holders of such Registrable Securities, and (iv) enter into and perform its obligations under such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the Request Notice, in the case of a Demand Registration, or the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, in the case of a Piggyback Registration, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including effecting a stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization, or reorganization).

 

The Stockholders, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in subsection (e) of this Section 3.03 , will forthwith discontinue disposition of the Registrable Securities until the Stockholders’ receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by subsection (e) of this Section 3.03 or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings which are incorporated by reference in the prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company, each Stockholder will, or will request the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to, deliver, to the Company (at the Company’s sole expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Stockholder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

No holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company, other than representations and warranties regarding such holder, such holder’s ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering, and its intended method of distribution and any liability of any such holder under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of its representations and warranties therein and shall be limited to an amount equal to the net amount

 

11



 

received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

 

SECTION 3.04.    Registration Expenses .

 

(a)           Subject to Section 3.02(c) , in the case of any Registration, the Company shall bear all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with Sections 3.01 , 3.02 and 3.03 of this Agreement, including all Commission and stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority registration and filing fees and expenses, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), rating agency fees, printing expenses, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants and any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities (but not including any underwriting discounts or commissions, or transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities by a selling Stockholder or fees and expenses of more than one counsel representing the Stockholders selling Registrable Securities under such Registration as set forth in Section 3.04(b) below).

 

(b)           In connection with each Registration initiated hereunder (whether a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration), the Company shall reimburse the holders covered by such Registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm chosen by a majority of the number of shares of Registrable Securities included in the Request Notice, in the event of a Demand Registration, and, in the case of a Piggyback Registration, the holders of a majority of the number of shares of Registrable Securities included in such Registration.

 

SECTION 3.05.    Indemnification .

 

(a)           Indemnification by the Company .  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder, the underwriters selling such Stockholder’s Registrable Securities and their respective officers, directors, Affiliates and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) any of them, including any general partner or manager of any thereof, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable out-of-pocket counsel fees and disbursements) arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in which such Stockholder participates in an offering of Registrable Securities or in any document incorporated by reference therein or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except insofar as the same are made in reliance on and in conformity with any information with respect to such Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by such Stockholder expressly for use therein.

 

(b)           Indemnification by the Stockholders .  In connection with any registration statement in which a Stockholder is participating, each such Stockholder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits with respect to such Stockholder as the

 

12



 

Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any registration statement or prospectus covering the Registrable Securities of such Stockholder and to the extent permitted by law agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) the Company, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses arising out of or based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus (in the case of the prospectus or preliminary prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is made in reliance on and in conformity with the information or affidavit with respect to such Stockholder so furnished in writing by such Stockholder expressly for use in the registration statement or prospectus; provided , that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Stockholders and the liability of each such Stockholder shall be in proportion to and limited to the net amount received by such Stockholder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  The indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.05(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Stockholder.  The Company and the holders of the Registrable Securities hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such holders, the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Company for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities or in any amendment, supplement or preliminary materials associated therewith are statements specifically relating to (i) the beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock by such holder and its Affiliates, (ii) the name and address of such holder and (iii) any additional information about such holder or the plan of distribution (other than for an underwritten offering) required by law or regulation to be disclosed in any such document.

 

(c)           Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified and indemnifying parties with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  The failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability hereunder with respect to the action, except to the extent that such indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give such notice; provided , that any such failure shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any other liability which it may have to any other party or to such indemnified party other than pursuant to this Section 3.05 .  No indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of such indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.  An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses

 

13



 

available to such indemnified party which are in addition to or may conflict with those available to any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim, in which event the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.

 

(d)           Contribution .  If for any reason the indemnification provided for in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.05 is unavailable to an indemnified party as contemplated by the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.05 or is insufficient to hold such indemnified party harmless, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the preceding clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in the preceding clause (i) but also the relative fault of the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the sellers of Registrable Securities or other sellers participating in the registration statement and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  In no event shall the liability of any such Stockholder be greater in amount than the amount of net proceeds received by such Stockholder upon such sale or the amount for which such indemnifying party would have been obligated to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 3.05 had been available.

 

SECTION 3.06.    Holdback Agreements .

 

(a)           Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act in an underwritten offering for its own account (other than on Form S-4 or S-8 or any similar successor form or another form used for a purpose similar to the intended use of such forms) or is required to use its reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.02 , each holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities not to effect any sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or to request registration under Section 3.02 of any Registrable Securities for the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter for the underwritten offering; provided , that in no event shall such period exceed 180 days (the “ Lock-up Period ”) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such Registration, except (i) as part of such Registration or (ii) in the case of a private sale or distribution, unless the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 3.06 .  If requested by such managing underwriter, each holder of Registrable Securities agrees to execute a holdback agreement, in customary form, consistent with the terms of this Section 3.06(a) ; provided , that the form of the lock-up shall be substantially identical as to each similarly situated Stockholder; provided , further , that if the Company releases any holder of Registrable Securities from such holdback agreement, it shall similarly release all other holders of Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Stockholder

 

14



 

shall be subject to a Lock-up Period in excess of 180 days in any calendar year due to the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.02 .

 

(b)           The Company agrees not to effect any sale or distribution of any of its equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities within the Lock-up Period (except as part of such underwritten Registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor forms thereto), except that such restriction shall not prohibit any such sale or distribution after the effective date of the registration statement (i) pursuant to any stock option, warrant, stock purchase plan or agreement or other benefit plans approved by the Board to officers, directors or employees of the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act; or (iii) as consideration to any third party seller in connection with the bona fide acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of the assets or securities of any Person in any transaction approved by the Board.  In addition, upon the request of the managing underwriter, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities whether outstanding on the date of this Agreement or issued at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than any such securities acquired in a public offering), to agree not to effect any such public sale or distribution of such securities during such period, except as part of any such registration if permitted, and to cause each such holder to enter into a similar agreement to such effect with the such managing underwriter.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be subject to a Lock-up Period in excess of 180 days in any calendar year due to the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.02 .

 

SECTION 3.07.    Participation in Registrations .  No Stockholder may participate in any Registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Stockholder (a) agrees to sell its securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements ( provided , that such underwriting arrangements shall not limit any of such Stockholder’s rights under this Agreement), and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, underwriting agreements and other documents customarily required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

SECTION 3.08.    Rule 144 .  The Company shall file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and it will take such further action as any holder may reasonably request to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act as permitted by (i) Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (ii) any similar rules or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.  Upon the request of a holder of Registrable Securities, the Company, at its own expense, will deliver to such holder:  (x) a written statement as to whether it has complied with the requirements that would make the exemption provided by such Rule or Rules available to such holder; (y) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and (z) such other reports and documents as such holder may reasonably request in order to avail itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing it to sell Registrable Securities without registration.

 

15


 

ARTICLE IV

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 4.01.      Notices .  Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger, facsimile transmission or electronic mail and shall be given to such party at its address or facsimile number set forth on the signature pages hereof or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify in writing in accordance with this Section 4.01 ; provided , that:

 

(a)           unless otherwise specified by Ares in a notice delivered by Ares in accordance with this Section 4.01 , any notice required to be delivered to Ares shall be properly delivered if delivered to:

 

Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P.
c/o Ares Management II, L.P.
2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Fax: (310) 201-4170
Attention: David Kaplan

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Proskauer Rose LLP
2049 Century Park East, Suite 3200
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Fax: (310) 557-2193
Attention: Michael A. Woronoff, Esq.

 

(b)           unless otherwise specified by OTPP in a notice delivered by OTPP in accordance with this Section 4.01 , any notice required to be delivered to OTPP shall be properly delivered if delivered to:

 

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board
5650 Yonge Street, 8th Floor
Toronto, ON M2M 4H5
Fax: 416-730-5082
Attention: Andrew Claerhout
Email: andrew_claerhout@otpp.com

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board
5650 Yonge Street, 8th Floor
Toronto, ON M2M 4H5

 

16



 

Fax: 416-730-3771
Attention: Legal Department

 

and

 

O’Melveny & Myers LLP
400 South Hope St.
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Fax: 213-430-6407
Email: jlaco@omm.com
Attention: John A. Laco, Esq.

 

(c)           unless otherwise specified by the Company in a notice delivered by the Company in accordance with this Section 4.01 , any notice required to be delivered to the Company shall be properly delivered if delivered to:

 

GNC Holdings, Inc.
300 Sixth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
Fax: 412-338-8900
Attention: Chief Legal Officer

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Proskauer Rose LLP
2049 Century Park East
Suite 3200
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Fax: 310-557-2193
Email: mworonoff@proskauer.com and pbond@proskauer.com
Attention: Michael A. Woronoff, Esq. and Philippa M. Bond, Esq.

 

SECTION 4.02.      Binding Effect; Benefits .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Except as set forth in Section 3.05 , nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

SECTION 4.03.      Amendment .  This Agreement may not be amended, restated, modified or supplemented in any respect and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived except by a written instrument executed by the Company, Ares and OTPP.

 

SECTION 4.04.      Assignability .  Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by either the Company or any Stockholder except as otherwise expressly stated hereunder.

 

17



 

SECTION 4.05.      Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.  The parties hereto irrevocably submit, in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, to the jurisdiction of the courts of the United States located in the State of New York or in any New York state court located in New York county and consent that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waive any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the venue of such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

SECTION 4.06.      Enforcement .  The Stockholders agree that irreparable damage (for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy) would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms on a timely basis or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the Stockholders shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court identified in Section 4.05 above without the need to post bond, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

SECTION 4.07.      Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 4.08.      Additional Securities Subject to Agreement .  All shares of Capital Stock that any Stockholder hereafter acquires by means of a stock split, stock dividend, distribution, exercise of options or warrants or otherwise (other than pursuant to a public offering) whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise (including shares of a surviving corporation into which the shares of Capital Stock are exchanged in such transaction) will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if held on the date of the this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.09.      Section and Other Headings .  The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.10.      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties hereto, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

SECTION 4.11.      Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the actions of the parties hereto pursuant to this Agreement or in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement of this Agreement.

 

18



 

SECTION 4.12.      Capitalization .  The parties hereto hereby agree to cooperate to ensure that OTPP shall not at any time hold more than 30% of the shares of the then outstanding Class A Common Stock directly or indirectly in the aggregate, without reducing or otherwise adversely affecting any Stockholder’s economic interest in the Company or otherwise adversely affecting any Stockholder in any material manner.

 

SECTION 4.13.      Entire Agreement .  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to its subject matter (including this Agreement) and constitutes (along with the exhibits and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement) a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and each Stockholder have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

GNC HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARES CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By: ACOF Operating Manager II, L.P., its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ONTARIO TEACHERS’ PENSION PLAN BOARD

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

AS Skip, LLC

Axcel Partners III, LLC

KL Holdings LLC

Merrill Lynch Global Investment Series: Income Strategies Portfolio

Partners Group Direct Investments 2006, L.P.

Partners Group Global Opportunities Subholding Limited

Princess Private Equity Subholding Limited

Whitetuna & Co.

Whitepier & Co.

Norman Axelrod

Timothy Bentley

David Berg

Thomas Braemer

Vincent Cacace

Shawn Cupples

Lisa Davis

Edward Deitrick

Thomas Dowd

Joseph Fortunato

The Joseph M. Fortunato 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust

J. Kenneth Fox

Darryl Green

Ronald Hallock

Lawrence W. Haymon

Gilles Houde

Richard D. Innes

David Jeroski

Lee Karayusuf

Anthony Kuniak

Michael Locke

AW McSorley

Sharon Peek

Anthony Phillips

Guru Ramanathan

Marilyn Renkey

Reginald Steele

Joseph Szabo

James Terry

Gerald Werner

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

 

I,                                 , spouse of                                 , have read and hereby approve the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of [                      ], 2011 (the “Stockholders Agreement”), among GNC Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders party thereto.  I agree to be bound by the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Stockholders Agreement or any shares of Stock (as such term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement) covered thereby under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the Stockholders Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent of Spouse this      day of                  , 20    .

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Address:

 




Exhibit 4.10

 

FORM OF

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

By and Among

 

GNC HOLDINGS, INC.,

 

ARES CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND II, L.P.

 

AND

 

ONTARIO TEACHERS’ PENSION PLAN BOARD

 


 

Dated as of                      , 2011

 


 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1

SECTION 1.01.

Definitions

1

SECTION 1.02.

Rules of Construction

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3

SECTION 2.01.

Authority; Enforceability

3

SECTION 2.02.

Consent

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE III BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3

SECTION 3.01.

Size and Composition

3

SECTION 3.02.

Sponsor Designees

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV SPONSOR VETO RIGHTS

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE V MISCELLANEOUS

7

SECTION 5.01.

Notices

7

SECTION 5.02.

Binding Effect; Benefits

8

SECTION 5.03.

Amendment

9

SECTION 5.04.

Assignability

9

SECTION 5.05.

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

9

SECTION 5.06.

Enforcement

9

SECTION 5.07.

Severability

9

SECTION 5.08.

Additional Securities Subject to Agreement

9

SECTION 5.09.

Section and Other Headings

9

SECTION 5.10.

Counterparts

10

SECTION 5.11.

Waiver of Jury Trial

10

SECTION 5.12.

Entire Agreement

10

 

i



 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of                                , 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), is by and among GNC Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Ares ”), and Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, a corporation without share capital organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario (Canada) (“ OTPP ”) (each of Ares and OTPP, individually, a “ Sponsor ” and, together, the “ Sponsors ”).

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

SECTION 1.01.    Definitions .  The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.  No Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of another Person solely by virtue of the fact that both Persons own shares of the Capital Stock of the Company.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Ares ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, and any rights, warrants or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock.

 

CEO Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b) .

 

Change of Control ” means (a) the consummation of any transaction as a result of which any Person other than any Sponsor, or any Related Person of any such Sponsor, acquires directly or indirectly more than 50% of the Capital Stock of the Company, including, without limitation, through a merger or consolidation or purchase of the Capital Stock of the Company or (b) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition, in one or a series of related transactions other than a merger or consolidation, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company taken as a whole to any Person or group of Related Persons.

 

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 



 

Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means each “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company, as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the 1933 Act.

 

OTPP ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a general or limited partnership, a limited liability company, a joint stock company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government, a political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

Related Person ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) an Affiliate of such Person, (b) any investment manager, investment advisor or general partner of such Person, (c) any investment fund, investment account or investment entity whose investment manager, investment advisor or general partner is such Person or a Related Person of such Person, and (d) any equity investor, partner, member or manager of such Person; provided , that no Person shall be deemed an Affiliate of another Person solely by virtue of the fact that both Persons own shares of the Capital Stock of the Company.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Significant Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01 .

 

Sponsor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Sponsor Designees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a) .

 

Transfer ” means the direct or indirect offer, sale, lease, donation, assignment (as collateral or otherwise), mortgage, pledge, grant, hypothecation, encumbrance, gift, bequest or transfer or disposition of any interest (legal or beneficial) in any security (including transfer by reorganization, merger, sale of substantially all of the assets or by operation of law).

 

SECTION 1.02.    Rules of Construction .  Any provision of this Agreement that refers to the words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “ without limitation .”  References to “ dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.  References to numbered or letter articles, sections and subsections refer to articles, sections and subsections, respectively, of this Agreement unless expressly stated otherwise.  References to a Section or paragraph shall be to a Section or paragraph of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and

 

2



 

hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The word “ or ” when used in this Agreement is not exclusive.  Any agreement, instrument, law or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument, or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.  References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.  In the event that any claim is made by any Person relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion shall be implied by virtue of the fact that this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of a particular Person or its counsel.

 

ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each of the parties hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties as follows:

 

SECTION 2.01.    Authority; Enforceability .  Such party (a) has the legal capacity or organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and (b) is duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and to the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles of equity (whether applied by a court of law or of equity).

 

SECTION 2.02.    Consent .  No consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party, other than those that have been made or obtained on or prior to the date hereof, in connection with (a) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or (b) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.01.    Size and Composition .  From and after the Effective Date, (1) each Sponsor, so long as it owns more than 5% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, shall (i) vote or otherwise give such Sponsor’s consent in respect of all shares of Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) owned by such Sponsor, and (ii) take all other appropriate action, and (2) the Company shall take all necessary and desirable actions (subject to any applicable securities exchange or equivalent listing requirements), including at each annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company called for the election of directors, and whenever the stockholders of the Company act by written consent with respect to the election of directors, to cause:

 

3



 

(a)           the Bylaws of the Company to provide that the authorized number of directors on the Board shall be not less than nine;

 

(b)           the election to the Board of (i) the then Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO Director ”) (subject to his or her election by the stockholders of the Company at the annual meeting of the stockholders) and (ii) any Sponsor Designees designated by the Sponsors in accordance with Section 3.02 ; and

 

(c)           the removal from the Board of any director elected in accordance with clause (b) above, with or without cause, (i) in the case of the CEO Director, upon the resignation or termination for any reason of such CEO Director as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and (ii) in the case of any Sponsor Designee, upon the written request of the Sponsor that designated such director (or, in the case of a jointly nominated Sponsor Designee pursuant to Section 3.02(b)(i) , upon the written request of each of the Sponsors).

 

SECTION 3.02.    Sponsor Designees .

 

(a)           The Sponsors shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate to the Board (such nominees, the “ Sponsor Designees ”) (subject to their election by the stockholders of the Company):

 

(i)            for so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, (x) if the authorized number of directors is nine, eight directors, and, (y) if the authorized number of directors is ten or more, the greater of (A) nine and (B) the number of directors comprising a majority of the Board; and

 

(ii)           for so long as the Sponsors collectively own 50% or less of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, that number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number or, if such rounding would cause the Sponsors to have the right to elect a majority of the Board, rounded to the nearest whole number) equal to the product of (x) the authorized number of directors on the Board times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock collectively owned by the Sponsors, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding;

 

provided , that in the event that any Sponsor ceases to own more than 5% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, (x) such Sponsor shall not have the right to nominate any Sponsor Designees; (y) the shares of outstanding Common Stock owned by such Sponsor shall be excluded from any numerator for purposes of calculating the amounts set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 3.02(a) ; and (z) the right to nominate Sponsor Designees in accordance with this Section 3.02 shall only be available to the Sponsor that owns the applicable percentage of shares of Common Stock.

 

(b)           For purposes of this Section 3.02 , each Sponsor shall nominate one half of the aggregate number of Sponsor Designees; provided , that:

 

(i)            if the number of Sponsor Designees is odd, the Sponsors shall jointly nominate one Sponsor Designee, and each Sponsor shall nominate one half of the remainder of such Sponsor Designees, provided , that in the event that any Sponsor ceases to own more than 5% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, such Sponsor shall not have the right to nominate any Sponsor Designees; and

 

4



 

(ii)           if any Sponsor owns more than 5%, but less than or equal to 10%, of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, one Sponsor Designee shall be nominated by such Sponsor, and the remainder of the Sponsor Designees shall be nominated by the other Sponsor.

 

(c)           If any Sponsor has nominated less than the total number of Sponsor Designees such Sponsor is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Section 3.02 , such Sponsor shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional number of Sponsor Designees to which it is entitled, in which case the directors of the Company shall take all necessary action to (i) increase the size of the Board as required to enable such Sponsor to so nominate such additional Sponsor Designees and (ii) designate such additional Sponsor Designees nominated by such Sponsor to fill such newly-created vacancy or vacancies, as applicable.

 

(d)           For purposes of this Section 3.02 and Article IV below, each Sponsor shall be deemed to own all shares of Common Stock owned by such Sponsor’s Affiliates.

 

ARTICLE IV
SPONSOR VETO RIGHTS

 

SECTION 4.01.    For so long as the Sponsors collectively own more than one third of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall take, or be permitted to take, any of the following actions (each, a “ Significant Action ”) without the written approval of at least one of the Sponsors; provided , that in the event that a Sponsor owns 10% or less of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, (x) the shares of Common Stock owned by such Sponsor shall be excluded from the numerator for purposes of calculating the one third threshold and (y) such Significant Action shall be subject to the written approval of the other Sponsor:

 

(a)           a Change of Control or the merger or consolidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than any such transaction involving the merger or consolidation of the Company with any of its subsidiaries or any of the Company’s subsidiaries with any other of the Company’s subsidiaries or the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company);

 

(b)           (i) entering into any joint venture, investment (other than an investment in, contract with or acquisition of any securities or assets of any of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries), recapitalization, reorganization or contract with any other Person (other than a wholly owned subsidiary), (ii) the acquisition of any securities or assets of another Person (other than a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company), in the case of any of the transactions set forth in clause (i) or (ii), whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions, with a fair market value, or for a purchase price, in excess of $75 million, or (iii) the exercise of any ownership rights in respect of any of the foregoing in this Section 4.01(b) ;

 

(c)           any Transfer of assets of the Company or its subsidiaries in any transaction or series of related transactions (other than any Transfer of assets of any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any of the Company’s other wholly owned

 

5



 

subsidiaries), in each case other than (i) inventory sold in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) any Transfer of assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value of less than or equal to $75 million;

 

(d)           the issuance of any Capital Stock of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company in excess of $50 million, other than (i) issuances to the Company or any of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries or (ii) issuances upon the exercise of stock options issued to an officer, director or employee of the Company pursuant to a management incentive plan, employment agreement or other arrangement approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof;

 

(e)           the guarantee, assumption, incurrence or refinancing of indebtedness for borrowed money by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person merged with or into or became a subsidiary of, or substantially all of its business and assets were acquired by, the Company or such subsidiary, and indebtedness secured by a lien encumbering any asset acquired by the Company or any such subsidiary) or the pledge of, or granting of a security interest in, any of the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in excess of $50 million in any 12-month period (other than trade indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Company and its subsidiaries);

 

(f)            material changes to the scope or nature of the business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, including the entering into of any new line of business;

 

(g)           the approval of any annual budget for any fiscal year of the Company;

 

(h)           any change to senior management of the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries, including employment of new members, termination of existing members of senior management and setting or amending the compensation arrangements of new or existing members of senior management;

 

(i)            entering into any direct or indirect transactions between the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, on the one hand, and (i) any of the stockholders of the Company or Affiliates or Related Persons of any of the stockholders of the Company (other than transactions in which a Sponsor or an Affiliate or Related Person of a Sponsor becomes a lender under a credit facility, indenture or other form of indebtedness with institutional lenders of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including replacements or refinancings thereof), (ii) any Affiliate of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or (iii) any officer, director or employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (other than in the ordinary course of business as part of travel advances, relocation advances or salary), on the other hand (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, or rendering of any service or modification or amendment of any existing agreement or arrangement);

 

(j)            the commencement of any liquidation, dissolution or voluntary bankruptcy, administration, recapitalization or reorganization of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any form of transaction, making arrangements with creditors, or consenting to the entry of an order for relief in any involuntary case, or taking the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, or consenting to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or substantially all of its property, or otherwise seeking the protection of any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, other than any such actions with

 

6


 

respect to a non-Material Subsidiary where, in the good faith judgment of the Board, the maintenance or preservation of such subsidiary is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries; and

 

(k)           the entering into of any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

 

ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 5.01.      Notices .  Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger, facsimile transmission or electronic mail and shall be given to such party at its address or facsimile number set forth on the signature pages hereof or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify in writing in accordance with this Section 5.01 ; provided , that:

 

(a)           unless otherwise specified by Ares in a notice delivered by Ares in accordance with this Section 5.01 , any notice required to be delivered to Ares shall be properly delivered if delivered to:

 

Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund II, L.P.
c/o Ares Management II, L.P.
2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12
th  Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Fax: (310) 201-4170
Attention: David Kaplan

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Proskauer Rose LLP
2049 Century Park East, Suite 3200
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Fax: (310) 557-2193
Attention: Michael A. Woronoff, Esq.

 

(b)           unless otherwise specified by OTPP in a notice delivered by OTPP in accordance with this Section 5.01 , any notice required to be delivered to OTPP shall be properly delivered if delivered to:

 

7



 

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board
5650 Yonge Street, 8th Floor
Toronto, ON M2M 4H5
Fax: 416-730-5082
Attention: Andrew Claerhout
Email: andrew_claerhout@otpp.com

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board
5650 Yonge Street, 8th Floor
Toronto, ON M2M 4H5
Fax: 416-730-3771
Attention: Legal Department

 

and

 

O’Melveny & Myers LLP
400 South Hope St.
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Fax: 213-430-6407
Email: jlaco@omm.com
Attention: John A. Laco, Esq.

 

(c)           unless otherwise specified by the Company in a notice delivered by the Company in accordance with this Section 5.01 , any notice required to be delivered to the Company shall be properly delivered if delivered to:

 

GNC Holdings, Inc.
300 Sixth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
Fax: 412-338-8900
Attention: Chief Legal Officer

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Proskauer Rose LLP
2049 Century Park East
Suite 3200
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Fax: 310-557-2193
Email: mworonoff@proskauer.com and pbond@proskauer.com
Attention: Michael A. Woronoff, Esq. and Philippa M. Bond, Esq.

 

SECTION 5.02.      Binding Effect; Benefits .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective

 

8



 

successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

SECTION 5.03.      Amendment .  This Agreement may not be amended, restated, modified or supplemented in any respect and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived except by a written instrument executed by the Company and each Sponsor that owns more than 5% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided, that in the event any Sponsor ceases to own more than 5% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, no amendment, restatement, modification, supplement or waiver of this Agreement that uniquely and adversely affects such Sponsor shall be effective without the written consent of such Sponsor.

 

SECTION 5.04.      Assignability .  Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto except as otherwise expressly stated hereunder.

 

SECTION 5.05.      Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.  The parties hereto irrevocably submit, in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, to the jurisdiction of the courts of the United States located in the State of New York or in any New York state court located in New York county and consent that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waive any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the venue of such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

SECTION 5.06.      Enforcement .  The parties agree that irreparable damage (for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy) would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms on a timely basis or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court identified in Section 5.05 above without the need to post bond, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

SECTION 5.07.      Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 5.08.      Additional Securities Subject to Agreement .  All shares of Common Stock of the Company that any Sponsor hereafter acquires by means of a stock split, stock dividend, distribution, exercise of options or warrants or otherwise (other than pursuant to a public offering), whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise (including shares of a surviving corporation into which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged in such transaction) will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if held on the date of the this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.09.      Section and Other Headings .  The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

9



 

SECTION 5.10.      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties hereto, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

SECTION 5.11.      Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each party to this Agreement, for itself and its Related Persons, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the actions of the parties hereto or their respective Related Persons pursuant to this Agreement or in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.12.      Entire Agreement .  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to its subject matter (including this Agreement) and constitutes a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and each Sponsor have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

GNC HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARES CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:  ACOF Operating Manager II, L.P., its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ONTARIO TEACHERS’ PENSION PLAN BOARD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.34

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

 

BETWEEN

 

 

GREENVILLE COUNTY, SOUTH CAROLINA

 

 

AND

 

 

GENERAL NUTRITION PRODUCTS, INC.

 

 

Dated

 

as of

 

November 1, 1998

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.1.

Rules of Construction, Use of Defined Terms

1

SECTION 1.2.

Definitions

1

 

 

ARTICLE II LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.1.

Limitation of Liability

4

 

 

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.1.

Representations and Warranties of the County

4

SECTION 3.2.

Covenants by the County

5

SECTION 3.3.

Representations and Warranties of the Company

6

SECTION 3.4.

Covenants of the Company

6

 

 

ARTICLE IV LEASE TERM; PROPERTY; RENTAL; PAYMENTS-IN-LIEU-OF-TAXES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.1.

Demise of the Facilities

7

SECTION 4.2.

Conveyance of Title to Facilities

7

SECTION 4.3.

Lease Term

8

SECTION 4.4.

Lease Rentals

8

SECTION 4.5.

Place of Rental Payments

8

SECTION 4.6.

Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes

8

SECTION 4.7.

Disposal of Property; Replacement Property

10

SECTION 4.8.

Certain Income Tax Matters

11

SECTION 4.9.

Covenant of Quiet Possession

11

SECTION 4.10.

Completion of Facilities

11

SECTION 4.11.

Permitted Encumbrances

11

 

 

ARTICLE V PROPERTY TAX EXEMPTION AND ABATEMENT

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.1.

Protection of Tax Exempt Status of the Project

11

SECTION 5.2.

Rescission and Reversion in the Event of Termination

12

 

 

ARTICLE VI CONSTRUCTION AND ENFORCEMENT

 

 

 

SECTION 6.1.

Agreement to Acquire the Project

12

SECTION 6.2.

Enforcement of Rights and Remedies Against Third Parties

12

 

 

ARTICLE VII EFFECTIVE DATE

 

 

 

SECTION 7.1.

Effective Date

13

 

 

ARTICLE VIII MAINTENANCE AND INSURANCE

 

 

 

SECTION 8.1.

Maintenance and Modifications of Facilities

13

SECTION 8.2.

Insurance Required

13

SECTION 8.3.

Application of Net Proceeds of Insurance

13

SECTION 8.4.

Prosecution of Claims, Negotiation, Compromise and Settlement

13

 

i



 

SECTION 8.5.

Condemnation

14

SECTION 8.6.

Inducement

14

 

 

ARTICLE IX SPECIAL COVENANTS

 

 

 

SECTION 9.1.

Title to and Operation of the Facilities

14

SECTION 9.2.

No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by the County

14

SECTION 9.3.

County’s Right of Access to the Facilities and Company Records

14

SECTION 9.4.

Affirmative Covenants

15

SECTION 9.5.

Indemnification

15

SECTION 9.6.

Assignment, Subleasing and Granting of Interests

17

SECTION 9.7.

Restrictions on Sale of Facilities by County

17

SECTION 9.8.

Installation of Company’s Own Machinery and Equipment

17

SECTION 9.9.

County Cooperation in Certain Matters

18

SECTION 9.10.

Bankruptcy Matters

18

 

 

ARTICLE X EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

SECTION 10.1.

Events of Default Defined

18

SECTION 10.2.

Remedies on Default

19

SECTION 10.3.

No Remedy Exclusive

19

SECTION 10.4.

No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver

19

SECTION 10.5.

No Termination of Agreement

20

 

 

ARTICLE XI OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY

 

 

 

SECTION 11.1.

Option to Purchase and Terminate

20

SECTION 11.2.

Conveyance on Termination

20

SECTION 11.3.

Non-Title Act

20

SECTION 11.4.

Administrative Action

21

 

 

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

SECTION 12.1.

Notices

21

SECTION 12.2.

Binding Effect

21

SECTION 12.3.

Rescission and Severability

21

SECTION 12.4.

Payments Due on Saturday, Sunday and Holidays

22

SECTION 12.5.

Amendments, Changes and Modifications

22

SECTION 12.6.

Execution of Counterparts

22

SECTION 12.7.

Law Governing Construction of Agreement

22

SECTION 12.8.

Filings

22

SECTION 12.9.

Net Lease

22

SECTION 12.10.

Amendment of Inducement Agreement

22

 

 

EXHIBIT A DESCRIPTION OF LAND

27

EXHIBIT B DESCRIPTION OF SITES

28

EXHIBIT C DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS

29

EXHIBIT D DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT

30

EXHIBIT E DESCRIPTION OF NON-FILOT ASSETS

31

 

ii



 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT, dated as of November 1, 1998, by and between GREENVILLE COUNTY, SOUTH CAROLINA (the “County”), a body politic and corporate and a political subdivision of the State of South Carolina, acting by and through its County Council, the governing body of said County, and General Nutrition Products, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of South Carolina (the “Company”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

IN CONSIDERATION of the respective representations and agreements hereinafter contained and other value, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1.   Rules of Construction, Use of Defined Terms.   Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, in this Agreement words and terms defined in Section 1.2 hereof are used with the meanings ascribed thereto.  The definition of any document shall include any amendments to that document, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

From time to time herein reference is made to the term taxes or ad valorem taxes.  All or portions of the Facilities are or will be located in a Multicounty Industrial Park and are exempt from ad valorem taxation under and by virtue of the provisions of Paragraph D of Section 13 of Article VIII of the S.C. Constitution (the “MCIP Provision”).  With respect to Facilities located in a Multicounty Industrial Park, references to taxes or ad valorem taxes means the payments in-lieu-of taxes provided for in the MCIP Provision, and, where this Agreement refers to payments of taxes or Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes to County Treasurers, such references shall be construed to mean the payments to the counties participating in such a Multicounty Industrial Park.

 

SECTION 1.2.   Definitions.

 

Act ” means Title 4 Chapter 12, Code of Laws of South Carolina 1976, as in effect on the date hereof and, to the extent such amendments are specifically made applicable to this Agreement or the Facilities, as the same may be amended from time to time; provided that if any such amendment shall be applicable only at the option of the County or the Company, then such amendment shall only be applicable with the consent or at the request of the Company.

 

Agreement ” means this Lease Agreement dated as of November 1, 1998, between the County and the Company.

 

Annual Infrastructure Credit ” means an annual credit granted by the County to the Company for 15 years beginning in 1999 in an amount equal to 45% of the Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes for the purpose of defraying a portion of the cost of the Infrastructure Improvements of the Company pursuant to Section 4-12-30(K)(3) of the Act,

 



 

and/or Section 4-1-175 of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, as amended; provided, however, that in the event the Company is no longer entitled to make the reduced Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes as provided in Section 4.6(c), the amount of this credit shall nevertheless be calculated as if such reduced Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes were applicable and paid from the fee payments received pursuant to the Multicounty Industrial Park.

 

Applicable Governmental Body ” means each governmental entity within the State having jurisdiction over or the right to approve or disapprove any or all of the Documents.

 

Bill of Sale ” means the Bill of Sale dated as of November 1, 1998, by which the Company transfers title to the Equipment to the County and shall include all exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto as provided herein and any subsequent bills of sale by which title to any other Equipment comprising part of the Facilities is conveyed to the County.

 

Buildings ” means those certain buildings and all other structures and facilities forming a part of the Facilities which are located or will be located on the Land in the County during the Project Acquisition Period as described on Exhibit C.

 

Chairman ” means the Chairman of County Council (or the person or person authorized to perform the duties thereof in the absence of the Chairman).

 

Clerk ” means the Clerk of County Council (or the person or persons authorized to perform the duties thereof in the absence of the Clerk).

 

Company ” means General Nutrition Products, Inc., a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of South Carolina.

 

County ” means Greenville County, South Carolina, and its successors and assigns.

 

County Council ” means the County Council of the County.

 

Deed ” means the Deed dated as of November 1, 1998, by which the Company transfers title to the Land and the Buildings to the County, any amendments thereto and any subsequent deeds by which title to any other real property comprising part of the Facilities is conveyed to the County.

 

Documents ” means the Ordinance, this Agreement, the Deed and the Bill of Sale.

 

DOR means the South Carolina Department of Revenue and any successor thereto.

 

Equipment means all machinery, apparatus, equipment, office facilities, furnishings and other personal property as initially described on Exhibit D, title to which is conveyed to the County under the Bill of Sale.

 

Facilities means the Project and the Non-Filot Assets.

 

Inducement Agreement ” means the Inducement Agreement and Millage Rate Agreement between the Company and the County, dated as of November 4, 1997, in which the

 

2



 

County agreed, among other things, to a payment in-lieu-of ad valorem property taxes for the Project.

 

Infrastructure Improvements means the Company’s costs of designing, acquiring, constructing, improving or expanding the infrastructure serving the Facilities and for improved or unimproved real estate used in the operation of the Facilities as permitted by Section 4-29-68(A) of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, as amended.

 

Land means the land described on Exhibit A and improvements thereon and other interests in real property included as part of the Facilities.

 

Lease Rentals ” means the rentals payable by the Company to or at the order of the County pursuant to Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Lease Term ” means the duration of the leasehold estate in this Agreement with respect to each item of the Facilities, as specified in Section 4.3 hereof.

 

Multicounty Industrial Park ” means an industrial or business park established by two or more counties acting under the provisions of Section 4-1-170 of the Code of Laws of South Carolina 1976, as amended, and Article VIII Section 13 Paragraph D of the Constitution of the State of South Carolina.

 

Net Proceeds, ” when used with respect to any insurance or condemnation award, means the proceeds from the insurance or condemnation award remaining after payment of all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and any other collection expenses) incurred in the collection of such proceeds.

 

Non-Filot Assets ” means any property or allocable portion thereof as set forth in Section 4.6(c)(iv), title to which is acquired by the County and leased to the Company pursuant to this Agreement other than the Project.  Such term may include, without limitation, pollution control facilities exempt from property taxes pursuant to Section 12-37-220(A)(8), Code of Laws of South Carolina 1976, as amended, and, for purposes of Section 4.6(c)(iv), hereof, that portion of any item of Replacement Property to the extent that the income tax basis of such item of Replacement Property exceeds the original income tax basis of the item of Project property which it replaces.  Non-Filot Assets included in the Facilities shall be described in Exhibit E hereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Non-Title Act ” means Title 12 Chapter 44, Code of Laws of South Carolina 1976, as amended.

 

Ordinance ” means the Ordinance adopted by the County on October 6, 1998, authorizing the lease of the Facilities to the Company.

 

Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes ” means the payments to be made by the Company pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Agreement.

 

3



 

Permitted Encumbrances ” means only those encumbrances existing on any property at the time title to such property is transferred by the Company to the County and any encumbrances to which the Company expressly consents in writing.

 

Project ” means the Land, the Buildings and the Equipment (including Replacement Property), title to which is or will be held by the County which does not constitute Non-Filot Assets.

 

Project Acquisition Period ” means the period beginning on February 1, 1998, and ending five years after February 6, 1999, subject to amendment as provided in Section 3.2(c) hereof.

 

Replacement Property ” means any property acquired or constructed after the Project Acquisition Period as a replacement for any property theretofore forming a part of the Project and disposed of, or deemed disposed of, as provided in Section 4.7 hereof.

 

Sites ” means the land described on Exhibit B constituting part of the Company’s facilities on which Project property may be placed.

 

State ” means the State of South Carolina.

 

ARTICLE II
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

SECTION 2.1.   Limitation of Liability.   Any obligation which the County may incur for the payment of money as a result of the transactions described in the Documents shall never constitute an indebtedness of the County within the meaning of any State constitutional provision or statutory limitation and shall never create a pecuniary liability of the County or a charge upon its general credit or against its taxing powers but shall be payable solely out of the funds received by it under the Documents.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

SECTION 3.1.   Representations and Warranties of the County.   The County makes the following representations and warranties to the Company and covenants with the Company as follows:

 

(a)           The County is a body politic and corporate and a political subdivision of the State and is authorized and empowered by the Act to execute the Documents to which it is a party and to fulfill its obligations described in the Documents.  By proper action, the County Council has duly authorized the execution and delivery of the Documents to which the County is a party and has taken all such action as is necessary to permit the County to enter into and fully perform the transactions required of it under the Documents.

 

(b)           Neither the execution and delivery of the Documents, nor the consummation and performance of the transactions described in the Documents, violate, conflict with or will result

 

4



 

in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement, restriction, statute, law, rule, order or regulation to which the County is now a party or by which it is bound.

 

(c)           There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation at law or in equity before or by any judicial or administrative court or agency, public board or body, pending or threatened, against or affecting the County, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may or would adversely affect the County or the consummation of the transactions described in the Documents.

 

(d)           Neither the existence of the County nor the rights of any members of County Council to their offices is being contested and none of the proceedings taken to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of such of the Documents as require execution, delivery and performance by the County has been repealed, revoked, amended or rescinded.

 

(e)           All consents, authorizations and approvals required on the part of the County, the State and all other Applicable Governmental Bodies in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the County of such of the Documents as require execution, delivery and performance by the County have been obtained and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof or will be obtained.

 

(f)            The Documents to which the County is a party are (or, when executed, will be) legal, valid and binding obligations of the County enforceable against the County in accordance with their respective terms, except as such terms may be limited by laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

SECTION 3.2.   Covenants by the County.   The County covenants with the Company as follows:

 

(a)           The County agrees (i) to accept and hold title by Deed from the Company to the Land and the Buildings existing thereon and does hereby authorize, ratify and confirm the actions of the Company in constructing and completing construction of the Buildings, (ii) to accept and hold title in accordance with the Bill of Sale to the Equipment and does hereby authorize, ratify and confirm the actions of the Company in acquiring or completing the acquisition and installation of the Equipment, and (iii) to take such reasonable actions as may be requested by the Company in connection with the Project and in accordance with the Act all for the purposes of promoting industrial development, developing trade, and utilizing and employing the manpower and natural resources of the County and the State.  Except as required by statute or law or the Documents, the County will take no action with respect to the Project unless authorized or requested to do so by the Company.

 

(b)           Based upon information provided by the Company under Section 3.4(b), on or about July 30 of each year during the Project Acquisition Period the County will amend the descriptions of the Land, the Buildings and Equipment to the extent necessary to reflect components of the Facilities placed in service or disposed of during the prior year.  Based upon information provided by the Company under Section 3.4(b), on or about July 30 of each year after the Project Acquisition Period, the County will revise the descriptions of the Land, the Buildings and Equipment to the extent necessary to reflect (i) Replacement Property placed in

 

5


 

service during the prior year or (ii) any portion of the Facilities disposed of or sold during the prior year.

 

(c)           Upon receipt of written request from the Company, the County agrees to consider favorably any request the Company may make for an extension of the Project Acquisition Period in accordance with and up to the limits permitted under Section 4-12-30(C)(2) of the Act and file with the DOR a copy of such extension within 30 days of the date of execution thereof by the County.

 

SECTION 3.3.   Representations and Warranties of the Company.   The Company makes the following representations and warranties to the County:

 

(a)           The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of South Carolina.  The Company has full corporate power to execute and deliver the Documents to which it is a party and to fulfill its obligations described in the Documents.

 

(b)           Neither the execution and delivery of the Documents to which the Company is a party, nor the consummation and performance of the transactions described in the Documents violate, conflict with, or will, to its knowledge, result in a material breach of any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement, restriction, statute, law, rule, order or regulation to which the Company is now a party or by which it is bound or will constitute a default under any of the foregoing, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the property or assets of the Company which materially restricts the Company’s ability to make any payments hereunder, other than as may be created or permitted by this Agreement.

 

(c)           There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation at law or in equity before or by any judicial or administrative court or agency, public board or body, pending or threatened, against or affecting the Company wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may or would adversely affect the Company or the consummation of the transactions described in the Documents.

 

(d)           All consents, authorizations and approvals required on the part of the Company in connection with the Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and the acquisition, construction and installation of the Project have been obtained and remain in full force and effect or will be obtained.

 

(e)           The Documents to which the Company is a party are (or, when executed, will be) legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as such terms may be limited by laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

SECTION 3.4.   Covenants of the Company.   The Company covenants with the County as follows:

 

(a)           Simultaneously with the execution and delivery hereof, the Company (i) will convey by the Deed title to the Land and the Buildings, subject to any existing liens or encumbrances, and will agree, and does hereby agree, to construct or complete the construction

 

6



 

of the Buildings within the Project Acquisition Period, (ii) will convey by the Bill of Sale title to the Equipment and will proceed to acquire or complete the acquisition and installation of the Equipment within the Project Acquisition Period, and (iii) will do all other things deemed necessary by the Company in connection with the Facilities; provided, however, that the requirements hereof shall not be construed so as to limit the Company’s ability to determine what constitutes the Facilities and when the Facilities are completed in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.  From and after the effective date of the Deed and the Bill of Sale, the Company agrees that title to any Land, Buildings or Equipment to be included in the Facilities shall vest in the County immediately upon being placed in service as a part of the Facilities without further action by the Company.

 

(b)           It is the intention of the Company that title to the Facilities vest in the County with respect to such of the Facilities as exist on the date of the Deed and the Bill of Sale and that thereafter, title to the Facilities will vest in the County immediately upon being placed in service.  In order to provide record notice to third parties and to provide certainty for tax and such other purposes as may be necessary, the Company shall comply with the procedures set forth in this paragraph.  Annually on or about July 15 of each year during the Project Acquisition Period the Company will execute exhibits or schedules to the Deed, the Bill of Sale and this Agreement to identify components of the Facilities placed in service during the prior year, in each case designating such of the Land, Buildings and Equipment as are appropriate as Non-Filot Assets.  On or about July 15 of each year after the Project Acquisition Period, the Company will execute such exhibits or schedules to the Deed, the Bill of Sale and this Agreement to identify Replacement Property placed in service during the prior year and to indicate any portion of the Facilities that have been disposed of or sold during the prior year.  In each case, simultaneously therewith the Company will provide the County with such revisions or replacements to the Exhibits as are appropriate to reflect changes to the Facilities.

 

ARTICLE IV
LEASE TERM; PROPERTY; RENTAL;
PAYMENTS-IN-LIEU-OF-TAXES

 

SECTION 4.1.   Demise of the Facilities.   The County demises and leases to the Company, and the Company leases from the County, the Facilities, at the Lease Rentals set forth in Section 4.4 hereof, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.2.   Conveyance of Title to Facilities.   Simultaneously herewith, the Company is delivering the Deed and the Bill of Sale to convey to the County title to the Land, Buildings and Equipment in existence on the date hereof.  As and when additional property is placed in service as part of the Facilities (including Replacement Property as provided in Section 4.7 hereof), the Company acknowledges that title to such property shall vest in the County immediately and such property shall thereupon become a part of the Facilities and subject to the provisions of this Agreement.  In addition to the instruments referred to in Section 3.4(b) hereof, upon request of the County, the Company shall execute and deliver to the County such instruments of conveyance, if any, as shall be required to confirm that title to such property shall be in the name of the County.

 

7



 

SECTION 4.3.   Lease Term.   The County agrees to deliver to the Company sole and exclusive possession of each item of the Facilities on the same date that title to each such item vests in the County pursuant to Section 3.4, and to grant the Company such sole and exclusive possession of each such item for the term beginning on such vesting date and continuing until the end of the 20 years after the 31st day of December in the year of such vesting date; provided that the maximum term hereof shall not be later than December 31, 2025.  The Company shall have sole and exclusive possession of the Facilities during the term hereof.  This Agreement shall terminate with respect to the Facilities or any part thereof upon the earliest to occur of (a) payment of the final installment of Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes pursuant to Section 4.6(b) hereof, or (b) exercise by the Company of its option to purchase and terminate pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof.

 

SECTION 4.4.   Lease Rentals.   Beginning with the commencement date of this Agreement and during the term hereof, the Company shall pay as rent for the Facilities the sum of One Dollar ($1) per year.  All installments of Lease Rentals shall be payable in advance on the first day of each year during the term of this Agreement.  The Company, at its option, may prepay all or any part of the total Lease Rentals to be paid under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.5.   Place of Rental Payments.   The Lease Rentals provided for in Section 4.4 hereof shall be paid directly to the County at the address specified in Section 12.1 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.6.   Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes.   The parties acknowledge that under Article I, Section 3 of the South Carolina Constitution, the Facilities are exempt from ad valorem property taxes.  However, the Company shall be required to make the Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes with respect to the Facilities as provided in this Section 4.6.  In accordance with the Act, and unless this Agreement is sooner terminated, the Company shall make annual Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes with respect to the Facilities, said payments being due and payable and subject to enforcement and penalty assessments in the manner prescribed by the Act.  Such amounts shall be calculated and payable as follows:

 

(a)           With respect to Non-Filot Assets and with respect to any undeveloped Land and any other property which has not been placed in service, the Company shall pay to the County Treasurer any Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes owed to the County and, if and as appropriate, any municipality, school district or other political unit or units wherein such property shall be located, in such amounts as would result from taxes levied on such property by the County and such municipality, school district or other political unit or units, if the Non-Filot Assets were owned by the Company, but with such reductions as may reflect any tax exemptions which would be afforded to the Company if it were the owner of such property.  Such payments shall be made at the times, in the manner and to the persons as payments of taxes would otherwise be made.

 

(b)           The time during which fee payments are made pursuant to subsection (a), above, with respect to Facilities which are not yet part of the Project shall not be considered part of the maximum periods provided for Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes in Section 4-12-30(C)(2) and (3) of the Act, and this Agreement shall not be considered an “initial lease agreement” with respect to

 

8



 

such property for purposes of Section 4-12-30 of the Act unless and until the first day of the calendar year for which Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes are due under subsection (c), below.

 

(c)           (i) The Company has agreed to make an annual Payment-in-Lieu-of-Taxes with respect to the Project in an amount not less than the property taxes that would be due with respect to such property, if it were taxable, but using an assessment ratio of 6.0%; a millage rate equal to the legally levied cumulative property tax millage rate applicable on June 30, 1997; and a fair market value estimate determined by the DOR as follows:

 

(A)          for the real property, using the original income tax basis for South Carolina income tax purposes without regard to depreciation; provided, however, if real property is constructed for the fee or is purchased in an arm’s length transaction, fair market value will be deemed to equal the original income tax basis; otherwise, the DOR will determine fair market value by appraisal; and

 

(B)          for personal property, using the original income tax basis for South Carolina income tax purposes less depreciation allowable for property tax purposes, except that the Company is not entitled to any extraordinary obsolescence.

 

(ii)           The Company shall make Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes for each year during the term hereof beginning with 1999.  The Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes shall be made to the County Treasurer on the due dates which would otherwise be applicable for ad valorem property taxes for the Project, with the first payment being due on the first date following the delivery of this Agreement when, but for this Agreement, such taxes would have been paid with respect to the Project.

 

(iii)          If the Company does not meet the $46,500,000 minimum investment requirement within the applicable five-year period as required by the Inducement Agreement, the Project shall revert retroactively to the payments required by Section 4-12-20 of the Act.  In addition, if at any time during the term of this Agreement following such five-year period, the Company’s investment based on income tax basis without regard to depreciation falls below the $5 million minimum investment required under Section 4-12-30(O) of the Act, the Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes provided under clause (i) above shall no longer be available, and the Company shall be required to make the payments due under Section 4-12-20 for the remainder of the Lease Term.

 

(iv)          Any property placed in service as part of the Project during the Project Acquisition Period shall be included in the calculation of payments pursuant to paragraphs (c)(i) and (ii), above, for a period not exceeding 20 years following the year in which such property was placed in service.  Replacement Property shall be included (using its income tax basis) in the calculation of payments pursuant to paragraphs (c)(i) and (ii), above, but only up to the original income tax basis of property which is being disposed of in the same property tax year.  To the extent that the income tax basis of the Replacement Property exceeds the original income tax basis of the property which it is replacing, the portion of such property allocable to the excess amount shall represent a Non-Filot Asset and be subject to payments as provided in subsection (a) above.

 

9



 

Replacement Property is entitled to the fee payment pursuant to this paragraph (c) for the period of time remaining on the 20-year fee period for the property which it is replacing; provided, however, that where a single item of property replaces two or more items of property, the fee period for such Replacement Property shall be measured from the earliest date on which any item of property it replaces first became subject to Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.6, the County hereby agrees that each year the Company automatically shall be entitled to receive and take a credit against its Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes in an amount equal to the Annual Infrastructure Credit.

 

(d)           At the conclusion of the payments determined pursuant to subsection (c) above, with respect to each item of property included in the Project, the Company shall make annual payments with respect to each such item of property in accordance with subsection (a) above, except that such property must be assessed as follows:

 

(i)            with respect to real property, shall be based on the fair market value as of the latest reassessment date for similar taxable property; and

 

(ii)           with respect to personal property, shall be based on the then depreciated value applicable to such property under the fee under Section 4-12-30(D) of the Act, and thereafter continuing with the South Carolina property tax depreciation schedule.

 

SECTION 4.7.   Disposal of Property; Replacement Property.

 

(a)           In any instance where the Company in its sole discretion determines that any item or items of property included in the Facilities have become, in whole or in part, inadequate, obsolete, worn out, unsuitable, undesirable or unnecessary, the Company may remove such item (or such portion thereof as the Company shall determine) or items and (on behalf of the County) sell, trade in, exchange or otherwise dispose of it or them (as a whole or in part) without any responsibility or accountability to the County therefor and the County agrees to cooperate with the Company in any such disposition and execute such deeds, bills of sale or other instruments as may be requested of it by the Company.  The loss or removal from the Facilities of any property, or any portion thereof, as a result of fire or other casualty or the circumstances described in Section 8.5 hereof, shall be deemed to be a disposal of such property, or portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 4.7.  The removal (or deemed removal) from the Facilities of any property or portion thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.7 shall not entitle the Company to any abatement or diminution of the Lease Rentals payable under Section 4.4 hereof.  However, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.7 with respect to Replacement Property and the requirement of Section 4-12-30(O) of the Act, the Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes required by Section 4.6 hereof shall be reduced by the amount thereof applicable to any property included in the Project, or part thereof, disposed of, or deemed disposed of, pursuant to this Section 4.7(a).

 

(b)           The Company may, in its sole discretion, replace, renew or acquire and/or install other property in substitution for, any or all property or portions thereof disposed of, or deemed disposed of, pursuant to Section 4.7(a) hereof.  Any such property may, but need not, serve the same function, or be of the same utility or value, as the property being replaced.  Absent a

 

10



 

written election to the contrary made at the time of filing the first property tax return that would apply to such property, such property shall be treated as Replacement Property.  Simultaneously with filing such property tax return, the Company shall provide the County with an instrument or instruments identifying such property and confirming the conveyance of title to all or such portion of any property to the County and identifying the item or items of property which such property replaces and the date when the first such item of property became subject to Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes under Section 4.6 hereof; provided, however, that such notice is not required to effect such conveyance under the terms hereof and no failure to provide such notice shall adversely affect the status of such property as Replacement Property hereunder.

 

(c)           Such a disposition sale shall also be treated as removing the investment for purposes of measuring the compliance by the Company with the requirements of Section 4-12-30(O).

 

SECTION 4.8.   Certain Income Tax Matters.   The Company shall be entitled to all state and federal investment tax credits, allowances for depreciation and other similar tax relief provisions relating to the Facilities, and the County agrees to do all things necessary or proper to confirm this right, provided the Company shall pay the reasonable expenses incurred in that undertaking.

 

SECTION 4.9.   Covenant of Quiet Possession.   The County does not make any representation or covenant that the Company shall have quiet and peaceable possession of the Project; provided, however, the County agrees that it will not take or cause another party to take any action to interfere with the Company’s peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Project.  In the event peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Project shall be denied to the Company or contested by anyone, the County shall, upon request of the Company, join where necessary in any proceeding to protect and defend the quiet enjoyment of the Company, provided that the Company shall pay the cost of any such proceeding and shall reimburse and indemnify and hold harmless the County from any cost or liability resulting therefrom.

 

SECTION 4.10.   Completion of Facilities.   The Company agrees to effect the completion of the Facilities and to pay all costs thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall have the sole and exclusive right to determine what constitutes the Facilities and when the Facilities are completed.  The Facilities will involve an investment of at least $5 million within the meaning of Section 4-12-10 of the Act.  The total investment by the Company will be not less than $46,500,000.

 

SECTION 4.11.   Permitted Encumbrances The County shall not permit the Facilities to be subjected to any liens or encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

ARTICLE V
PROPERTY TAX EXEMPTION AND ABATEMENT

 

SECTION 5.1.   Protection of Tax Exempt Status of the Project.   In order to insure that the Project is not and will not become subject to ad valorem property taxes under the laws of the State of South Carolina or any political subdivision thereof, the County and the Company covenant that:

 

11



 

(i)            all right and privileges granted to either party under this Agreement or any other Documents shall be exercised so that if any conflict between this Section and any other provision in any document shall arise, then in that case, this Section shall control;

 

(ii)           the County and the Company have not committed or permitted and will not commit or permit (as to any act over which either has control), except in accord with this Agreement, any act which would cause the Project to be subject to ad valorem property taxes by the County or political subdivision of the State of South Carolina in which any part of the Facilities is located; and

 

(iii)          the Company will maintain the identity of the Facilities as a “project” in accordance with the Act.

 

SECTION 5.2.   Rescission and Reversion in the Event of Termination.   In the event it shall be conclusively and finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Facilities or any portion thereof are subject to State, County, or other local property taxes, then, at the option of the Company, the provisions of Section 12.3 hereof shall apply, either to the Facilities as a whole or to such portion thereof as the Company may elect.

 

ARTICLE VI
CONSTRUCTION AND ENFORCEMENT

 

SECTION 6.1.   Agreement to Acquire the Project.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof, the Company agrees to complete the acquisition of the Buildings and installation of the Equipment in no event later than the end of the Project Acquisition Period.

 

SECTION 6.2.   Enforcement of Rights and Remedies Against Third Parties.   The Company covenants that it will take such action and institute such proceedings as it shall deem necessary to cause and require all contractors and material suppliers to complete their contracts with respect to the Facilities diligently in accordance with the terms of said contracts, including, without limitation, the correcting of any defective work, with all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Section 6.2 to be considered part of the Facilities, and the County agrees that the Company may, from time to time, in its own name or in the name of the County, take such action as may be necessary or advisable, as determined by the Company, to ensure the completion of the Facilities in accordance with the terms of such construction contracts relating to the Facilities, to ensure the proper operation of the Equipment, to ensure the peaceable and quiet enjoyment of the Facilities for the Lease Term, and to ensure the performance by the County of all covenants and obligations of the County under this Agreement, with all costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith to be considered as part of the Facilities.

 

The Company shall retain and have the right to enforce all agreements made between the Company and any third party applicable to me Facilities or parts thereof as if the Company were the owner of the Facilities.

 

12



 

ARTICLE VII
EFFECTIVE DATE

 

SECTION 7.1.   Effective Date.   This Agreement shall become effective upon its execution and delivery by the parties hereto unless a later date is specified herein.

 

ARTICLE VIII
MAINTENANCE AND INSURANCE

 

SECTION 8.1.   Maintenance and Modifications of Facilities.   The Company agrees that it will, at its own expense, keep or cause to be kept, the Facilities in reasonably safe condition and keep the Facilities in good repair and operating condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted.  The Company may also make or cause to be made from time to time any additions, modifications or improvements to the Facilities that it may deem desirable for its business purposes and that do not adversely affect the use of the Facilities for the purpose for which they are intended and which do not change the nature of the Project as a “project” under the Act.  Unless such additions, modifications or improvements are made during the Project Acquisition Period or constitute Replacement Property, title to any such additions, modifications or improvements shall be in the name of the Company or such other person as may be determined to be appropriate by the Company.

 

SECTION 8.2.   Insurance Required.   Throughout the Lease Term the Company shall cause the Facilities to be continually insured under a policy or policies of insurance in amounts and subject to such deductions and policy limitations as are usual and customary for similar facilities by a reasonably prudent owner.  In any event, the Company shall maintain a policy or policies of insurance against public liability claims resulting from any accident occurring in, on or about the Facilities, or any part thereof in such amount as is reasonable under the circumstances covering bodily injuries, including death resulting therefrom, and liability for damage to property of others caused thereby.

 

The Company or any entity affiliated with the Company may provide any part or all of such insurance under a blanket insurance policy or policies which cover not only the Facilities but other properties.  If the Company or any entity affiliated with the Company establishes a self-insurance program covering substantially all comparable property and liabilities of the Company, such self-insurance program shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements hereof.

 

SECTION 8.3.   Application of Net Proceeds of Insurance.   The Net Proceeds of the insurance carried pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2 hereof shall be paid to the Company and applied by the Company as it, in its sole discretion, shall deem advisable; provided, however, that neither damage to nor any destruction of all or any portion of the Project shall affect the Company’s obligation to pay rents and make other payments as required under Article IV hereof, except as therein provided.

 

SECTION 8.4.   Prosecution of Claims, Negotiation, Compromise and Settlement.   All claims made under any insurance policies carried pursuant to the requirements of Section 8.2 hereof, regardless of amount, may be adjusted by the Company with the insurers.  All claims against contractors, subcontractors, vendors or suppliers with respect to the Facilities shall be

 

13


 

made solely by, and at the expense of, the Company including whether by negotiation, compromise, arbitration or through legal action.  The Company shall have me sole right to initiate any claims for liability or damages to the Facilities or any part thereof arising by virtue of the willful or negligent conduct of others or the breach of any contractual obligation, warranty or other conduct.  The County agrees that, if and to the extent any question arises as to the right of the Company to initiate, pursue or defend any claim, the County shall execute such document or documents and take such other action as may be requested by the Company; provided that the County shall be entitled to confirmation of indemnification and the payment of any reasonable costs or expenses incurred by it in connection herewith.

 

SECTION 8.5.   Condemnation.   In the event that title to, or the temporary use of, the Facilities or any part of the Facilities shall be taken under the exercise or threat of the power of eminent domain by any governmental body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under governmental authority, the Company shall be entitled to all the Net Proceeds therefrom and the County shall take such action as is necessary to effect such payment.  The Company shall have sole right to negotiate or contest any such condemnation or taking and the County shall take such action as is requested of it to afford the Company such rights, provided that all expenses of the County in connection therewith shall be paid by the Company as additional rental hereunder.

 

SECTION 8.6.   Inducement.   The County and the Company acknowledge that (i) pursuant to the Act, no part of the Project owned by the County will be subject to taxation in the State, (ii) under present law the income and profits (if any) of the County from the Project are not subject to either United States or State taxation, (iii) under present law there is no tax imposed upon leasehold estates in the State, and (iv) these factors, among others, have induced the Company to enter into this Agreement.

 

However, in addition to the payments in lieu of taxes and any other taxes and governmental charges that may lawfully be assessed, levied, or imposed against the Company, the Company will pay, as the same become due, all utility and other charges incurred in the operation, maintenance, use, occupancy and upkeep of the Project and all general assessments and charges lawfully made by any governmental body for general public improvements that may be levied with respect to the Project.

 

ARTICLE IX
SPECIAL COVENANTS

 

SECTION 9.1.   Title to and Operation of the Facilities.   The County shall own legal title to the Facilities subject to the provisions of this Agreement and shall not, without written direction and authorization of the Company, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise encumber any interest in the Facilities to any person or party except the Company as provided herein.

 

SECTION 9.2.   No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by the County.   The County makes no warranty, either express or implied, as to the condition of the Facilities, or that they are or will be suitable for the Company’s purposes or needs.

 

SECTION 9.3.   County’s Right of Access to the Facilities and Company Records.   The County acknowledges and understands that the Company utilizes trade secrets and other

 

14



 

confidential and proprietary information in the conduct of its business and that any disclosure of that information, including financial, sales and manufacturing information, would result in substantial harm to the Company and could thereby have a significant detrimental impact on the Company and the County.  Therefore, the County agrees that, without the prior express written permission of the Company, it will not (i) request or be entitled to receive any such confidential and proprietary information, (ii) request or be entitled to inspect the Facilities or any property associated therewith, or (iii) disclose or otherwise divulge any such confidential and proprietary information to any other person, firm, governmental body or agency, or other entity, except as required by law and after providing to the Company notice of such proposed action and the opportunity to contest.  The Company acknowledges that the DOR shall have access to the Facilities for purposes of valuing items of property included in the Facilities in determining the amount of Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes to be made under Section 4.6 hereof.  In the event of a subsequent change in law which directs County officials rather than DOR officials to value such items of property, the appropriate County official shall have access to the Facilities for such purpose.

 

Any and all information relating to the ownership, operation, activities, plans or prospects of the operations of the Company which are made available (the “Information”) as a result of an inspection by any employee, agent or representative of the County shall be kept strictly confidential by the County, its employees, agents and representatives and not be disclosed except as required by law.  The County shall procure a written acknowledgment of the obligation to retain the confidentiality of the Information from any employee, agent or representative who may inspect the property.  The County shall take appropriate action against any employee, agent or representative which violates the terms of this prohibition.

 

SECTION 9.4.   Affirmative Covenants.   During the Lease Term, the Company will comply with all statutes and governmental regulations and pay promptly, prior to delinquency, all taxes, assessments, governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies, rent and other obligations, which if unpaid, might become a lien against the Facilities, except liabilities and compliance obligations being contested in good faith.

 

SECTION 9.5.   Indemnification.

 

(a)           The Company shall and agrees to hold the County and its officers, agents and employees harmless from all pecuniary liability (including any claim for damage to property or any injury or death of any person occurring in connection with the planning, design, acquisition and carrying out of the Project) and to reimburse them for all expenses to which any of them might be put in the fulfillment of their obligations under this Agreement in the implementation of its terms and provisions.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the fact that it is the intention of the parties that neither the County nor any of its officers, agents and employees shall incur any pecuniary liability to any third-party (i) by reason of the terms of this Agreement or the undertakings of the County required hereunder, (ii) by reason of the performance of any act in connection with the entering into and performance of the transactions described in the Documents, or (iii) by reason of the condition or operation of the Facilities, including claims, liabilities or losses arising in connection with the violation of any statutes or regulations, nevertheless, if the County or any of

 

15



 

its officers, agents or employees should incur any such pecuniary liability, then in that event the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the County and its officers, agents and employees against all pecuniary claims by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation, arising out of the same, and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such claim, and upon notice from the County, the Company at its own expense shall defend the County and its officers, agents and employees in any such action or proceeding.  In addition, at the sole discretion of the County, the County shall have the right to obtain independent legal counsel and the expense of such legal counsel shall be borne by the Company.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify the County or any of its individual officers, agents and employees for expenses, claims, losses or damages arising from the intentional or willful misconduct or gross negligence of the County or any of its individual officers, agents or employees.

 

(d)           After due investigation, the Company warrants and represents to the County that (i) the facilities are now and at all times hereafter while owned by the Company will continue to be in material and reasonable compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”), Public Law No. 96-510, 94 Stat. 2767, 42 USC 9601 et seq ., and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (“SARA’’), Public Law No. 99-499, 100 Stat. 1613, and (ii) either (A) as of the date hereof, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, there are no hazardous materials, substances, wastes or other environmentally-regulated substances (including without limitation, any materials containing asbestos) located on, in or under the Facilities or used in connection with the Facilities, or (B) the Company has, to the extent required by applicable laws and regulations , disclosed to the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control in writing the existence, extent and nature of any such hazardous materials, substances, wastes or other environmentally regulated substances, which the Company is legally allowed to maintain on, in or under the Facilities or use in connection therewith, and the Company has obtained and will maintain all licenses, permits and approvals required with respect thereto, and is in material compliance with all of the terms, conditions and requirements of such licenses, permits and approvals.  The Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the County harmless from and against any damages, fines, charges, expenses, fees, attorney fees and costs incurred by the County in the event the County, as lessor under this Lease, is hereafter determined to be responsible for any remediation costs or in violation of any applicable environmental laws, rules or regulations, as a result of activities other than the activities of the County or its agents, consultants, contractors, successors or assigns.  This indemnity shall survive any foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.  This indemnity includes, but is not limited to, any damages, claims and fees arising out of any claim for loss or damage to property or persons, contamination of or adverse effect on the environment, or any violation of statutes, ordinances, orders, rules or regulations of any governmental agency or entity, caused by or resulting from any hazardous material, substance or waste previously, now or hereafter on or under, or released from the Facilities.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this subsection (d) shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

16



 

SECTION 9.6.   Assignment, Subleasing and Granting of Interests.

 

To the maximum extent allowed by applicable law, the County consents to and agrees that this Agreement may be assigned in whole or in part by the Company or any assignee, and security or other interests in any or all of the interest of the Company in this Agreement may be granted or assigned for any purpose, including but not limited to obtaining Project or other financing, and the Facilities may be subleased or otherwise transferred or assigned in whole or in part by the Company to the extent of and upon compliance with any requirements of the provisions of the Act.  The County will at any time and from time to time, promptly upon receiving the Company’s request, subordinate its fee interests in the Facilities or any part thereof.  The County agrees to execute such instruments as may be requested of it to evidence its consent to such assignment, subletting, transfer or subordination.  Any lender or other assignee of the Company may rely upon such consent of the County in connection with any such assignment, subletting, transfer or subordination for any of the purposes contemplated by the Act or otherwise.  However, any assignment by the Company is subject to each of the following conditions:

 

(a)           No assignment or subleasing shall relieve the Company from primary liability for any of its obligations hereunder, and in the event of any such assignment or subleasing the Company shall continue to remain primarily liable for performance and observance of the other agreements on its part herein provided to be performed and observed by it; provided, however, that if the County provides express written consent to relieve the Company from primary and/or secondary liability, the Company shall be relieved of such liability.

 

(b)           The assignee or sublessee shall assume the obligations of the Company hereunder to the extent of the interest assigned or subleased.

 

(c)           The Company shall, within ten (10) days after the delivery thereof, furnish or cause to be furnished to the County a true and complete copy of each such assignment or sublease, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 9.7.   Restrictions on Sale of Facilities by County.   The County agrees that, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, it will not sell, transfer, convey, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of any part of the Facilities except to or at the direction of the Company or any assignee or transferee thereof and that it will take no action with respect to the Project unless authorized or requested to do so by the Company in writing.

 

SECTION 9.8.   Installation of Company’s Own Machinery and Equipment.   The Company may from time to time, in its sole discretion and at its own expense install machinery, equipment and other property, including, without limitation, pollution control facilities, on the Land and/or in the Buildings, which may be attached or affixed to the Buildings.  The Company contemplates that such property may include certain property installed during the Project Acquisition Period, as the Company may elect, and will also include all property other than Replacement Property installed by the Company after the Project Acquisition Period.  Title to all such machinery, equipment and other property (other than Replacement Property acquired in accordance with Section 4.7 hereof) shall remain the sole property of the Company and the Company may remove the same from the Land or Buildings or separate it from the Equipment at

 

17



 

any time, in its sole discretion and at its own expense; provided, that any damage to the Project resulting from any such removal shall be repaired by the Company at its sole expense.  The Company may create any mortgage, encumbrance, lien or charge on any such machinery, equipment and other personal property.  The County shall not have any interest in or landlord’s lien on any such machinery, equipment or personal property so installed pursuant to this Section 9.8 and all such machinery, equipment and personal property shall be and remain the property of the Company.

 

SECTION 9.9.   County Cooperation in Certain Matters.   The parties hereto acknowledge that it is their intent that the County’s ownership of the Facilities is for the sole purpose of making available to the Company the benefits intended by the Act.  The County agrees that the Company may, at its own cost and expense and in its own name or in the name of the County:

 

(i)            prosecute or defend any action or proceeding or take any other action involving third persons which the Company deems reasonably necessary in order to secure or protect its right of possession, occupancy, use and quiet enjoyment hereunder;

 

(ii)           contest any mechanics’ or other liens filed or established against the Facilities; or

 

(iii)          contest any taxes, assessments or other governmental charges.

 

The County hereby agrees to cooperate fully with the Company and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to take all action necessary to effect the substitution of the Company for the County in any such action, proceeding or contest if the Company shall so request.

 

SECTION 9.10.   Bankruptcy Matters.  As further consideration to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement with the County, the County agrees that in the event a proceeding under Title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code is commenced by or against the County, either voluntarily or involuntarily, the County will not oppose or object to any Motion by the Company for Relief from the Automatic Stay in Bankruptcy (11 U.S.C. § 362).

 

The County acknowledges that it has no equity in the Facilities conveyed to the County by the Company pursuant to the Deed and Bill of Sale and that such Facilities are not and will not be necessary for an effective reorganization of the County.  The County further acknowledges that the Company’s interest in the Facilities can only be adequately protected by the consensual waiver of the bankruptcy stay imposed by 11 U.S.C. § 362 as set forth hereinabove.

 

ARTICLE X
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 10.1.   Events of Default Defined.   The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

 

(a)           If the Company shall fail to make any Payment-in-Lieu-of-Taxes or any other amount required under this Agreement;

 

18



 

(b)           If the Company shall fail to make any Lease Rental or fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement required herein to be observed or performed by the Company (other than as referred to in Section 10.1(a) hereof), and such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice of default has been given to the Company by the County; provided if by reason of “force majeure” as hereinafter defined the Company is unable in whole or in part to carry out any such covenant, condition or agreement or if it takes longer than 30 days to cure such default and the Company is diligently attempting to cure such default, to the extent permitted by law, there shall be no Event of Default during such inability.  The term “force majeure” as used herein shall mean circumstances not reasonably within the control of the parties, such as acts, without limitation, of God, strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances; war; acts of public enemies; mobilization or military conscription on a large scale; order of any kind of the government of the United States or any State, or any civil or military authority other than the County Council; insurrections; riots; landslides; earthquakes; fires; lightning; storms; droughts; floods; requisitions, confiscation, or commandeering of property; fuel restrictions; general shortages of transport, goods, or energy; or

 

(c)           If any material representation or warranty on the part of the Company made in the Documents, or in any report, certificate, financial or other statement furnished in connection with the Documents or the transactions described in the Documents shall have been false or misleading in any material respect.

 

SECTION 10.2.   Remedies on Default.   Whenever any Event of Default shall have happened and be subsisting the County may take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or desirable to collect the payments and other amounts then due or to enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of the Company, under the Documents.  Although the parties acknowledge that the Facilities are exempt from ad valorem property taxes, the County and any other taxing entity affected thereby may, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, exercise the remedies provided by general law (Title 12, Chapter 49) and the Act relating to the enforced collection of taxes.

 

SECTION 10.3.   No Remedy Exclusive.   No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the County is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but in each and every instance such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under the Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall always be entitled to the prompt reconveyance of title to the Facilities from the County to the Company, based solely upon the Company having paid the Lease Rentals and Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes then due, with the County retaining the right to seek a monetary claim against the Company.  Unless otherwise provided herein or in the other Documents, no delay or omission to exercise any right or power shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.

 

SECTION 10.4.   No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver.   In the event any warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement should be breached by the Company or the County and thereafter waived by the other party to this Agreement, such waiver

 

19



 

shall be limited to the particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any other breach.

 

SECTION 10.5.   No Termination of Agreement.   If there shall be an uncured Event of Default (other than failure to make Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes) entitling the County to terminate the Company’s right to make reduced Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes pursuant to Section 4.6 hereof, the County shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement without the written consent of the Company if and to the extent necessary for the Company to receive the benefit of the Annual Infrastructure Credit.

 

ARTICLE XI
OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY

 

SECTION 11.1.   Option to Purchase and Terminate.   From time to time and at any time (including without limitation any time during which there may be subsisting an Event of Default) upon at least 30 days’ notice the Company or its designee may purchase and the County agrees to sell, within 60 days of such notice, the Facilities or any portion thereof to the Company or its designee.  Upon the exercise of such option, the Company shall pay an amount equal to One Dollar ($1.00) together with all reasonable costs, fees and expenses of the County in connection with such sale and together with all amounts due to the County under this Agreement and the other Documents except for future Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes.  Such a purchase shall be treated as a sale under Section 4-12-30(F)(1) of the Act and this Agreement shall terminate in whole or in part upon such event.  Upon termination of this Agreement and the conveyance referred to in Section 11.2 hereof, the Company or its designee, as owner of the Facilities so conveyed, will become liable for ad valorem property taxes on such Facilities.  Such a sale shall also be treated as removing the investment for purposes of measuring the compliance by the Company with the requirements of Section 4-12-30(O).

 

SECTION 11.2.   Conveyance on Termination.   At the termination of this Agreement, including the closing of the purchase pursuant to the exercise of the option to purchase granted herein, and upon receipt of the purchase price, the County shall deliver to the Company or its designee within the 60 day notice period referred to in Section 11.1 documents conveying to the Company or its designee limited warranty title to that portion of the Facilities being purchased, as such property then exists, subject to the following:  (i) those liens and encumbrances (if any) to which title to said property was subject when conveyed to the County; (ii) those liens and encumbrances created by the Company; and (iii) Permitted Encumbrances.  The documents aforementioned shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Company’s counsel.

 

SECTION 11.3.   Non-Title Act.   From time to time and at any time upon at least 30 days’ notice, the Company shall be entitled, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable, law to elect to transfer any or all of the Project property from the fee-in-lieu of taxes arrangements set forth in this Agreement to the arrangements contemplated by the Non-Title Act, and thereby continue, pursuant to the Non-Title Act, the fee-in-lieu of taxes benefits provided under the Act.

 

20



 

SECTION 11.4.   Administrative Action.   With respect to any transfer by the County to the Company or its designee under this Article XI, the parties hereto acknowledge that, pursuant to South Carolina Code Section 4-9-130 and otherwise, the County Council has taken all actions necessary to comply with the commitments set forth in this Article concerning conveyance by the County of title to all or any portion of the Facilities.  Accordingly, any such conveyance of title by the County is acknowledged and agreed to constitute an administrative action not requiring any additional action or public hearing by County Council.

 

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 12.1.   Notices.   All notices, approvals, consents, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and may be delivered personally, or may be sent by facsimile or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following addresses, unless the parties are subsequently notified of any change of address in accordance with this Section 12.1:

 

If to the Company:

 

300 Sixth Avenue

Pittsburg, PA 15222

Attn:  Chief Legal Officer

Facsimile:  (412)-338-8900

 

With A Copy To:

 

Vice President/Controller

1050 Woodruff Road

Greenville, SC 29607-4197

Facsimile:  (864)987-4202

 

If to the County:

 

Greenville County, South Carolina

Suite 100, County Square, 301 University Ridge

Greenville, SC 29601

Attn:  Administrator

Facsimile:  (864) 467-7151

 

Any notice shall be deemed to have been received as follows:  (1) by personal delivery, upon receipt; (2) by facsimile, 24 hours after transmission or dispatch; and (3) by certified mail, 3 business days after delivery to the U.S. Postal authorities by the party serving notice.

 

SECTION 12.2.   Binding Effect.   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the County and the Company and their respective successors and assigns.

 

SECTION 12.3.   Rescission and Severability.   In the event that the Act or the Payments-in-Lieu-of-Taxes arrangement described in Section 4.6 hereof is determined to be

 

21


 

invalid in its entirety, the parties hereby agree that except as the final judicial decision may otherwise require, the Company shall be entitled to retain any benefits received under or pursuant to this Agreement; otherwise, in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, that decision shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement, unless that decision destroys the basis for the transaction, in which event the parties shall in good faith attempt to preserve, to the maximum extent possible, the benefits provided to the Company hereunder by either restructuring or reconstituting this Agreement under any then applicable law.

 

SECTION 12.4.   Payments Due on Saturday, Sunday and Holidays.   Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a Saturday, a Sunday or a holiday, such payment shall be made on the next business day.

 

SECTION 12.5.   Amendments, Changes and Modifications.   This Agreement may not be amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated without the written consent of the County and the Company.

 

SECTION 12.6.   Execution of Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, only one of which shall be an original for Uniform Commercial Code perfection purposes; provided, however, that any action may be brought upon any counterpart of this Agreement or any counterpart of any document that is attached to this Agreement as an exhibit.

 

SECTION 12.7.   Law Governing Construction of Agreement.   The laws of the State of South Carolina shall govern the construction of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.8.   Filings.   Whenever the County shall be required to file or produce any reports, notices or other documents during the Lease Term, the Company shall in due time furnish to the County the completed form of such report, notice or other required documents together with a certification by the Company that such document is accurate.  In the event of the failure or refusal of the Company to comply with this provision, the Company agrees to pay the County’s attorneys’ fees and administrative time in producing and filing such report or documents, such amounts to be paid within 30 days after presentation of a statement therefor by the County.

 

SECTION 12.9.   Net Lease.   This Agreement shall be deemed and construed to be a “net lease,” and the Company shall pay absolutely net during the Lease Term the rent and all other payments required hereunder, free of any deductions, without abatement, diminutions or set-off other than those herein expressly provided.

 

SECTION 12.10.   Amendment of Inducement Agreement.   To the extent that the terms of this Agreement differ from, or are inconsistent with, the terms of the Inducement Agreement, the parties hereto agree that the Inducement Agreement is hereby amended.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GREENVILLE COUNTY, SOUTH CAROLINA, and General Nutrition Products, Inc., each pursuant to due authority, have duly executed this Agreement, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

GREENVILLE COUNTY, SOUTH CAROLINA

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul B. Wickensimer

 

 

Paul B. Wickensimer, Chairman of County Council Greenville County, South Carolina

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald Seals

 

 

Gerald Seals, County Administrator

 

 

Greenville County, South Carolina

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca H. Davis

 

 

Acting Clerk to County Council

 

 

 

WITNESSES:

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary P. Culbertson

 

 

Witness #1

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Hannah E. Parker

 

 

Witness #2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL NUTRITION PRODUCTS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

WITNESSES:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Witness #1

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Witness #2

 

 

23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GREENVILLE COUNTY, SOUTH CAROLINA, and General Nutrition Products, Inc., each pursuant to due authority, have duly executed this Agreement, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

GREENVILLE COUNTY, SOUTH CAROLINA

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Paul B. Wickensimer, Chairman of County Council Greenville County, South Carolina

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Gerald Seals, County Administrator

 

 

Greenville County, South Carolina

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

Acting Clerk to County Council

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESSES:

 

 

 

/s/ Bradly E. Post 12/17/98

 

Witness #1

 

 

 

 

 

Witness #2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL NUTRITION PRODUCTS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Locke

 

 

 

 

WITNESSES:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bradly E. Post

 

 

Witness #1

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sharon C. Peek

 

Witness #2

 

 

24



 

STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA

COUNTY OF GREENVILLE

)
)
)

PROBATE

 

PERSONALLY APPEARED before me the undersigned witness who, being duly sworn, says that (s)he saw the Chair of the County Council of Greenville County, South Carolina and the County Administrator of Greenville County, South Carolina, sign the foregoing Lease Agreement, and the Acting Clerk to County Council attest the same, and that (s)he with the other witness witnessed the execution and delivery thereof as the free act and deed of the County.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary P. Culbertson

 

 

Witness #1

 

 

SWORN TO before me this 15 day of December, 1998.

 

 

By:

/s/ Janet P. Koerber

 

 

Notary Public for South Carolina

 

 

 

My Commission Expires:  01-14-01

 

25



 

STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA

COUNTY OF GREENVILLE

)
)
)

PROBATE

 

PERSONALLY APPEARED before me the undersigned witness who, being duly sworn, says that (s)he saw the within-named General Nutrition Products, Inc., by its duly authorized officer(s), sign the foregoing Lease Agreement and that (s)he with the other witness witnessed the execution and delivery thereof as the free act and deed of General Nutrition Products, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bradly E. Post

 

 

Witness #1

 

 

SWORN TO before me this 17 th  day of December, 1998.

 

 

By:

/s/ Sandra F. Harvey

 

Notary Public for South Carolina

 

My Commission Expires: 10/10/2001.

 

 

26



 

EXHIBIT A

 

DESCRIPTION OF LAND

 

All that certain piece, parcel, and tract of land situate, lying, and being in the County of Greenville, State of South Carolina, located off of Green Heron Road containing 30,948 square feet or .7105 acres, more or less, and having the following metes and bounds:

 

Beginning a point located on the northwestern right-of-way of the intersection of Woodruff Road and Green Heron Road and commencing S66°00’00”W for a distance of 859.28 feet to the Point Of Beginning; Thence continuing S66°00’00”W for a distance of 24.12 feet; point; thence turning and commencing N23°01’53”W for a distance of 347.64 feet; thence turning and commencing S66°56’39”W for a distance of 20.22 feet; thence turning and commencing N23°03’21”W for a distance of 49.04 feet; thence turning and commencing N66°56’39”E for a distance of 47.00 feet; thence turning and commencing N66°49’31”E for a distance of 53.88 feet; thence turning and commencing N23°10’29”W for a distance of 26.26 feet; thence turning and commencing S63°11’23”W for a distance of 97.48 feet; thence turning and commencing S71°17’15”W for a distance of 50.49 feet; thence turning and commencing S64°48’42”W for a distance of 262.42 feet; thence turning and commencing S22°55’51”W for a distance of 44.44 feet; thence turning and commencing S68°17’13”W for a distance of 42.09 feet; thence turning and commencing S21°34’45”E for a distance of 5.34 feet; thence turning and commencing S68°17’13”W for a distance of 70.72 feet; thence turning and commencing N21°34’45”W for a distance of 20.68 feet; thence turning and commencing N68°17’13”E for a distance of 70.72 feet; thence turning and commencing S21°34’45”E for a distance of 5.34 feet; thence turning and commencing N68°17’13”E for a distance of 37.91 feet; thence turning and commencing N22°55’51”E for a distance of 44.09 feet; thence turning and commencing N64°48’42”E for a distance of 266.82 feet; thence turning and commencing N71°17’15”E for a distance of 50.35 feet; thence turning and commencing N63°11’23”E for a distance of 151.16 feet; thence turning and commencing S22°50’07”E for a distance of 40 feet; thence turning and commencing S66°49’31”W for a distance of 10 feet; thence turning and commencing N22°50’07”W for a distance of 29.28 feet; thence turning and commencing S63°11’23”W for a distance of 33.66 feet; thence turning and commencing S23°10’29”E for a distance of 26.90 feet; thence turning and commencing S22°51’49”E for a distance of 24.38 feet; thence turning and commencing N66°47’10”E for a distance of 56.01 feet; thence turning and commencing S22°51’49”E for a distance of 23.97 feet; thence turning and commencing N66°47’10”E for a distance of 30.02 feet; thence turning and commencing S22°58’03”E for a distance of 76.41 feet; thence turning and commencing S67°06’29”W for a distance of 19.71 feet; thence turning and commencing S22°50’59”E for a distance of 5.33 feet; thence turning and commencing S67°09’31”W for a distance of 29.54 feet; thence turning and commencing N24°18’34”W for a distance of 7.5 feet; thence turning and commencing S65°41’26”W for a distance of 18.53 feet; thence turning and commencing N22°55’47”W for a distance of 2.0 feet; thence turning and commencing S67°04’14”W for a distance of 34.92 feet; thence turning and commencing N22°55’46”W for a distance of 71.34 feet; thence turning and commencing S66°56’39”W for a distance of 46.92 feet; thence continuing S66°56’39”W for a distance of 2.63 feet; thence turning and commencing S23°01’33”E for a distance of 347.25 feet to the Point Of Beginning, all measurements being a little more or less.

 

27



 

EXHIBIT B

 

DESCRIPTION OF SITES

 

PARCEL I

 

ALL THAT CERTAIN PIECE, parcel, or lot of land in Butler Township, Greenville County, South Carolina, containing 16.304 acres, more or less, shown on a Plat of property by Alvin D. Green, prepared by C. O. Riddle, Surveyor, April, 1966, revised July, 1966, recorded in the Office of the Register of Mesne Conveyances for Greenville County, South Carolina, in Plat Book PPP, at page 25, and having, according to said Plat, the following metes and bounds:

 

BEGINNING at an iron pin on the Southwest side of Woodruff Road (S.C. Highway 146), which point is also the joint front corner of the property herein conveyed and property of M. M. Jones, and running thence along the Southwest side of Woodruff Road, S 42-17 E, 126.6 feet to an iron pin; thence continuing along the Southwest side of said Woodruff Road, S 42-39 E, 182.7 feet to an iron pin; thence continuing along the Southwest side of Woodruff Road, S 43-34 E, 100 feet to an iron pin; thence continuing along the Southwest side of Woodruff Road, S 44-59 E, 55.15 feet to an iron pin on the Southwest side of Woodruff Road at the corner of a 60-foot street heretofore deeded by A. D. Green to Greenville County; thence along said street, around a curve, the chord of which is S 10-30 W, 22.7 feet to an iron pin; thence continuing along said 60-foot street, S 66-00 W, 1,573.8 feet to an iron pin in line of property now or formerly of Edward J. Green; thence along the line of property of Edward J. Green, N 41-36 W, 481.5 feet to an iron pin; thence N 66-59 E, 1,172 feet, a portion of which distance runs along the line of property of M. M. Jones, to an iron pin; thence continuing along the line of property of M. M. Jones, N 64-44 E, 345.1 feet to an iron pin; thence continuing along the line of property of M. M. Jones, N 57-30 E, 65.6 feet to an iron pin on the Southwest side of Woodruff Road, THE BEGINNING CORNER.

 

PARCEL II

 

ALL THAT CERTAIN PIECE, parcel, or lot of land situated, lying and being in the County of Greenville, State of South Carolina, on the South side of Green Heron Road, shown on a Plat of Alvin D. Green property, prepared by C. O. Riddle, RLS, dated April, 1966, revised July, 1966, revised November 3, 1969, and revised May 30, 1970, and having, according to said Plat, the following metes and bounds, to-wit:

 

BEGINNING at an iron pin on the line of Edward J. Green property, said pin being 206.7 feet Northwest of an old iron pin at the joint corner of Alvin D. Green and Edward J. Green property and running thence along said line, N 41-36 W, 200 feet to a point on Green Heron Road; thence along Green Heron Road, N 66-00 E, 45 feet to a point; thence S 28-39 E, 191.4 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING.

 

28



 

EXHIBIT C

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUILDINGS

 

All the buildings, improvements and other structures or fixtures to the Land described on Exhibit A, including appurtenances and other tangible property deemed to be real property and not effectively transferred by the Bill of Sale dated as of the date hereof.

 

29



 

EXHIBIT D

 

DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT

 

All machinery, apparatus, equipment, office facilities, furnishings and other personal property to be installed in the Buildings described on Exhibit C or at the Sites described on Exhibit B to the Lease Agreement dated as of November 1, 1998 (the “Lease”) between Greenville County, South Carolina (the “County”) as the Lessor and General Nutrition Products, Inc. (the “Company”).  On or about July 15, 1999, and each July 15 thereafter during the term of the Lease the Company shall provide a schedule or schedules detailing the Equipment placed in service during the Company’s most recently ended property tax year, which such schedule shall be a part of the Lease and provide specificity as to the Equipment covered thereby.

 

30



 

EXHIBIT E

 

DESCRIPTION OF NON-FILOT ASSETS

 

[This schedule to be supplied on or about July 15, 1999, and
amended on or about each July 15 thereafter].

 

31




Exhibit 10.35

 

FORM OF CALL AGREEMENT

 

THIS CALL AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 16, 2007, by and between GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the person signatory hereto (the “ Management Stockholder ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Management Stockholder is currently an employee, director, officer, consultant or advisor of the Company or one or more of its direct or indirectly wholly owned subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to provide for certain rights and restrictions with respect to the Management Equity (as defined below).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.

 

DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

SECTION 1.01.            Definitions .  The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cause ” means (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Management Stockholder, termination due to a Management Stockholder’s insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude, misconduct, refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or unsatisfactory performance of his or her duties for the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion; or (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Management Stockholder that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement.

 

Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

Good Reason ” means (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Management Stockholder, a material reduction by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the pay grade of such Management Stockholder; or (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Management Stockholder that defines “good reason” (or words of like import), “good reason” as defined under such agreement.

 

Management Equity ” means, collectively, the shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock owned by the Management Stockholder (other than those shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan).

 

Preferred Stock ” means the Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share of the

 

 

1



 

Company.

 

Stock Option Plan ” means the GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan or any other stock incentive plan of the Company enacted after the date hereof.

 

SECTION 1.02.            Rules of Construction. References to numbered or letter articles, sections, and subsections refer to articles, sections and subsections, respectively, of this Agreement unless expressly stated otherwise.  All references to this Agreement include, whether or not expressly referenced, the exhibits and appendices attached hereto.  Any provision of this Agreement that refers to the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  References to a Section or paragraph shall be to a Section or paragraph of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The word “or” when used in this Agreement is not exclusive.  The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term.  Any agreement, instrument, law or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument, or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.  References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.  In the event that any claim is made by any Person relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion shall be implied by virtue of the fact that this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of a particular Person or its counsel.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

COMPANY BUY-BACK

 

The Management Stockholder hereby grants the Company (or its designee) an option to repurchase all or any portion of the Management Equity upon a termination of such Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company for any reason; provided , that such option is exercised within 180 days after the termination of such Management Stockholder’s employment.  In the event of the termination of a Management Stockholder’s employment (a) by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for Cause or (b) by such Management Stockholder without Good Reason, the purchase price shall be the lesser of: (i) the Management Stockholder’s cost; and (ii) the fair market value on the date of termination.  In all other cases, the purchase price shall be the fair market value on the date of termination.  In the case of shares of Preferred Stock, fair market value shall not exceed the stated value thereof.  Fair market value shall be determined by the Board in good faith; provided , that  upon the written request of the Management Stockholder (or his beneficiary) delivered within five days after being notified of the Board’s determination of fair market value, the Board shall obtain a written valuation from a nationally recognized accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm (the “ Appraiser ”) chosen by the Company, to review the Board’s fair market value determination of the Common Stock, and the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be the fair market value set forth in such valuation.  The fees and expenses of the Appraiser shall be deducted from the purchase price unless the fair market value set forth in such valuation exceeds the Board’s determination of fair market value by more than 10%, in which case, the fees and expenses of the Appraiser shall be borne by Company.

 

To exercise its option, the Company (or its designee) shall deliver a written notice to such

 

2



 

Management Stockholder setting forth the securities to be purchased and the applicable purchase price thereof, and the date on which such purchase is to be consummated, which date shall be not less than 15 days or more than 30 days after the date of such notice (provided, that such period shall be extended at any time when purchase by the Company is prohibited pursuant to (i) any applicable law; or (ii) any debt instrument of the Company or any of its subsidiaries).  Such right may be exercised at any time prior to 180 days after the termination of such Management Stockholder’s employment.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 3.01.            Notices .  Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or facsimile transmission and shall be given to such party at its address or facsimile number maintained in the corporate records of the Company or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify in writing to the Secretary of the Company for the purpose by notice to the party sending such communication.

 

SECTION 3.02.            Binding Effect; Benefits .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

SECTION 3.03.            Amendment .  This Agreement may not be amended, restated or modified in any respect except by a written instrument executed by a majority of the Management Stockholders party hereto and the Company.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of any of the parties thereafter to enforce each and every provision hereof in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 3.04.            Assignability .  Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any Management Stockholder except as otherwise expressly stated hereunder or with the prior written consent of the Company.   Any party acquiring Stock from the Management Stockholder shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, and as a condition to the transfer of any such Stock, shall execute an acknowledgement thereto in a form acceptable to the Company.

 

SECTION 3.05.            Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.

 

SECTION 3.06.            Enforcement .  The parties expressly agree that the provisions of this Agreement may be specifically enforced against each of the parties hereto in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 3.07.            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 3.08.            Additional Securities Subject to Agreement .  The Management

 

3



 

Stockholder agrees that any other shares of Management Equity of the Company which it hereafter acquires by means of a stock split, stock dividend, distribution or otherwise (other than pursuant to a public offering or exercise of options granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan) whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise (including shares of a surviving corporation into which the shares of capital stock of the Company are exchanged in such transaction) will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if held on the date hereof.

 

SECTION 3.09.            Section and Other Headings .  The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.10.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties hereto, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

SECTION 3.11.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (together with the Stock Option Plan) contains the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any a writing signed by the party to be charged therewith.  Nothing in this Agreement shall limit any rights of the Company pursuant to the Stock Option Plan and any purchase by the Company that is permitted in accordance with the terms of the Stock Option Plan, shall be purchased for the amounts and on the terms set forth in the Stock Option Plan.

 

SECTION 3.12.            Further Assurances .  Each party hereto agrees to do all acts and things, and to make, execute and deliver such written instruments, as shall from time to time be reasonably required to carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Management Stockholder have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

GNC ACQUISITION HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

:

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Notices:

 

 

 

GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.

 

c/o Ares Management LLC

 

1999 Avenue of the Stars

 

Los Angeles, California 90067

 

Facsimile:

(310) 201-4170

 

Attention:

David Kaplan

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc.

 

c/o Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board

 

5650 Yonge Street

 

Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5

 

Facsimile:

(416) 730-5082

 

Attention:

Lee Sienna

 

with a copy to:

(416) 730-3771

 

Attention: Legal Department

 

 

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

Proskauer Rose LLP

 

2049 Century Park East, Suite 3200

 

Los Angeles, California 90067

 

Attention:

Michael A. Woronoff

 

Facsimile:

(310) 557-2193

 

Signature Page to Call Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Management Stockholder have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Address for Notice:

 

Signature Page to Call Agreement

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

          We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. of our report dated September 28, 2010 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of its predecessor GNC Parent Corporation and its subsidiaries, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 9, 2011




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.2


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

          We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc. of our report dated September 28, 2010 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of GNC Acquisition Holdings Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 9, 2011




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM